<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 1999
Registration No. 333-86461
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
----------------
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda 4813
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number)
2 Carter's Bay Road Lin Gentemann
Southside, St. David's DDBX General Counsel
Bermuda GlobeNet Communications Group
(441) 296-9000 Limited
(Address, including zip code, and P.O. Box HM 3043
telephone number, including area code, of Hamilton HM NX
registrant's principal executive offices) Bermuda
(441) 296-9030
(Name, address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area
code, of agent for service)
Copy to:
Eric S. Shube
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
1325 Avenue of the Americas
17th Floor
New York, NY 10019
(917) 206-8000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the
public: As soon as practicable following the effectiveness of this
registration statement.
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G, check the following box. [_]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
----------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
Title of each class Proposed Proposed
of maximum maximum Amount of
securities to be Amount to be offering price aggregate offering registration
registered Registered per unit(1) price(1) fee(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
13% Series B Senior
Notes due 2007 $300,000,000 100% $300,000,000 $83,400
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement
shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may +
+not sell the new notes until the registration statement filed with the +
+Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an +
+offer to sell the new notes and it is not soliciting an offer to buy the new +
+notes in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Subject to completion, dated October 14, 1999
PROSPECTUS
$300,000,000
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited [LOGO]
Offer to Exchange
13% Series B Senior Notes Due 2007
For All Outstanding
13% Senior Notes Due 2007
The New Notes:
. The terms of the new notes are identical to the terms of the old notes,
except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933
and will not contain restrictions on transfer or provisions relating to
additional interest and will contain different administrative terms.
The Exchange Offer:
. Our offer to exchange new notes for old notes will be open until 5:00 p.m.
New York City time on , 1999, unless we extend the offer.
. All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be
exchanged for an equal principal amount of new notes that are registered
under the Securities Act of 1933.
. Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration of
the exchange offer.
. The exchange of new notes for old notes will not be a taxable event for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.
-----------
You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 10 of this
prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of the new notes or determined if this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
-----------
The date of this prospectus is , 1999.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.................................................... 1
Risk Factors ......................................................... 10
Forward-Looking Statements............................................ 21
Use of Proceeds....................................................... 21
Capitalization........................................................ 23
Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information...... 24
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.................................. 32
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations................................................ 34
Business.............................................................. 42
Management............................................................ 61
Principal Shareholders................................................ 70
Certain Transactions.................................................. 75
Holdings' Bank Credit Facility........................................ 76
Description of the New Notes.......................................... 80
Exchange Offer........................................................ 121
Certain Income Tax Considerations..................................... 131
Plan of Distribution.................................................. 135
Legal Matters......................................................... 137
Chartered Accountants................................................. 137
Available Information................................................. 137
Glossary of Certain Technical Terms................................... 139
Index to Financial Statements......................................... F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notice to New Hampshire Residents
Neither the fact that a registration statement or an application for a
license has been filed under Chapter 421-B of the New Hampshire Revised
Statutes with the State of New Hampshire nor the fact that a security is
effectively registered or a person is licensed in the State of New Hampshire
constitutes a finding by the directors of the Office of Securities Regulation
that any document filed under RSA 421-B is true, complete and not misleading.
Neither any such fact nor the fact that an exemption or exception is available
for a security or a transaction means that the directors of the Office of
Securities Regulation have passed in any way upon the merits or qualifications
of, or recommended or given approval to, any person, security or transaction.
It is unlawful to make, or cause to be made, to any prospective investor,
customer or client any representation inconsistent with the provisions of this
paragraph.
---------------------------
The new notes are not offered to persons in the United Kingdom except to
persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing
or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their
businesses (or in other circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the
public in the United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers of
Securities Regulations 1995), and this prospectus may only be issued or passed
on to persons in the United Kingdom if these persons are of a kind described in
Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1996 or if these persons are persons to whom this prospectus
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
i
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights some information from this prospectus. Because this
is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be
important to you. To understand all of the terms of the exchange offer and to
attain a more complete understanding of our business and financial situation,
you should read carefully the entire prospectus. In this prospectus, the
"Company," "we," "ours" and "us" refer to GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise. This prospectus
uses a number of technical terms, such as RFS and Gbps, that are not easily
understandable. We have defined certain technical terms used in this prospectus
in the glossary that is included at the end of this prospectus. Unless
otherwise specified, all references to "$" or "dollars" are to U.S. dollars.
Our Company
We will provide our customers with customized and flexible city-to-city
international telecommunications network solutions. We will be a "carriers'
carrier" and our principal customers will be international telecommunications
providers. We are currently developing the Atlantica-1 Network, a high capacity
undersea fiber optic cable system that, together with terrestrial extensions,
will offer seamless connectivity between certain major cities in the United
States, Brazil, Venezuela, Bermuda and Argentina. In addition, we intend to
expand the reach of the Atlantica-1 Network by offering connectivity to other
countries in South America and Europe through a combination of commercial
arrangements, capacity purchases and further development of undersea or
terrestrial fiber optic cable systems. We are developing the Atlantica-1
Network to satisfy increasing bandwidth requirements for the transmission of
voice, data and video, particularly over the Internet, between North America
and South America.
We currently provide international telecommunications services to both
residential and commercial customers in Bermuda through our subsidiary
TeleBermuda International Limited ("TBI"). TBI, which commenced service in May
1997, is one of only two carriers that the government of Bermuda has licensed
to provide international telecommunications services to customers in Bermuda.
In November 1997, we successfully completed the deployment of the BUS-1
undersea fiber optic cable system, which connects Bermuda and the United
States. The BUS-1 system, which we will incorporate into the Atlantica-1
Network, established us as a full-service facilities-based provider of
international long-distance service for traffic originating and terminating in
Bermuda. We do not intend to offer telecommunications services to retail
customers outside of Bermuda.
We are a Bermuda company. Our principal executive offices are located at 2
Carter's Bay Road, Southside, St. David's DDBX, Bermuda, and our phone number
is (441) 296-9000. Our common shares are publicly traded on the Bermuda Stock
Exchange under the symbol "GLOCOM."
Atlantica-1 Network
The Atlantica-1 Network will be a 22,500 km four fiber pair undersea fiber
optic cable system. Alcatel Submarine Networks and Alcatel Submarine Networks,
Inc. (collectively, "Alcatel") will design, construct and install the
Atlantica-1 Network for us under a turnkey contract. We believe that the
deployment of the Atlantica-1 Network will position us as one of the first
private undersea fiber optic cable systems that, together with terrestrial
extensions, will offer city-to-city connectivity between the United States,
Brazil, Venezuela, Bermuda and Argentina.
The Atlantica-1 Network will employ the most advanced undersea fiber optic
technology currently available. It will employ self-healing ring technology
that protects against outages caused by a system failure. The initial capacity
of the Atlantica-1 Network will be 40 Gbps of total capacity or 20 Gbps of
self-healing capacity. We will be able to upgrade the system to 1,280 Gbps of
total capacity or 640 Gbps of self-healing capacity. We will upgrade the system
incrementally in advance of expected demand.
1
<PAGE>
The principal components of the Atlantica-1 Network will be the primary
ring, the Rio extension and the Caracas extension:
. Primary Ring: The primary ring will connect Tuckerton, New Jersey, St.
David's, Bermuda, Fortaleza, Brazil, Punta Gorda, Venezuela and Boca
Raton, Florida. The ready for service, or RFS, date for the connection
from New Jersey to Brazil via Bermuda is September 2000, and the RFS date
for the full ring is December 2000. The cost of the primary ring is
approximately $502 million.
. Rio Extension: The Rio extension will connect Fortaleza, Brazil and Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil. The RFS date for the primary strand of the Rio
extension is February 2001, and the cost is approximately $119 million.
We have an option in our contract with Alcatel to build the secondary
strand of the Rio extension for approximately $112 million. We intend to
exercise this option unless we can obtain capacity on a terrestrial
system from a third party at a lower cost. We expect the target service
date to be approximately 18 months from the date of exercising the
option.
. Caracas Extension: The Caracas extension will connect Punta Gorda,
Venezuela and Caracas, Venezuela. We are currently negotiating with
Alcatel to build the Caracas extension. We estimate that the cost to
build the Caracas extension will be $10 million. We expect the targeted
service date to be in or about December 2000.
Financing Plan
We estimate that the total cost to build the Atlantica-1 Network, including
the secondary strand of the Rio extension, the Caracas extension, landing
stations and capital contingencies, will be approximately $825 million. This
estimate does not include potential costs, if any, associated with securing
terrestrial capacity, including any terrestrial extension to Buenos Aires,
Argentina. We also utilized approximately $57.2 million of the financing
described below to finance the repayment of certain existing indebtedness and
transaction costs. On July 14, 1999, we obtained approximately $986.0 million
of financing consisting of the following:
. we issued the old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $300 million,
. we issued 13,263,646 common shares (representing 67% of our common shares
on a fully diluted basis) and 1,000 Class B shares, which have special
voting rights, for an aggregate offering price of approximately $270.6
million to certain institutional investors in a private equity financing,
. our subsidiary GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd. ("Holdings") entered
into a credit agreement with Toronto Dominion (Texas) Inc., Credit Suisse
First Boston, New York branch, TD Securities (USA) Inc. and certain
lenders under which, subject to certain terms and conditions, Holdings
may borrow up to $400 million and may request an additional facility for
up to $50 million, and
. we retired subordinated loans in the principal amount of $13.5 million
when our subordinated lenders elected to effectively convert the
principal and $1.9 million of accrued interest on their subordinated
loans into 1,635,286 common shares.
On August 9, 1999, we accepted for repurchase 1,500,000 common shares held
by existing shareholders at $20.40 per share (less expenses) for an aggregate
price of $30.6 million. We paid this repurchase price out of a portion of the
proceeds of the private equity financing described above.
We are now offering to exchange new notes for the old notes. See "Use of
Proceeds" for a description of how we will use the proceeds of these offerings.
2
<PAGE>
Corporate Structure
The following table shows the organization of the Company and its principal
subsidiaries:
GLOBENET
COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
LIMITED (1)
(the "Company"--the issuer of the notes)
GLOBENET
COMMUNICATIONS
HOLDINGS LTD. (2)
("Holdings"--the borrower of up to
$450 million under the bank credit facility)
ATLANTICA GLOBENET TELEBERMUDA
NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS LTD. INTERNATIONAL
(BERMUDA) LTD. LIMITED
(Internet services,
including e-commerce)
(Atlantica-1 Network) (BUS-1 system;
Bermuda based
telecommunications
services provider)
- --------
(1) Except for our ownership of Holdings, we have no independent business
operations.
(2) All of the subsidiaries of Holdings have guaranteed Holdings' bank credit
facility and have pledged substantially all of their assets as security for
this credit facility. See "Holdings' Bank Credit Facility."
3
<PAGE>
Summary of the Exchange Offer
On July 14, 1999, we completed a private offering of the old notes. We
entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers in the
private offering in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to
complete the exchange offer within 210 days after the date we issued the old
notes.
Exchange Offer.......... We are offering to exchange new notes for old notes.
Expiration Date......... The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York
City time, on , 1999, unless we decide to
extend it.
Condition to the
Exchange Offer......... The registration rights agreement does not require us
to accept old notes for exchange if the exchange
offer or the making of any exchange by a holder of
the old notes would violate any applicable law or
interpretation of the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. A minimum aggregate principal
amount of old notes being tendered is not a condition
to the exchange offer.
Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes.... To participate in the exchange offer, you must
complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or
a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and
transmit it together with all other documents
required by the letter of transmittal, including the
old notes that you wish to exchange, to Bankers Trust
Company, as exchange agent, at the address indicated
on the cover page of the letter of transmittal. In
the alternative, you can tender your old notes by
following the procedures for book-entry transfer
described in this prospectus.
If a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company
or other nominee is the registered holder of your old
notes, we urge you to contact that person promptly to
tender your old notes in the exchange offer.
For more information on tendering your old notes,
please refer to the sections in this prospectus
entitled "Exchange Offer--Terms of the Exchange
Offer," "--Procedures for Tendering" and "--Book
Entry Transfer."
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures............. If you wish to tender your old notes and you cannot
get your required documents to the exchange agent on
time, you may tender your old notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described in "Exchange
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" beginning on
page 128.
Withdrawal of Tenders... You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time
prior to the expiration date. To withdraw, you must
have delivered a written or facsimile transmission
notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent at its
address indicated on the cover page of the letter of
transmittal before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on
the expiration date of the exchange offer. See
"Exchange Offer--Withdrawal of Tenders" beginning on
page 128.
4
<PAGE>
Acceptance of Old Notes
and Delivery of New
Notes.................. If you fulfill all conditions required for proper
acceptance of old notes, we will accept any and all
old notes that you properly tender in the exchange
offer on or before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on
the expiration date. We will return any old note that
we do not accept for exchange to you without expense
as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.
We will deliver the new notes as promptly as
practicable after the expiration date and acceptance
of the old notes for exchange. Please refer to the
section in this prospectus entitled "Exchange Offer--
Terms of the Exchange Offer."
Fees and Expenses....... We will bear all expenses related to the exchange
offer. Please refer to the section in this prospectus
entitled "Exchange Offer--Fees and Expenses."
Use of Proceeds......... The issuance of the new notes will not provide us
with any new proceeds. We are making this exchange
offer solely to satisfy our obligations under our
registration rights agreement. Please refer to the
sections entitled "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources" for a discussion of our use of the
proceeds from the issuance of the old notes.
Consequences of Failure
to Exchange Old
Notes.................. If you do not exchange your old notes in this
exchange offer, you will no longer be able to require
us to register the old notes under the Securities Act
of 1933 except in the limited circumstances provided
under our registration rights agreement. In addition,
you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer the old notes unless we have
registered the old notes under the Securities Act of
1933, or unless you resell, offer to resell or
otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the
registration requirements of, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act of 1933. Please refer
to the section in this prospectus entitled "Risk
Factors--Failure to Properly Tender Old Notes in
Exchange Offer."
U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations......... The exchange of new notes for old notes in the
exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S.
federal income tax purposes. Please read "Certain
Income Tax Considerations" on page 131.
Exchange Agent.......... We have appointed Bankers Trust Company as exchange
agent for the exchange offer. You should direct
questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter
of transmittal and requests for the notice of
guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed
as follows: BT Services Tennessee, Inc.,
Reorganization Unit, P.O. Box 292737, Nashville,
Tennessee 37229-2737. Eligible institutions may make
requests by facsimile at (615) 835-3701.
5
<PAGE>
Summary of Terms of the New Notes
The new notes will be identical to the old notes except that the new notes
are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and will not have restrictions
on transfer, registration rights or provisions for additional interest and will
contain different administrative terms. The new notes will evidence the same
debt as the old notes, and the same indenture will govern the new notes and the
old notes.
The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. There are
important limitations and exceptions to the terms and conditions described
below. You should read the discussion under the heading "Description of the New
Notes" beginning on page 80 for further information regarding the new notes.
References in this summary of terms of the new notes to "we" and "our" refer
only to GlobeNet Communications Group Limited and do not include our
subsidiaries.
Issuer.................. GlobeNet Communications Group Limited.
Notes Offered........... $300,000,000 principal amount of 13% Series B Senior
Notes due 2007.
Maturity................ July 15, 2007.
Interest................ Interest will accrue from July 14, 1999 or from the
most recent date to which we have paid interest on
the old notes, and will be payable on January 15 and
July 15, beginning on January 15, 2000.
Ranking................. The new notes are our senior obligations and will
rank equally with all of our existing and future
senior indebtedness, and will be senior to all of our
existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The
new notes will effectively rank behind all of our
secured obligations to the extent of the value of the
assets securing these obligations.
We are a holding company and none of our subsidiaries
will guarantee the new notes. The new notes will
effectively rank behind all existing and future
indebtedness and all other liabilities of our
subsidiaries, including up to $450 million of
indebtedness under Holdings' bank credit facility.
Optional Redemption..... We may redeem some or all of the new notes at any
time after July 15, 2004 at the redemption prices
listed under the heading "Description of the New
Notes--Optional Redemption," plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date.
Optional Redemption
After Certain Equity
Offerings.............. At any time prior to July 15, 2002, we may redeem up
to 35% of the notes that we originally issued under
the indenture with funds that we raise in one or more
equity offerings at 113% of the principal amount of
the redeemed notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
as long as at least 65% of the aggregate principal
amount of the notes originally issued remains
outstanding after each redemption. See "Description
of the New Notes--Optional Redemption."
Optional Tax
Redemption............. We may redeem all, but not fewer than all, of the new
notes at their principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, in the event of certain changes
affecting tax laws, as described under "Description
of the New Notes--Optional Tax Redemption."
6
<PAGE>
Change of Control....... If a change of control of the Company occurs, we must
give holders of the new notes the opportunity to sell
us their new notes at the price set forth under the
heading "Description of the New Notes--Change of
Control." We might not be able to repurchase the
notes that you present following a change of control
because:
. we might not have enough funds at that time,
and
. the terms of our indebtedness or the
indebtedness of our subsidiaries may prevent
us.
Certain Indenture
Provisions............. The indenture governing the new notes will contain
covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our
subsidiaries to:
. incur additional debt,
. pay dividends or distributions on our capital
stock or repurchase our capital stock,
. issue or sell capital stock of subsidiaries,
. make certain investments,
. sell assets,
. guarantee debt,
. restrict dividends or other payments to us,
. create certain liens,
. enter into transactions with affiliates, and
. merge, amalgamate, consolidate or sell
substantially all of our assets.
There are a number of important limitations and
exceptions to these covenants that are described
under the heading "Description of the New Notes" and
in the indenture.
Our failure to comply with these and the other
covenants under the indenture, a default in the
payment of any interest on or the principal of the
new notes, certain defaults on other indebtedness,
certain events relating to our bankruptcy and other
customary events may constitute events of default
under the indenture. The indenture requires us to
provide annual certificates to the trustee of our
compliance with the indenture and to otherwise notify
the trustee of defaults within 10 days of becoming
aware of the default.
Trustee................. The trustee under the indenture is Bankers Trust
Company.
Listing................. We do not intend to apply for listing of the new
notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of
the new notes in any automated dealer quotation
system.
Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 10 of this
prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
7
<PAGE>
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data for the
Company. We have derived the summary consolidated statement of operations data
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for the ten months
ended December 31, 1996 for the Company from our consolidated financial
statements that PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants, has audited. We
have prepared the summary consolidated statement of operations data in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
We have derived the summary consolidated financial data as at and for the six
months ended June 30, 1999 and June 30, 1998 from our unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements for these periods and we have prepared this
financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial
statements. In the opinion of management, this financial data contains all
adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for
these periods. Operating results for these six-month periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year.
We are substantially increasing the scope and scale of our business with the
development of the Atlantica-1 Network. Accordingly, the summary consolidated
financial data presented below may not be indicative of our financial position
or results of operations in the future. You should read the summary
consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Six Months
Ten Months Ended Ended
Ended December 31, June 30,
December 31, -------------------- -------------------
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
------------ -------- ------- ------- -------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations
Data:
Revenue................. -- $ 4,962 $26,724 $11,518 $13,122
Carrier charges and
other cost of sales.... -- 3,559 15,676 7,361 6,060
------- -------- ------- ------- -------
-- 1,403 11,048 4,157 7,062
General and administra-
tive expenses.......... $ 3,377 5,085 9,342 4,548 4,704
Interest on long-term
debt................... -- 750 3,542 1,585 1,577
Interest income......... (132) (169) (140) (9) (101)
Amortization of deferred
financing costs........ -- 305 321 160 160
Amortization of capital
assets................. 1 542 2,401 1,158 1,264
Accrued contingent in-
terest(1).............. -- 382 960 472 495
Provision for income
taxes.................. 14 53 36 17 19
Minority interest....... -- (249) (204) (204) --
(Earnings) loss from eq-
uity accounted
for investment......... -- -- (266) 209 --
------- -------- ------- ------- -------
Net loss................ $(3,260) $ (5,296) $(4,944) $(3,779) $(1,056)
======= ======== ======= ======= =======
Basic and fully diluted
loss per common share.. $ (1.89) $ (1.52) $ (1.41) $ (1.07) $ (0.30)
======= ======== ======= ======= =======
Other Financial Data:
Capital expenditures.... $ 4,728 $ 45,104 $ 1,791 $ 644 $ 6,851
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges.......... -- (2) -- (2) -- (2) -- (2) -- (2)
Cash provided by (used
in):
Operating activities.... (1,491) 5,420 (3,504) (8,941) 7,170
Financing activities.... 17,594 29,159 6,937 7,950 (3,651)
Investing activities.... (6,757) (43,108) (1,762) 279 (5,500)
Earnings (loss) before
interest, amortization,
income taxes, minority
interest and equity ac-
counted for
investment(3).......... (3,377) (3,682) 1,706 (391) 2,358
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June 30, 1999
---------------------
Actual As Adjusted(4)
------ --------------
(dollars in
thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash...................................................... $1,051 $483,878
Capital assets, net....................................... 53,199 53,199
Total assets.............................................. 60,065 564,999
Total long-term debt (including current portion).......... 35,864 300,000(5)
Shareholders' equity...................................... 5,648 249,194
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Accrued contingent interest represents the payment that we would have had
to make if the warrant holders had not exercised the warrants that we
issued in connection with subordinated loans to TBI by July 28, 2002. We
calculated it at 7% per annum on the gross exercise price for the
unexercised warrants from the date of issue to the date of expiration. See
note 9(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and accordingly the
deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges is as follows:
$3,246 for the ten months ended December 31, 1996, $5,243 for the year
ended December 31, 1997, $4,908 for the year ended December 31, 1998,
$3,762 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, $1,037 for the six months
ended June 30, 1999, $42,587 for the pro forma year ended December 31, 1998
and $19,994 for the pro forma six months ended June 30, 1999. For the
purposes of calculating the deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed
charges, earnings consists of earnings (loss) before income taxes, minority
interest and equity accounted for investment adjusted for minority
interest, earnings (loss) from equity accounted for investment and the
interest component of rental expense, and fixed charges consists of
interest on long-term debt, amortization of deferred financing costs,
accrued contingent interest and the interest component of rental expense.
(3) Earnings (loss) before interest, amortization, income taxes, minority
interest and equity accounted for investment is not a measure of
performance under U.S. GAAP, but we present it because we believe it is a
measure of performance that analysts, investors and other interested
parties in our industry commonly report and widely use. You should not
consider it an alternative to net loss as a measure of operating
performance or cash provided by (used in) operations as a measure of
liquidity.
(4) As Adjusted column reflects the private offering of the old notes, the
private equity financing and the exercise of warrants by our former
subordinated lenders, and our use of the net proceeds therefrom, our
payment of interest on one of our retired subordinated loans and the
conversion of interest on the other subordinated loan, our repurchase of
common shares of the Company from existing shareholders, our repayment of
TBI's credit facility and related interest, transaction costs, accrued
contingent interest and existing deferred financing costs. See
"Capitalization."
(5) Does not include any borrowings of up to $450 million under Holdings' bank
credit facility. Availability of these funds is subject to certain terms
and conditions. See "Holdings' Bank Credit Facility."
9
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Before you tender the old notes in the exchange offer, you should carefully
consider the following risk factors and the other information in this
prospectus. The risks that we have described below are not the only ones facing
us. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks
and uncertainties. See "Forward-Looking Statements." Our actual results could
differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a
result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in
this prospectus.
Risk Factors Relating to the Notes
Failure to Properly Tender Old Notes in Exchange Offer--If you do not properly
tender your old notes, you will continue to hold unregistered old notes and
your ability to transfer old notes will be adversely affected.
We will only issue new notes in exchange for old notes that are timely and
properly tendered. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely
delivery of the old notes and you should carefully follow the instructions on
how to tender your old notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent are required to
tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of old
notes.
If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange
offer, the old notes you hold will continue to be subject to the existing
transfer restrictions. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold
except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to
register old notes under the Securities Act of 1933. Further, if you continue
to hold any old notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you may have
trouble selling them because there will be fewer old notes outstanding.
No Prior Market for the New Notes--If an active trading market does not
develop for the new notes, you may be unable to sell the new notes or to sell
the new notes at a price that you deem sufficient.
The new notes will be new securities for which there currently is no
established trading market. Although the new notes will be registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, we do not intend to apply for listing of the new notes
on any securities exchange or for quotation of the new notes in any automated
dealer quotation system (including The PORTAL Market). In addition, although
the initial purchasers of the old notes have informed us that they intend to
make a market in the new notes after the exchange offer, the initial purchasers
may stop making a market at any time. Finally, if a large number of old notes
are not tendered or are tendered improperly, the limited amount of new notes
that would be issued and outstanding after we consummate the exchange offer
could adversely affect the development of a market for these new notes.
Substantial Price Volatility--Even if a market for the new notes develops, the
market price may be subject to substantial volatility.
If a market for the new notes were to develop, the market price for the new
notes may be adversely affected by changes in our financial performance,
changes in the overall market for similar securities and the performance or
prospects for companies in our industry. Historically, the market for non-
investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused
substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the new notes.
Substantial Leverage--Our substantial indebtedness could prevent us from
fulfilling our obligations under the new notes and limit our ability to manage
our business effectively.
We have substantial debt and debt service requirements. As of September 30,
1999, we had consolidated indebtedness of approximately $400 million. Our
subsidiary Holdings may be able to borrow up to an additional $350 million
under its credit facility. Further, the indenture pursuant to which the notes
are issued and Holdings' bank credit facility may permit us to incur additional
debt, including secured debt, subject to
10
<PAGE>
certain limitations. See "Description of the New Notes--Certain Covenants--
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and "Holdings'
Bank Credit Facility."
The amount of our debt could have important consequences to you. For
example, it could:
. make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to
the notes,
. increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
conditions,
. limit our ability to fund future capital expenditures, research and
development costs, working capital and other general corporate
requirements,
. require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
operations to make interest and principal payments on our indebtedness,
. limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
business and the industries in which we operate, and
. place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have
less debt.
Ability to Service Debt--If we are unable to generate a significant amount of
cash, we may be unable to service our debt, including the notes.
Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to pay the principal of and
interest on our debt, including the notes, depends upon the successful and
timely completion of our systems, including the Atlantica-1 Network, the
successful and timely acquisition of terrestrial extensions, our future
operating performance and a number of other factors, many of which are beyond
our control.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service
requirements, we may have to obtain additional debt or equity financing,
refinance or restructure all or a portion of our existing debt or sell all or
a portion of our assets. Our ability to take any of these actions will depend
on our financial condition at the time and other factors, including general
market and economic conditions. See "--Covenant Restrictions" below for a
description of certain restrictions in the agreements governing our debt that
could limit our ability to take any of these actions. Accordingly, these
transactions may not be possible. If, for any reason, including a shortfall in
anticipated cash flow, we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we
would be in default under our existing debt agreements.
Holding Company Structure--If our subsidiaries are unable to distribute funds
to us, we will be unable to make payments on the notes.
We are a holding company. Our only material asset is our ownership of the
capital stock of Holdings. As a result, our ability to make required payments
on the notes depends on the performance of the businesses owned by our
subsidiaries and our subsidiaries' ability to distribute funds to us. Our
subsidiaries will have no obligation to pay amounts due on the notes, and none
of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In addition, the applicable law
of the jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries are organized or contractual
or other obligations to which they are subject may limit their ability to pay
dividends or make payments on intercompany loans, including those made with
the proceeds of the offering of the old notes.
Holdings' bank credit facility and the related security, pledge, guarantee
and other documents will restrict our subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends,
make distributions or otherwise transfer funds to us. In addition, Holdings'
bank credit facility and these related instruments will prohibit Holdings from
making distributions to us from which we would otherwise expect to make
interest payments on the notes during the occurrence and continuance of
certain defaults or events of default under Holdings' bank credit facility and
the related instruments. See "Holdings' Bank Credit Facility."
As of September 30, 1999, the notes were structurally subordinated to
approximately $100.0 million of debt of our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries may
incur up to $350.0 million of additional debt under Holdings' bank credit
facility, and they may incur more debt in the future.
11
<PAGE>
Covenant Restrictions--Holdings' bank credit facility, the related security,
pledge, guarantee and other documents and the indenture impose significant
restrictions on our ability to take certain actions.
These restrictions will significantly limit or prohibit, among other things,
our ability and our subsidiaries' ability to:
. engage in unrelated business activities,
. incur additional indebtedness,
. repay indebtedness prior to stated maturities,
. sell assets,
. make investments,
. engage in transactions with shareholders and affiliates,
. issue capital stock,
. create liens, or
. engage in mergers, amalgamations or acquisitions.
These restrictions could also limit our ability and our subsidiaries'
ability to:
. obtain financing in the future,
. make needed capital expenditures,
. withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, or
. otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities.
Events beyond our control, including prevailing economic and financial
conditions, may affect our ability and our subsidiaries' ability to comply with
these covenants and restrictions. If we or our subsidiaries fail to comply with
these restrictions, it could lead to a default under the terms of Holdings'
bank credit facility, the related security, pledge, guarantee and other
documents or the indenture notwithstanding our ability and the ability of our
subsidiaries to meet our respective debt service obligations.
Financing Change of Control Offer--We may not be able to raise the funds
necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture.
The indenture requires us, in the event of a change of control, to make an
offer to purchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of
the notes, plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. This provision may be
of limited value to holders of notes because, before making the offer to
purchase the notes, we would be required to (1) repay in full all of our
indebtedness under Holdings' bank credit facility and any other indebtedness
that would prohibit the purchase of the notes, or (2) obtain any requisite
consent to permit the purchase of the notes. We may not have sufficient funds
available at the time of any change of control to make any debt payment
(including purchase of the notes) as described above.
The events that constitute a change of control under the indenture may also
be events of default under Holdings' bank credit facility. An event of default
under Holdings' bank credit facility may permit the lenders to accelerate the
outstanding debt under the credit facility and, if the debt is not repaid, to
foreclose on assets of our subsidiaries subject to security interests. This
would limit our ability to raise cash to purchase the new notes.
12
<PAGE>
Risk Factors Relating to the Company
Limited Operating History--Because of our limited operating history and
negative cash flow, an investment in the notes may be subject to greater risk
than an investment in the securities of an entity with a longer operational
history.
We began providing telecommunications services in Bermuda in May 1997
through TBI. We have accumulated losses as of June 30, 1999 of $16.0 million
and have never earned a profit. In addition, our historical financial
information relates primarily to TBI's retail international telecommunications
business and not the international telecommunications network solutions
business we are entering with the construction of the Atlantica-1 Network.
Accordingly, you have very limited historical financial information upon which
to base your evaluation of our performance and an investment in the new notes.
You should consider our prospects in light of the risks, expenses and
difficulties frequently encountered by companies in an early stage of
development.
We intend to use most of the proceeds from the sale of the old notes and a
significant amount of additional capital to develop the Atlantica-1 Network and
terrestrial extensions. Until the principal segments of the network are
complete, we will continue to spend more building the network than we will earn
from selling capacity on it. Accordingly, we expect to experience negative cash
flows after capital expenditures while we are developing our network. Our
future success will depend substantially on sales of capacity on the Atlantica-
1 Network and any subsequent systems. We may be unable to realize our business
plan, achieve operating profitability or generate sufficient cash flow to
service our debt (including the notes), capital expenditures or working capital
requirements.
Substantial Future Capital Requirements--Our future growth will require
substantial additional capital requirements that may exceed our budgeted
amounts and for which we may need to incur additional indebtedness.
Although we expect the net proceeds we received from the private offering of
the old notes, the net proceeds we received from the private equity financing
and future borrowings under Holdings' bank credit facility to be sufficient to
complete the development of the Atlantica-1 Network, we expect to need
significant amounts of additional capital to implement our business plan. In
addition to building the Atlantica-1 Network, we may in the future expand our
undersea fiber optic cable systems through the development of the Atlantica-2
Network. We expect the Atlantica-2 Network to have a comparable unit price per
kilometer to the Atlantica-1 Network and to require substantial capital to
develop.
If we cannot generate sufficient funds from operations, we may issue
additional debt or equity capital. The provisions of the indenture, Holdings'
bank credit facility and the related security, pledge, guarantee and other
documents, however, may restrict our ability to issue debt or equity. We may be
unable to arrange financing in the future or, if we are able to do so, we may
be unable to arrange financing on terms that are favorable to us. Our ability
to arrange financing and the cost of the financing will depend on many factors
including:
. general economic and capital markets conditions and particular conditions
in the non-investment grade debt market,
. conditions in the telecommunications industry,
. regulatory developments,
. investor confidence and credit availability from banks and other lenders,
. the success of the Atlantica-1 Network, and
. tax and securities laws that affect raising capital.
13
<PAGE>
Completion of the Atlantica-1 Network--If we fail to complete our network
within our estimated cost and time-frame, we may be unable to provide our
network services competitively.
In order to implement our business strategy and generate cash flows to
service our indebtedness, we must successfully complete the Atlantica-1
Network at the cost and in the time-frame currently estimated by us. We have
entered into a contract with Alcatel to design, engineer and construct the
Atlantica-1 Network on a turnkey basis. The construction of the Atlantica-1
Network will be affected by a wide variety of factors, uncertainties and
contingencies, many of which are beyond our or Alcatel's control, including
inclement weather and adverse changes in government regulations. Alcatel also
may suspend its work on the network if we fail to make the requisite periodic
payments. Any suspension could result in a failure to meet a scheduled
completion date. In addition, our contract with Alcatel limits the damages
that we could recover in the event of a breach by Alcatel.
There are few manufacturers of materials used to build undersea fiber optic
cable systems and these manufacturers have a limited capacity that is reserved
in advance. Alcatel has reserved capacity for the Atlantica-1 Network. A
significant delay in our time-frame could cause us to be unable to obtain the
manufacturing capacity necessary to complete the network.
Our successful completion of the Atlantica-1 Network at the cost and in the
time-frame currently estimated by us will also depend, among other things,
upon our ability to manage its construction effectively and Alcatel's ability
to obtain all construction permits and licenses.
Sales of Capacity--If we are unable to sell sufficient capacity on our cable
systems or to sell capacity on favorable terms, then we may be unable to
generate sufficient revenues and cash flows to implement our business plan or
service our indebtedness.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have only sold limited capacity on
the BUS-1 system and have not sold any capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network.
There may not be sufficient demand to support our network, we may not be able
to sell capacity on our cable systems and any sales may not be on favorable
terms. Two other competing undersea fiber optic cable systems have been
announced with capacity, technology and scheduled completion dates that are
expected to be similar to our network. These other systems may adversely
affect our ability to sell our capacity.
Realization of Other Revenues--If we fail to increase our revenues beyond
initial capacity sales, we may be unable to implement our business plan.
We intend to increase our revenues and profits by:
. upgrading capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network,
. developing or acquiring additional undersea fiber optic cable capacity,
. developing or purchasing terrestrial extensions in a cost effective
manner to provide connectivity from landing stations to major city
centers,
. introducing new products and services such as value-added offerings
through which a customer could use our Bermuda base of network operations
to generate cost-savings and minimize income taxes, and
. increasing TBI's market share in Bermuda through the introduction of
innovative product and service offerings at competitive prices.
Operations Risks--If our systems fail to operate properly or are damaged, we
may be unable to provide our intended network services and to implement our
business plan.
Our success is dependent upon our systems providing competitive
reliability, capacity and security. The operation, administration, maintenance
and repair of a large-scale, complex telecommunications network, however,
requires the coordination and integration of sophisticated and highly
specialized hardware and
14
<PAGE>
software technologies and equipment. The Atlantica-1 Network will employ
certain components that have never been used before in an undersea fiber optic
cable system. The BUS-1 system also is subject to operational risks. The
failure of the hardware or software to function as required could render an
undersea fiber optic cable system unable to perform at design specifications.
Even if built to specifications, our systems may not function as expected in a
cost-effective manner. Additional operational risks include physical damage,
power loss, capacity limitations, breaches of security and disruptions beyond
our control.
We expect each of our systems to have a design life of not less than 25
years; however, the actual useful life of any of these systems may be shorter.
A number of factors will affect the useful life of each of our systems,
including, among other things:
. quality of construction,
. unexpected deterioration, and
. technological or economic obsolescence.
Competition--We may be unable to compete with our larger and better financed
competitors.
The international telecommunications industry is extremely competitive. We
face competition from existing and planned systems along each of our planned
routes. We will also compete with satellite providers and land-based cable
systems. Most of our competitors have substantially greater financial,
technical and marketing resources than we do. We will compete primarily on the
basis of price, availability, flexible provisioning, colocation services,
transmission quality and reliability, customer service and the locations our
systems connect.
Future sources of competition for the Atlantica-1 Network include:
. Americas-2, a new carriers' consortium cable system with a scheduled RFS
date in the third quarter of 1999 that will connect Brazil, Venezuela,
Florida and the Caribbean,
. South American Crossing, a new self-healing ring cable system being
developed by Global Crossing Ltd. that will link coastal countries in
South America to Global Crossing's planned Mid-Atlantic Crossing in St.
Croix, U.S.V.I. and Global Crossing's planned Pan American Crossing in
Ft. Amador, Panama, and
. the SAm-I cable system, a self-healing ring cable system being developed
by Telefonica Internacional S.A. and Tyco International Ltd. that will
connect the United States, Guatemala, Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Peru and
Colombia.
Global Crossing Ltd. has stated that South American Crossing is scheduled to
be available for service in the first quarter of 2001 and will be capable of
providing up to 1,280 Gbps of total capacity. Telefonica Internacional S.A. and
Tyco International Ltd. have stated that SAm-1 is scheduled to be available for
service in December 2000 and will be capable of providing up to 1,280 Gbps of
total capacity. There may not be sufficient demand to support all of these
systems or additional systems that may be built.
Our existing business, the provision of retail telecommunications services
in Bermuda, is also very competitive. Our only licensed competitor in this
market, Cable & Wireless, has:
. substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources,
. access to larger networks through inter-company relationships,
. a broader portfolio of services,
. stronger name recognition, and
. long-standing customer relationships.
15
<PAGE>
An Internet service provider in Bermuda has recently filed for declaratory
relief following the Bermuda Government's refusal to permit it to provide voice
over Internet service under the terms of its license. The Bermuda Government
may not prevail in the pending lawsuit, and other parties may become licensed
to provide long distance service in Bermuda. This may adversely impact our
revenues from TBI's Bermuda long distance business.
Dependence on Senior Management--If we lose members of our senior management
team, we may be unable to implement our business plan.
We are dependent on the continued employment of our senior management team
in order to implement our business plan. Our business is managed by a small
number of key management and operating personnel who have been extensively
involved in our formation and the establishment of our key business
relationships. Among other things, we rely on specific individuals to supervise
the construction of our undersea cable network, to negotiate strategic
alliances with telecommunications service providers and other carriers, to sell
capacity on the network and to oversee and implement other aspects of our
business plan. The loss of any member of our management team could delay or
prevent us from achieving these aspects of our business plan. Competition for
management-level individuals in the telecommunications industry is intense, and
we may not be able to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled qualified
personnel. We do not maintain any key person life insurance on the lives of any
of our management personnel.
Ability to Manage Growth--If we are unable to effectively manage our growth
and transition from a development company to an operating company, we may not
be successful in developing and operating our network.
Our planned growth and expansion will place significant demands on our
management and operations. Our ability to manage this growth successfully will
depend on, among other things:
. expanding our management resources, network infrastructure, information
and reporting systems and controls,
. expansion, training and management of our employee base, including
attracting and retaining skilled personnel,
. evaluating new markets,
. monitoring operations,
. controlling costs, and
. obtaining satisfactory interconnection agreements with other network
providers.
Dependence on Third Parties--If the third parties upon whom we depend do not
perform their contractual obligations, we will be unable to provide our
network services.
We and our customers depend and will continue to depend upon third parties,
such as carriers, Post, Telephone and Telegraph companies, or PTTs,
telecommunications facilities providers and suppliers, and local operating
companies, including the Bermuda Telephone Company, to:
. construct and maintain systems and provide equipment,
. provide access to certain origination and termination points of our
systems in various jurisdictions,
. construct and operate landing stations in certain of these jurisdictions,
. acquire rights of way, licenses and permits, and
. provide terrestrial capacity.
These third parties may not perform their contractual obligations.
16
<PAGE>
Tax Matters--We have assumed that a significant portion of our income will
not be subject to certain taxes. If our assumption is incorrect or if there
are changes in the prevailing tax laws, it could adversely impact our
revenues and our cash flow available to make payments on the notes.
We believe that a significant portion of the income derived from our
undersea fiber optic systems will not be subject to tax by any of (1) Bermuda,
which currently does not have a corporate income tax, (2) Brazil, (3)
Venezuela, or (4) certain other countries in which we will conduct activities
or in which our target customers will be located, including the United States.
However, we base our belief upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our
business, which may change, and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the
various countries in which we expect to have assets or conduct activities. Our
position is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and
to possible changes in law, which may have retroactive effect. We cannot
predict the amount of tax to which we may become subject. For more
information, see "Certain Income Tax Considerations."
Year 2000 Problem--If we experience system failures as a result of the Year
2000 Problem, our ability to provide our network services may be adversely
affected.
The year 2000 problem is the result of many computer programs being written
using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Computer
programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure
or miscalculations. If necessary modifications are not made, the year 2000
problem could adversely impact our ability to provide our telecommunications
services. Furthermore, the systems of other companies on which our systems
rely may not be prepared for the year 2000, or these companies may implement
year 2000 preparations with systems that are incompatible with our systems.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations--Year 2000 Problem."
Significant Shareholders with Potentially Adverse Interests--Our significant
shareholders may cause us to pursue transactions that increase the risk of
your investment in the notes.
The institutional investors named below or their affiliates purchased
approximately 67% of the common shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis
and Class B shares, which have certain voting rights as described under the
heading "Principal Shareholders--Capital Structure," in the private equity
financing:
. Boston Ventures Management, Inc.,
. Kelso & Company,
. Providence Equity Partners, Inc.,
. Spectrum Equity Investors,
. TD Capital Group Limited (an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers
of old notes),
. Capital Communications CDPQ Inc.,
. Sandler Capital Management,
. Ontario Municipal Employee Retirement Board and
. Nautilus Equity Investors LLC (whose managing member is an indirect
subsidiary of one of the initial purchasers of old notes).
There may be conflicts of interest between these investors and you if we
encounter financial difficulties or these investors cause us to pursue
transactions that could enhance their equity investment while involving risks
to your interests.
Certain of these investors, or their affiliates, currently have significant
investments in other telecommunications companies, and may in the future
invest in other entities engaged in the telecommunications business, some of
which may compete with us. These investors have no obligation to bring
17
<PAGE>
us any investment or business opportunities of which they are aware, even if
opportunities are within our scope and objectives. Conflicts may also arise in
the negotiation or enforcement of arrangements we may enter into with entities
in which these investors, or their affiliates, have an interest.
Service of Process and Enforcement of Liabilities--It may be difficult for
you to enforce U.S. judgments against our foreign assets, to serve our
foreign officers and directors or to enforce U.S. judgments against them and
to enforce U.S. securities laws in Bermuda.
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited is a Bermuda company. A substantial
portion of our assets and our principal offices are located outside of the
United States. In addition, some of our directors and officers are not
residents of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to
enforce judgments obtained in United States courts against our assets located
outside the United States, and it may be difficult for you to effect service
of process within the United States upon these directors and officers or to
enforce judgments obtained in United States courts against them. Furthermore,
our legal counsel in Bermuda, Conyers Dill & Pearman, has advised us that
there is doubt as to the enforcement in Bermuda, in original actions or in
actions for enforcement of judgments of United States courts, of liabilities
predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
Risk Factors Relating to the Industry
Demand for Fiber Optic Capacity--If fiber optic cable technology becomes
obsolete or is replaced by newer competing technologies, we may be unable to
implement our business plan.
The international telecommunications industry is changing rapidly due to,
among other things:
. the easing of regulatory constraints,
. the privatization of established carriers and PTTs,
. the expansion of telecommunications infrastructure,
. economic globalization, and
. the changing technology for all telecommunications industry sectors,
including cable, wireless and satellite.
Our business strategy and much of our planned growth is predicated upon the
continuation of the growth in demand for international telecommunications
capacity that has occurred over the past several decades and the continued
viability of fiber optic cable networks as a preferred means of transmitting
voice and data. This may not occur.
Declining Prices Per Circuit--If there is a bigger decline in prices for
circuits than we expect, we may not generate sufficient revenues to implement
our business plan.
The fiber optic cable transmission industry has realized significant per
unit cost reductions over the past several years resulting from technological
advances in fiber optics. These advances have caused prices for circuits to
decline. We anticipate that prices for our products and services specifically,
and network transmission capacity in general, will continue to decline over
the next several years, due primarily to the following:
. price competition as various network providers continue to install
networks that might compete with the Atlantica-1 Network,
. recent technological advances that result in substantial increases in the
transmission capacity of both new and, to a lesser extent, existing fiber
optic telecommunications networks, and
. strategic alliances or similar transactions, such as long-distance
capacity purchasing alliances among groups of carriers, that could
increase the parties' purchasing power.
There may, however, be a bigger decline in prices per circuit than we
expect.
18
<PAGE>
Risks Associated with International Markets--We will operate in many foreign
markets and will be exposed to risks in those markets that may prevent us from
providing our network services or may adversely affect our ability to do so
profitably.
We will be exposed to certain risks inherent in doing business on an
international level. These risks include:
. regulatory limitations restricting or prohibiting us from providing our
services,
. unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs, customs, duties
and other trade barriers,
. difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations,
. political risks,
. fluctuations in currency exchange rates and restrictions on repatriation
of earnings, and other exchange control regulations,
. delays from customers, brokers or government agencies,
. potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from operating in multiple
jurisdictions with different tax laws, and
. an economic downturn in the countries in which we expect to do business.
Government Regulation--We and our customers are subject to substantial
government regulation in the United States and several other jurisdictions.
These regulations may affect our ability to operate our systems or offer
certain of our products.
We may, in the ordinary course of development, construction and operation of
our network, be required to obtain and maintain various permits, licenses and
other authorizations including undersea cable landing licenses (and
environmental and natural resources licenses or permits) in the United States,
Brazil, Bermuda, Venezuela and in any other foreign jurisdictions where our
cables may land and exist. If we are unable to obtain and maintain necessary
permits, licenses and other authorizations, we will be unable to operate our
systems.
United States: On June 2, 1999 we submitted a submarine cable landing
license application to the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") in the
United States. No comments or objections were filed with the FCC in response to
this application. While we expect to receive a landing license by the end of
1999, the FCC may not grant us a landing license or it may not do so within our
time schedule. We cannot complete the Atlantica-1 Network without a landing
license for the United States. See "Business--Regulation--United States."
Brazil: We have submitted a written request to the Agencia Nacional de
Telecomunicacoes, or ANATEL, the telecommunications regulatory authority in
Brazil, seeking a determination as to the scope and nature of ANATEL's
authority to regulate undersea cable systems such as the Atlantica-1 Network.
ANATEL may determine that no regulatory authority is necessary to construct,
own and operate the Atlantica-1 Network or merely grant us an enabling act that
permits us to land the cable or require us to register the cable with ANATEL.
If ANATEL were to determine, however, that the offering of undersea cable
facilities is providing telecommunications services, and regulates us
accordingly, it would subject us to certain taxes and operational restrictions
that may adversely affect our ability to implement our business plan. We may
not be able to complete the Atlantica-1 Network unless ANATEL informs us
whether its approval is necessary to land an undersea cable in Brazil. If
ANATEL determines that it must provide us authority before we can land the
cable, we will need to take appropriate action to procure this authority.
Failure to obtain this authority or a delay in the grant of the authority could
prevent us from providing our intended network services.
Venezuela: We have received written confirmation from the Comision Nacional
de Telecomunicaciones, or CONATEL, the telecommunications regulatory agency in
Venezuela, that we may construct and land the Atlantica-1 cable in Venezuela
without formal regulatory approval from CONATEL. Additionally, based on
19
<PAGE>
advice provided to us by CONATEL, we do not believe that any CONATEL permits or
concessions are necessary to operate the cable or sell capacity on the cable.
However, if CONATEL were now to determine that a permit or concession was
necessary, we believe that a permit or concession would be issued by CONATEL in
a time frame consistent with the implementation schedule for the Atlantica-1
Network. Our inability to secure any necessary approvals in the required time
frame could prevent us from providing our intended network services.
We intend to submit to CONATEL an application for the appropriate licenses
that will permit us to provide backhaul services in Venezuela. While we expect
CONATEL to grant us these licenses, CONATEL may not do so, or it may not do so
within our time schedule.
Bermuda: On January 10, 1997, the government of Bermuda granted TBI an
international carrier license. The license is for a term of five years and is
subject to renewal. The government may not renew our license. If the government
fails to renew our license, we will no longer be able to provide
telecommunications services in Bermuda and will be required to sell TBI's
telecommunications business.
20
<PAGE>
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We use words like
"believe," "anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "may," "will," "should" and
similar expressions to help identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements contained in this prospectus include, for example,
statements concerning our plans to design, construct, operate and sell capacity
on our planned cable systems, expectations as to funding our future capital
requirements, developments with respect to regulatory and market conditions and
other discussions of future plans and strategies, anticipated developments and
other matters that involve predictions of future events.
We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations
and projections about future events. These forward-looking statements are
subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which may be outside of our
control, including, among other things:
. our failure to complete our planned cable systems within the currently
estimated time frame and budget,
. our failure to be early to market,
. our failure to sell capacity on our planned cable systems,
. our failure to obtain and maintain all necessary permits, licenses or
authorizations to construct, land and operate our planned cable systems,
. our failure to contract for or build any necessary backhaul facilities
to provide city-to-city connectivity on our planned cable systems,
. our failure to accurately project levels of demand for
telecommunications capacity,
. political, economic, legal or regulatory changes that negatively affect
our operations, and
. our failure to compete effectively in a rapidly evolving marketplace
characterized by intense price competition and incremental new capacity.
This list is only an example of some of the risks, uncertainties and
assumptions that may affect the forward-looking statements contained in this
prospectus. In light of these and other risks, uncertainties or assumptions,
the actual events or results may be very different from those expressed or
implied in the forward-looking statements in this prospectus or may not occur.
For additional factors that could affect the validity of our forward-looking
statements, you should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 10
and the other information in this prospectus. We do not intend to publish
updates or revisions of any forward-looking statement to reflect new
information, future events or otherwise.
USE OF PROCEEDS
New Notes
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. We are
making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under our
registration rights agreement.
Financing Plan
We estimate that the total cost to build the Atlantica-1 Network, including
the secondary strand of the Rio extension, the Caracas extension, landing
stations and capital contingencies, will be approximately $825 million. This
estimate does not include potential costs, if any, associated with securing
terrestrial capacity, including any terrestrial extension to Buenos Aires,
Argentina.
As more fully described below, we have used and intend to use the net
proceeds we received from the private offering of the old notes, the net
proceeds we received from the private equity financing (other than the
21
<PAGE>
proceeds that we used to repurchase common shares of the Company from existing
shareholders), the net proceeds from the exercise of warrants by our former
subordinated lenders, and availability under Holdings' bank credit facility to
fund:
. the cost to build the Atlantica-1 Network, including the secondary strand
of the Rio extension, the Caracas extension, landing stations and capital
contingencies,
. the repayment of our subordinated loans and TBI's credit facility,
. transaction costs,
. pre-RFS working capital requirements, and
. costs, if any, associated with our initial requirements for terrestrial
capacity.
As of September 30, 1999, we have spent approximately $103.0 million of
these funds to make an initial payment under our contract with Alcatel, to pay
certain interest on our subordinated loans, to repay TBI's credit facility, to
pay transaction costs, to pay commitment fees on Holdings' bank credit facility
and to pay working capital requirements.
Private Offering of Old Notes
On July 14, 1999, we issued $300 million in aggregate principal amount of
old notes to the initial purchasers in an offering exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. The net proceeds we received from
this offering were approximately $288.9 million.
Private Equity Financing
On July 14, 1999, we received approximately $270.6 million from various
institutional investors in exchange for 13,263,646 newly issued common shares
that represent approximately 67% of our common shares on a fully diluted basis
and 1,000 Class B shares, which have special voting rights.
On August 9, 1999, we accepted for repurchase 1,500,000 common shares held
by existing shareholders at $20.40 per share (less expenses) for an aggregate
price of $30.6 million. This repurchase price was paid out of a portion of the
proceeds of the private equity financing.
In connection with this private equity financing, our former subordinated
lenders, one of whom is an indirect affiliate of one of the initial purchasers
of old notes and a subsidiary of TD Capital Group Limited, a shareholder of the
Company, exercised the warrants they obtained when they made subordinated loans
to us. The effect of this exercise was to convert the principal amount of their
$13.5 million of subordinated loans and, in the case of one of these lenders,
$1.9 million of accrued interest, into 1,635,286 common shares of the Company.
We paid accrued interest of $0.9 million owed to the other subordinated lender
out of the net proceeds of the private offering of the old notes and the
private equity financing, thus retiring the subordinated loans. One of the
subordinated lenders also acquired all of the common shares, Class A shares and
TBI Class A shares held by the other subordinated lender. The outstanding Class
A shares of the Company and TBI were then cancelled.
Holdings' Bank Credit Facility
On July 14, 1999, our subsidiary Holdings entered into a credit agreement
with Toronto Dominion (Texas) Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston, and TD
Securities (USA) Inc. pursuant to which, subject to certain terms and
conditions, Holdings may borrow up to $400 million and may request an
additional facility for up to $50 million. As of September 30, 1999, Holdings
had borrowed $100 million under this credit facility. See "Holdings' Bank
Credit Facility."
22
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization at June 30, 1999 and as
adjusted to give effect to the items in footnote (1) below. You should read
this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our unaudited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of June 30, 1999
------------------------
Actual As Adjusted(1)
-------- --------------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash................................................... $ 1,051 $483,878
======== ========
Long-term debt:
TBI credit facility(2)............................... $ 20,527 --
Subordinated loans and retractable warrants(3)....... 13,500 --
Accrued contingent interest(4)....................... 1,837 --
Holdings' bank credit facility(5).................... -- --
13% Senior Notes due 2007............................ -- $300,000
-------- --------
Total long-term debt............................... 35,864 300,000
Shareholders' equity:
Share capital and additional paid-in capital......... 21,651 266,018
Deficit.............................................. (16,003) (16,824)
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity......................... 5,648 249,194
-------- --------
Total capitalization................................... $ 41,512 $549,194
======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) As Adjusted column reflects (a) our use of the net proceeds that we
received from the private offering of the old notes, (b) our use of the net
proceeds that we received from the private equity financing, (c) our use of
the net proceeds from the exercise of warrants by our former subordinated
lenders, (d) the payment of interest on one of our retired subordinated
loans, (e) the conversion of interest on the other subordinated loan, (f)
our repurchase of common shares of the Company from existing shareholders,
(g) the repayment of TBI's credit facility (see note (2) below) and related
interest, (h) transaction costs, (i) accrued contingent interest, and (j)
deferred financing costs.
(2) In September 1997, TBI entered into a senior credit facility consisting of
a five-year, $25 million term loan agreement, and a five-year, $5 million
revolving credit facility. As at June 30, 1999, availability under the term
loan was permanently reduced to $20.2 million. Includes current portion of
$4.5 million. Excludes accrued interest of $46,000. This credit facility
was retired in connection with the private offering of old notes and the
private equity financing.
(3) Excludes accrued interest on our retired subordinated loans of $2.7
million.
(4) Accrued contingent interest represents the payment that would have had to
have been made by the Company if the warrants issued in connection with our
subordinated loans had not been exercised by July 28, 2002. It is
calculated at 7% per annum on the gross exercise price for the unexercised
warrants from the date of issue to the date of expiration. All the accrued
contingent interest was included in stated capital when the warrants were
exercised. See note 9(c) to our consolidated financial statements.
(5) Total availability could be up to $450 million. Availability of these funds
will be subject to certain terms and conditions. See "Holdings' Bank Credit
Facility."
23
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following condensed unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
information of the Company has been derived by the application of pro forma
adjustments to the Company's historical consolidated financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 1998 and for the six-month period ended June 30,
1999. The unaudited condensed pro forma consolidated balance sheet gives effect
to the private equity financing, the issuance of the notes, the application of
the proceeds therefrom and the other transactions described in the accompanying
notes as if they occurred on June 30, 1999. The unaudited condensed pro forma
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1998, and
for the six month period ended June 30, 1999, give effect to the transactions
as if they had occurred as of January 1, 1998.
The pro forma adjustments presented are based upon available information and
certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances.
These adjustments are directly attributable to the transactions referenced
above and are expected to have a continuing impact on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. Interest related to the debt issuance has
been expensed in this pro forma financial information. However, an element of
this interest will be capitalized during the time that the Atlantica-1 Network
is under construction. The amount to be capitalized is not readily determinable
at this time. The unaudited condensed pro forma consolidated balance sheet as
of June 30, 1999 and unaudited condensed pro forma statement of operations for
the six-month period ended June 30, 1999 were derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
unaudited condensed pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 1998 was derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited condensed pro forma financial information should be read in
conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the
Company and the notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
The unaudited condensed pro forma financial information and related notes
are provided for informational purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the
results of operations or financial condition of the Company that would have
actually resulted had the events referred to above or in the notes to the
unaudited condensed pro forma financial information been consummated as of the
dates indicated and are not intended to project the Company's financial
condition or results of operations for any future period.
24
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 1999
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro forma
Historical adjustments Pro forma
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Current assets
Cash...................................... $ 1,051 $482,827 (1) $483,878
Accounts receivable (net of allowance of
$141).................................... 2,882 -- 2,882
Other current assets...................... 667 -- 667
-------- -------- --------
4,600 482,827 487,427
Capital assets (9)........................ 53,199 -- 53,199
Other assets.............................. 2,266 22,085 (2) 24,351
-------- -------- --------
$ 60,065 $504,912 $564,977
======== ======== ========
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable.......................... $ 4,332 $ (2,770)(3) $ 1,562
Accrued liabilities....................... 11,588 -- 11,588
Current portion of long-term debt......... 4,500 (4,500)(4) --
-------- -------- --------
20,420 (7,270) 13,150
Long-term debt (8)........................ 31,364 268,636 (5) 300,000
Deferred revenue.......................... 2,633 -- 2,633
-------- -------- --------
54,417 261,366 315,783
-------- -------- --------
Shareholders' equity
Share capital and additional paid-in
capital.................................. 21,651 244,367 (6) 266,018
Deficit................................... (16,003) (821)(7) (16,824)
-------- -------- --------
5,648 243,546 249,194
-------- -------- --------
$ 60,065 $504,912 $564,977
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited condensed pro
forma consolidated balance sheet.
25
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 1999
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Reflects adjustments relating to cash in connection with the financing for
the Atlantica-1 Network as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Cash provided by:
Private equity financing (13,263,646 shares at $20.40 per
share with a par value of $1.50)............................ $ 270,578
Issuance of 1,000 Class B shares at their par value of
$1.50....................................................... 1
Issuance of the 13% Senior Notes due 2007.................... 300,000
Cash used for:
Repurchase of 1,500,000 common shares with a par value of
$1.50 from existing shareholders at $20.40 per share........ (30,600)
Estimated transaction fees and expenses...................... (35,744)
Repayment of TBI's credit facility and accrued interest
thereon..................................................... (20,573)
Payment of accrued interest related to the subordinated
loans....................................................... (835)
---------
$ 482,827
=========
</TABLE>
(2) Reflects transaction fees and expenses of $22,906 which have been deferred
in relation to the 13% Senior Notes due 2007 and Holdings' bank credit
facility, and the write-off of existing deferred financing costs of $821.
(3) Reflects the conversion of accrued interest on the subordinated loans by
one of our subordinated lenders and the payment of accrued interest on the
subordinated loan to the other subordinated lender and TBI's credit
facility as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued interest on the subordinated loans converted to equity
upon the exercise of the warrants............................. $ 1,889
Accrued interest on the subordinated loans paid in cash........ 835
Accrued interest on TBI's credit facility paid in cash......... 46
-------
$ 2,770
=======
</TABLE>
(4) Repayment of the current portion of TBI's credit facility of $4,500.
(5) Reflects adjustments relating to long-term debt in connection with the
financing for the Atlantica-1 Network as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Repayment of TBI's credit facility of $20,527 less the
current portion of $4,500.................................. $ (16,027)
Repayment of the subordinated loans......................... (13,500)
Accrued contingent interest in connection with the exercise
of the warrants............................................ (1,837)
Issuance of the 13% Senior Notes due 2007................... 300,000
---------
$ 268,636
=========
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 1999
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(6) Reflects adjustments relating to share capital and additional paid-in
capital in connection with the financing for the Atlantica-1 Network as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Private equity offering of 13,263,646 common shares at $20.40
with a par value of $1.50..................................... $270,578
Issuance of 1000 Class B shares at their par value of $1.50.... 1
Repurchase of 1,500,000 common shares with a par value of $1.50
from existing shareholders at $20.40.......................... (30,600)
Estimated transaction fees and expenses relating to private
equity financing.............................................. (12,838)
Accrued contingent interest in connection with the exercise of
the warrants.................................................. 1,837
Conversion of the subordinated loans........................... 13,500
Accrued interest on the subordinated loans that has been
converted to equity upon the exercise of the warrants......... 1,889
--------
$244,367
========
</TABLE>
(7) Reflects the write-off of the existing deferred financing costs of $821.
(8) Holdings' bank credit facility for up to $450,000 has not been reflected as
availability of funds is subject to certain terms and conditions.
(9) This presentation does not reflect the capitalization of interest related
to the Atlantica-1 Network. An element of this interest will be capitalized
during the time that the Atlantica-1 Network is under construction.
27
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the six months ended June 30, 1999
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro forma
Historical adjustments Pro forma
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue................................... $13,122 -- $ 13,122
Carrier charges and other cost of sales... 6,060 -- 6,060
------- -------- --------
7,062 -- 7,062
General and administrative expenses (4)... 4,704 -- 4,704
Interest on long-term debt................ 1,577 $ 17,939 (1) 19,516
Interest income........................... (101) -- (101)
Amortization of deferred financing costs.. 160 1,513 (2) 1,673
Amortization of capital assets............ 1,264 -- 1,264
Accrued contingent interest............... 495 (495)(3) --
------- -------- --------
3,395 18,957 22,352
------- -------- --------
Loss before income taxes.................. (1,037) (18,957) (19,994)
Provision for income taxes................ 19 -- 19
------- -------- --------
Net loss for the period................... $(1,056) $(18,957) $(20,013)
======= ======== ========
Basic and fully diluted loss per common
share..................................... $ (0.30) $ (1.18)
======= ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited condensed pro
forma consolidated statement of operations.
28
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the six months ended June 30, 1999
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Reflects the incremental interest expense relating to the 13% Senior Notes
due 2007 and the elimination of the interest expense related to the
subordinated loans and TBI's credit facility, as follows:
13% Senior Notes due 2007..................................... $ 19,500
Interest expense related to the subordinated loans............ (768)
Interest expense related to TBI's credit facility............. (793)
--------
$ 17,939
========
This presentation does not reflect the capitalization of interest related to
the Atlantica-1 Network. An element of this interest will be capitalized
during the time that the Atlantica-1 Network is under construction.
(2) Reflects the amortization of the deferred transaction fees and expenses in
relation to the 13% Senior Notes due 2007 and Holdings' bank credit
facility and the elimination of the amortization costs related to the
existing deferred financing costs, as follows:
Amortization related to the 13% Senior Notes due 2007 and
Holdings' bank credit facility............................... $ 1,673
Amortization expense related to the existing deferred
financing costs.............................................. (160)
--------
$ 1,513
========
(3) Reflects the accrued contingent interest in connection with the exercise
of the warrants on the subordinated loans.
(4) On April 12, 1999, we granted 540,000 options at an exercise price of $9.00
with a ten-year term to certain directors and officers. These options vest
in three separate tranches subject to the Company meeting certain
milestones related to the Atlantica-1 Network. The first vesting milestone
on 515,000 of these options occurred on July 14, 1999 when the financing
for the Atlantica-1 Network was obtained. The difference between the
exercise price and the market value of the shares at the time of vesting
will be reflected as compensation expense. This compensation expense has
not been reflected as an adjustment in this condensed pro forma
consolidated statement of operations as the first traunch of these options
did not vest until July 14, 1999.
29
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended December 31, 1998
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pro forma
Historical adjustments Pro forma
---------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue................................... $26,724 -- $ 26,724
Carrier charges and other cost of sales... 15,676 -- 15,676
------- -------- --------
11,048 -- 11,048
General and administrative expenses(4).... 9,342 -- 9,342
Interest on long-term debt................ 3,542 $ 35,613(1) 39,155
Interest income........................... (140) -- (140)
Amortization of deferred financing costs.. 321 3,026(2) 3,347
Amortization of capital assets............ 2,401 -- 2,401
Accrued contingent interest............... 960 (960)(3) --
------- -------- --------
7,084 37,679 44,763
------- -------- --------
Loss before income taxes, minority
interest and equity accounted for
investment............................... (5,378) (37,679) (43,057)
Provision for income taxes................ 36 -- 36
------- -------- --------
Loss before minority interest and equity
accounted for investment................. (5,414) (37,679) (43,093)
Minority interest......................... 204 -- 204
Earnings from equity accounted for
investment............................... 266 -- 266
------- -------- --------
Net loss for the period................... $(4,944) $(37,679) $(42,623)
======= ======== ========
Basic and fully diluted loss per common
share ................................... $ (1.41) $ (2.52)
======= ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this unaudited condensed pro
forma consolidatedstatement of operations.
30
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the year ended December 31, 1998
(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Reflects the incremental interest expense relating to the 13% Senior Notes
due 2007 and the elimination of interest expense related to the
subordinated loans and TBI's credit facility, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
13% Senior Notes due 2007........................................ $39,000
Interest expense related to the subordinated loans............... (1,501)
Interest expense related to TBI's credit facility................ (1,886)
-------
$35,613
=======
</TABLE>
This presentation does not reflect the capitalization of interest related to
the Atlantica-1 Network. An element of this interest will be capitalized
during the time that the Atlantica-1 Network is under construction.
(2) Reflects the amortization of the deferred transaction fees and expenses in
relation to the 13% Senior Notes due 2007 and Holdings' bank credit
facility and the elimination of the amortization costs related to the
existing deferred financing costs, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Amortization related to the 13% Senior Notes due 2007 and
Holdings' bank credit facility................................ $3,347
Amortization expense related to the existing deferred financing
costs......................................................... (321)
------
$3,026
======
</TABLE>
(3) Reflects the accrued contingent interest in connection with the exercise of
the warrants on the subordinated loans.
(4) On April 12, 1999, we granted 540,000 options at an exercise price of $9.00
with a ten-year term to certain directors and officers. These options vest
in three separate tranches subject to the Company meeting certain
milestones related to the Atlantica-1 Network. The first vesting milestone
on 515,000 of these options occurred on July 14, 1999 when the financing
for the Atlantica-1 Network was obtained. The difference between the
exercise price and the market value of the shares at the time of vesting
will be reflected as compensation expense. This compensation expense has
not been reflected as an adjustment in this condensed pro forma
consolidated statement of operations as the first traunch of these options
did not vest until July 14, 1999.
31
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for the
Company. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for the ten months
ended December 31, 1996 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 from our consolidated financial statements
that PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants, has audited. We have
prepared this selected consolidated statement of operations data and balance
sheet data in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data as at
and for the six months ended June 30, 1999 and June 30, 1998 from our unaudited
interim consolidated financial statements for these periods and we have
prepared this financial data on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements. In the opinion of management, this financial data
contains all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of
operations for these periods. Operating results for these six-month periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year.
We are substantially increasing the scope and scale of our business with the
development of the Atlantica-1 Network. Accordingly, the selected consolidated
financial data presented below may not be indicative of our financial position
or results of operations in the future. You should read the selected
consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and the notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus. See also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal Year Six Months
Ten Months Ended Ended
Ended December 31, June 30,
December 31, ------------------- ------------------
1996 1997 1998 1998 1999
------------ -------- ------- ------- -------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Statement of Operations
Data:
Revenue................. -- $ 4,962 $26,724 $11,518 $13,122
Carrier charges and
other cost of sales.... -- 3,559 15,676 7,361 6,060
------- -------- ------- ------- -------
-- 1,403 11,048 4,157 7,062
General and
administrative
expenses............... $ 3,377 5,085 9,342 4,548 4,704
Interest on long-term
debt................... -- 750 3,542 1,585 1,577
Interest income......... (132) (169) (140) (9) (101)
Amortization of deferred
financing costs........ -- 305 321 160 160
Amortization of capital
assets................. 1 542 2,401 1,158 1,264
Accrued contingent
interest(1)............ -- 382 960 472 495
Provision for income
taxes.................. 14 53 36 17 19
Minority interest....... -- (249) (204) (204) --
(Earnings) loss from
equity accounted for
investment............. -- -- (266) 209 --
------- -------- ------- ------- -------
Net loss................ $(3,260) $ (5,296) $(4,944) $(3,779) $(1,056)
======= ======== ======= ======= =======
Basic and fully diluted
loss per common share.. $ (1.89) $ (1.52) $ (1.42) $ (1.07) $ (0.30)
======= ======== ======= ======= =======
Balance Sheet Data (at
period end):
Current assets including
cash................... $12,530 $ 4,485 $ 7,235 $ 2,555 $ 4,600
Capital assets, net..... 4,731 49,299 47,612 47,783 53,199
Total assets............ 17,315 55,152 56,260 51,858 60,065
Total long-term debt
(including current
portion)............... -- 30,122 38,019 38,544 35,864
Shareholders' equity.... 16,725 11,648 6,704 7,869 5,648
Other Financial Data:
Capital expenditures.... $ 4,728 $ 45,104 $ 1,791 $ 644 $ 6,851
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges.......... -- (2) -- (2) -- (2) -- (2) -- (2)
Cash provided by (used
in):
Operating activities.. $(1,491) $ 5,420 $(3,504) $(8,941) $ 7,170
Financing activities.. 17,594 29,159 6,937 7,950 (3,651)
Investing activities.. (6,757) (43,108) (1,762) 279 (5,500)
Earnings (loss) before
interest, amortization,
income taxes, minority
interest and equity
accounted for
investment(3).......... (3,377) (3,682) 1,706 (391) 2,358
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
- --------
(1) Accrued contingent interest represents the payment that we would have had
to make if the warrant holders had not exercised the warrants that we
issued in connection with our retired subordinated loans by July 28, 2002.
We calculated it at 7% per annum on the gross exercise price for the
unexercised warrants from the date of issue to the date of expiration. See
note 9(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(2) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges and accordingly the
deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges is as follows:
$3,246 for the ten months ended December 31, 1996, $5,243 for the year
ended December 31, 1997, $4,908 for the year ended December 31, 1998,
$3,762 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, $1,037 for the six months
ended June 30, 1999, $42,587 for the pro forma year ended December 31, 1998
and $19,994 for the pro forma six months ended June 30, 1999. For the
purposes of calculating the deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed
charges, earnings consists of earnings (loss) before income taxes, minority
interest and equity accounted for investment adjusted for minority
interest, earnings (loss) from equity accounted for investment and the
interest component of rental expense, and fixed charges consists of
interest on long-term debt, amortization of deferred financing costs,
accrued contingent interest and the interest component of rental expense.
(3) Earnings (loss) before interest, amortization, income taxes, minority
interest and equity accounted for investment is not a measure of
performance under U.S. GAAP, but we present it because we believe it is a
measure of performance that analysts, investors and other interested
parties in our industry commonly report and widely use. You should not
consider it an alternative to net loss as a measure of operating
performance or cash provided by (used in) operations as a measure of
liquidity.
33
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the discussion under this caption in conjunction with our
audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Certain information contained in this section, including
information with respect to our plans and expectations for our business, is
forward-looking. You should carefully consider the factors set forth under the
captions "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" for a discussion of
important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any
forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
Overview
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited was incorporated and registered on
June 25, 1998 as a Bermuda exempt company as part of a reorganization of the
TBI group of companies. Under the reorganization, TBI, which was incorporated
on January 6, 1995, became our wholly owned subsidiary, and the issued shares
of TBI were exchanged for our common shares on a one-for-one basis with
substantially the same rights and privileges.
Historically, through our wholly owned subsidiary TBI, we have provided
retail international telecommunications services to, from and through Bermuda.
We plan to extend our business to become a provider of city-to-city
international telecommunications network solutions on a wholesale "carriers'
carrier" basis using a combination of undersea fiber optic cable systems and
terrestrial extensions. We are currently developing the Atlantica-1 Network, an
undersea fiber optic cable system, as part of this plan.
Our international telecommunications network solutions business is in the
development stage and, accordingly, our historical consolidated financial
information relates primarily to TBI's retail international telecommunications
business and is not necessarily indicative of future results.
We report our results in U.S. dollars, although historically a significant
portion of our revenues and expenses have been settled in Bermuda dollars,
which are pegged to the U.S. dollar at par. Therefore, currency fluctuations
have not affected the results of our existing operations. Substantially all of
our costs incurred in connection with the Atlantica-1 Network will be incurred
in U.S. dollars. While we expect to invoice a majority of our customers in U.S.
dollars, we may be required to invoice certain customers in other currencies.
To the extent we receive revenues in currencies other than U.S. dollars, our
results of operations may be impacted by currency fluctuations. See "Risk
Factors--Foreign Exchange; Exchange Controls."
Revenues
Revenues from international long-distance services are derived from the
number of minutes of use billed by us and are recorded as the services are
rendered, after deducting an estimate for the traffic for which revenue will
not be collected. Historically deductions have not been material. Revenues from
prepaid calling cards are recognized at the time of usage or upon expiration of
the card. Revenues from private line services are recognized as earned on a
monthly basis.
Customers may enter into agreements to purchase capacity from us in the form
of the granting of indefeasible rights of use, or IRUs, portable IRUs or
capacity leases. Revenue from the sale of capacity by us is recognized at the
date a customer first has access to the capacity, provided certain conditions
are met. IRU and portable IRU sales grant to the purchaser an indefeasible
right to use the unit of capacity sold for the time, usually the remaining life
of the system, to which the IRU applies. Once the IRU is granted to the
purchaser, the purchase price is non-refundable and the purchaser is required
to pay operations, administration and maintenance fees for as long as
connectivity is maintained. The proceeds from the long-term lease of capacity
are deferred and amortized over the term of the contract.
34
<PAGE>
Cost of Services
TBI's cost of services is comprised primarily of local access charges and
international termination costs. Local access charges are paid to the Bermuda
Telephone Company for each minute of traffic that we originate or terminate in
Bermuda. As of January 1, 1999, the Minister of Telecommunications and
Technology's December 1998 directive reduced TBI's local access charge to $0.15
per minute for both originating and terminating traffic. The directive mandated
a second reduction on July 1, 1999 to $0.10 per minute, with a subsequent rate
determination to be made in December 1999.
International terminations are completed through our correspondent carriers
and are charged to us on the basis of prevailing international settlement
rates. We receive return traffic on the major routes that effectively offset
our payments for Bermuda-originated traffic. Our primary correspondent carriers
are MCI WorldCom and British Telecom. The current settlement rates with
carriers in the United States and the United Kingdom, which comprise the
largest markets for Bermuda-originated traffic, are $0.35 per minute and the
equivalent of $0.48 per minute, respectively. The rates for international
terminations have declined recently and we expect they will continue to decline
as international conventions are modified and competition among international
carriers intensifies.
For our wholesale carriers' carrier business, costs to build our systems are
capitalized. The cost of capacity sales are calculated on a pro rata basis of
total capacity sold in relation to the estimated total capacity.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses include network expenses and general and
administrative costs incurred to sustain and expand our Bermuda operations, as
well as to plan and finance the intended construction of the Atlantica-1
Network. As our systems develop, additional resources will be required to
provide for operations and for sales of capacity. Prior to the RFS date for the
connection from Tuckerton, New Jersey to Fortaleza, Brazil via Bermuda, we will
enter into an agreement with a third party that will provide operation,
administration and maintenance services on our systems. Following this RFS
date, we expect to recover a substantial portion of our operating,
administration and maintenance costs from periodic payments by customers. The
amounts of these payments will be based on the pro rata capacity purchased by
the customer in relation to the total capacity of the system. Each customer's
pro rata share will be capped and therefore, our share of operation,
administration and maintenance costs will be higher at the outset and will
decline over time as capacity is sold.
Results of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 Compared With Six Months Ended June 30, 1998
Revenues
Revenues increased to $13.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1999
compared to $11.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998, an increase
of 13.9%. This increase was due primarily to an increase in commercial and
residential traffic carried over the BUS-1 system. Outbound revenues increased
to $9.9 million for the first half of 1999 compared to $8.4 million for the
first half of 1998, an increase of 17.9%, and inbound revenues increased to
$2.4 million for the first half of 1999 compared to $1.3 million for the first
half of 1998, an increase of 84.6%. The average rate per outbound minute
realized was $0.90 for the first half of 1999 compared to $.94 for the first
half of 1998. This reduction of $.04 per minute was due to a rate reduction for
commercial and residential customers introduced on April 1, 1999. Revenue from
TBI's debit card product increased to $474,000 for the first half of 1999
compared to $82,000 for the first half of 1998 when it was introduced. These
increases were offset by the lack of any IRU sales for the first half of 1999
compared to $1.5 million for the first quarter of 1998.
35
<PAGE>
Carrier Charges and Other Cost of Sales
Carrier charges and other cost of sales decreased to $6.1 million for the
first half of 1999 compared to $7.4 million for the first half of 1998, a
decrease of 17.6%. The first half of 1999 is the first period that reflects the
reduced local access charges payable to the Bermuda Telephone Company for
Bermuda originating and terminating traffic.
Local access charges for the first half of 1999 for Bermuda originating and
terminating traffic decreased to $2.6 million compared to $3.0 million for the
first half of 1998, a decrease of 13.3%. The decrease reflects the reduced
Bermuda Telephone Company charges but was offset largely by an increase in the
volume of traffic in the first half of 1999 as compared to 1998.
Foreign settlements for the first half of 1999 decreased to $3.4 million
compared to $3.8 million for the first half of 1998, a decrease of 10.5%.
During the first halves of 1999 and 1998, the settlement rate with U.S.
carriers was $0.35 per minute and with U.K. carriers was the equivalent of
$0.52 per minute.
The cost of the sale of cable capacity in the first half of 1998 totalled
$547,000. There were no capacity sales in the first half of 1999.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased from the first half of 1999
compared to the first half of 1998. These expenses for the first half of 1999
were $4.7 million compared to $4.5 million for the first half of 1998. This
increase reflects expenses in the first half of 1999 related to the start-up
and financing of the Atlantica-1 Network which were mitigated by a reduction in
the general and administrative expenses of TBI from the first half of 1998.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense for the first half of 1999 increased to $1.4 million
from $1.3 million for the first half of 1998, an increase of 7.7%. This
increase resulted largely from the addition of network and telecommunications
equipment.
Interest on Long-Term Debt
Interest on long-term debt decreased to $1.58 million in the first half of
1999 from $1.59 million in the first half of 1998, a decrease of 0.6%. This
decrease resulted from lower than average borrowings in 1999 over 1998.
Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 1997
We began commercial operations in May 1997, initially providing service via
satellite pending the completion of the BUS-1 system in November 1997.
Accordingly, our results of operations for 1997 reflect only seven full months
of operation, as compared to the twelve months of operation in the 1998
results.
Revenues
Revenues increased to $26.7 million in 1998 compared to $5.0 million in
1997, an increase of 434.0%. This increase resulted primarily from an increase
in our market share in Bermuda and the sale of undersea fiber optic cable
capacity in 1998. Outbound revenues for 1998 increased to $18.4 million
compared to $4.5 million for 1997, an increase of 308.9%. Inbound revenues
increased to $5.7 million in 1998 compared to $0.4 million in 1997, an increase
of 1,325.0%. The average rate per outbound minute realized was $0.94 in 1998
and 1997.
Bulk capacity sales on the BUS-1 system to two major international carriers,
in the form of IRUs, were completed in 1998 for aggregate proceeds of $1.5
million. In addition, a Bermuda-based ISP leased bulk
36
<PAGE>
capacity on the BUS-1 system, for a 10- to 25-year term, at a total price of
$8.0 million. The proceeds from the IRU sales were recognized in 1998 while the
proceeds from the leased capacity are deferred and amortized over 25 years.
Carrier Charges and Other Cost of Sales
Carrier charges and other cost of sales increased to $15.7 million in 1998
compared to $3.6 million in the previous year, an increase of 336.1%. This
increase resulted primarily from higher traffic in 1998, partially offset by
the impact of reduced settlement rates with foreign carriers.
Local access charges for Bermuda originating and terminating traffic
increased to $7.3 million in 1998 compared to $1.5 million in 1997, an increase
of 386.7%. Local access charges for 1998 were levied on the basis of a
government approved tariff of $0.27 per minute for originating traffic and
$0.24 per minute for terminating traffic. These rates remained unchanged from
the previous year. The increase in the charges resulted from an increase in
traffic on our system.
Foreign settlements for 1998 totaled $7.6 million compared to $2.1 million
for the previous year, an increase of 261.9%. During 1998, the settlement rate
with U.S. carriers was reduced from $0.51 to $0.35 per minute and the U.K. rate
was reduced from the equivalent of $0.62 to $0.48 per minute. The increase in
the amount of charges resulted from an increase in traffic on our system.
The cost of the sale of cable capacity in 1998 totaled $547,000. There were
no capacity sales in 1997.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses in 1998 increased to $9.3 million
compared to $5.1 million for the previous year, an increase of 82.3%. This
increase resulted primarily from the cost of additional staff and marketing
expenditures required to acquire market share in Bermuda. Significant
additional staffing should not be required to expand and maintain the Bermuda
business. However, as the Atlantica-1 Network develops, staffing levels for
selling and network operations will be increased substantially.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense increased to $2.7 million in 1998 compared to $0.8
million in the previous year, an increase of 237.5%. This increase is primarily
attributable to the addition of the BUS-1 system in November 1997. Amortization
expense related to the BUS-1 system was $1.8 million in 1998 compared to $0.2
million in the previous year, an increase of 800.0%.
Interest on Long-Term Debt
Interest on long-term debt increased to $3.5 million in 1998 compared to
$0.8 million in 1997, an increase of 337.5%. This increase resulted primarily
from higher average borrowings in 1998.
Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared with Ten Months Ended December 31, 1996
We did not provide telecommunications services prior to 1997. Therefore, we
did not have any revenues or carrier charges and other cost of sales in the ten
months ended December 31, 1996. In addition, the periods are not directly
comparable because the period ended December 31, 1997 was for 12 months while
the period ended December 31, 1996 was for only 10 months.
Revenues
Revenues increased to $5.0 million in 1997. We had no revenues in 1996. On a
monthly basis outbound revenue increased from $0.3 million in June 1997 to $1.0
million in December 1997. Inbound traffic from MCI
37
<PAGE>
Worldcom and British Telecom began in August 1997 and contributed to
approximately 7% of the revenue for the 1997 year. At December 1997, inbound
traffic represented 10% of revenue for the month.
Carrier Charges and Other Cost of Sales
Carrier charges and other cost of sales increased to $3.6 million in 1997.
We had no carrier charges and other costs of sales in 1996. The cost of
services was relatively high in 1997 because the BUS-1 system did not become
operational until November 1997 and traffic was carried via satellite until
that time. Also, settlement rates with foreign carriers were relatively high in
1997 until volume-related price reductions were established with these
carriers.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses increased to $5.1 million in 1997
compared to $3.4 million in 1996, an increase of 50.0%. This increase resulted
largely from the development of network, sales and customer service
infrastructure to support our service offerings and operations.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense increased to $847,000 in 1997 compared to $1,000 in
1996 as the BUS-1 system became operational.
Interest on Long-Term Debt
Interest on long-term debt increased to $750,000 in 1997 as our recently
retired subordinated loans and TBI's recently retired credit facility were
obtained to finance the BUS-1 system, and funds were drawn from these
facilities. We had no interest on long-term debt in 1996.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Future Capital Expenditures and Capital Resources
The development of the Atlantica-1 Network will require us to make
significant capital expenditures in connection with building the undersea cable
system and the related landing stations, and securing terrestrial capacity to
connect the landing stations with major cities. We estimate the total cost to
build the Atlantica-1 Network, including the secondary strand of the Rio
extension, the Caracas extension, landing stations and capital contingencies,
will be $825 million. This estimate does not include potential capital costs,
if any, associated with securing terrestrial capacity, including any
terrestrial extension to Buenos Aires, Argentina. We are examining potential
terrestrial alternatives that would eliminate the need for building the
secondary strand of the Rio extension and the Caracas extension and reduce
costs accordingly. See "Business--Cable System Overview." We expect the primary
ring of the Atlantica-1 Network to be RFS in December 2000.
We have commitments under our supply contract with Alcatel to make payment
installments in varying amounts as construction milestones are achieved on the
Atlantica-1 Network. The total of these payment installments is as follows:
. six months ended December 31, 1999$130,172,000
. six months ended June 30, 2000 242,345,000
. six months ended December 31, 2000 248,344,000
We expect to use the net proceeds we received from the private offering of
the old notes, the private equity financing (net of the proceeds we used to
repurchase outstanding shares of the Company from existing shareholders) and
the exercise of warrants by our former subordinated lenders, together with
available funds under Holdings' bank credit facility, to finance:
. the construction of the Atlantica-1 Network,
. transaction costs related to our financings,
. the repayment of our subordinated loans and TBI's credit facility,
. pre-RFS working capital requirements, and
. costs, if any, associated with our initial requirements for terrestrial
capacity.
38
<PAGE>
We have already repaid our subordinated loans and TBI's credit facility and
paid transaction costs from these funds. See "Use of Proceeds."
We may in the future build an additional undersea cable system, the
Atlantica-2 Network, to connect Bermuda to the United Kingdom and Southern
Europe if there is sufficient demand and available capital. We are also
considering other potential undersea fiber optic cable system routes that we
believe are currently underserved. We have not decided whether we will build
the Atlantica-2 Network and we do not believe that building the Atlantica-2
Network is necessary for the success of the Atlantica-1 Network. If we build
the Atlantica-2 Network or another undersea fiber optic cable system, we will
require additional financing.
Our expectations of required capital expenditures are based upon our current
estimates. Our actual capital expenditures could vary from our estimates and
these variations could be material. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Future
Capital Requirements."
Historical Capital Expenditures and Capital Resources
We have incurred significant operating losses and capital expenditures
related to the development of TBI. We have financed these expenditures through
a combination of borrowings under TBI's recently retired credit facility and
the recently retired subordinated loans, and equity contributions.
Total cash provided by (used in) operating activities during the six months
ended June 30, 1999 and fiscal years 1998 and 1997 was $7.2 million, $(3.5)
million and $5.4 million, respectively. The cash provided by operations in 1997
and the use of cash by operations in 1998 was due primarily to a large accrual
for the cost to complete the BUS-1 system in 1997 which was paid in early 1998.
The cash provided by operations for the six months ended June 30, 1999 was
largely the result of a $6.0 million accrual for initial costs incurred on the
Atlantica-1 Network.
Total cash provided by (used in) investing activities during the six months
ended June 30, 1999 and fiscal years 1998 and 1997 were $(5.5) million, $(1.8)
million, and $(43.1) million, respectively. Cash used in investing activities
in 1997 was primarily associated with the cost of constructing the BUS-1
system. The cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30,
1999 was primarily associated with initial construction costs incurred on the
Atlantica-1 Network.
TBI's projected capital expenditures for fiscal 1999 are approximately $1.1
million, of which $0.4 million has already been spent as of June 30, 1999.
Although we do not expect further capital expenditures for TBI to be
significant, the development of the Atlantica-1 Network will require
significant additional financing. See "Use of Proceeds." Currently, our primary
sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, net funds that we received
from our private offering of old notes and private equity financing, and
borrowing availability under Holdings' bank credit facility.
Total cash provided by (used in) financing activities during the six months
ended June 30, 1999 and fiscal years 1998 and 1997 was $(3.7) million, $6.9
million and $29.2 million, respectively. To fund the construction of the BUS-1
system, during 1997 we borrowed $16.7 million under TBI's retired credit
facility and $13.0 million under our retired subordinated loans. We borrowed an
additional $6.9 million under TBI's credit facility in 1998 to finance working
capital requirements and capital expenditures.
We used a portion of the net proceeds that we received from the private
offering of old notes and the private equity financing to repay TBI's credit
facility. The principal amount of the subordinated loans were also retired, and
accrued interest owed to one of the subordinated lenders was repaid, in
connection with the exercise of warrants by these subordinated lenders. We paid
accrued interest owed to the other subordinated lender out of the net proceeds
of the private offering of old notes and the private equity financing. See "Use
of Proceeds."
39
<PAGE>
Seasonality
Our Bermuda operations experience seasonal fluctuations that are a function
of the volume of tourist traffic. Traffic declines during the winter months
when tourist traffic is low.
Year 2000 Problem
We are currently working to resolve the potential impact of the year 2000
problem on the processing of date-sensitive information by our computer systems
and programs. The year 2000 problem is the result of computer programs being
written using two digits, rather than four, to indicate the year. Any of our
programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as
the year 1900 rather than the year 2000, which could result in miscalculations
or system failures and lead to disruptions in operations.
In 1998, we formed a year 2000 task force to conduct a comprehensive review
of our computer programs and systems to ensure that these programs and systems
will function properly and be year 2000 compliant. This review has included
both hardware and software systems and embedded technology systems. Remediation
has been or will be accomplished through a combination of hardware and software
upgrades, program changes and replacement of non-compliant systems. We do not
expect our remediation costs to be material.
We have completed approximately 98% of our year 2000 compliance process and
expect to have completed the entire process by the end of October 1999. We
completed our internal compliance process in April 1999 and completed the
inter-carrier compliance process with the Bermuda Telephone Company in July
1999. We have spoken with third-party vendors that supply our computer programs
and systems as well as various carrier parties that provide us services that
are reliant upon our computer programs or systems. As of April 1999, we
successfully completed all system updates and system tests on our switching
equipment with our equipment and software vendor Northern Telecom. We have also
been advised by our principal vendors and manufacturers of our other electronic
equipment, such as personal computers, that this equipment is year 2000
compliant. We have also been advised by Data True, the subcontractor that
provides billing services for TBI's commercial accounts, that many of its
software products are year 2000 compliant and that it expects to be fully
compliant by the end of October 1999.
The Bermuda Telephone Company, the local exchange provider upon which we
rely to originate and terminate our international long-distance traffic in
Bermuda and to process billing for our residential customers, has advised us
that it has successfully completed system tests on its switching equipment with
its equipment and software vendor Northern Telecom, and that it is year 2000
compliant. We completed end-to-end testing with the Bermuda Telephone Company's
system in July 1999. Northern Telecom conducted the testing.
We believe that the costs of addressing potential problems will not have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of
operations unless our vendors and certain carrier parties fail to resolve year
2000 compliance issues in a timely manner.
We believe that the action plans that we have developed and the
implementation time frames that we have established adequately allow for
unexpected issues that might arise. However, if the Bermuda Telephone Company
is unable to provide services because of the year 2000 problem, then our
customers will not be able to complete their international long-distance calls.
To the extent that we experience any other year 2000 problems, we believe that
these problems would be more likely to result in errors in our billing and
record-keeping functions, rather than in the ability of the Atlantica-1
Network, which has an RFS date in December 2000 for the primary ring, or the
BUS-1 system to provide telecommunications capacity to customers. If these
billing and record-keeping errors were to occur, we believe that we have
adequate contingency plans to determine the correct billing and other
information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that we will not experience any year 2000
problems, and it is difficult to predict the extent or magnitude of a year 2000
problem as it may affect us. To the extent that we experience material year
2000 problems and do not have a contingency plan in effect to remedy the
problem, our business,
40
<PAGE>
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected. While we believe the occurrence of this scenario is unlikely, a
possible worst case scenario might include (1) our inability to provide some or
all of the services designed to be provided by the BUS-1 system and the
Atlantica-1 Network, (2) delays, inaccuracies or other difficulties with
respect to billing customers or the loss of customers records, and (3) our key
vendors not being able to provide goods and services on a timely basis. The
financial impact of any or all of these worst case scenarios has not been and
cannot be estimated by management with any degree of meaningful precision due
to the numerous uncertainties and variables associated with these scenarios.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
We are exposed to various market risks relating to changes in foreign
currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss
arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates, such as foreign
currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
Foreign Currency Exposure
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S.
dollar. Because the Bermuda dollar is pegged to the U.S. dollar, there is no
foreign currency exposure for transactions conducted in this currency. Our
foreign currency exposures as at December 31, 1998 are as follows:
Note Receivable: We have a note receivable of (Pounds)250,000 which is non-
interest bearing and due November 20, 2000.
Accounts Payable: We have an account payable of 448,343 SDR's, a notional
currency tied to a basket of European currencies, to one of our carriers. This
payable is current and non-interest bearing.
Settlements on International Traffic: Settlements on international traffic
are largely made in U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 1998,
approximately 8% of the Company's cost of sales and 3% of the Company's revenue
was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.
Interest Rate Exposure
We owed approximately $37.0 million of variable-rate long term debt as at
December 31, 1998. The interest rate on this debt fluctuates with the London
Interbank Offered Rate. We do not hold any derivatives related to interest rate
exposure for any of our debt facilities. However, Holdings' bank credit
facility will require us to enter into interest rate hedging transactions in
the near future. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for more
information on our debt.
41
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
Business Overview
We will provide our customers with customized city-to-city international
telecommunications network solutions on a wholesale "carriers' carrier" basis
using technologically advanced undersea fiber optic cable systems and
terrestrial extensions. We are currently developing the Atlantica-1 Network, a
high capacity, self-healing, undersea fiber optic cable system that, together
with terrestrial extensions, will offer seamless connectivity between certain
major cities in the United States, Brazil, Venezuela, Bermuda and Argentina. In
addition, we intend to expand the reach of the Atlantica-1 Network by offering
connectivity to other countries in South America and Europe through a
combination of commercial arrangements, capacity purchases and further
development of undersea or terrestrial fiber optic cable systems.
We are developing the Atlantica-1 Network to satisfy increasing bandwidth
requirements for the transmission of voice, data and video, particularly over
the Internet, between North America and South America. We intend to offer
customized and flexible provisioning of capacity at competitive prices to
international telecommunications service providers, including emerging and
established carriers, ISPs and value-added resellers. We expect that initially
the majority of our customers will be North American and European
telecommunications service providers or their South American affiliates.
The Atlantica-1 Network will be a 22,500 km four fiber pair undersea fiber
optic cable system. We have selected Alcatel to design, construct and install
the Atlantica-1 Network pursuant to a turnkey contract. The total activated
capacity of the Atlantica-1 Network initially will be 40 Gbps, but will be
upgradeable to 1,280 Gbps using dense wavelength division multiplexing, or
DWDM, technology. The primary ring of the Atlantica-1 Network will connect the
United States, Bermuda, Brazil and Venezuela. The connection from Tuckerton,
New Jersey to Fortaleza, Brazil via Bermuda is scheduled to be RFS by September
2000, with the full primary ring scheduled to be RFS by December 2000. We
believe that the deployment of the Atlantica-1 Network will position us as one
of the first private undersea fiber optic cable systems that, together with
terrestrial extensions, will offer city-to-city connectivity between the United
States, Brazil, Venezuela, Bermuda and Argentina.
In order to provide city-to-city connectivity, we will secure terrestrial
extensions, through either cash purchases or capacity swaps, from each
Atlantica-1 Network landing point to certain major cities in North America and
South America. We are currently in discussions with providers of backhaul
capacity to provide connectivity between the following cities, at a minimum:
. New York City, Boston, Washington, Atlanta and Miami in the United
States,
. Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Belo Horizonte, Brasilia and Fortaleza in
Brazil,
. Buenos Aires in Argentina,
. Caracas in Venezuela, and
. Hamilton in Bermuda.
The Atlantica-1 Network will also provide interconnection with Western
Europe through a number of transatlantic cable systems, including a planned
system in which we have a minor ownership interest --TAT-14.
We currently provide international telecommunications services to both
residential and commercial customers in Bermuda through our subsidiary TBI.
TBI, which commenced service in May 1997, is one of only two carriers licensed
to provide international telecommunications services to customers in Bermuda.
In approximately two years, we have achieved a market share in excess of one-
third of the Bermuda outbound long-distance market. In November 1997, we
successfully completed the deployment of the BUS-1 system, which connects
Bermuda and the United States. The BUS-1 system, which will be incorporated
into the Atlantica-1 Network, established us as a full-service facilities-based
provider of international long-distance
42
<PAGE>
service for traffic originating and terminating in Bermuda. We do not intend to
offer telecommunications services to retail customers outside of Bermuda.
TBI's products include:
. switched international direct distance dialing,
. calling cards,
. debit/prepaid calling cards, and
. international private line services.
Market Opportunity
We are developing the Atlantica-1 Network to capitalize on a combination of
factors that are increasing the demand for telecommunications capacity to carry
voice, data and video between North America and South America. We hired IBM
Global Services, an independent telecommunications industry consultant, to
perform a demand assessment for the Atlantica-1 Network. IBM Global Services
analyzed trends in telecommunications, social, economic and technological
developments and conducted interviews with several carriers to assess the
demand for telecommunications capacity between North America and South America.
Based on this analysis, IBM Global Services believes that demand for
telecommunications capacity between North America and South America will grow
at a compound annual rate of approximately 60% to 70% from 1997 to 2004.
Increasing Global Demand for International Telecommunications Capacity
The dramatic increase in global demand for international telecommunications
capacity is being driven primarily by rapid increases in the use of high
bandwidth applications, and by a global trend towards privatization and
deregulation of telecommunications industries. Prior to 1995, growth in demand
for international telecommunications capacity was driven primarily by voice
traffic, which has grown by approximately 15% per year during the past decade.
However, we expect Internet and data traffic growth to significantly outpace
voice traffic growth. Internet traffic alone has grown at a rate of
approximately 100% per annum during the last three years. The growth in data
traffic globally is being generated by rapid increases in the use of high
bandwidth applications, such as Internet, e-commerce, video-on-demand,
corporate Intranets and Extranets, video-conferencing, electronic data
interchange, or EDI, transactions between businesses, CAD/CAM manufacturing
techniques, distance learning applications and medical applications. We expect
that growth in Internet and data traffic will be the largest driver of
increasing demand for international telecommunications capacity.
Deregulation and Privatization of South American Telecommunications Industries
Many South American countries have recently completed, or are in the process
of, deregulating and privatizing their telecommunications industries. Based on
the experience in other telecommunications markets, we expect that deregulation
and privatization in South America will:
. increase the development of telecommunications infrastructure and
teledensity,
. accelerate growth in domestic and international traffic, and
. lead to the creation of new international telecommunications service
providers.
Countries with low teledensities generally experience increased teledensity
after privatization of their telecommunications markets because of the creation
of more efficient, higher capacity terrestrial telecommunications networks that
make access to telecommunications services less expensive and more widely
available. Privatization also drives the emergence of new domestic and
international telecommunications
43
<PAGE>
service providers that typically offer enhanced services and lower pricing than
the incumbents. Many of these telecommunications service providers are seeking
to establish global high speed network facilities through the lease or purchase
of undersea fiber optic capacity from independent sources. We also expect
privatization to accelerate international traffic. The international accounting
rate/settlement system, which historically contributed to artificially high
international calling rates, is eroding. As a result, tariffs are declining and
the demand for international telecommunications services, which has
demonstrated significant price elasticity in deregulating countries, is
increasing and stimulating revenue growth. The presence of competitors in the
market has consistently produced accelerated growth in international traffic.
Brazil: In Brazil, the recent privatization and deregulation of the
telecommunications industry generated in excess of $19 billion in new
investment in 1998. The majority of this investment came from major U.S. and
European-based carriers, such as MCI WorldCom, Sprint International, Portugal
Telecom, Telefonica de Espana and Telecom Italia. The Brazilian government
expects investment in excess of $50 billion in new telecommunications
infrastructure over the next seven years, in part to meet a government mandate
to expand teledensity from approximately 11.5 phone lines per 100 people to
23.0 phone lines per 100 people by 2003. These teledensity levels are
relatively low compared to the approximately 60 phone lines per 100 people in
the United States and Canada. We expect that the anticipated investment in
telecommunications infrastructure, phased deregulation scheduled for completion
in 2002 and anticipated increase in teledensity will result in increased
international telecommunications traffic to and from Brazil.
Venezuela: Approximately $4.5 billion has been invested in Venezuela in the
telecommunications market since the privatization of CANTV, the incumbent
monopoly carrier, and the award of a wireless license to TelCel in 1991, and we
expect that an additional $3 to $4 billion will be invested over the next five
years. Venezuela has committed to opening its markets to competition for
facilities-based voice telephone services in all sectors of the market (local,
long-distance and international) by November 2000. We expect additional new
entrants in Venezuela over the next few years as deregulation and privatization
create market opportunities. We expect the Atlantica-1 Network to be a positive
factor influencing new entrants seeking reasonably priced, high quality
international telecommunications capacity.
Argentina: Argentina's privatization and deregulation schedule contemplates
licensing two long-distance service providers before November 1999, in addition
to the incumbents Telefonica de Argentina and Telecom Argentina, which
currently hold exclusive operating licenses for local and long-distance
telephony. Telefonica de Argentina operates in the southern half of the country
and Telecom Argentina operates in the northern half. We anticipate that the
Argentinean government will impose infrastructure expansion requirements
similar to Brazil's regulations in connection with market deregulation. We
expect that Argentina will experience similar growth as seen in other countries
post-deregulation and believe that the Atlantica-1 Network will be in a
position to serve as a feeder system for traffic between Argentina and much of
the rest of South America and North America.
Increasing Demand for Telecommunications Capacity Between North America and
South America
We expect that the increase in demand for bandwidth-intensive Internet and
data services in South America will be the primary stimulant of demand for
telecommunications capacity between North America and South America. According
to industry sources, Internet users in South America are expected to increase
from approximately 8.5 million in 1998 to approximately 34 million by the end
of 2000, representing one of the fastest growth rates in the world. As the
number of Internet users in South America increases, the concentration of
Internet hubs and corporate Intranets in the United States is expected to drive
increased growth in telecommunications traffic between North America and South
America.
In addition, we expect incoming and outgoing voice traffic between North
America and South America, which has grown at a compound annual rate of 21% per
annum over the past five years, will continue to contribute to the increase in
demand for bandwidth. The table below summarizes the volume and compound
44
<PAGE>
annual growth rates (CAGR) of outgoing and incoming international voice traffic
between North America and Brazil, Venezuela and Argentina for the period from
1995 to 1997:
Minutes of Telecommunications Traffic (in millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Country: 1995 1996 1997 CAGR
-------- ---- ---- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Brazil............................................... 391 511 676 31.4%
Venezuela............................................ 181 224 302 29.4%
Argentina............................................ 197 255 277 18.6%
--- --- ----- ----
Total.............................................. 769 990 1,255 27.8%
=== === ===== ====
</TABLE>
--------
Source: TeleGeography, 1997-1999
Limited Existing Telecommunications Capacity Between North America and South
America
The existing undersea fiber optic cable systems connecting the major cities
in North America and South America have limited capacity. While there has been
substantial development of east-west fiber optic network capacity in recent
years (both trans-Atlantic and trans-Pacific), there has been limited
development providing connectivity between North America and South America.
This limited availability presents a significant opportunity for a new,
independent north-south undersea fiber optic cable system such as the
Atlantica-1 Network.
Due to the scarcity of undersea fiber optic cable systems, a majority of
telecommunications traffic between North America and South America has
historically been transmitted via satellite. Satellite transmission is
generally considered to have some advantages over cable transmission with
respect to point-to-multipoint broadcast and "thin route" transmission, as
opposed to the more common point-to-point, high volume transmission for which
undersea cable systems usage is considered to be preferable. Satellites,
however, provide inferior quality versus fiber optic cable systems in terms of
transmission delay, voice quality and transmission throughput for data. In
addition, satellite transmission is substantially more expensive than fiber
optic cable systems on a per unit basis for heavy traffic routes. We believe
that the vast majority of the growth in demand for cable systems will be met
through undersea fiber optic cable systems, with satellites providing video
broadcast signals, route diversity, and restoration for non-ring and low
capacity fiber optic networks.
The existing undersea cable systems connecting North America and South
America have a number of shortcomings that limit their ability to meet the
projected rapid increase in demand for bandwidth. Much of the existing capacity
does not connect to Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo or Buenos Aires, and thus does
not directly provide access to major telecommunications traffic points of
origin and termination. The existing undersea cable systems utilize older
technology and therefore generally offer limited capacity and have limited
ability to upgrade. In addition, no undersea cable systems in the region
currently offer self-healing restoration capabilities. Therefore, restoration
may only be partial or non-existent. We believe that restoration is a
fundamental requirement for telecommunications service providers offering
state-of-the-art service levels, particularly for mission critical data
applications.
Finally, each of the existing undersea cable systems was developed on a
consortium basis, and all available capacity is currently committed to the
consortium members. Access to this capacity is available to third parties only
to the extent a consortium member, increasingly a competitor to potential
purchasers, is willing to resell its unused capacity, if any.
The planned development of two other new undersea cable systems in the
region with capacity, technology and scheduled completion dates similar to ours
has recently been announced. We believe that the limited existing availability
and the expected growth in demand for capacity represents a significant
opportunity for the
45
<PAGE>
Atlantica-1 Network and these other systems. See "Risk Factors--Competition"
and "Business--Competition."
Business Strategy
Our business strategy is to provide customized and seamless city-to-city
international telecommunications network solutions to wholesale purchasers,
including emerging and established telecommunications carriers, ISPs and value-
added resellers. Key elements of our strategy include:
Become a Preferred Independent Carriers' Carrier
We intend to be a carriers' carrier. We will provide to our target customers
an independent source of international telecommunications capacity with city-
to-city connectivity offered under an efficient one-stop-shop approach. We
believe that our independent status will be a significant marketing advantage
because we will not be perceived as competing with our customers. We believe
that our potential customers will be less inclined to purchase capacity from
their competitors if they have a readily available, technologically advanced
alternative through an independent provider. By purchasing from an independent
provider, customers can avoid subsidizing their competitors and providing them
access to sensitive traffic data.
Be Early to Market
We believe that the deployment of the Atlantica-1 Network will position us,
together with the two other recently announced systems that are expected to
have completion dates similar to ours, among the first private undersea fiber
optic cable systems to offer connectivity between North America and South
America. Further, we believe that we will be the first independent undersea
cable system to provide connectivity between North America and South America.
We expect this early to market presence to represent a competitive advantage
for the early participants in obtaining capacity commitments from major
carriers and ISPs because having an operational cable system will enable the
early participants to establish a foothold with major telecommunications
carriers and ISPs by meeting their rapidly increasing capacity needs. We also
believe that construction of undersea cable systems that would compete with
these early participants will be limited in the near future due to various
barriers to entry, including:
. the substantial capital required to develop undersea cable systems,
. the extensive lead time required for the development of cable systems,
. the strong global demand for the limited resources of major undersea
cable supply and construction companies, including competing demand for
production slots for newly announced systems, and
. the limited number of qualified personnel with the necessary experience
in the undersea cable industry.
Further, the ability of the Atlantica-1 Network and the other recently
announced undersea cable systems to upgrade capacity in advance of expected
demand at a substantially lower unit cost than the cost of original
construction could tend to discourage further undersea cable system development
between North America and South America.
Provide Customized and Flexible Network Solutions
We intend to provide customized solutions to meet the international
telecommunications capacity needs of our customers. We will offer:
. a broad range of bandwidth options, from smaller units of capacity (E-1s,
DS-3s) to larger units of capacity (STM-1s, STM-16s, STM-64s),
46
<PAGE>
. flexible provisioning of capacity at competitive prices to enable our
customers to optimize their capacity purchase decisions based on their
unique requirements and competitive strategies. Our product packages will
include IRUs, portable IRUs and short-term leases with options to buy
IRUs, which will be offered under a variety of payment options,
. customers the ability to acquire capacity on shorter notice than has been
typically offered by traditional carrier consortium systems, allowing our
customers to minimize long-term capital commitments and reliance on long-
term demand projections, and
. a variety of network provisioning and maintenance services, collocation
facilities and technical support options, including offering our larger
customers access to a network management system which will give them
real-time control over their capacity, circuit reassignment and testing
requirements.
Develop a Technologically Advanced Network
The Atlantica-1 Network will be a technologically advanced, upgradeable,
undersea fiber optic cable system configured in a self-healing ring. We believe
the restoration capability of the Atlantica-1 Network will be a significant
competitive advantage over existing systems in the region, which must acquire
restoration capability from other systems or satellites. Further, the existing
systems in the region were designed and built with a limited ability to upgrade
capacity, and therefore must be supplemented by the construction of additional
undersea cable systems to increase capacity significantly.
Capitalize on Bermuda Advantage
We believe that our Bermuda location will be advantageous to our customers
in developing e-commerce and least-cost routing business opportunities as a
result of a combination of factors:
. favorable tax regime,
. strategic geographic location,
. favorable regulatory environment,
. stable political environment, and
. technologically advanced telecommunications infrastructure.
We intend to promote the hosting of customers' servers, databases and
related equipment in our facility in Bermuda to enable our customers to perform
their e-commerce functions in this strategic location.
Leverage Extensive Management Experience
We have assembled a strong management team and will continue to hire highly
qualified individuals. Our management team was responsible for the successful
financing and deployment of the BUS-1 system, one of the first private
international undersea fiber optic cable systems, and for the successful launch
of our long-distance business in Bermuda. Our management team also has
substantial international telecommunications network development and operating
experience with major international carriers, including MCI WorldCom and
Teleglobe. The team is led by Jerry A. DeMartino, President and Chief Executive
Officer, who recently served as President of MCI International and Senior Vice
President of Global Strategy and Development for MCI WorldCom. Michael Kedar,
our Executive Chairman, who founded TBI in 1995, continues as an integral
member of management. Mr. Kedar is a well-known telecommunications entrepreneur
who also founded Call-Net Enterprises Inc. (Sprint Canada), one of Canada's
leading long-distance carriers, and Microcell Communications Inc., a PCS
provider in Canada.
47
<PAGE>
Cable System Overview
Atlantica-1 Network
The Atlantica-1 Network will be a 22,500 km four fiber pair undersea fiber
optic cable system. The Atlantica-1 Network is being engineered and constructed
using the latest in fiber optic technology, self-healing ring structures,
erbium doped fiber amplifier repeaters, LEAF, DWDM, system and equipment
redundancies and a fully integrated network management system. The
incorporation of this advanced technology will allow us to offer fully
redundant, self-healing capacity to our customers at competitive prices
relative to existing and planned systems.
The Atlantica-1 Network design contemplates system interconnection with
other existing and planned cable systems at various landing points in order to
provide customers with seamless and cost-effective connectivity to major cities
in Europe, the United States, Bermuda and South America.
The initial capacity of the Atlantica-1 Network will be 40 Gbps of total
capacity or 20 Gbps of self-healing capacity. The system will be upgradeable to
1,280 Gbps of total capacity or 640 Gbps of self-healing capacity. We will
upgrade the system incrementally in advance of expected demand. It may require
up to 12 months for an upgrade to be implemented. The Atlantica-1 Network will
incorporate the BUS-1 system for the portion of the primary ring from
Tuckerton, New Jersey to St. David's, Bermuda. The BUS-1 system will have an
initial total capacity of 40 Gbps or an initial self-healing capacity of 20
Gbps when incorporated into the Atlantica-1 Network. Modeling of the BUS-1
system performed by Alcatel indicates that the BUS-1 system could be capable of
achieving total capacity of 80 Gbps. Alcatel completed tests on the BUS-1
system on August 6, 1999 to determine its ultimate total capacity, and a final
report is expected in October 1999. Preliminary indications are that 80 Gbps
per fiber pair is achievable. Once demand exceeds the BUS-1 system's ultimate
total capacity, we intend either to replace or supplement the system with a new
undersea cable at an anticipated cost of approximately $40 million.
The self-healing system will provide two forms of switching protection
against faults: span switching and ring switching. Span switching provides
protection between adjacent landing stations if the fault involves only one of
the two fiber strands. Ring switching provides protection if there is a fault
involving all fibers between adjacent landing stations. Self-healing capacity
is designed to protect customers against the effect of potential equipment and
cable failures. The Atlantica-1 Network's internal restoration system is
expected to react to failures in less than 300 milliseconds, with no noticeable
degradation in service or dropped calls. Without the ring configuration, users
would need to buy restoration services on alternate systems to ensure the
continuity of their network transmission. Restoration obtained on alternate
systems is subject to a delay of several hours from the time the fault occurs
until the traffic is rerouted.
48
<PAGE>
As shown in the chart below, the principal components of the Atlantica-1
Network will be the primary ring, the Rio extension and the Caracas extension.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Segment Connections RFS Dates Estimated Cost(1)
------- ----------- --------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Primary Ring............ Tuckerton, New Jersey September 2000 (Tuckerton to $502 million(2)
St. David's, Bermuda Fortaleza via St. David's)
Fortaleza, Brazil December 2000 (full ring)
Punta Gorda, Venezuela
Boca Raton, Florida
Rio Extension........... Fortaleza, Brazil February 2001 (primary strand) $119 million(2)
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Secondary strand(3) $112 million(2)
Caracas Extension(4).... Punta Gorda, Venezuela -- $10 million
Caracas, Venezuela
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The estimated cost excludes landing station costs of approximately $45
million and capital contingencies of approximately $37 million. This
estimated cost also excludes potential costs, if any, associated with
securing terrestrial capacity, including any terrestrial extension to
Buenos Aires, Argentina.
(2) Fixed price under our turnkey contract with Alcatel.
(3) We have an option in our contract with Alcatel to build the secondary
strand of the Rio extension. We currently intend to exercise this option
unless we can obtain capacity on a terrestrial system from a third party at
a lower cost. If we do not exercise our option to build the secondary
strand, the cost of building the Rio extension will be $119 million, plus
the cost, if any, of obtaining capacity on a terrestrial network. We expect
the target service date to be approximately 18 months from the date of
exercising the option.
(4) We are currently negotiating with Alcatel to build the Caracas extension.
We will build the Caracas extension unless we can obtain capacity on a
terrestrial system at a lower cost and with the requisite operational
control. We estimate that the cost to build the Caracas extension will be
$10 million. We expect the targeted service date to be in or about December
2000.
Atlantica-2 Network
Assuming sufficient demand and available capital, we may in the future
expand the system to provide connectivity between Bermuda and Southern Europe,
including Spain, Portugal and France, as well as the United Kingdom, with the
Atlantica-2 Network.
We expect the Atlantica-2 Network to have a comparable unit price per
kilometer to the Atlantica-1 Network, but with newer technology, and to require
substantial capital to develop. We estimate that the Atlantica-2 Network could
have a potential RFS date as early as the fourth quarter of 2002. Our demand
and feasibility analyses regarding the Atlantica-2 Network are preliminary. We
will complete a more comprehensive analysis of the Atlantica-2 Network before
committing to its construction. We have no current commitment to build the
Atlantica-2 Network, and we do not believe that building the Atlantica-2
Network is necessary for the success of the Atlantica-1 Network. Further, there
are viable and possibly more suitable alternatives to serve Europe through
other cable systems.
Terrestrial Extensions to Key Markets
We will secure terrestrial extensions from each Atlantica-1 Network landing
point to certain major cities in North America and South America either through
strategic alliances with telecommunications service providers, with other
carriers or, if necessary, through our own construction. We are currently in
discussions with providers of backhaul capacity to provide connectivity between
the following cities, at a minimum: New York City, Boston, Washington, Atlanta
and Miami in the U.S.; Sao Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Belo Horizonte, Brasilia and
Fortaleza in Brazil; Buenos Aires in Argentina; Caracas in Venezuela; and
Hamilton in Bermuda. We are also currently in discussions with major
telecommunications service providers who are contemplating the
49
<PAGE>
construction of terrestrial fiber networks that, if linked with the Atlantica-1
Network, would provide additional direct connectivity to major cities in Chile,
Peru and Colombia.
United States: The Atlantica-1 Network will have two landing stations in the
United States. One will be at or near the existing landing station for the BUS-
1 system in Tuckerton, New Jersey and the other, as presently contemplated,
will be in Boca Raton, Florida. The introduction of numerous new undersea cable
systems landing on the eastern seaboard in recent years, along with the rapid
construction of new competing major national terrestrial networks, has resulted
in the emergence of numerous suppliers of backhaul capacity capable of
connecting with the Atlantica-1 Network landing stations in the United States.
We have issued a request for proposal for the necessary terrestrial capacity to
15 potential suppliers and are in negotiations with some of these potential
suppliers. In some cases we may exchange capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network
for an equivalent value of backhaul capacity in the United States. We do not
foresee any difficulties in securing backhaul capacity in the United States.
Brazil: We are currently in negotiations with potential suppliers of
backhaul capacity in Brazil. We plan to purchase backhaul capacity in Brazil to
provide our customers with connectivity between Rio de Janeiro and the cities
of Sao Paulo, Belo Horizonte and Brasilia. We have committed to build the
primary strand of the Rio extension to connect Fortaleza and Rio de Janeiro at
a cost of $119 million. We also have an option in our contract with Alcatel to
build the secondary strand of the Rio extension at a cost of $112 million.
Although we currently intend to exercise our option with Alcatel to build the
secondary strand, we are examining the relative costs of buying terrestrial
capacity from Fortaleza to Rio de Janeiro. If cost effective, we will not
exercise our option to build the secondary strand of the Rio extension and
instead will obtain backhaul capacity from Fortaleza to Rio de Janeiro.
We are actively looking for a more cost effective terrestrial extension to
provide self-healing restoration for our Rio extension. We have identified
several companies planning to construct fiber optic networks from Fortaleza to
Rio de Janeiro. These companies include TeleMar (the incumbent licensee in the
northern region of Brazil), Embratel (the existing former monopoly carrier),
Bonari (a joint venture between Sprint/France Telecom/The National Grid) and
Canbra Telefonica S/A (Bell Canada International, Qualcomm, WLL International
and Vicunha). We believe that there will be significant development of
terrestrial capacity along this route over the next two years which will
provide us with several backhaul alternatives.
We have also identified several potential suppliers of backhaul capacity
from Rio de Janeiro to Sao Paulo, Belo Horizonte and Brasilia. These network
providers include both Embratel as well as the mirror licensee, Bonari. In
addition, alternative network providers including MetroRed (owned by Fidelity
and Boston Ventures, among others), Netstream (a subsidiary of Promon, a
premier Brazilian engineering company) and Pegasus have developed or are
developing networks that could provide us with our required backhaul capacity.
Venezuela: We have had discussions with both CANTV, the recently privatized
former monopoly, and TelCel, an affiliate of BellSouth International, with
regard to either the purchase of, or an exchange for, backhaul capacity from
Punta Gorda to Caracas. In the event we are unable to negotiate acceptable
arrangements with either domestic carrier, we may construct our own terrestrial
extensions. As another alternative, we are currently in negotiations with
Alcatel to build the Caracas extension. The cost of the Caracas extension,
which we estimate to be $10 million, is included in our projected capital cost
for the Atlantica-1 Network.
Argentina: We have identified several potential suppliers of backhaul
capacity between Rio de Janeiro, Brazil and Buenos Aires, Argentina. In
addition to the incumbent monopoly carrier, Telefonica Larga Distancia de
Argentina, several alternative network providers, such as MetroRed, are
building fiber optic networks. These networks should provide connectivity not
only between Buenos Aires and Rio de Janeiro, but also to the other major
cities in Argentina. We believe that the expected deregulation of Argentina in
2000 will result in the emergence of additional new market entrants. In the
event that we are unable to secure backhaul capacity from
50
<PAGE>
a third party, we are considering developing our own undersea cable system from
Rio de Janeiro to Buenos Aires.
Bermuda: We plan to have our new landing station in Bermuda located close to
our St. David's network operations center that currently houses both the BUS-1
system electronics as well as our international gateway switch. We will secure
backhaul capacity from St. David's to Hamilton that is sufficient to meet our
customers' demands.
Alcatel Contract and Cable Deployment Strategy
We have selected Alcatel, a global leader in the construction and
installation of undersea fiber optic cables, as the supplier for the Atlantica-
1 Network. We have entered into an agreement with Alcatel which provides that
Alcatel, on a turnkey basis, will:
. supply and install, at a fixed cost of approximately $502 million
(excluding landing stations), the undersea portion of the primary ring by
December 2000 (the connection from Tuckerton, New Jersey to Fortaleza,
Brazil via Bermuda is scheduled to be RFS in September 2000) equipped
with four fiber pairs and terminal equipment to support 20 Gbps of self-
healing capacity, including the upgrade of the BUS-1 system to use 20
Gbps of self-healing capacity,
. supply and install, at a fixed cost of approximately $119 million
(excluding landing stations), the primary strand of the Rio extension by
February 2001 equipped with four fiber pairs and terminal equipment to
support 20 Gbps of self-healing capacity,
. at our option, which will expire on December 30, 2001, supply and
install, at a fixed cost of approximately $112 million, the secondary
strand of the Rio extension equipped with four fiber pairs and terminal
equipment to support 20 Gbps of self-healing capacity. We estimate that
it will take approximately 18 months from the date we exercise our option
on the secondary strand of the Rio extension until the target service
date,
. seek and obtain on our behalf all permits and licenses (excluding landing
licenses) required to implement the undersea portion of the Atlantica-1
Network,
. provide all training required for the operation and maintenance of the
Atlantica-1 Network,
. pay liquidated damages in the event of certain failures by Alcatel to
deliver the Atlantica-1 Network by the scheduled RFS date for each of the
primary ring, the connection from Tuckerton, New Jersey to Fortaleza,
Brazil via Bermuda, and the primary strand of the Rio extension (up to
10% of the initial contract value over the first 100 days of delay), and
. at our option, which will expire on December 30, 2001, extend the
Atlantica-1 Network through additional undersea cable systems.
Certain factors may result in increased costs and later RFS dates than
discussed above. See "Risk Factors--Completion of the Atlantica-1 Network."
Pursuant to the contract, Alcatel has caused its ultimate parent company to
guarantee unconditionally, subject to certain limitations, the full and
punctual performance by Alcatel of its obligations under the contract. The
Alcatel contract also limits the damages that we could recover in the event of
a breach by Alcatel.
We are currently negotiating with Alcatel to design and construct the
Caracas extension and the landing stations (including obtaining all required
permits and licenses, except for landing licenses) on either a fixed cost or
cost-plus basis, at an additional estimated cost of $55 million. On August 11,
1999, we signed an intent to proceed letter with Alcatel for the fixed price
turnkey supply of all six undersea cable stations and the associated overland
routes from the cable stations to the cable beach landing points at an
estimated cost of approximately $45 million. This intent to proceed letter
expires on October 30, 1999.
51
<PAGE>
We selected Alcatel as the system supplier on the basis of quality,
experience and price after reviewing competitive bids with several large
respected undersea cable suppliers. Alcatel, together with its ultimate parent
company, is a world leader in the development, manufacture, installation and
management of state-of-the-art undersea telecommunications cable networks,
transmission equipment, switching equipment and network management systems,
building upon the knowledge and expertise it has gained over the course of more
than 140 years of operating experience. Alcatel and its affiliates operate in
over 130 countries, and provides complete solutions and services to operators,
service providers, enterprises and consumers, ranging from backbone networks to
users' terminals.
Operations, Administration and Maintenance Costs
We will provide, or contract for the provision of, operations,
administration and maintenance services for the Atlantica-1 Network. For the
undersea fiber optic cable and terrestrial extensions, we expect to enter into
a contract with a third party at least six months prior to the RFS date for the
connection from Tuckerton, New Jersey to Fortaleza, Brazil via Bermuda to
provide operations, administration and maintenance services. There are a number
of potential providers of these services, including Alcatel and ACMA. For the
landing stations, we intend to train our personnel to provide operations,
administration and maintenance services at these facilities.
Sales and Marketing
Products and Services
We will offer a flexible range of product and pricing alternatives, at
competitive prices, designed to meet the needs of both emerging and established
carriers and telecommunications services providers, including ISPs and value-
added resellers.
We intend to offer a broad range of bandwidth options, from smaller units of
capacity (E-1s, DS-3s) to larger units of capacity (STM-1s, STM-16s, STM-64s).
We believe that this broad product offering is currently unavailable to
customers seeking connectivity between North America and South America. We will
package this capacity in a variety of ways, from standard IRUs to leases.
Customers purchasing standard IRUs prior to a segment RFS date will pay a
portion of the purchase price upon execution of a contract to buy an IRU, with
the balance of the purchase price due to the Company upon the applicable RFS
date for that segment. Payment plans may be made available to qualifying
purchasers, although we plan to encourage full payment for IRUs on an up-front
basis through advantageous pricing. IRU ownership typically provides for a
fixed connection on the system for the entire design life, normally up to 25
years. We intend to satisfy shorter term requirements for capacity through
leases, with options to convert the leases into IRUs.
In addition, we will offer our customers the ability to acquire capacity on
shorter notice than has been offered by the traditional carrier consortium
systems. This will enable customers to minimize long-term capital commitments
and reliance on long-term demand projections.
For capacity purchases smaller than STM-1s, we will also offer customers, at
a premium, portable IRUs. Portable IRUs will allow a carrier to reassign its
purchased capacity to a different city or station pair on the Atlantica-1
Network. To support this product offering, we will be required to reserve
approximately 15% of the portable capacity as idle capacity on our network.
Carriers will be allowed to use this idle capacity for reassignment on a first-
come, first-served basis, and carriers reassigning their circuits will be
required to surrender their current routing to us for use by others. We will
also provide large capacity purchasers with access to the network management
system that will enable these purchasers to monitor their network's performance
on a real-time basis from end-to-end, control their operations and perform
circuit provisioning as needed.
Purchasers of IRU capacity will pay their pro rata share of operations,
administration and maintenance charges based upon the level of expenses we
incur, or expect to incur, in the operation, administration and
52
<PAGE>
maintenance of our systems. We intend to offer our IRU customers a choice
between paying a one time operations, administration and maintenance charge, or
paying, on a periodic basis, a fixed charge subject to CPI adjustments and
cost-savings flow-through. For customers purchasing capacity under a lease
agreement, operations, administration and maintenance costs will be included in
the lease payments.
Our billing will be denominated in U.S. dollars wherever possible to
decrease our exposure to foreign currency risks. However, we might be required
to accept payment in local currencies for certain backhaul and other revenues
we receive from operations in certain foreign jurisdictions.
We intend to promote various value-added offerings through which a customer
could utilize our Bermuda network and network operations center to generate
cost savings and optimize its income tax planning. These offerings include
providing (1) turnkey e-commerce and web hosting services, including systems
for order processing, financial transactions, and network-based fulfillment of
digital product, (2) broadband transmission capacity and hosting facilities for
(i) web sites utilizing the customer's own e-commerce systems or (ii) databases
providing service such as disaster recovery backup protection, and (3)
collocation of switches or other equipment to perform traditional circuit-
switched least-cost routing or IP-based routing, including emerging
international IP-based voice services.
We believe that our infrastructure and operating presence in Bermuda should
attract a wholesale segment of the international telecommunications community
to utilize our switching gateway facilities, in conjunction with our Atlantica-
1 Network capacity, as part of a turnkey services and back office solution that
is more cost effective than existing options. With additional traffic volumes
from incremental hubbing activities, combined with our existing base of
traffic, we expect to negotiate favorable terms for international traffic
delivery and to reflect those low costs in rates to our collocated carrier
customers. We intend to be an international gateway in Bermuda for our target
customers.
Target Customers
We are focusing on providing capacity on our system to international
telecommunications service providers. Our target customer base includes many of
the larger North American carriers, South American carriers and new
telecommunications market entrants. We expect that initially the majority of
our customers will be North American and European telecommunication carriers or
their South American affiliates. Our target customers include, among others:
. incumbent long-distance carriers,
. competitive long-distance carriers,
. RBOCs,
. competitive local exchange carriers,
. former state owned monopoly carriers,
. new South American entrants,
. ISPs and data CLECs,
. wireless telephone companies,
. cable and telephony providers, and
. existing undersea cable systems in the region that require restoration.
We expect that many of our potential customers that do not currently offer
international long-distance services will obtain an international long-distance
license or be allowed to offer these services as a result of deregulation. We
also expect existing international long-distance carriers to expand the areas
for which they
53
<PAGE>
offer service. We believe that international connectivity will become
increasingly important to telecommunications service providers and their
customers.
Marketing Strategy
We intend to develop our own sales and marketing organization to promote
sales of capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network. We intend to have a senior sales
manager overseeing regional sales operations in the United States, Venezuela,
Brazil and Argentina. Each regional operation will handle the direct sales
within its geographic territory, consistent with our overall pricing strategy.
We may supplement our own sales force during our initial marketing effort, and
use third party sales agents that can function in a complementary manner. We
are in discussions with operators of other new cable systems to develop a joint
marketing program that would enable us to expand the reach of our systems by
marketing and promoting capacity on each other's systems.
We will utilize our long standing relationships, our own sales force and our
third party sales agents to identify and encourage early potential purchasers.
Our marketing strategy includes organizing capacity purchase meetings with
potential customers to elicit interest in our systems and identify and respond
to customer demands. In May 1999, we conducted an initial information meeting
in Washington, D.C., providing system features and preliminary pricing, which
attracted over 100 attendees from over 30 companies. We intend to organize
several additional meetings during our system development period to build
further relationships with our potential customers, and to encourage focused
one-on-one meetings to understand fully each potential customer's needs.
Network Operations Center
We currently operate a network operations center in Bermuda to support the
BUS-1 system. In connection with the Atlantica-1 Network, we will develop an
additional network operations center in Bermuda to provide total customer
support and be responsible for the overall operation and maintenance of the
Atlantica-1 Network. We expect to provide dedicated network operations center
personnel to support capacity purchasers in all aspects of capacity usage,
performance and maintenance. Additionally, the network operations center
personnel will provide interconnection coordination and support, both
administrative and technical, and will directly manage capacity provisioning,
network performance, network maintenance and repair, and network restoration.
Network operations center personnel also will serve as a single point of
contact for customer service provisioning, interconnect coordination support,
and any billing inquiry items. The network operations center personnel will
also provide assistance to purchasers to resolve issues with their applications
and interconnect arrangements. We intend to staff the network operations center
seven days a week and 24 hours per day.
Competition
The international telecommunications industry is extremely competitive. We
face competition from existing and planned undersea fiber optic cable systems
along each of our planned routes. We will also compete with satellite providers
and land-based cable systems. We will compete primarily on the basis of price,
availability, flexible provisioning, collocation, transmission quality and
reliability, customer service and the location of our systems. See "Risk
Factors--Competition."
Existing and Planned Cable Systems
Americas-1 is currently the only undersea cable system in service that
directly connects North America and South America. Americas-1 is a fully
utilized non-self-healing consortium cable system that uses other
54
<PAGE>
systems for its restoration. Americas-2, a consortium cable system currently
under construction, will connect various sites in the Caribbean, North America
and South America. Americas-2 is a non-self-healing collapsed ring system and
has an expected RFS date in the fourth quarter of 1999. The system is already
fully committed for its initial capacity and allocation of its upgrade capacity
is limited to consortium members. Unlike the Atlantica-1 Network, Americas-2
will not offer city-to-city connectivity and will have limited upgrade
capability.
There are also two other announced undersea cable systems that intend to
provide connectivity between North America and South America:
. South American Crossing, or SAC, is a new cable system being developed by
Global Crossing Ltd. that will link coastal countries in South America to
Global Crossing's Mid-Atlantic Crossing in St. Croix, U.S.V.I. and Global
Crossing's Pan American Crossing in Ft. Amador, Panama. Global Crossing
has stated that the South American Crossing system is scheduled for
completion in the first quarter of 2001 and will be capable of providing
up to 1,280 Gbps of total capacity.
. The SAm-I cable system is being developed by Telefonica Internacional
S.A. and Tyco International Ltd. and will connect South America, Central
America and the United States. Telefonica Internacional S.A. and Tyco
International Ltd. have stated that the SAm-I system is scheduled for
completion in December 2000 and will be capable of providing up to 1,280
Gbps of total capacity.
SAC is expected to be constructed by Alcatel or one of its affiliates, and
the SAM-I cable system is expected to be constructed by Tyco Submarine Systems
Ltd. Both of these announced systems are expected to have capacity and
technology similar to ours, although neither competitor will be operated as an
independent carriers' carrier. We believe that there will be sufficient demand
in the region to support the Atlantica-1 Network and the SAC and SAm-I undersea
cable systems. In particular we believe there will be demand for capacity from
an independent carriers' carrier. However, we expect these other systems to
receive commitments for capacity that we would have received in their absence
and we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient demand to support all of
these systems. See "Risk Factors--Competition" and "--Sales of Capacity;
Realization of Other Revenues."
Satellite Transmission
The Atlantica-1 Network will also face competition from existing and planned
satellite systems. When comparing cable transmission against satellite
transmission for high bandwidth and fixed network uses, we believe that cable
has several distinct advantages with respect to transmission delay and quality.
Cable transmission has a lower cost per circuit, higher capacity and longer
expected service life than satellite transmission. Satellite transmission is
generally considered to have some advantages over cable transmission with
respect to point-to-multipoint broadcast and "thin route" transmission, as
opposed to the more common point-to-point, high volume transmission for which
cable usage is considered to be preferable. Based on satellite transmission
cost and quality characteristics, we believe that satellite transmission does
not represent a viable competitor to a large capacity undersea cable system
such as the Atlantica-1 Network.
Bermuda Telecommunications Competition
The provision of retail telecommunications services in Bermuda is also very
competitive. Although TBI has gained market share in its first two years of
operations, our principal competitor in this market, Cable & Wireless, has
substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, access to
larger networks through inter-company relationships, a broader portfolio of
services, stronger name recognition and long-standing customer relationships.
55
<PAGE>
TBI/E-Commerce Business
TBI Overview
TBI is licensed to provide a broad range of international telecommunications
services, including voice, data, video and Internet, to business, residential
and government customers in Bermuda. TBI began commercial operations in May
1997, initially providing service via satellite pending the November 1997
completion of the BUS-1 system. All services are now carried exclusively over
the BUS-1 system using satellite for restoration. In 1998, TBI became our
wholly owned subsidiary as part of a reorganization.
In two years of operation, TBI has successfully achieved a market share in
excess of one-third of the Bermuda outbound long-distance market. TBI believes
that recent regulatory and commercial developments, including the substantial
reduction in the local access charges levied by the Bermuda Telephone Company
to the international carriers and the trend to lower international settlement
rates, will result in improved operating margins going forward.
We believe that the prospect for growth in Bermuda is significant based on
the expected continued expansion of the reinsurance and financial business
sectors, each of which are high volume consumers of international
telecommunications services. TBI's high quality network, combined with the
introduction of enhanced data and Internet services, is expected to fuel
continued growth in higher bandwidth applications.
We believe that we can successfully leverage our Bermuda-based facilities
by, among other things, developing a server farm where Internet and e-commerce
applications can be hosted in a secure, tax advantageous offshore environment.
Additional data services, including an Integrated Services Digital Network and
an enhanced store and forward facsimile product, are currently being tested and
commercial launch is scheduled for October 1999. We launched our corporate
calling card service in May 1999, and a calling card service targeted at the
residential market is in the final phase of implementation. Growth in sales of
TBI's debit card product is being facilitated through a distribution agreement
with the largest distributor of debit cards in Bermuda. Affinity programs have
been introduced that will leverage working relationships with various
businesses and organizations to extend attractive packages to their members and
employees, with the benefit of encouraging new growth as well as long-term
retention. TBI's customer retention rate has been over 96% per annum since
commencement of commercial service in May 1997.
Historically, the Bermuda Telephone Company's access charges were among the
highest in the world, at $0.27 per minute and $0.24 per minute for outgoing
calls and incoming calls, respectively. TBI's interconnection expense was
recently reduced as a result of a rate reduction mandated by the Bermuda
Minister of Telecommunications and Technology to a flat rate of $0.15 per
minute as of January 1, 1999. A further reduction to $0.10 per minute became
effective on July 1, 1999, with a subsequent rate determination expected in
December 1999 based on a thorough cost study of the Bermuda Telephone Company's
operations. Significant rate rebalancing is causing a commensurate increase in
local rates to offset some of the loss in revenues from the international
carriers.
Business Lines and Products
TBI provides international telecommunications services for traffic
originating and terminating in Bermuda using the BUS-1 system. We offer
services similar to those available from Cable & Wireless, the incumbent
carrier. We believe that our services provide a higher technical quality at
competitive prices to consumers and businesses. TBI also offers other products
and services that were previously not available in Bermuda and supports all
products and services with strong marketing and customer service. Unlike Cable
& Wireless, TBI provides direct billing to all of its commercial customers.
TBI's product offerings include:
Private Line Service: TBI provides dedicated point-to-point circuits for
lease on a full-time basis to commercial customers in Bermuda. As a supplement
to its traditional dedicated private line service offerings,
56
<PAGE>
TBI is implementing a private line and long-distance bundled service offering
which will provide high volume users with private lines at very competitive
rates.
Card Service: Prepaid and rechargeable card services were launched in the
summer of 1998 and can be utilized on and off Bermuda. A corporate calling card
was launched in May 1999.
Hubbing: TBI plans to promote additional hubbing activities through its
Bermuda gateway operations by providing worldwide low cost traffic delivery via
economical satellite access to operators in more remote locations not readily
served by undersea fiber cable systems. TBI also will promote least-cost
routing services to carriers in North America and South America on terms
comparable to those available in the United States, with the additional
potential to achieve greater savings based on Bermuda's favorable tax regime.
Data Services: We intend to launch Integrated Services Digital Network
services in October 1999. This will allow TBI to meet the service requirements
of the larger customers in the commercial segment, including high quality
access for Internet services and videoconferencing. In addition, we will offer
an enhanced store and forward facsimile product.
The Bermuda Advantage
We believe that Bermuda's strategic offshore location and favorable
regulatory and low-tax environment will make it a preferred operational base
for carriers and ISPs. As such, we see particular benefits of doing business in
Bermuda that enhance our strategic plan and create important competitive
advantages for our customers.
Bermuda does not currently levy sales, income or capital gains taxes. We
believe that the tax advantages of doing business in Bermuda are significant
enough to present a competitive advantage and encourage businesses to migrate
and establish an operating presence there. With the accelerating globalization
of business and heightened competitive pressures, we believe this business
strategy will be attractive to carrier customers, particularly larger carriers
with substantial traffic volumes, as well as companies offering Internet
services, including e-commerce and web hosting services.
Bulk Capacity Sales: We believe that certain multinational customers could
achieve tax benefits by establishing a Bermuda domiciled company to buy
transmission capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network (and other systems) and then
reselling this capacity to its affiliates on an arms' length basis. The
benefits of this arrangement will depend upon the factual circumstances and tax
planning strategies of each customer. We intend to offer these customers
capacity on Atlantica-1 and to supplement it with TBI's value-added services.
Value-Added Services: We intend to promote various value-added offerings
through which a customer could utilize our Bermuda network and network
operations center to generate cost savings and minimize income taxes. These
offerings include e-commerce and web hosting services as well as collocation of
switches and other equipment for least-cost routing and IP-based routing.
Specific services we plan to offer are:
. turnkey e-commerce and web hosting services, including systems for order
processing, financial transactions, and network-based fulfillment of
digital product,
. broadband transmission capacity and world-class hosting facilities for
web sites utilizing the customer's own e-commerce systems or databases
providing service such as disaster recovery backup protection,
. collocation of switches or other equipment to perform traditional
circuit-switched least cost routing or IP-based routing, including
emerging international IP-based voice services. Least-cost routing takes
advantage of the international settlement system to identify low cost
solutions for the one-way delivery of voice traffic made possible by the
liberalization and deregulation of many telecommunications markets around
the world, and
. down-linking international satellite traffic through Bermuda, rather than
the United States, to the same ultimate destination at substantial cost
savings, along with the availability of other value-added services.
57
<PAGE>
Regulation
Our undersea fiber optic cable facilities and telecommunications services,
including backhaul services, may be subject to regulation in each jurisdiction
where the Atlantica-1 Network and the BUS-1 system land. We currently have in
place all of the necessary licenses to land and provide services from the BUS-1
system. In order to implement fully the Atlantica-1 Network, it may be
necessary for us to obtain authority to land the cable and to offer
telecommunications services, including backhaul, to our customers in each
jurisdiction in which the cable lands. See "Risk Factors--Government
Regulation."
United States
In the United States, the laws and regulations pertaining to undersea cable
systems and telecommunications services are well developed and an established
set of rules and procedures exist. We have reviewed with Alcatel our various
options with respect to the most optimal landing locations. On June 2, 1999, we
submitted a cable landing license application to the FCC seeking authority to
land and operate the Atlantica-1 Network in Tuckerton, New Jersey (next to the
landing stations for the BUS-1 system) and Boca Raton, Florida. No comments or
objections were filed with the FCC in response to this application. Although we
cannot assure you that this license application will be granted, we have no
reason to believe that we will not be successful in obtaining the necessary
cable landing station license in the United States.
TBI's U.S. affiliate, TeleBermuda International L.L.C. ("TBI L.L.C."), was
formed in May 1996 as a limited liability company under the laws of the State
of Delaware. TBI L.L.C. holds the landing license for the BUS-1 system in the
United States issued by the FCC, as well as certain ownership and leasehold
rights with respect to BUS-1 system assets located in the United States. TBI
holds a 20% ownership interest in TBI L.L.C. and Elbac Cable Corporation
("Elbac") holds the remaining 80% ownership interest. In February 1999, TBI
L.L.C. filed an application with the FCC requesting authority for TBI to obtain
control over Elbac's interest in TBI L.L.C. Upon receipt of FCC approval, TBI
L.L.C. will become a wholly owned subsidiary of TBI, and TBI L.L.C. will
continue to hold the BUS-1 system landing license and operate the BUS-1 system
as currently licensed by the FCC.
TBI is authorized to operate in the United States as a common carrier
pursuant to Section 214 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. This
allows TBI to provide any telecommunications services, including backhaul
services, to or from the United States via any means, including our current and
future undersea fiber optic cable systems.
Brazil and Venezuela
In countries such as Brazil and Venezuela with recently privatized
telecommunications industries, many of the telecommunications laws and
regulations are relatively new and still evolving. In both of these countries,
there are no current statutes or regulations regarding the landing of undersea
fiber optic cable facilities. Accordingly, we have consulted with the
appropriate regulatory authorities in Brazil (ANATEL) and Venezuela (CONATEL).
Based on these consultations, we believe that we are the first private undersea
fiber optic cable operator to request governmental approval to land an
international fiber optic cable system in either jurisdiction. These
consultations have indicated to us that the pro-competitive effects of
deregulation and the desire to attract foreign investment have created flexible
regulatory environments in Brazil and Venezuela that are receptive to projects
such as the Atlantica-1 Network.
The need for new undersea fiber optic cable systems is particularly strong
in these countries where former monopoly providers previously controlled access
to and from the country through their ownership of international capacity on
traditional consortium cable systems. Although competition in the provision of
telecommunications services has begun to be introduced in both jurisdictions,
the former monopoly carriers continue to control the existing inventory of
available undersea fiber optic capacity that lands in each country.
Accordingly, capacity remains scarce and very expensive. Government authorities
have indicated to us that the availability of alternative systems such as the
Atlantica-1 Network is necessary in order to establish a sustainable
competitive international market capable of delivering the economic and
technological benefits of privatization and deregulation.
58
<PAGE>
Brazil: On March 2, 1999, we submitted a request to ANATEL seeking authority
to construct, land and operate the Atlantica-1 Network in Brazil. ANATEL has
informally indicated to us that they are considering three different responses
to our request:
(1) ANATEL may decline to regulate cable landings because this activity is
outside of its jurisdiction,
(2) ANATEL may issue to us an "enabling act" permitting us to land our
cable, or
(3) ANATEL may determine that we need to register our cable as a
telecommunications facility.
Based on our conversations with representatives of ANATEL, we anticipate
receiving a response from ANATEL permitting us to construct, land and operate
the Atlantica-1 Network in Brazil in the near future. Although we cannot assure
you that we will have the necessary authority to land the Atlantica-1 Network
in Brazil, we believe that we will be successful in securing any necessary
approvals in a timely manner. Failure to be allowed to land our cable in Brazil
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Established regulations and procedures exist for obtaining
telecommunications services licenses in Brazil. Our operating subsidiary in
Brazil has received the necessary telecommunications services licenses from
ANATEL to provide backhaul services in Brazil. It is our expectation that we
will be able to sell or lease submarine cable fiber optic facilities to all
entities with authority to provide telecommunication services in Brazil. Under
the current regulatory regime in Brazil only Embratel and Bonari have the
appropriate authority to offer long-distance and international switched voice
telephony services in Brazil. ANATEL is currently providing licenses on a
routine basis for companies seeking to offer international private network
services. We do not expect regulatory authority to be required for carrier-to-
carrier contracts or the offering of value-added services. Thus, today we
should be able to sell our facilities to the two public switched telephony
licensees, all private line licensees and value-added service providers. The
government of Brazil has announced that in January 2002, it will lift current
restrictions on the number of licensees in Brazil who may provide switched
voice telephony. At that time, we should also be able to offer our facilities
to new competitive switched voice telephony providers.
Venezuela: On March 16, 1999, we submitted a letter to CONATEL seeking
guidance on what licenses or permits from CONATEL may be necessary to land the
Atlantica-1 Network in Venezuela. In response to this letter, CONATEL informed
us in writing that no authorization or permit from CONATEL is required to
construct and land the Atlantica-1 Network in Venezuela. Based on advice
provided to us by CONATEL, we do not believe that any CONATEL permits or
concessions are necessary to operate the cable or sell capacity on the cable.
However, if CONATEL were now to determine that a permit or concession was
necessary, we believe that a permit or concession would be issued by CONATEL in
a time frame consistent with the implementation schedule for the Atlantica-1
Network. In order to provide backhaul services in Venezuela, we must obtain a
Private Network Concession, which is required under Venezuelan law to install
and operate a telecommunications network for commercial purposes. We shortly
plan to submit an application to CONATEL for this license. Although we cannot
assure you that we will be granted this license, we have no reason to believe
that we will not be successful in obtaining it.
It is our expectation that we will be able to sell or lease submarine cable
fiber optic facilities to all entities with authority to provide
telecommunications and value added network services in Venezuela. Under the
existing regulatory framework in Venezuela, only CANTV can offer international
public switched telephony services in Venezuela. However, the Concession
Agreement between the Republic of Venezuela and CANTV provides that in November
2000 the telecommunications market will be open for additional competition and
the appropriate authority will be granted to a number of companies seeking to
offer switched voice telephony services. Currently, CONATEL is issuing
authority on a routine basis to companies seeking to offer international or
domestic private network services. Thus, today we can sell our facilities to
CANTV and private network and value added service providers. Additionally, in
November 2000 we will be able to sell facilities to newly licensed switched
voice telephony providers.
59
<PAGE>
Bermuda
On January 10, 1997, TBI was granted an international carrier license under
which it is authorized to provide a broad range of international
telecommunications services in, from, to and in transit through Bermuda. The
license is for a term of five years and is subject to renewal. TBI pays a
licensing fee based on the greater of 6% of TBI's total revenues (net of
carrier settlements) in Bermuda or 20% of TBI's profit in Bermuda. Although TBI
believes it will be able to obtain a renewal of TBI's international carrier
license, the failure to secure this renewal could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. TBI's
international carrier license also permits TBI to land additional cables in
Bermuda subject to the prior consent of the Minister of Telecommunications and
Technology. On March 31, 1999, TBI applied for the Minister's consent to land
the Atlantica-1 Network in Bermuda. On April 7, 1999, TBI received formal
written approval from the Minister to land the Atlantica-1 Network in Bermuda.
The Minister's consent is subject to receipt of various construction licenses
and permits which are required in the ordinary course of business.
Properties
We lease executive and administrative office space at our headquarters at 2
Carter's Bay Road, Southside, St. David's DDBX, Bermuda. We lease cable station
space in St. David's, Bermuda under a 12-year lease, which is renewable for an
additional nine-year term. We also lease cable station space in Tuckerton, New
Jersey under a lease that will expire when the BUS-1 system is retired from
service, which is expected to occur in 2022. In addition, we lease office space
in Hamilton, Bermuda, and in Canada in Markham, Ontario and Montreal.
We intend to purchase or lease property in (1) Punta Gorda, Venezuela, (2)
Fortaleza, Brazil, (3) Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (4) Tuckerton, New Jersey, (5)
Boca Raton, Florida, and (6) Bermuda to build new cable landing stations.
Intellectual Property and Research and Development
We have no patents or registered trademarks. We claim trademark rights to
the following marks: "GlobeNet," "TeleBermuda," "TBI," "Atlantica," "Atlantica-
1," "Atlantica-2," "GlobeNet Communications" and "GeoReach." We expect to file
trademark applications with respect to some or all of these trademarks within
the next four months. The TBI logo, GlobeNet logo and the Atlantica logo are
our service marks.
We are not currently conducting any material research and development
activities.
Employees
As of October 14 , 1999, we had 53 employees. We believe that our workforce
is highly capable and motivated and that our relations with our employees are
good. There have been no material changes in the number of our employees during
the past fiscal year.
Legal Proceedings
We are, from time to time, a party to litigation that arises in the normal
course of our business operations. We are not a party to any litigation the
resolution of which we expect to have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
60
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Officers
The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our
directors and officers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name(1) Age Position
- ------- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Michael Kedar...... 58 Executive Chairman
Jerry A.
DeMartino......... 49 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Anthony Bolland.... 46 Director
Jeffrey G.
Conyers........... 46 Director
Sebastien Rheaume.. 30 Director
Linda Dougherty.... 30 Director
George E.
Matelich.......... 43 Director
Kevin J. Maroni.... 36 Director
Harley J. Murphy... 54 Director
Mark A. Pelson..... 37 Director
Scott K. Socol..... 46 Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Greg Belbeck....... 44 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Laurent Duplantie.. 44 Executive Vice President, Engineering and Operations
Lin Gentemann...... 38 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James Fitzgerald... 52 Vice President, Bermuda Operations
Eldon Blust........ 57 Senior Vice President, Business Development
Edward A.
Weisbrot.......... 52 Senior Vice President, Network Services
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) We also expect to add one new independent director to our board in the near
future.
Michael Kedar. Mr. Kedar, a citizen of Canada and founder of the Company,
has been the Company's Executive Chairman since October 1999 and served as the
Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from January 1995 to October
1999. Prior thereto, he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Call-
Net Enterprises Inc., which he founded in 1986. In addition, Mr. Kedar founded
Microcell Communications, Inc., a PCS provider in Canada. Mr. Kedar holds an
Engineering degree from Ecole Superior Technique (Geneva, Switzerland). Mr.
Kedar's business address is 3100 Steeles Ave. E., Ste. 805, Markham, Ontario
L3R 8T3.
Jerry A. DeMartino. Mr. DeMartino, a citizen of the United States, has been
a director of the Company and the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer since October 1999. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. DeMartino served
as President of MCI International and Senior Vice President of Global Strategy
and Development for MCI WorldCom. He holds a B.A. degree from the City College
of New York and attended graduate school at Brooklyn College. His current
business address is 2 Carter's Bay Road, Southside, St. David's, DDBX Bermuda.
Anthony Bolland. Mr. Bolland, a citizen of the United Kingdom, has been a
director of the Company since July 1999. He has been a Managing Director of
Boston Ventures Management, Inc. since 1983. Boston Ventures, through its
partnerships, is an active investor in the media, telecommunications and
services industries. From 1975 to 1983, Mr. Bolland was an Officer of First
National Bank of Boston. Mr. Bolland holds an L.L.B. from Warwick University,
which he received in 1975. He is also a director of Ogden Corporation. Mr.
Bolland's business address is One Federal Street, 23rd Floor, Boston,
Massachusetts 02110.
Jeffrey G. Conyers. Mr. Conyers, a citizen of Bermuda, has been a director
of the Company since its inception and has served on the board of TBI since
January 1995. He is Chief Executive Officer for the First
61
<PAGE>
Bermuda Group of Companies, responsible for Institutional and Retail Brokerage
Services. Prior to joining First Bermuda Securities Ltd. in 1991, he served as
Assistant Manager in the Private Banking/Trust division of the Bank of Bermuda.
Mr. Conyers currently holds licenses with the NASD as Registered
Representative, Registered Options Principal, Financial Operations Principal
and as General Securities Principal. He is a graduate of Trinity College,
University of Toronto (BA 1975). In addition to his responsibilities with First
Bermuda Securities and Bermuda Savings & Loan Ltd., Mr. Conyers is also a
director of numerous companies in Bermuda including Bermuda Aviation Services
Ltd., The Bermuda Rock Fund Ltd., and Bermuda Cablevision. Mr. Conyers'
business address is Chevron House, Ground Floor, 11 Church Street, Hamilton
HM06, Bermuda.
Sebastien Rheaume. Mr. Rheaume, a citizen of Canada, has been a director of
the Company since July 1999. Mr. Rheaume is a Manager at Capital Communications
CDPQ, Inc., a private subsidiary of the Montreal-based Caisse de depot et
placement du Quebec, the fund manager for public sector pension and insurance
plans in Quebec. This fund had total assets of $45 billion at the end of 1998.
Prior to joining Capital Communications CDPQ, Inc. in April 1999, Mr. Rheaume
was an Associate Director in the Corporate Finance/Mergers and Acquisitions
department of Bell Canada, a Senior Analyst in the Financial Strategy
department at Royal Bank of Canada, and Director of Finance in Kerr Financial
Corporation. Mr. Rheaume holds a B.Comm. degree from McGill University. He is a
Chartered Accountant and a Chartered Financial Analyst, and his business
address is 1981 Avenue McGill College, Montreal, Quebec H3A 3C7.
Linda Dougherty. Ms. Dougherty, a citizen of the United States, has served
on the board of the Company since March 1999. She is Vice-President and
Director, Merchant Banking, of TD Capital Group Limited and has more than eight
years of experience in the financial services industry. Prior to joining TD
Capital Group Limited, Ms. Dougherty was with TD Securities Inc. as a Vice-
President in Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Finance, specializing in
Project Finance (1993) and Communications (1994-1996). Prior to joining TD
Securities Inc., she was a regional South East Asian equities analyst with
James Capel in Singapore and a Consultant with Oliver, Wyman & Company, a
financial services consulting firm, in New York and London, England. Ms.
Dougherty graduated magna cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa from the Wharton School
(B.S.) and the College of Arts & Sciences (B.A.) of the University of
Pennsylvania. She also completed the Executive Development Program at the
Kellogg Graduate School of Management. Ms. Dougherty's business address is 55
King Street West, Toronto Dominion Bank Tower, 8th Floor, P.O. Box 1, Toronto
Dominion Center, Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A2.
George E. Matelich. Mr. Matelich, a citizen of the United States, has served
on the Company's board since July 1999. He is a Managing Director of Kelso &
Company, and has been with Kelso since 1985. Prior to joining Kelso he spent
two years in the Mergers and Acquisitions and Corporate Finance Departments at
Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb, where his responsibilities included the analysis,
evaluation and financing of leveraged buyouts, and the refinancing of more
mature buyout companies. His previous experience includes two years as a
consultant with Ernst & Whinney. Mr. Matelich is a Certified Public Accountant,
holds a Certificate in Management Accounting, and received a B.A. in Business
Administration, summa cum laude, from the University of Puget Sound and an
M.B.A. (Finance and Business Policy) from Stanford Graduate School of Business.
He is also a director of Humphreys Inc., MJD Communications and is a trustee of
the University of Puget Sound. Mr. Matelich's business address is 320 Park
Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
Kevin J. Maroni. Mr. Maroni, a citizen of the United States, has served on
the Company's board since July 1999. Mr. Maroni is a General Partner of
Spectrum Equity Investors. Spectrum is a leading private equity firm which
manages over $1 billion of capital for investment in telecommunications and
media companies. Prior to joining Spectrum in 1994, Mr. Maroni worked at Time
Warner, Inc. and Harvard Management Company. Mr. Maroni holds an MBA from
Harvard University and a BA from the University of Michigan. Mr. Maroni is a
director of CTC Communications Corp. (NASDAQ: CPTL); American Cellular Corp;
Pathnet, Inc., and Formus Communications Inc. His business address is One
International Place, 29th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
62
<PAGE>
Harley J. Murphy. Mr. Murphy, a citizen of Canada, has served on the
Company's board since its inception and has served on the board of TBI since
January 1995. He joined Wood Gundy in 1971 working in the Money Market,
Corporate Finance and International Investment Banking areas and is presently
Director and Vice-President of the Hamilton, Ontario operations. In 1982, he
co-founded and was President of Celtel Communications Corporation, which when
licensed along with Rogers Cantel, provided cellular services to Canadians. In
1985, he founded Metroplex Communications Inc., an affiliate of Page Canada,
the first privately-owned company to introduce nation-wide paging in Canada.
Mr. Murphy graduated in 1969 from the University of Toronto with a degree in
Industrial Engineering. His business address is 21 King Street West, Ste. 600,
Hamilton, Ontario L8P 4W7.
Mark A. Pelson. Mr. Pelson, a citizen of the United States, has served on
the Company's board since July 1999. Mr Pelson is a Principal of Providence
Equity Partners Inc., which he joined in August 1996. Prior to joining
Providence, he was a co-founder and director of TeleCorp, Inc., a wireless
telecommunications company. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Pelson served in various
management positions with AT&T, with his most recent position being a general
manager of strategic planning and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Pelson is also
a director of Language Line LLC, Carrier1 International S.A., and Madison River
Telephone Company, L.L.C. He received a B.A. from Cornell University and a J.D.
from Boston University. Mr. Pelson's business address is 50 Kennedy Plaza, 900
Fleet Center, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.
Scott K. Socol. Mr. Socol, a citizen of the United States, has been the
Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since May 1996.
Prior thereto, he was the Director of Operations from 1995 to 1996. From 1986
to 1994, Mr. Socol worked with MCI/MCI International with responsibility for
global expansion and management of operations of more than 20 international
offices located in the Atlantic Ocean region. Mr. Socol holds a B.A. from
Guilford College and a Juris Doctorate degree from the University of Georgia.
His business address is 3100 Steeles Ave. E., Ste. 805, Markham, Ontario L3R
8T3.
Greg Belbeck. Mr. Belbeck, a citizen of Canada, has been an Executive Vice
President of the Company since October 1999, and has been Chief Financial
Officer of the Company since February 1997. Prior to joining the Company in
1997, Mr. Belbeck worked for 14 years in accounting, corporate finance and
valuation at Price Waterhouse and two years in finance and business development
roles with two Canadian start-up telecommunications companies. Mr. Belbeck
holds a B.A. (economics) degree from York University, and a law degree from
Osgoode Law School. Mr. Belbeck is a Chartered Accountant and a Chartered
Business Valuator and his business address is 3100 Steeles Ave. E., Ste. 805,
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3.
Laurent Duplantie. Mr. Duplantie, a citizen of Canada, has been Executive
Vice President, Engineering and Operations, of the Company since October 1999,
and was Vice President, Engineering and Operations from October 1996 to October
1999. Prior to joining the Company, he spent 15 years at Teleglobe Canada as
Director of Strategic Development and Director of Network Services promoting
CANTAT-3 and CANUS 1, and as Project Director for the construction of CANTAT-3.
Mr. Duplantie holds a Bachelor's degree in Engineering from l'Ecole
Polytechnique de Montreal. Mr. Duplantie's business address is 170 Taschereau
Blvd., Ste. 310, La Prairie, Quebec J5R 5H6.
Lin Gentemann. Ms. Gentemann, a citizen of the United States, has been an
Executive Vice President of the Company since October 1999, and has been
General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since November 1997. Ms. Gentemann
also was a Vice President of the Company from November 1997 to October 1999.
Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Gentemann served as senior corporate attorney
at MCI from 1992 to 1997. Before joining MCI, Ms. Gentemann was an associate
with the law firm of Jones, Day, Reavis and Pogue. She holds a B.A. from the
University of Virginia and a Juris Doctorate degree from the Washington College
of Law, American University. Ms. Gentemann's business address is P.O. Box HM
3043, Hamilton HM NX, Bermuda.
James Fitzgerald. Mr. Fitzgerald, a citizen of Canada, has been the
Company's Vice President, Bermuda Operations since 1999. He also has served as
TBI's General Manager since 1999, when he was promoted from
63
<PAGE>
Senior Vice President of Marketing, Sales and Customer Service of TBI. Prior
thereto, Mr. Fitzgerald held senior management positions at Bell Canada,
Northern Telecom (Nortel), Unitel (AT&T Canada) and most recently, from 1995 to
1998, as President & Chief Operating Officer of MTS Mobility, Inc., a Canadian
regional cellular provider. Mr. Fitzgerald holds a B.A. degree and a M.B.A.
degree from York University. His business address is 2 Carter's Bay Road,
Southside, St. David's, DDBX Bermuda.
Eldon Blust. Mr. Blust, a citizen of the United States, has been Senior Vice
President, Business Development, of the Company since October 1999. Prior to
joining the Company, Mr. Blust was Senior Director, Global Strategy and
Development, at MCI WorldCom where he was responsible for the company's
offshore investments and alliances in Australia (AAP Telecommunications Pty
Ltd), Canada (Stentor Resource Center, Inc.), Mexico (Avantel, S.A.) and New
Zealand (Clear Communications Company Limited). Prior thereto, Mr. Blust was
Director, Global Network Services, where he was responsible for all sales,
marketing, product management and delivery of MCI's extensive portfolio of
international network services provided through both satellite and fiber cable
facilities. He joined MCI in 1986. Mr. Blust holds a Bachelor's degree in
Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri at Columbia and is a
registered Professional Engineer (Virginia). His business address is 2 Carter's
Bay Road, Southside, St. David's, DDBX Bermuda.
Edward A. Weisbrot. Mr. Weisbrot, a citizen of the United States, joined the
Company in October 1999 as Senior Vice President, Network Services. For the
last two years, Mr. Weisbrot has served as Vice President of Engineering and
Operations at Primus Telecom. Prior to joining Primus, he served as the
Director for Voice Engineering at GlobalOne, where he supervised the design and
development of its voice network. Previously, he spent 17 years with MCI and
was the primary technical director for MCI's global networks. Mr. Weisbrot
holds a Bachelor of Science, Electrical Engineering degree from the New Jersey
Institute of Technology. His current business address is 2 Carter's Bay Road,
Southside, St. David's, DDBX Bermuda.
Board of Directors
The affairs of the Company are governed by the board of directors. Our
directors are elected to one-year terms. Our board consists of 11 directors:
(1) one independent director who has not yet been nominated and who must be
approved by a vote of the Class B shareholders (although two of the Class B
shareholders are excluded from the nomination and approval of the independent
director), (2) one director nominated by the holders of a majority of the Class
B shares and approved by a vote of the Class B shareholders (although two of
the Class B shareholders were excluded from the nomination and approval of this
director), (3) six directors appointed by certain of the Class B shareholders,
and (4) three directors approved by a vote of the holders of our common shares,
although Class B shareholders are not permitted to vote their common shares.
Compensation Committee
Our board of directors has established a Compensation Committee. The purpose
of the Compensation Committee is to establish and submit to our board of
directors recommendations with respect to (1) compensation of our officers and
other key employees and (2) awards to be made under our share option and
incentive plan. Messrs. Conyers, Kedar and Murphy served on the 1998
Compensation Committee.
Compensation of Directors
In 1997 and 1998 we granted our directors stock options representing in the
aggregate 85,000 common shares. To date in 1999 we have granted our directors
in their capacity as directors (except Messrs. Kedar and DeMartino) stock
options representing in the aggregate 50,000 common shares. Directors did not
receive monetary compensation for their services as directors in 1997, 1998 or
to date in 1999. We have not set aside or accrued any amounts during our last
fiscal year to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our
directors and officers.
64
<PAGE>
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Indemnification Agreements with Directors
We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors (other
than Mr. DeMartino, with whom we expect to enter into such an agreement in the
near future). Pursuant to the director indemnity agreements, we have agreed to
indemnify and save harmless each director, his/her heirs and legal
representatives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all costs,
charges, liability, damages, and expenses, including an amount paid to settle
an action or to satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him/her in respect
of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he/she
is made a party by reason of, or in any connection with him/her, being or
having been a director if (1) the director acted in his/her capacity as a
director and (2) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or
proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the director had reasonable
grounds for believing that his/her conduct was lawful. Directors are required
to obtain our consent to any settlement of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding.
Indemnification Agreements with Officers
We have entered into indemnity agreements with Michael Kedar, James
Fitzgerald, Laurent Duplantie, Scott Socol, Lin Gentemann and Greg Belbeck. We
expect to enter into similar indemnity agreements with Messrs. DeMartino, Blust
and Weisbrot in the near future. Pursuant to the indemnification agreements, we
have agreed, to the fullest extent permitted by our bye-laws and applicable
law, to indemnify each indemnitee against all expenses actually and reasonably
incurred, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by such
indemnitee if he/she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any
threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute
resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other
proceeding as a result of his/her status as an employee or officer of the
Company (1) if, in a proceeding other than a proceeding by or in the right of
the Company, he/she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to
be in our best interests and, with respect to a criminal proceeding, if he/she
had no reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful and (2) if, in
a proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in
its favor, to the extent such indemnitee is successful, on the merits or
otherwise, provided that if the indemnitee is only partially successful in such
proceeding, we agree to indemnify him/her for such expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him/her or on his/her behalf in connection with each
successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.
Bye-Laws
Our bye-laws provide that, subject to the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda,
every director, officer and member of a committee constituted in accordance
with our bye-laws is indemnified by us against (1) all civil liabilities, loss,
damage, charge or expense incurred or suffered by him as a director, officer or
committee member while exercising his powers and discharging his duties under
the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda and our bye-laws and (2) all liabilities
incurred by him as a director, officer or committee member in defending any
proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor
or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under the
Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda in which relief from liability is granted to him
by the court. The indemnity extends to any person acting as a director, officer
or committee member in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or
elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election provided,
however, that the indemnity does not extend to any matter which would render it
void pursuant to the Bermuda Act.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed
that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission this
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of
1933 and is therefore unenforceable.
65
<PAGE>
Executive Compensation
The following tables set forth certain historical compensation information
for our Chief Executive Officer during fiscal year 1998 and the other four most
highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers at
the end of fiscal year 1998 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").
These tables state the current positions of the Named Executive Officers (many
of which changed in October 1999), rather than their positions at the end of
fiscal year 1998. At that time, Mr. Kedar was Chief Executive Officer, Ms.
Gentemann was General Counsel, Vice President and Secretary, Mr. Duplantie was
Vice President, Engineering and Operations, and Mr. Belbeck was Chief Financial
Officer. Mr. Socol's positions did not change. In October 1999, the positions
of Messrs. Kedar, Duplantie, and Belbeck and Ms. Gentemann changed in
connection with our hiring of Mr. DeMartino as President and Chief Executive
Officer, Mr. Blust as Senior Vice President, Business Development, and Mr.
Weisbrot as Senior Vice President, Network Services.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth the total compensation for fiscal year 1998
for the Named Executive Officers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long Term
Annual Compensation Compensation
----------------------------- ---------------------
Awards
---------------------
Other Annual Securities Underlying
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus Compensation Options
- --------------------------- -------- ------- ------------ ---------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael Kedar,
Executive Chairman........ $144,750 $71,700 25,000
Scott K. Socol,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating
Officer................... 154,962 53,625 $16,000 35,000
Lin Gentemann,
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel
and Secretary............. 107,121 30,000 18,000 25,000
Laurent Duplantie,
Executive Vice President,
Engineering and
Operations................ 83,333 30,000 25,000
Greg Belbeck,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer.................. 86,667 16,666 25,000
</TABLE>
66
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS IN 1998
The following table sets forth option grants during fiscal year 1998 to the
Named Executive Officers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Potential Realizable Value
At Assumed Annual Rates
Of Stock Price Appreciation
Individual Grants For Option Term
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------
Number Of Percent Of
Securities Total Options
Underlying Granted To Exercise
Option Employees Price Expiration
Name Granted In Fiscal Year ($/Share) Date 5% 10%
- -------------------------- ---------- -------------- --------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael Kedar,
Executive Chairman....... 25,000 11% $9.00 Dec. 31, 2008 $141,500 $356,000
Scott K. Socol,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating
Officer.................. 35,000 15 9.00 Dec. 31, 2008 198,100 498,400
Lin Gentemann,
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Secretary................ 25,000 11 9.00 Dec. 31, 2008 141,500 356,000
Laurent Duplantie,
Executive Vice President,
Engineering and
Operations............... 25,000 11 9.00 Dec. 31, 2008 141,500 356,000
Greg Belbeck,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer.................. 25,000 11 9.00 Dec. 31, 2008 141,500 356,000
</TABLE>
67
<PAGE>
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998 OPTION VALUES
The following table sets forth options exercised by our Named Executive
Officers during fiscal year 1998 and the value of unexercised options for these
officers at the end of fiscal year 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of
Securities
Underlying Value Of
Unexercised Unexercised
Options At In-The-Money
Fiscal Options At
Year-End Fiscal Year-End
------------- ----------------
Shares
Acquired On Value Exercisable/ Exercisable/
Name Exercise Realized Unexercisable Unexercisable
---- ----------- -------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Michael Kedar,
Executive Chairman........ 0 0 54,900/45,100 $414,450/$20,100
Scott K. Socol,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating
Officer................... 0 0 40,750/51,750 268,250/16,750
Lin Gentemann,
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and
Secretary ................ 0 0 3,300/31,700 3,300/6,700
Laurent Duplantie,
Executive Vice President,
Engineering and
Operations................ 0 0 3,300/31,700 3,300/6,700
Greg Belbeck,
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer................... 0 0 3,300/31,700 3,300/6,700
</TABLE>
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers
We entered into employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers in
October 1999. Each agreement provides for a term of employment of two years,
commencing in July 1999, and continuing thereafter for successive two-year
terms unless either we or the officer provides at least three months' notice in
advance of the expiration of the current term. Each agreement terminates
automatically upon the death of the officer, we may terminate the agreement for
cause or without cause or due to an officer's disability and the officer may
terminate the agreement for good reason or without good reason. If we terminate
an agreement without cause or due to an officer's disability, the officer
terminates the agreement for good reason, the agreement terminates due to the
officer's death or we elect not to renew an officer's employment for another
term, (1) we are required to make a lump sum payment to the officer (or the
officer's legal representatives) equal to the sum of two times the officer's
then current annual base salary, accrued bonus, certain other accrued
obligations and accrued investments under our investment plans, and (2) the
vesting of the officer's options may be accelerated. Each agreement also
restricts the officer from competing with us during the term of the officer's
employment and for a period of two years thereafter.
1998 Share Option Plan
We adopted the 1998 Share Option and Incentive Plan on December 18, 1998.
Under this option plan, options to purchase common shares of the Company may be
granted to employees, board members and consultants or advisers to the Company
or any subsidiary. The purposes of the option plan are to enhance our ability
to attract and retain qualified individuals to advance our interests and to
provide financial incentives to these individuals to continue to serve us and
our subsidiaries and to improve our business results and earnings. The option
plan is currently administered by the board of directors of the Company which
has the authority to
68
<PAGE>
set specific terms and conditions of options granted under the option plan and
to administer the option plan.
Options may be granted for a term not to exceed ten years and are not
transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except
as otherwise approved by the board of directors.
Each option may be exercised within the term specified in the option
agreement under which it was granted. In addition, an option may be exercised
as to vested shares within 90 days after the termination of the optionee's
employment, except that our board of directors, in its discretion, may annul
any option grant if the optionee is an employee of the Company or any
subsidiary and is terminated for cause. In the event of a termination due to an
optionee's death or disability, all options shall become exercisable and may be
exercised until the earlier of the first anniversary of such event or the
stated expiration date of the option. If our board of directors approves any
transaction that will result in a change of control of the Company, all options
shall become immediately exercisable for a period of fifteen days immediately
prior to the scheduled consummation of the event. Upon the consummation of any
such event, the option plan and all outstanding, unexercised options will
terminate unless the parties to the transaction provide otherwise.
The exercise price of all stock options is the fair market value of the
common shares of the Company on the date of grant. The option exercise price
may be paid in cash or, in the discretion of our board of directors, by the
delivery of common shares then owned by the optionee, or, in the discretion of
our board of directors, by a combination of these methods. The option agreement
may also permit that payment of the exercise price may be made by delivering a
properly executed exercise notice to us directing that payment of the exercise
price will be made by a broker acceptable to us upon delivery of the common
shares to the broker.
At September 30, 1999, we had outstanding under the option plan options for
223,719 common shares of the Company at a weighted average exercise price of
$9.0, of which 63,719 were exercisable. To date, options to purchase 40,281
common shares have been exercised under the option plan. Our board of directors
has the authority to grant options up to a maximum of 20% of the fully diluted
shares of the Company pursuant to a general mandate of our shareholders, which
expires annually unless re-approved.
1997 Stock Option Plan
TBI adopted the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan on September 24, 1997.
In connection with the reorganization of the TBI group of companies, the
options to purchase common shares of TBI issued under this plan were exchanged
for options to purchase our common shares. Under this option plan, options to
purchase common shares of the Company were granted to directors, executive
management, senior management and senior staff of TBI. The purposes of the
option plan were to enhance TBI's ability to attract and retain qualified
individuals to advance its interests and to provide financial incentives to
these individuals to continue to serve TBI and to improve its business and
earnings. Options granted pursuant to this option plan were granted for a term
not to exceed ten years and are not transferable other than by will or the laws
of descent and distribution.
Each option may be exercised within the term specified in the option
agreement under which it was granted provided that all options must be
exercised within 10 years of the grant date or within 30 days of the optionee's
termination of employment with the Company for any reason other than retirement
or death, whichever occurs first. If the optionee's employment terminates
because of retirement as approved by the board of directors, the optionee may
exercise the options granted before retirement as the options vest but not
later than five years from the date of retirement. In the event of an
optionee's death, unless decided otherwise by the board of directors, the
estate of the optionee may exercise any options that had vested at the time of
the optionee's death within 12 months following the date of death. In the event
of an optionee's disability, unless decided otherwise by the board of
directors, the optionee may exercise the options granted before the
commencement of the disability as the options vest, but not later than five
years from the commencement of the disability. The exercise price of all stock
options is determined by the board of directors but may not be less than the
fair market value of the shares at the time of the grant.
At September 30, 1999, we had outstanding under the option plan options for
156,899 common shares of the Company at a weighted average exercise price of
$8.00 per share, of which 55,059 were exercisable. To date, options to purchase
10,101 common shares have been exercised under the option plan. No options to
purchase common shares of the Company have been issued under this plan since
December 31, 1997.
69
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth certain information as of October 8, 1999
regarding the beneficial ownership of our common shares and Class B shares by:
. each person (or group as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange
Act) who is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five
percent of our common shares or Class B shares,
. our directors and nominees,
. our Named Executive Officers, and
. our directors and executive officers as a group.
Unless otherwise noted and subject to community property laws, the persons
or entities in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to
all shares owned by them. The information set forth in the table and footnotes
below has been provided to the Company by the shareholders listed below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Shares Beneficially
Name of Beneficial Total Number of Shares Owned Through
Title of Class Owner(1) Beneficially Owned Options Percent of Class
-------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ------------------- ----------------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
Common / Class B Boston Ventures Limited 2,941,176 / 199 -- 17.3% / 19.9%
Partnership V(2)
One Federal Street,
23rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110-2003
Common / Class B TD Capital Group 2,918,540 /197 -- 17.2% / 19.7%
Limited(3)
55 King Street
Toronto Dominion Bank
Tower, 8th Floor P.O.
Box 1 Toronto Dominion
Centre
Toronto, Ontario M5K
1AZ Canada
Common / Class B Kelso Investment 2,500,000 / 169 -- 14.7% / 16.9%
Associates VI, L.P.(4)
320 Park Avenue, 24th
Floor
New York, NY 10022
Common / Class B Providence Equity 1,508,378 / 98 -- 8.9% / 9.8%
Partners III, L.P.(5)
Fleet Center, 9th
Floor
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Common / Class B Capital Communications 1,470,588 / 100 -- 8.6% / 10.0%
CDPQ, Inc.(6)
1981 McGill College
Avenue
Montreal, Quebec H3A
3C7 Canada
Common / Class B Spectrum Equity 1,458,824 / 97 -- 8.6% / 9.7%
Investors III, L.P.(7)
One International
Place, 29th Floor
Boston, MA 02110
</TABLE>
70
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Shares Beneficially
Name of Beneficial Total Number of Shares Owned Through
Title of Class Owner(1) Beneficially Owned Options Percent of Class
-------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- ------------------- ----------------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C>
Common Michael Kedar (Executive 88,233 88,233 *
Chairman)(8)
Common Jeffrey G. Conyers 87,814 *
(Director)(9) 76,610
Common Jerry A. DeMartino 49,019 49,019 *
(Director, President
and Chief Executive
Officer)
Common Harley J. Murphy 46,666 *
(Director) 46,666
Common Linda Dougherty 5,000 *
(Director) 5,000
Common / Class B Anthony Bolland -- --
(Director) --
Common / Class B Kevin J. Maroni -- --
(Director) --
Common / Class B George E. Matelich -- --
(Director) --
Common / Class B Mark A. Pelson (Director) -- -- --
Common / Class B Sebastian Rheaume -- --
(Director) --
Common Scott K. Socol 73,094 68,446 *
(Executive Vice
President and Chief
Operating Officer)
Common Lin Gentemann (Executive 38,198 36,633 *
Vice President, General
Counsel
and Secretary)
Common Laurent Duplantie 36,633 36,633 *
(Executive Vice
President, Engineering
and Operations)
Common Greg Belbeck (Executive
Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer) 36,633 36,633 *
Common All Directors and 461,290 -- 2.70%
Executive Officers as a
Group
</TABLE>
- --------
* Denotes ownership of less than one percent.
(1) In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a
person is deemed a "beneficial owner" of a security if he or she has or
shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such security or the power
to dispose or direct the disposition of such security. A person is also
deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities that that person has the
right to acquire beneficial ownership of within 60 days. More than one
person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.
(2) Boston Ventures Company V, LLC is the general partner of Boston Ventures
Limited Partnership V, and by virtue of such status may be deemed to be the
beneficial owner of the shares owned by Boston Ventures Limited Partnership
V. Anthony Bolland, Roy Coppedge, Richard Wallace, James Wilson, Martha
Crowninshield and Barbara Genader are the managing directors of Boston
Ventures Company V, LLC, and by virtue of such status may be deemed to be
the beneficial owner of the shares beneficially owned directly or
indirectly by Boston Ventures Company V, LLC. Each of Anthony Bolland, Roy
Coppedge, Richard Wallace, James Wilson, Martha Crowninshield and Barbara
Genader disclaim such beneficial ownership.
(3) Toronto-Dominion Bank, the parent of TD Capital Group Limited, may be
deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned
directly or indirectly by TD Capital Group Limited.
(4) Excludes 441,176 common shares and 30 Class B shares held by an affiliate
of Kelso Investment Associates VI, L.P. The general partner of Kelso
Investment Associates VI, L.P. may be deemed to share beneficial ownership
of the shares beneficially owned directly or indirectly by Kelso Investment
Associates VI, L.P. and the affiliate, but disclaims beneficial ownership
of these shares. Frank T. Nickell,
71
<PAGE>
Thomas R. Wall, IV, George E. Matelich, Michael B. Goldberg, David I.
Wahrhaftig, Frank K. Bynum, Jr. and Philip E. Berney may be deemed to share
beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned directly or
indirectly by Kelso Investment Associates VI, L.P. and its affiliate by
virtue of their status as managing members of the affiliate and of the
general partner of Kelso Investment Associates VI, L.P., but disclaim such
beneficial ownership. Due to their common control, Kelso Investment
Associates VI, L.P and its affiliate could be deemed to beneficially own
each others shares, but disclaim such beneficial ownership.
(5) Excludes 11,230 common shares and 1 Class B share held by an affiliate of
Providence Equity Partners III, L.P. Providence Equity Partners III
L.L.C., the general partner of Providence Equity Partners III, L.P., may
be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned
directly or indirectly by Providence Equity Partners III, L.P. and by the
affiliate, but disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Jonathan M.
Nelson, Glenn M. Creamer and Paul J. Salem may be deemed to share voting
and investment power with respect to the shares in which Providence Equity
Partners III L.L.C. has direct or indirect beneficial ownership, but each
disclaim such deemed beneficial ownership.
(6) Caisse de Depot et Placement du Quebec, a crown corporation owned by the
Province of Quebec, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the
shares beneficially owned directly or indirectly by Capital Communications
CDPQ, Inc.
(7) Excludes 60,784 common shares and 2 Class B shares held by two affiliates
of Spectrum Equity Investors III, L.P. Spectrum Equity Associates III,
L.P., the general partner of Spectrum Equity Investors III, L.P., may be
deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned
directly or indirectly by Spectrum Equity Investors III, L.P. and the
affiliates, but disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Brian B.
Applegate, William P. Collatos, Kevin J. Maroni and Randy Henderson may be
deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned
directly or indirectly by Spectrum Equity Associates III, L.P. by virtue
of their status as general partners of Spectrum Equity Associates III,
L.P., but disclaim such beneficial ownership.
(8) Excludes 752,621 common shares and 120,000 options held by TeleBermuda
(BVI) Limited, an investor holding company incorporated in the British
Virgin Islands in which Mr. Kedar holds preference shares that carry more
than 50% of the voting rights. Although Mr. Kedar may be deemed for
disclosure purposes to share beneficial ownership of the common shares and
options held by TeleBermuda (BVI) Limited by virtue of his ownership of
the preference shares, Mr. Kedar disclaims beneficial ownership of the
common shares and options held by TeleBermuda (BVI) Limited. Other than
the fixed equity represented by the preference shares, Mr. Kedar does not
have any equity interest in TeleBermuda (BVI) Limited.
(9) Excludes 19,622 common shares held by First Bermuda Securities Limited, in
which Mr. Conyers holds a 12% interest. Excludes 92,333 common shares held
by the Tel Trust, a trust for which Mr. Conyers serves as trustee.
72
<PAGE>
Capital Structure
The Company is authorized to issue 24,000,000 common shares and 2,000 Class
B shares. The creation of the Class B shares was authorized by amendments to
our bye-laws in June 1999 and July 1999. As of September 30, 1999, there were
17,019,660 common shares outstanding and 1,000 Class B shares outstanding. The
approval of holders of 66.6% of all common shares is required before we can
sell all or substantially all of our assets or amalgamate. Holders of Class B
shares are our only shareholders permitted to hold shares representing more
than 35% of the aggregate issued share capital of the Company at any time or
shares representing more than 35% of the votes attaching to all issued shares
of the Company at any time.
Approval of the holders of a majority of the Class B shares is required
before we can amend our governing documents or dissolve. Moreover, pursuant to
an amended and restated securityholders' agreement (which is described below)
executed by the new investors in the private equity financing, the Company and
certain other shareholders, the approval of the holders of a majority of the
Class B shares is required before we can engage in certain transactions,
including:
. certain issuances of securities,
. declarations of dividends, distributions or redemptions,
. sales or leases of assets (other than in the ordinary course of
business) constituting more than 400 STM-1 circuits of capacity or more
than 25% of our other assets or a material interest in a material
subsidiary, in a single transaction or series of related transactions,
. incurring indebtedness (other than trade payables incurred in the
ordinary course of business and debt under Holdings' bank credit
facility or the notes) in excess of $25 million in aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any time,
. adoption of the annual budget and business plan,
. making equity investments, acquisitions or capital expenditures, other
than for maintenance of assets, that exceed, in the aggregate, the
budgeted amounts for these line items by more than 5%,
. amalgamations, mergers, wind-ups, reorganizations and certain other
fundamental changes,
. hiring or firing our chief executive officer or certain other members of
senior management,
. terminating or suspending construction under the Alcatel contract, or
. amending certain material contracts or licenses.
Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement
In connection with the private equity financing, the Company, TBI and
certain of our affiliates entered into an amended and restated securityholders'
agreement with Michael Kedar, TeleBermuda (BVI) Limited, IHI Hydro, Inc. (one
of our former subordinated lenders and an indirect affiliate of one of the
initial purchasers of old notes), and the new investors from the private equity
financing (the new investors together with Mr. Kedar, TeleBermuda (BVI) Limited
and IHI Hydro, Inc., the "Holders").
Pursuant to this agreement:
. the approval of holders of a majority of the Class B shares is required
for certain transactions, as described above,
. the Holders have preemptive rights to purchase their pro rata portions
of all new issuances by us of common shares or common share equivalents,
. the new investors have "drag-along" rights, pursuant to which they can
require the other Holders to sell their stock to a third party under
certain circumstances,
73
<PAGE>
. the new investors and the Holders have "tag-along" rights, pursuant to
which they can participate in sales to third parties under certain
circumstances, and
. the new investors have "rights of first refusal" with respect to shares
held by each other new investor.
The agreement also provides that the Holders will be provided access to
certain of our financial and operating information prior to a qualified public
offering of $150 million ($100 million if agreed to by holders of a majority of
the Class B shares held by the new investors) in gross proceeds to us in either
the United States or Canada. Finally, the agreement places certain restrictions
on Mr. Kedar's ability to sell, directly or indirectly, his interests in the
Company and on his ability to compete with the Company, TBI or their various
subsidiaries for two years after the termination of his employment with us. In
addition, Jeffrey Conyers and certain members of senior management are parties
to the agreement for certain limited purposes, including restricting senior
management's ability to sell their interests in the Company.
Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement among the Company, the new
investors in the private equity financing and certain holders of common shares
(including certain members of senior management), the new investors have the
right to require that we file up to three registration statements for the
resale of their shares in the United States and/or Canada within six months
after the completion of a qualified underwritten public offering of common
shares in the United States with aggregate proceeds to the Company of $50
million, and the shareholders who are a party to this agreement have, subject
to customary cutback provisions, the right to participate in any registration
statement filed by us after the qualified public offering.
74
<PAGE>
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
We have entered into the transactions described below with our officers,
directors or five percent shareholders or entities affiliated with our
officers, directors or five percent shareholders. See also "Management" for a
discussion of indemnity agreements entered with our officers and directors and
employment agreements entered with our Named Executive Officers.
On September 15, 1997, TBI entered into a consulting services arrangement
with First Bermuda Securities Limited, of which Jeffrey Conyers is the Chief
Executive Officer. Under the arrangement as amended on March 23, 1999, First
Bermuda Securities Limited will, among other things, (1) assist TBI in the
development of a business plan and with regulatory compliance matters, (2)
provide advice with respect to strategic alternatives and ongoing regulatory
issues and (3) assist in the Atlantica-1 Network financing efforts in Bermuda.
First Bermuda Securities Limited will receive a fee of $6,250 per month for its
services through December 31, 1999.
In connection with our repurchase of common shares on August 9, 1999, First
Bermuda Securities Limited served as our repurchase agent. First Bermuda
Securities Limited received customary fees for its services.
Linda Dougherty, one of our directors, is a Vice President of TD Capital
Group Limited, which is an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers of the
old notes. An affiliate of TD Capital Group Limited had previously loaned $9.5
million to us in the form of secured subordinated loans with warrants to
acquire common shares of the Company. This affiliate exercised all its warrants
applying the $9.5 million principal amount of its subordinated loans and the
$1.9 million in accrued interest as the exercise consideration. TD Capital
Group Limited's affiliate used to own a majority of our Class A shares by
virtue of its subordinated loans and is a party to an amended and restated
securityholders' agreement entered in connection with the private equity
financing. TD Capital Group Limited's affiliate is also a party to the
registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the private
equity financing.
Another affiliate of TD Capital Group Limited received customary fees for
serving as an initial purchaser of the old notes, as the financial advisor and
placement agent in connection with the private equity financing and as the
arranger and administrative agent in connection with Holdings' bank credit
facility.
On August 26, 1998, we loaned $1,292,000 (CAD$2,000,000) to Mr. Kedar, our
then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Kedar used the proceeds of the
loan to invest in a joint venture with a third party carrier. The loan to Mr.
Kedar, and his participation in the joint venture, were conditional on the
third party carrier granting an option in favor of TBI to acquire an equity
interest in the third party carrier's Canadian operations. The option was
exercisable until November 30, 1998 for a 20% equity interest in the Canadian
operations at an exercise price of $7,445,000 (CAD$11,525,000) (applying the
August 26, 1998 exchange rate). As a result of our later decision to pursue the
development of the Atlantica-1 Network, TBI elected not to exercise the option.
Subsequent to year-end 1998, the loan to Mr. Kedar and all interest thereon was
repaid in full.
75
<PAGE>
HOLDINGS' BANK CREDIT FACILITY
On July 14, 1999, Holdings entered a credit facility with Toronto Dominion
(Texas) Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders and issuer of letters of
credit, Credit Suisse First Boston, as syndication agent for the lenders, and
TD Securities (USA) Inc., as arranger.
The Facilities
The credit facility consists of $390 million of term facilities and a $10
million revolving credit facility, as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Working Capital Loan: $ 10 million senior secured working capital revolver.
Term A Loan: $ 60 million senior secured multiple draw term loan.
Term B Loan: $ 80 million senior secured multiple draw term loan.
Term C Loan: $150 million senior secured multiple draw term loan.
Term D Loan: $100 million senior secured single draw term loan.
</TABLE>
The term C loan is subject to reduction in the event that we decide not to
exercise our option in our contract with Alcatel to build the secondary strand
of the Rio extension. Holdings may also request an additional facility of up to
$50 million to be available after the actual date of commercial operation on
terms no more restrictive than the terms of the other facilities. This
additional facility is subject to lender approval and restrictions imposed
relating to the Alcatel guarantee.
Use of Credit Facility Proceeds
The proceeds from borrowings under the credit facility will be used together
with the proceeds that we received from the private offering of old notes and
the private equity financing to fund, among other things, the development of
the Atlantica-1 Network, working capital requirements, including the payment of
interest on the notes, and capital expenditures.
Availability of Funds Under the Credit Facility
Availability of funds under the credit facility is subject to certain terms
and conditions. In addition, the term A loan is subject to a maximum of 5.0x
total debt leverage ratio of TBI and the term C loan is limited (1) unless and
until we elect to exercise our option to build the Rio extension and (2) by,
among other things, sales of capacity on the Atlantica-1 Network and/or the
provision of the Alcatel guarantee. See "--Alcatel Guarantee and Reimbursement
Agreement." On September 10, 1999, Holdings borrowed $100 million under the
term D loan.
Maturity of the Credit Facility
Except with respect to the term D loan, loans under the credit facility will
mature on June 30, 2005. The term D loan will mature on September 30, 2005.
There is no required amortization of the working capital loan prior to
maturity. Loans under terms A, B and C will amortize in eight semi-annual
installments commencing on December 31, 2001 and the term D loan will require
minimal amortization prior to maturity.
Prepayments
We are able to prepay outstanding loans under terms A, B and C and the
working capital loan at our option at any time without premium or penalty
(other than break funding payments), and the term D loan at
any time subject to a prepayment fee for payments prior to the third
anniversary of the credit facility (and subject to break funding payments), in
each case subject to certain notice and minimum prepayment
76
<PAGE>
requirements. In addition, we are required to make mandatory prepayments of
outstanding loans, which will permanently reduce availability, in an amount
equal to:
. 50% of excess cash flow (100% in the event that we are in default under
the credit facility or in breach of certain financial covenants); plus
. 50% of the net cash proceeds from any equity offering, with exceptions
for the private equity financing, additional equity proceeds of up to
$10 million, certain capital expenditures and other investments and for
building certain extensions of our network;
. the net cash proceeds from permitted future debt offerings, with certain
exceptions, including debt incurred for building certain extensions of
our network;
. the net cash proceeds from permitted asset sales, excluding sales of
capacity, above a minimum threshold amount and subject to a six-month
reinvestment period; and
. the net insurance proceeds related to a damaged or destroyed segment of
the Atlantica-1 Network that is not rebuilt or repaired.
Notwithstanding the above, lenders under the term D loan are able to decline
these prepayments, in which case the amounts that would have been applied to a
prepayment of these lenders' term D loans will instead be applied to a
prepayment of loans under terms A, B and C until these loans are paid in full
and then to the working capital loan.
Interest Rates
Borrowings under the loans under terms A, B and C and the working capital
loan bear interest at an initial rate per annum of LIBOR plus 3.50%, subject to
reductions down to LIBOR plus 3.00% based upon amounts outstanding or at an
alternate rate equal to the greater of the administrative agent's prime rate
and the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% (the "ABR"), plus 2.50%,
subject to reductions down to ABR plus 2.00% based upon amounts outstanding.
Loans under term D bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.00% or ABR plus
3.00%. The default rate under the credit facility is 2.00% above the otherwise
applicable rate.
Guarantees
The obligations under the credit facility are guaranteed by all of Holdings'
present and future direct and indirect subsidiaries.
Security
The obligations under the credit facility are secured by substantially all
of the assets of Holdings and of its present and future direct and indirect
subsidiaries, including the capital stock of these subsidiaries. The
obligations under the credit facility are also secured by a pledge by us of the
shares of Holdings and certain other assets. Pursuant to this pledge agreement,
we agreed to certain restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to
incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments, make capital
expenditures, lease property, merge or transfer assets. In addition, we agreed
until the commercial operation date of the Atlantica-1 Network to limit our
business activities to our ownership of Holdings, activities related to the
notes and incidental activities.
Conditions
There are conditions precedent to initial borrowings under the credit
facility (except the funding into escrow of borrowings under the term D loan),
including (1) that the net proceeds from the private offering of old notes and
the private equity financing have been spent, and (2) the perfection of all
collateral not previously perfected, establishment of any remaining waterfall
and lockbox accounts, receipt of any remaining guarantees and payment of all
fees and expenses. In addition, all borrowings are subject to satisfaction of
conditions customarily found in credit agreements for similar financings,
including all representations being true and complete, and meeting certain
construction milestones.
77
<PAGE>
Negative Covenants
The credit facility contains customary restrictive covenants, including
covenants that limit, subject to certain exceptions, our subsidiaries' ability
to:
. incur indebtedness or issue guarantees;
. grant liens;
. sell assets;
. make investments;
. enter into additional contracts;
. make certain capital expenditures;
. declare and pay dividends or make distributions;
. make certain restricted payments;
. enter into transactions with affiliates;
. abandon the Atlantica-1 Network;
. enter into unrelated activities;
. make material amendments to key documents; and
. make alterations to the Atlantica-1 Network.
As described above under "--Security," the pledge agreement pursuant to
which we pledged our shares in Holdings to secure the obligations under the
credit facility contains negative covenants applicable to us.
Events of Default
The credit facility provides that the occurrence of certain events
constitute, subject in certain cases to notice and grace periods, events of
default. The events of default found in the credit facility include many of
those customarily found in credit agreements for similar financings, including:
. default under Atlantica-1 Network contracts;
. suspension of construction;
. change of control;
. breach of the minimum cumulative capacity revenue covenant;
. failure to complete the Atlantica-1 Network by a specified date; and
. certain declines in the rating of the parent of Alcatel providing the
Alcatel guarantee.
Alcatel Guarantee and Reimbursement Agreement
The ultimate parent company of Alcatel has agreed, at the election of
Holdings, to initially guarantee $100 million of the term C loan, subject to
adjustment based upon the amount owed to Alcatel under the Alcatel contract up
to a maximum of $150 million. The guarantee will be reduced by (1) the amount
of sales of capacity on a dollar for dollar basis meeting specified down
payment requirements, as and when qualified contracts for these sales are
executed, and (2) revenue from capacity sales agreements that are not qualified
capacity sales agreements, in each case such reductions to occur when there has
been an increase of at least $1 million in such amounts.
Holdings will, pursuant to the related reimbursement agreement, reimburse
Alcatel's ultimate parent company all amounts paid by it to the banks under the
guarantee and interest will accrue on the amount paid at the default rate under
the credit facility. The reimbursement agreement specifies restrictions on (1)
the incurrence by Holdings and our subsidiaries of indebtedness in excess of
$500 million in the aggregate, (2) payment of principal under the notes, and
(3) the granting of liens by Holdings and its subsidiaries other than in
respect of Holdings' bank credit facility and up to $50 million in principal
amount of purchase money debt. Holdings has the right, subject to limitations
in the credit facility, to prepay amounts outstanding under the reimbursement
agreement at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, without
penalty or premium. Holdings is obligated to cause its subsidiaries to
guarantee the obligations under the reimbursement agreement and to grant a lien
on certain of their interests after the termination of the credit facility.
78
<PAGE>
Blockage Events
In the event of and during the continuance of a blockage event under
Holdings' bank credit facility, Holdings will be prohibited from paying to us
the funds that would otherwise have been made available to make scheduled
interest payments on the notes. A "blockage event" is defined as a payment
default under the credit facility, an event of bankruptcy with respect to
Holdings, the Company, any subsidiary of Holdings or, for a period of time,
Alcatel, and certain other events of default under the credit facility,
including an event of default resulting from the failure to complete the
Atlantica-1 Network by June 30, 2001 (or December 31, 2001 if we exercise our
option to build the Rio extension) and an event of default arising from a
change in control of the Company. In addition, under certain circumstances
certain defaults under certain contracts relating to the Atlantica-1 Network
may constitute a blockage event.
79
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES
General
The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of
the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof,
will not be entitled to registration rights under our registration rights
agreement, and will not contain provisions relating to additional interest. We
will issue the new notes under the indenture dated as of July 14, 1999 between
us and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee. The following description is a
summary of the material provisions of the indenture. We urge you to read the
indenture because it defines your rights as holders of the new notes. The terms
of the new notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of
the indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. You may
obtain a copy of the indenture from us.
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under
the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, references to "we,"
"us," "our" and "the Company" refer only to GlobeNet Communications Group
Limited and not to any of its subsidiaries.
The old notes and the new notes will constitute a single class of debt
securities under the indenture. If the exchange offer is consummated, holders
of old notes who do not exchange new notes for their old notes will vote
together with holders of the new notes for all relevant purposes under the
indenture. Accordingly, in determining whether the required holders have given
any notice, consent or waiver or taken any other action permitted under the
indenture, any old notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer will
be aggregated with the new notes, and the holders of the old notes and the new
notes will vote together as a single class. All references in this prospectus
to specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the notes that are
outstanding means, at any time after the exchange offer is consummated, the
percentages in aggregate principal amount of the old notes and the new notes
then outstanding.
Brief Description of the New Notes
The new notes:
. will be our senior unsecured obligations;
. will be equal in right of payment to all of our future senior unsecured
Indebtedness;
. effectively will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our
existing and future secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of
the assets securing this Indebtedness;
. are the obligations of a holding company and will not be guaranteed by
any of our Subsidiaries, and effectively will be subordinated to all
existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments
(including trade payables and lease obligations) of our Subsidiaries; and
. will be senior in right of payment to any of our future subordinated
Indebtedness.
The indenture will permit us and our Subsidiaries to incur additional
Indebtedness, including secured Indebtedness.
As of September 30, 1999, we had no Indebtedness outstanding, other than the
notes, and our Subsidiaries had $100.0 million in debt outstanding. Further,
one of our Subsidiaries, Holdings, may incur up to an additional $350.0 million
of Indebtedness under its credit facility, defined in the indenture as the "New
Credit Facility." See "Risk Factors--Holding Company Structure."
As of the Issue Date, all of our Subsidiaries will be Restricted
Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, we may designate current
and future Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries
are not subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the indenture.
80
<PAGE>
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The notes will be limited initially in aggregate principal amount of $300.0
million. We will issue the new notes in fully registered form, without coupons,
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The new notes will
mature on July 15, 2007.
Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 13% per annum and will be
payable semi-annually in arrears on each January 15 and July 15, commencing
January 15, 2000 to the persons who are registered holders on the immediately
preceding January 1 and July 1. Interest will accrue from the most recent date
to which interest has been paid on the old notes or, if no interest has been
paid, from July 14, 1999. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Issuance of Additional Notes
We may issue up to $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of additional
notes having terms and conditions identical to the notes (the "additional
notes"), subject to compliance with the covenants contained in the indenture
and the New Credit Facility. Any additional notes will be part of the same
issue as the notes, will vote on all matters with the notes and will be
treated, together with the new notes and the old notes, as a single class of
securities under the indenture. Unless the context otherwise requires,
references in this prospectus to the old notes or the new notes do not include
the additional notes. Additional notes are not being offered by means of this
prospectus.
Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes
The principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be
payable, and the notes will be exchangeable and transferable, at the office or
agency of the Company in the City of New York maintained for these purposes.
This office initially will be the office of the trustee located at Four Albany
Street, New York, New York 10006. At our option, interest may be paid by check
mailed to the registered address of the holder.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The trustee will be the initial paying agent and registrar for the notes. We
may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of
the notes, and we or any of our Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or
registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
A holder may transfer or exchange notes at the office or agency of the
paying agent and registrar in the City of New York maintained for these
purposes. The registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and we may
require a holder to pay any transfer taxes and similar fees required by law or
permitted by the indenture. We are not required to transfer or exchange any
note selected for redemption. Also, we are not required to transfer or exchange
any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.
The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes, other than with respect to the payment of additional amounts (as
defined below).
No Sinking Fund
The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund or other
mandatory redemption.
Foreign Restrictions
There are no restrictions imposed by Bermuda law or by our charter or other
constituent documents on the rights of non-Bermuda residents or non-Bermuda
owners of the new notes to hold the new notes or to receive payments of
interest or principal under the new notes.
81
<PAGE>
Optional Redemption
On or after July 15, 2004, we may redeem all or a part of the notes upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed
during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Redemption
Year Price
---- ----------
<S> <C>
2004.............................................................. 106.500%
2005.............................................................. 103.250%
2006 and thereafter............................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
In addition, at any time or from time to time prior to July 15, 2002, we
may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally
issued under the indenture at a redemption price of 113% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the
redemption date, with the proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided
that:
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally
issued under the indenture remain outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of any such redemption; and
(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days after the date of the
closing of the Equity Offering.
If fewer than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee
will select the notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such
other method as the trustee deems fair and appropriate. No notes of $1,000 or
less shall be redeemed in part. If any note is to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption that relates to that note shall state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Another note in principal amount
equal to the unredeemed portion of the original note will be issued in the
name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. Notes
called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and
after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on notes or portions of
them called for redemption.
Optional Tax Redemption
The notes will be subject to redemption, at our option, in the event that
we become obligated to pay any additional amounts (as defined below) as a
result of a change in any laws or regulations of any Taxing Authority or a
change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation
thereof, that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue
Date. Upon the occurrence of any such tax change, we may, at any time prior to
90 days after such tax change, redeem all, but not part, of the notes at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date. We will give written notice of any
such redemption not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
date.
Payment of Additional Amounts
All payments made by or on behalf of us on or with respect to the notes
will be made free and clear of and without withholding of or deduction for or
on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or
other governmental charge (including any interest or penalties with respect
thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction or any
political subdivision thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof
having power to tax (referred to below as "Taxes"), unless the withholding or
deduction of such Taxes is required by law.
If the Company or any other payor is required to withhold or deduct any
amount on account of Taxes from any payment made on or with respect to the
notes, we or such other payor will:
(1) make such withholding or deduction;
(2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant
government authority in accordance with applicable law;
82
<PAGE>
(3) pay such additional amounts ("additional amounts") as may be
necessary so that the net amount received by each holder after such
withholding or deduction (including in respect of additional amounts) will
be not less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes
had not been required to be so withheld or deducted;
(4) furnish to the holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of
any Taxes is due, upon request certified copies of tax receipts evidencing
such payment by us or such other payor;
(5) indemnify and hold harmless each holder, other than an excluded
holder, from (a) any Taxes paid by such holder as a result of payments made
on or with respect to the notes, (b) any liability, including penalties,
interest and expenses, arising therefrom or with respect thereto and (c)
any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under (a) or (b), but
excluding any such taxes described in (i)(a) immediately below; and
(6) at least 30 days prior to each date on which any additional amounts
are payable, we will deliver to the paying agent (if not the Company) an
officers' certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other
information necessary to enable the paying agent to pay such additional
amounts to holders on the payment date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we or a successor corporation shall not be
required to make any payment to a holder of additional amounts for or on
account of:
(i) Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have
been imposed but for (a) the existence of any present or former connection
between such holder (an "excluded holder") (or between a fiduciary,
settlor, beneficiary or partner of, or possessor of a power over such
holder, if such holder is an estate, trust or partnership) and the taxing
jurisdiction or any political subdivision or territory or possession
thereof or area subject to its jurisdiction (other than the holding of a
new note or the receipt of payments or exercise of rights thereunder),
including, without limitation, such holder (or such fiduciary, settlor,
beneficiary, partner or possessor) being or having been a citizen or
resident thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or
business therein or having or having had permanent establishment therein,
(b) the presentation of a new note, where presentation is required, for
payment on a date more than 30 days after (x) the date on which such
payment became due and payable or (y) the date on which payment thereof is
duly provided for, whichever occurs later (except to the extent that the
holder of such new note would have been entitled to additional amounts in
respect of such Taxes on presenting such new note for payment on any date
prior to such date), or (c) the presentation of a new note for payment in
Bermuda or any political subdivision thereof or therein, unless such new
note could not have been presented for payment elsewhere;
(ii) Except as otherwise provided, any estate, inheritance, gift, sales,
transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other
governmental charge;
(iii) Any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is imposed
or withheld by reason of the failure by the holder or the beneficial owner
of the note to comply with a written request of the Company addressed to
the holder and made at least 60 days prior to the first payment date with
respect to which the Company or any successor corporation shall apply this
clause (iii), (a) to provide information, documents or other evidence
concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the holder or such
beneficial owner or (b) to make and deliver any declaration or other
similar claim (other than a claim for refund of a tax, assessment or other
governmental charge withheld by the Company) or satisfy any information or
reporting requirements, which, in the case of (a) or (b), is required or
imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the
taxing jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such
tax, assessment or other governmental charge, provided, however, that the
limitations on the Companys or any successor corporations obligation to pay
additional amounts set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall not apply
if the provision of the information, documentation, declaration or other
evidence or reporting described in such clauses (a) and (b) would be
materially more onerous, in form, in procedure or in the substance of
information disclosed, to a holder or beneficial owner of a note than
comparable
83
<PAGE>
information or other applicable reporting requirements imposed or provided
for under United States tax law (such as Internal Revenue Service Form 1001
or W-8BEN); or
(iv) Any combination of items (i), (ii) and (iii) above.
Whenever in the indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of
principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Payment, offer
price and interest, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any
note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
additional amounts to the extent that, in such context, additional amounts are,
were or would be payable in respect thereof.
Change of Control
If a Change of Control occurs, each holder of notes will have the right to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof) of that holder's notes pursuant to the offer
described below (the "Change of Control Offer"). In the Change of Control
Offer, the Company will offer to repurchase notes at a purchase price in cash
equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the
"Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
the Company will mail a notice to each holder (with a copy to the trustee)
describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of
Control and offering to repurchase notes on a date specified in such notice
(the "Change of Control Payment Date"), which date shall be no earlier than 30
days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to
the procedures required by the indenture and described in such notice. The
Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such
laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the
notes as a result of a Change of Control.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful:
(1) accept for payment all notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions thereof so tendered;
and
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the trustee the notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Company.
The paying agent will promptly mail to each holder of notes so tendered the
Change of Control Payment for such notes, and the trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder
another note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the notes
surrendered, if any; provided that each such additional note will be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of
Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of
whether or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as
described above with respect to a Change of Control, the indenture does not
contain provisions that permit the holders of the notes to require that the
Company repurchase or redeem the notes in the event of a takeover,
recapitalization or similar transaction.
The New Credit Facility contains prohibitions of certain events with respect
to the Company, as guarantor thereunder, including events that would constitute
a Change of Control. If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no
assurance that the Company will have sufficient funds to purchase all of the
notes tendered by holders seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. The
New Credit Facility restricts such a purchase of
84
<PAGE>
notes by the Company prior to repayment in full in cash of Indebtedness
outstanding under the New Credit Facility. Accordingly, any Change of Control
Offer would require the approval of the lenders thereunder. In addition, a
Change of Control may be an event of default under the New Credit Facility or
other indebtedness of the Company that may be incurred in the future.
Accordingly, the right of the holders of the notes to require the Company to
repurchase the notes may be of limited value if the Company cannot obtain the
required approval under the New Credit Facility. There can be no assurance that
in the event of a Change of Control the Company will be able to obtain the
necessary consents to consummate a Change of Control Offer. The failure of the
Company to make or consummate the Change of Control Offer or pay the applicable
Change of Control purchase price when due would result in an Event of Default
and would give the trustee and the holders of the notes and additional notes,
if any, the rights described under "Events of Default and Remedies."
In addition, the exercise by the holders of notes of their right to require
the Company to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control could cause a
default, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial
effect of such repurchases on the Company. Finally, the Company's ability to
pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the
Company's then existing financial resources. See "Risk Factors--Financing
Change of Control Offer."
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Company and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such
Change of Control Offer.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although
there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially
all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable
law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require the Company to
repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
Certain Covenants
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into any
guarantee of or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise (collectively, incur), with respect to any Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt), other than Permitted Indebtedness, and the Company will not
issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock or shares of preferred stock,
except, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) and issue Disqualified Stock if either:
(1) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Company is less than 5.5 to
1.0 (prior to July 15, 2002), or 5.0 to 1.0 (subsequent to July 15, 2002);
or
(2) the Consolidated Capital Ratio of the Company is less than 2.5 to
1.0.
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any Person which is
outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (including upon designation of any Subsidiary or other Person as a
Restricted Subsidiary) or is merged with or into or consolidated with the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to have been
incurred at the time such Person becomes such a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable.
85
<PAGE>
For purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars,
the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred
pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange
rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred (or, in the case
of Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, at the time of commitment),
provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness
denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the
applicable restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such restriction shall
be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such
Indebtedness being refinanced. The principal amount of any Indebtedness
incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency
from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this
"Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant, (1)
guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit or other
similar instruments supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the
determination of such particular amount shall not be included and (2) any Liens
granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in the "Liens"
covenant described below shall not be treated as giving rise to Indebtedness.
For purposes of determining compliance with this "Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant, any other obligations of the obligor
on such Indebtedness arising under any Lien or letter of credit or other
similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be
disregarded to the extent that the same secures the principal amount of such
Indebtedness.
The accrual of interest or the accretion of accreted value will not be
deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for the purposes of this "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant.
Restricted Payments
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment unless at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
giving pro forma effect thereto, have been permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of the first
paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments declared or made after the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (6) of the next
succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of
(a) the Applicable Percentage of the Consolidated Net Income of the
Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date
to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for
which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net
Income is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company
since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or
from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock and other than the issuance of Equity Interests in
connection with the Private Equity Financing) or from the issue or sale
since the Issue Date of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a
86
<PAGE>
Subsidiary of the Company), plus the aggregate net cash proceeds
received by the Company upon any such conversion or exchange, plus
(c) 100% of the net reduction in Investments on and after the Issue
Date, resulting (i) from payments of interest on Indebtedness,
dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of
property (but only to the extent such interest, dividends, repayments
or other transfers of property are not included in the calculation of
Consolidated Net Income), in each case to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation,
from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company) or (ii) from
redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries
(in each case, valued as provided in the definition of Investments set
forth below under the caption "--Certain Definitions"), in the case of
each of (i) and (ii) not to exceed in the case of any Person the amount
of Restricted Investments previously made by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person (subsequent to the Issue Date)
and in each such case which was treated as a Restricted Payment (other
than any such Restricted Payment that was made pursuant to the
provisions of paragraphs (1) through (8) below).
The preceding provisions will not prohibit the following Restricted
Payments:
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at the declaration date such payment would have
complied with the provisions of the indenture;
(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company subordinate to the notes or
of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity
Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the
amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall
be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;
(3) the defeasance, redemption, retirement, repurchase or other
acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company subordinate to the notes in
exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of,
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
(4) Investments made out of an amount not exceeding the net cash
proceeds of one or more sales (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized
for any such Investment shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the
preceding paragraph;
(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Equity Interests of the Company pursuant to any management
equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement and the repurchase
of Equity Interests of the Company from employees, officers or directors of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their authorized
representatives upon the death, disability or termination of employment of
such officers, directors and employees in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$2.0 million in any calendar year (provided that unused amounts may be
carried over to succeeding next 12 month periods, subject to a maximum of
$4.0 million);
(6) Investments to the extent payment for which consists of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
(7) pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to minority stockholders (or owners of an
equivalent interest in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
corporation);
(8) the payment, purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement
of any Indebtedness of the Company that is expressly subordinated in right
of payment to the notes at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the
principal amount thereof, together with accrued interest, if any, thereon,
in the event of a Change of Control, in accordance with provisions that are
similar to the provisions described under the caption "Change of Control;"
provided, that prior to such purchase the Company has made the Change of
87
<PAGE>
Control Offer to all holders of the notes as provided under such caption
and has purchased all notes validly tendered for payment in connection with
such Change of Control Offer;
(9) the payment, purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement
out of any Excess Proceeds of any Indebtedness of the Company that is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes at a purchase price
not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof together with accrued
interest, if any, thereon, in the event the Company is required to make an
Asset Sale Offer, in accordance with provisions that are similar to the
provisions described under the caption "--Limitation on Certain Asset
Sales;" provided, that prior to such purchase the Company has made the
Asset Sale Offer to all holders of the notes as provided under such caption
and has purchased out of Excess Proceeds all notes validly tendered for
payment in connection with such Asset Sale Offer; and
(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0
million;
provided, however, that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair
Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be
valued by this covenant shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the
trustee. The Board of Directors' determination must be based upon an opinion or
appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing if the Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later
than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to
the trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is
permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by
this "Restricted Payments" covenant were computed, together with a copy of any
fairness opinion or appraisal required by the indenture.
Limitation on Certain Asset Sales
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the
Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or
otherwise disposed of; and
(2) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash and/or Cash Equivalents and/or
Fiber Optic Assets, provided that (x) the amount of any Indebtedness of the
Company (other than Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of
payment to the notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary that is assumed by the
transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that unconditionally
releases the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from further liability
related to such Indebtedness, and (y) liabilities other than Indebtedness
for which any other Person assumes responsibility, shall in each case be
treated as cash for purposes of this covenant.
Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds:
(1) to permanently reduce commitments under the New Credit Facility or
to permanently repay or retire outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to clause (1) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness," or
(2) to acquire Fiber Optic Assets.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net
Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the indenture.
88
<PAGE>
Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as
provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute Excess Proceeds. When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will
make an offer (an "Asset Sale Offer") to all holders of notes and may make an
offer to all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes
containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect
to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to
purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price
in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase and will be
payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset
Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by the indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of
notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale
Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee shall select the notes
and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be
reset at zero.
The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be
valued by this covenant shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the
Company whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the
trustee. The Board of Directors' determination must be based upon an opinion or
appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing if the Fair Market Value of such assets or securities
(excluding any Fiber Optic Assets) exceeds $10.0 million.
The New Credit Facility contains prohibitions of certain events with respect
to the Company, as a guarantor thereunder, including events that would
constitute an Asset Sale. In addition, the exercise by the holders of notes of
their right to require the Company to repurchase the notes upon an Asset Sale
could cause a default under agreements, even if the Asset Sale itself does not,
due to the financial effect of such repurchases on the Company. Finally, the
Company's ability to pay cash to the holders of notes upon a repurchase may be
limited by the Company's then existing financial resources. See "Risk Factors--
Financing Change of Control Offer".
Liens
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer
to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset or property now
owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the notes are
secured equally and ratably with the obligation so secured, so long as such
obligation is so secured.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any
consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to:
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock
to the Company or any of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, or with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the
Company's Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries.
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) Existing Indebtedness or other agreements as in effect on the Issue
Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings
89
<PAGE>
thereof, provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings
are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such
encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in such Existing
Indebtedness, as in effect on the Issue Date;
(2) the indenture, the old notes and the new notes;
(3) the New Credit Facility, as in effect on the date of its execution
and as may be modified in accordance with the provisions of the commitment
letter relating to the New Credit Facility permitting certain changes in
connection with syndication, and any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings thereof, provided that such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or
refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with
respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those contained in the
New Credit Facility, as in effect on the date of its execution and as
modified in the manner described above;
(4) applicable law or any governmental or regulatory permit or license;
(5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of, or
agreement binding on, a Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition
(except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or
in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is
not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was
permitted by the terms of the indenture to be incurred;
(6) customary non-assignment provisions restricting subletting or
assignment in leases or other agreements entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices;
(7) Purchase Money Indebtedness or Vendor Financing Indebtedness that
imposes restrictions of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding
paragraph, provided that such obligations are permitted to be incurred
under clause (6) or clause (7), as the case may be, of the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness" set forth below;
(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary or any asset that restricts distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary or transfer of such asset pending its sale or other disposition,
provided that the consummation of such transaction would not result in a
Default or an Event of Default, that such restriction terminates if such
transaction is not consummated and that the consummation or abandonment of
such transaction occurs within one year of the date such agreement was
entered into;
(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions
contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than
those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced;
(10) Liens otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions
of the covenant described above under the caption "--Liens" that limit the
right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of
the assets subject to such Lien;
(11) customary limitations on the disposition or distribution of assets
or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(12) any encumbrance or restriction under any agreement relating to
Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted
to be incurred under the covenant described above under "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; provided that the Company in
good faith determines (a) that, taken as a whole, the terms and conditions
of any such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially less favorable
to the holders than those in the New Credit Facility, and (b) that any such
encumbrance or restriction will not prevent such Restricted Subsidiary from
making dividends, distributions, loans or advances to the Company in
amounts sufficient for the Company, together with
90
<PAGE>
amounts otherwise available to the Company, to make mandatory payments of
principal, premium, if any, and interest and any additional amounts
pursuant to the terms of the notes and the indenture and pursuant to the
terms of any other Indebtedness of the Company.
Certain restrictions under the New Credit Facility substantially limit the
payment of dividends or distributions to the Company until the New Credit
Facility is retired. See "Risk Factors--Holding Company Structure" and
"Holdings' Bank Credit Facility."
Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) amalgamate or consolidate
or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the
surviving or continuing corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in
one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:
(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation
or (b) the Person formed by, surviving or continuing after any such
amalgamation, consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is
made (the "Surviving Entity"), is a corporation organized or existing under
the laws of Bermuda or the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia;
(2) the Surviving Entity (if other than the Company) assumes all then
existing obligations of the Company under the old notes, the new notes, the
indenture and the registration rights agreement, pursuant to agreements
reasonably satisfactory to the trustee;
(3) no Default or Event of Default (or an event that, with the passing
of time or giving of notice or both, would constitute an Event of Default)
is continuing or would occur immediately after giving effect to such
transactions;
(4) except in the case of the amalgamation, consolidation or merger of
the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company
or the Surviving Entity will (A) immediately after such transaction after
giving pro forma effect thereto and to any related financing transactions,
be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
clause (1) or (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described above
under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock" and (B) will, immediately after such transaction, have Consolidated
Net Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
Company immediately preceding the transaction; and
(5) the Company delivers to the trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
opinion of counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation,
merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the
indenture.
In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or
substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any other Person.
Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the
foregoing, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to and be substituted for, and
may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the indenture with the
same effect as if such successor corporation had been named therein as the
Company and the Company shall be released from its obligations under the notes
and under the indenture, except with respect to any obligations that arise
from, or are related to, such transaction.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by assignment, sale or
otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more subsidiaries (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary), the Company's interest in which constitutes all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
91
<PAGE>
This covenant shall not apply to sales, assignments, transfers, conveyances
and other dispositions of telecommunications capacity made in the ordinary
course of business by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
Transactions with Affiliates
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties, assets or securities to, or purchase any
property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for
the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to
the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate; and
(2) the Company delivers to the trustee:
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors; provided that if there are no disinterested members of the
Board of Directors, the Company shall deliver an opinion as to the
fairness to the Company of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial
point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking
firm of national standing; and
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.
The following items will not be subject to the provisions of the prior
paragraph:
(1) (a) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment
contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or
arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for
or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered
into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health,
insurance, deferred compensation, retirement, savings or other similar
plans, (b) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or
contribution obligations, or an issuance, grant or award of stock, options
or other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees,
officers or directors in the ordinary course of business or (c) any
transaction with an officer or director in the ordinary course of business
not involving more than $100,000 in any one case;
(2) Affiliate Transactions in effect or approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company on or before the date of the indenture, including
any amendments thereto (provided that the terms of such amendments are not
materially less favorable to the Company than the terms of such agreement
prior to such amendment);
(3) transactions between or among the Company and any of the Company's
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) any sale or other issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
(5) any transaction consistent with commercially reasonable practices,
and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of the Company; and
(6) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by
the provisions of the indenture described above under the caption "--
Restricted Payments."
92
<PAGE>
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a sale and leaseback
transaction if
(1) the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
could have:
(a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable
Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to either
of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio or Consolidated Capital Ratio tests
set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under
the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
Stock"; and
(b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the
covenant described above under the caption "--Liens";
(2) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are
at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers' Certificate
delivered to the trustee) of the property that is the subject of such sale
and leaseback transaction; and
(3) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is
treated as an Asset Sale, and the Company applies the proceeds of such
transaction in compliance with the covenant described above under the
caption "--Limitation on Certain Asset Sales."
Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries
The Company:
(1) will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests
in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the
Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless
(a) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is
of all the Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary; and
(b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant
described above under the caption "--Limitation on Certain Asset
Sales;" and
(2) will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to issue
any of its Equity Interests (other than, if necessary, shares of its
Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any Person
other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company (except in a transaction that complies with (1) above);
provided, however, that this covenant will not prevent any sale or issuance of
Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, and the ownership by any Person of
such Equity Interests, where such Subsidiary following such sale or issuance
becomes a Fiber Optic Joint Venture, and any Investment in such Restricted
Subsidiary remaining after giving effect to such sale or issuance would have
been permitted to be made under any one or more of the first paragraph under
the Restricted Payments covenant, clause (10) of the second paragraph of such
covenant or under clause (7) of the definition of "Permitted Investments," and
the proceeds of such sale or issuance are applied in compliance with the
"Limitation on Certain Asset Sales" covenant.
Future Guarantees
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company that is pari passu
with or subordinated to the notes, unless (1) such Restricted Subsidiary
previously has provided a Guarantee and (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives,
and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage
of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or
93
<PAGE>
subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its
Guarantee, until payment in full of the outstanding principal amount of the
notes and any premium or accrued and unpaid interest thereon then due and
owing; provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any guarantee of
any Restricted Subsidiary (a) that existed at the time such Person became a
Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) of
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness." If the guaranteed Indebtedness is (1) pari passu with the notes,
then the guarantee of such guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu with, or
subordinated to, the Guarantee, or (2) subordinated to the notes, then the
guarantee of such guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the
Guarantee, at least to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness is
subordinated to the notes.
Any Guarantee will include provisions applicable to the Guarantor
substantially similar to the provisions described under the captions "Payment
of Additional Amounts" and "--Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets." Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantee by any Restricted
Subsidiary may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon (and the provisions corresponding
to those described under the caption "--Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or
Sale of Assets" will not be applicable in the event of) (1) any sale, exchange
or transfer (including by way of merger or consolidation), to any Person not an
Affiliate of the Company, of all of the Company's and each Restricted
Subsidiary's Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such
Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange, transfer or other transaction is
not prohibited by the indenture), (2) the legal or covenant defeasance of the
notes or satisfaction and discharge of the indenture, subject to customary
contingent reinstatement provisions, (3) the release or discharge of the
guarantee, assumption or other incurrence of liability that resulted in the
creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of
payment under such Guarantee or (4) the merger or consolidation of such
Restricted Subsidiary with and into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor
that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation.
Each Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount that can be Guaranteed
by such Restricted Subsidiary under applicable law without rendering the
Guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
generally.
Business Activities
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
engage in any business other than a Permitted Business.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate, pursuant to a Board
Resolution, any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary) of the Company (other than Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd.) to be
an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Subsidiary has no Indebtedness other
than Non-Recourse Debt.
In addition, if a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments
owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such
designation and that designation will only be permitted if such Investment
would be permitted at that time.
Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
shall be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy
of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers'
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding
conditions.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that:
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
following such designation, and
94
<PAGE>
(2) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
(other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the first paragraph of the
covenant described under "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock" (treating any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
as the incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary).
Such redesignation will increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the covenant described under the caption "--Restricted Payments"
as provided therein or Permitted Investments, as applicable.
Payments for Consent
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the
benefit of any holder of notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver
or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes
unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of
the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in
the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Reports
For so long as any notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to the
holders the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act. Whether or not the Company is subject to Section
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the holders
and the trustee (and, following the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, as contemplated
by the registration rights agreement, will file with the Commission so long as
permitted under the Exchange Act and by the Commission) (i) within 90 days
after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any
successor form), or within 120 days if on Form 20-F (or any successor form),
containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in
such successor form) and (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q (or any
successor form), or within 60 days if on Form 6-K (or any successor form),
which, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
Events of Default and Remedies
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
additional amounts, if any, with respect to, the notes;
(2) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any,
on the notes;
(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make
or consummate a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, respectively,
when required in accordance with the provisions described under the caption
"--Change of Control," or "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset
Sales," or to comply with the provisions described under the caption "--
Certain Covenants--Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets";
(4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30
days after notice to comply with the provisions described under the
captions "--Change of Control" and "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Certain Asset Sales" (except for any failure governed by the preceding
clause (3)), or under the captions "--Certain Covenants--Restricted
Payments" and "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock";
(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60
days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the
indenture or the notes;
(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any
95
<PAGE>
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
the Company, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such
Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date,
if that default:
(a) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity such
Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in
such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default"); or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity,
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with
the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been
a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
$10.0 million or more;
(7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments which are non-appealable aggregating in excess of $10.0
million (net of applicable insurance coverage which is acknowledged in
writing by the insurer), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
for a period of 60 days;
(8) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect or is declared
null and void or a Guarantor denies that it has any further liability under
a Guarantee, or gives notice to such effect (other than by reason of the
termination of the indenture or the release of the Guarantee in accordance
with the indenture) and such condition shall have continued for 30 days
after notice of such failure; and
(9) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, all notes
outstanding will become due and payable immediately without further action or
notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the trustee by
notice to the Company or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
notes then outstanding by notice to the Company and the trustee may declare all
the notes to be due and payable immediately.
At any time after a declaration of acceleration under the indenture, but
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by
the trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
notes outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the trustee, may
rescind such declaration and its consequences if:
(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient
to pay
. all overdue interest on all notes,
. all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any notes
outstanding that has become due otherwise than by such declaration
of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the
notes,
. to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest
upon overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by
the notes, and
. all sums paid or advanced by the trustee under the indenture and
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the trustee, its agents and counsel; and
(2) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of
principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on the notes that have
become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or
waived. No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereon.
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of a declaration of
acceleration in respect of the notes because of an Event of Default specified
in clause (6) above shall have occurred and be continuing, such declaration of
acceleration shall be automatically annulled if the Indebtedness that is the
subject of such Event
96
<PAGE>
of Default has been discharged or the holders thereof have rescinded their
declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness, and written notice
of such discharge or rescission, as the case may be, shall have been given to
the trustee by the Company and countersigned by the holders of such
Indebtedness or a trustee, fiduciary or agent for such holders, within 30 days
after such declaration of acceleration in respect of the notes, and no other
Event of Default has occurred during such 30-day period which has not been
cured or waived during such period.
Holders of the notes may not enforce the indenture or the notes except as
provided in the indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a
majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding may direct the
trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may withhold from
holders of the notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default
(except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then
outstanding by notice to the trustee may on behalf of the holders of all of the
notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
premium, if any, or interest on, or the principal of, the notes.
Under the indenture, the Company shall be required to deliver to the trustee
annually a statement regarding compliance with the indenture. Within 10
business days of becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company
shall be required to deliver to the trustee a statement specifying such Default
or Event of Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, in such capacity, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries under the notes or the
indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the notes. The waiver may not be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations and those of any Guarantor discharged with respect to the notes
then outstanding ("Legal Defeasance") except for:
(1) the rights of holders of notes then outstanding to receive payments
in respect of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such
notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
(2) the Company's obligations with respect to the notes concerning
issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee,
and the Company's obligations in connection therewith;
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture; and
(5) the Company's obligations to pay additional amounts.
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
the obligations of the Company and those of any Guarantor released with respect
to certain covenants that are described in the indenture ("Covenant
Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants shall
not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the
event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under
"Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect
to the notes.
97
<PAGE>
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and
interest on the notes then outstanding on the stated maturity or on the
applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must
specify whether the notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
redemption date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to
the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee
confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue
Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel
shall confirm that, the holders of the notes then outstanding will not
recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to United
States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of
counsel in Bermuda reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the
holders of the notes then outstanding will not recognize income, gain or
loss for Bermuda tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will
be subject to Bermuda tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered
to the trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the trustee
confirming that the holders of the notes then outstanding will not
recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to
United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant
Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the
trustee an opinion of counsel in Bermuda reasonably acceptable to the
trustee confirming that the holders of the notes then outstanding will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Bermuda tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Bermuda tax on the same amounts,
in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
either: (a) on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of
Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit); or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency
events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day
after the date of deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
agreement or instrument (other than the indenture) to which the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;
(6) the Company must have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel
to the effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust
funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally;
(7) the Company must deliver to the trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of
preferring the holders of notes over the other creditors of the Company
with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors
of the Company or others; and
(8) the Company must deliver to the trustee an Officers' Certificate and
an opinion of counsel, in the case of the Officers' Certificate, stating
that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with and, in the case of the opinion
of counsel, that all conditions precedent providing for Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
98
<PAGE>
Satisfaction and Discharge
The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect
(except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the
notes as set forth in the indenture), when:
(1) either:
(a) all notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or
destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter
repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the trustee for
cancellation; or
(b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for
cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a
notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within
one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the
benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to
pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not delivered to
the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and
accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and
such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a
party or by which the Company is bound;
(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it
under the indenture; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee
under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Indemnification for Judgment Currency Fluctuations
The obligations of the Company to any holder of notes shall, notwithstanding
any judgment in a currency (the "Judgment Currency") other than U.S. dollars
(the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only to the extent that on the day
following receipt by such holder of notes or the trustee, as the case may be,
of any amount in the Judgment Currency, such holder of notes may in accordance
with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the
Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less
than the amount originally to be paid to such holder of notes or the trustee,
as the case may be, in the Agreement Currency, the Company will pay the
difference and if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased exceeds the
amount originally to be paid to such holder of notes or the trustee, as the
case may be, such holder of notes or the trustee, as the case may be, will pay
to or for the account of the Company such excess, provided that such holder of
notes or the trustee, as the case may be, shall not have any obligation to pay
any such excess as long as a Default by the Company in its obligations under
the notes or the indenture has occurred and is continuing, in which case such
excess may be applied by such holder of notes to such obligations.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
With the consent of holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the notes at the time outstanding, the Company and the
trustee are permitted to amend or supplement the notes, the indenture or any
supplemental indenture or modify the rights of the holders; provided that
without the consent of each holder affected, no amendment, supplement,
modification or waiver may (with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting
holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of notes whose holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver;
99
<PAGE>
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any note or
alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the notes (other
than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the
captions "--Change of Control" and "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Certain Asset Sales");
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on the notes (except a rescission of
acceleration of the notes by the holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any note payable in currency other than that stated in the
notes;
(6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of holders of notes to receive
payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the notes;
(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any note (other than a
payment required by the provisions described above under the captions "--
Change of Control" and "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset
Sales");
(8) cause the notes to become subordinate in right of payment to any
other Indebtedness;
(9) make any change that would adversely affect the rights of the
holders to receive additional amounts;
(10) modify the obligation of the Company to make a Change of Control
Offer at any time after the related Change of Control has occurred and the
Company has become obligated to make and consummate such Change of Control
Offer in accordance with the provisions of the covenant described under "--
Change of Control"; or modify the obligation of the Company to make an
Asset Sale Offer at any time after the related Asset Sale has been
completed and the Company has become obligated to make and consummate such
Asset Sale Offer in accordance with the provisions of the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Certain Asset Sales;"
or
(11) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of notes,
the Company and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of
certificated notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to
holders of notes in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or
sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the holders of notes or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the indenture of any such holder;
(5) to add Guarantees with respect to the notes;
(6) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939; or
(7) to issue additional notes. See "--Issuance of Additional Notes."
Concerning the Trustee
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding
will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur and be continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of
its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of its
own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no
obligation to
100
<PAGE>
exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any
holder of notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the trustee security
and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Additional Information
Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture and
registration rights agreement without charge by writing to GlobeNet
Communications Group Limited, 2 Carter's Bay Road, Southside, St. David's,
Bermuda, Attention: General Counsel.
Governing Law
The indenture provides that the notes will be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to
applicable principles of conflicts of laws to the extent that the application
of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
Enforceability of Judgments
Since a majority of the assets of the Company are outside the United States,
any judgments obtained in the United States against the Company, including
judgments with respect to the payment of principal, premium, interest,
additional amounts, Change of Control Payment, offer price, redemption price or
other amounts payable under the notes may be not collectible within the United
States.
The Company has been informed by its Bermuda counsel, Conyers Dill &
Pearman, that the laws of Bermuda permit an action to be brought in a court of
competent jurisdiction in Bermuda (a "Bermuda Court") on any final and
conclusive judgment in personam of any federal or state court located in the
Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York ("New York Court") that is not
impeachable as void or voidable under the internal laws of the State of New
York for a sum certain in respect of the enforcement of the indenture or the
notes if (i) the court rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the
judgment debtor, as recognized by the Bermuda Court (and submission by the
Company in the indenture to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York
Court will be sufficient for that purpose), (ii) such judgment was not obtained
by fraud or in a manner contrary to natural justice and the enforcement thereof
would not be inconsistent with public policy, as that term is applied by a
Bermuda Court, (iii) the enforcement of such judgment does not constitute,
directly or indirectly, the enforcement of such foreign revenue, expropriatory
or penal laws and (iv) the action to enforce such judgment is commenced within
the applicable limitation period. The Company has been advised by Conyers Dill
& Pearman that it knows of no reason, based upon public policy under the laws
of Bermuda for avoiding recognition of a judgment of a New York Court to
enforce the indenture or the notes.
Consent to Jurisdiction and Service
Pursuant to the indenture, the Company has irrevocably appointed CT
Corporation System as its agent for service of process in any suit, action, or
proceeding with respect to the indenture or the notes and for actions brought
under federal or state securities laws in any federal or state court located in
the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York, and submitted to the non-
exclusive jurisdiction of any such court.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form and Transfer
The new notes initially will be in the form of one or more registered global
notes without interest coupons. Upon issuance, the global notes will be
deposited with the trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee for credit to the accounts of DTC's direct and indirect participants
(as defined below), some of which may be participating in DTC through the
Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Cedelbank.
Transfer of beneficial interests in any global notes will be subject to the
applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants
(including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Cedelbank), which may change
from time to time.
101
<PAGE>
The global notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to
another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee in certain
limited circumstances. Beneficial interests in the global notes may be
exchanged for notes in certificated form in certain limited circumstances. See
"--Transfer of Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes."
Initially, the trustee will act as paying agent and registrar. The notes may
be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the
registrar.
Depositary Procedures
DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "direct participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between direct participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of participants. The direct participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers of the old
notes), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations, including Euroclear and Cedelbank. Access to DTC's system is
also available to other entities that clear through or maintain a direct or
indirect, custodial relationship with a direct participant (collectively, the
"indirect participants").
DTC has advised the Company that, pursuant to DTC's procedures, (i) upon
deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the accounts of the appropriate
direct participants, and (ii) DTC will maintain records of the ownership
interests of such direct participants in the global notes and the transfer of
ownership interests by and between direct participants. DTC will not maintain
records of the ownership interests of, or the transfer of ownership interests
by and between, indirect participants or other owners of beneficial interests
in the global notes. Direct participants and indirect participants must
maintain their own records of the ownership interests of, and the transfer of
ownership interests by and between, indirect participants and other owners of
beneficial interests in the global notes.
Investors in the global notes may hold their interests therein directly
through DTC if they are direct participants in DTC or indirectly through
organizations that are direct participants in DTC. Some investors in the global
notes may hold their interests therein directly through Euroclear or Cedelbank
or indirectly through organizations that are participants in Euroclear or
Cedelbank, or through organizations other than Euroclear and Cedelbank that are
direct participants in the DTC system. Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, Brussels office, is the operator and depository of Euroclear and
Citibank, N.A. is the operator and depository of Cedelbank (each a "Nominee" of
Euroclear and Cedelbank, respectively). Therefore, they will each be recorded
on DTC's records as the holders of all ownership interests held by them on
behalf of Euroclear and Cedelbank, respectively. Euroclear and Cedelbank must
maintain on their own records the ownership interests, and transfers of
ownership interests by and between, their own customers' securities accounts.
DTC will not maintain such records. All ownership interests in any global
notes, including those of customers' securities accounts held through Euroclear
or Cedelbank, will be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC.
The laws of some states in the United States require that certain persons
take physical delivery in definitive, certificated form, of securities that
they own. This may limit or curtail the ability to transfer beneficial
interests in a global note to such persons. Because DTC can act only on behalf
of direct participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants
and others, the ability of a person having a beneficial interest in a global
note to pledge such interest to persons or entities that are not direct
participants in DTC, or to otherwise take actions in respect of such interests,
may be affected by the lack of physical certificates evidencing such interests.
For certain other restrictions on the transferability of the notes see "--
Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes."
Except as described in "--Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for
Certificated Notes," owners of beneficial interests in the global notes will
not have notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of
notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or
holders
102
<PAGE>
thereof under the indenture for any purpose other than with respect to the
payment of additional amounts.
Under the terms of the indenture, the Company and the trustee will treat the
persons in whose names the notes are registered (including notes represented by
global notes) as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and
for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Payments in respect of the
principal, premium, additional amounts, if any, and interest on global notes
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable by the trustee to
DTC or its nominee as the registered holder under the indenture. Consequently,
neither the Company, the trustee nor any agent of the Company or the trustee
has or will have any responsibility or liability for (1) any aspect of DTC's
records or any direct participant's or indirect participant's records relating
to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global
notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any
direct participant's or indirect participants records relating to the
beneficial ownership interests in any global note or (2) any other matter
relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its direct participants
or indirect participants.
DTC has advised the Company that its current payment practice (for payments
of principal, interest and the like) with respect to securities such as the
notes is to credit the accounts of the relevant direct participants with such
payment on the payment date in amounts proportionate to such direct
participant's respective ownership interests in the global notes as shown on
DTC's records. Payments by direct participants and indirect participants to the
beneficial owners of the notes will be governed by standing instructions and
customary practices between them and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the
trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the trustee will be liable for
any delay by DTC or its direct participants or indirect participants in
identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the Company and the trustee
may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from
DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the notes for all purposes.
The global notes will trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System and,
therefore, transfers between direct participants in DTC will be effected in
accordance with DTC's procedures, and will be settled in immediately available
funds. Transfers between indirect participants (other than indirect
participants who hold an interest in the notes through Euroclear or Cedelbank)
who hold an interest through a direct participant will be effected in
accordance with the procedures of such direct participant but generally will
settle in immediately available funds. Transfers between and among indirect
participants who hold interests in the notes through Euroclear and Cedelbank
will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules
and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between direct participants in DTC, on the one hand,
and indirect participants who hold interests in the notes through Euroclear or
Cedelbank, on the other hand, will be effected by Euroclear's or Cedelbank's
respective nominee through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of
Euroclear or Cedelbank; however, delivery of instructions relating to cross-
market transactions must be made directly to Euroclear or Cedelbank, as the
case may be, by the counterparty in accordance with the rules and procedures of
Euroclear or Cedelbank and within their established deadlines (Brussels time
for Euroclear and UK time for Cedelbank). Indirect participants who hold
interests in the notes through Euroclear and Cedelbank may not deliver
instructions directly to Euroclear's or Cedelbank's nominee. Euroclear or
Cedelbank will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver
instructions to its respective nominee to deliver or receive interests on
Euroclear's or Cedelbank's behalf in the relevant global note in DTC, and make
or receive payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day fund
settlement applicable to DTC.
Because of time zone differences, the securities accounts of an indirect
participant who holds an interest in the notes through Euroclear or Cedelbank
purchasing an interest in a global note from a direct participant in DTC will
be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to Euroclear or Cedelbank
during the European business day immediately following the settlement date of
DTC in New York. Although recorded in DTC's accounting records as of DTC's
settlement date in New York, Euroclear and Cedelbank customers will not have
103
<PAGE>
access to the cash amount credited to their accounts as a result of a sale of
an interest in a global note to a DTC participant until the European business
day for Euroclear or Cedelbank immediately following DTC's settlement date.
DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more direct
participants to whose account interests in the global notes are credited and
only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes
to which such direct participant or direct participants has or have given
direction. However, if there is an event of default under the notes, DTC
reserves the right to exchange global notes (without the direction of one or
more of its direct participants) for legended notes in certificated form, and
to distribute such certificated forms of notes to its direct participants. See
"--Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes."
Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedelbank have agreed to the foregoing
procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among
direct participants, including Euroclear and Cedelbank, they are under no
obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such
procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Company nor the trustee
shall have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or
Cedelbank or their respective direct and indirect participants of their
respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing any of their
operations.
DTC management is aware that some computer applications, systems, and the
like for processing data that are dependent upon calendar dates, including
dates before, on, and after January 1, 2000, may encounter "Year 2000
problems." DTC has informed its participants and other members of the financial
community that it has developed and is implementing a program so that its
systems, as the same relate to the timely payment of distributions (including
principal and income payments) to securityholders, book-entry deliveries, and
settlement of trades within DTC, continue to function appropriately. This
program includes a technical assessment and a remediation plan, each of which
is complete. Additionally, DTC's plan includes a testing phase, which is
expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.
However, DTC's ability to perform properly its services is also dependent
upon other parties, including but not limited to issuers and their agents, as
well as third party vendors from whom DTC licenses software and hardware, and
third party vendors on whom DTC relies for information or the provision of
services, including telecommunication and electrical utility service providers,
among others. DTC has informed the industry that it is contacting (and will
continue to contact) third party vendors from whom DTC acquires services to:
(1) impress upon them the importance of such services being Year 2000
compliant; and (2) determine the extent of their efforts for Year 2000
remediation (and, as appropriate, testing) of their services. In addition, DTC
is in the process of developing such contingency plans as it deems appropriate.
According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been
provided to the industry for informational purposes only and is not intended to
serve as a representation, warranty, or contract modification of any kind.
The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Cedelbank and
their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that the Company
believes to be reliable, but the Company takes no responsibility for the
accuracy thereof.
Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes
An entire global note may be exchanged for definitive notes in registered,
certificated form without interest coupons ("certificated notes") if:
. DTC (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue
as depositary for the global notes and the Company thereupon fails to
appoint a successor depositary within 90 days or (y) has ceased to be a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act of 1934,
104
<PAGE>
. the Company, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that it
elects to cause the issuance of certificated notes or
. there shall have occurred and be continuing a default or an event of
default with respect to the notes.
In any such case, the Company will notify the trustee in writing that, upon
surrender by the direct and indirect participants of their interest in such
global note, certificated notes will be issued to each person that such direct
and indirect participants and the DTC identify as being the beneficial owner of
the related notes.
Beneficial interests in global notes held by any direct or indirect
participant may be exchanged for certificated notes upon request to DTC, by
such direct participant (for itself or on behalf of an indirect participant),
to the trustee in accordance with customary DTC procedures. Certificated notes
delivered in exchange for any beneficial interest in any global note will be
registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by
DTC on behalf of such direct or indirect participants (in accordance with DTC's
customary procedures).
Neither the Company nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by the
holder of any global note or DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of notes,
and the Company and the trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected
in relying on, instructions from the holder of the global note or DTC for all
purposes.
Same Day Settlement and Payment
The indenture requires that payments in respect of the notes represented by
the global notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and additional
amounts, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available same day
funds to the accounts specified by the holder of interests in such global note.
With respect to certificated notes, the Company will make all payments of
principal, premium, if any, interest and additional amounts, if any, by wire
transfer of immediately available same day funds to the accounts specified by
the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to
each such holder's registered address. The Company expects that secondary
trading in the certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available
funds.
Certain Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference
is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as
any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other
Person is merged or amalgamated with or into or became a Subsidiary of such
specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging or
amalgamating with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified
Person; and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
such specified Person.
"Alcatel" means Alcatel, a French societe anonyme, or any Affiliate thereof,
and their respective successors and assigns.
"Alcatel Guaranty" means the guarantee to be given by Alcatel in favor of
the lenders under the New Credit Facility, together with any related
reimbursement agreement between or among the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary and Alcatel, as such guarantee and reimbursement agreement may be
amended, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, renewed, extended,
refunded, restructured, replaced or refinanced, and in effect from time to
time.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition,
105
<PAGE>
"control," as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of
10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For
purposes of this definition, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and
"under common control with" shall have correlative meanings.
"Applicable Percentage" means 0% for each fiscal quarter commencing prior to
January 1, 2002 and 50% for each fiscal quarter thereafter.
"Asset Sale" means:
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or
rights, other than any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
capacity (but not including a disposition of a dark fiber involving
transfer of title thereto, other than backhaul) on any cable system owned,
controlled or operated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or of telecommunications capacity or transmission rights acquired by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for use in a Permitted Business;
provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the
indenture described above under the caption "--Change of Control" and/or
the provisions described above under the caption "--Certain Covenants--
Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not by the
provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and
(2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company's Restricted
Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries,
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be
Asset Sales:
(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a)
involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million; or
(b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
of less than $1.0 million;
(2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) a Permitted Investment or a Restricted Payment that is permitted by
the covenant described above under the caption "--Certain Covenants--
Restricted Payments;"
(5) the sale of Fiber Optic Assets for which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration substantially all of which is
Fiber Optic Assets and such consideration has an aggregate Fair Market
Value at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Fiber Optic Assets so
sold;
(6) the sale, conveyance or other disposition of dark fiber on any cable
system utilized by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for
backhaul capacity;
(7) the licensing of intellectual property of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and
(8) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or equipment that is
no longer useful in the conduct of a Permitted Business and that is
disposed of in the ordinary course of business.
"Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of
interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term
of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended).
106
<PAGE>
"Beneficial Owner" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
"Board of Directors" means, with respect to any Person, the board of
directors or other governing body of such Person, except that if such Person is
owned or managed by a single entity, it means the board of directors or other
governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly
authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body.
"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that
would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.
"Capital Stock" means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the
right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.
"Cash Equivalents" means any of the following:
(1) United States dollars;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided
that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support
thereof) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of
acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities
of six months or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank
deposits, in each case with any U.S. commercial bank having capital and
surplus in excess of $500 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of "B"
or better;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Rating Service, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or their successors, and in each case
maturing within six months after the date of acquisition; and
(6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1)-(5) of this
definition.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by
way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation and other than transmission
capacity in the ordinary course of business), in one or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" or "group" (as such terms
are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules
promulgated thereunder) other than a Restricted Subsidiary, or one or more
Permitted Holders, or a person or group of which no other person or group
other than one or more Permitted Holders is the Beneficial Owner, directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such transferee
Person, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, upon
consummation of such transaction or transactions;
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of
the Company;
107
<PAGE>
(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation,
any merger, amalgamation or consolidation) the result of which is that any
"person" or "group" (as defined above), other than one or more Permitted
Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than
50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather
than number of shares;
(4) during any period of two consecutive years beginning on or after the
Issue Date, Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or
(5) the Company consolidates with, or merges or amalgamates with or
into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges or amalgamates
with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in
which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into
or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such
transaction where no "person" or "group" (as defined above), other than one
or more Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock, measured by voting power
rather than number of shares, of such surviving, continuing or transferee
Person, in each case immediately after giving effect to such issuance.
"Consolidated Capital Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, as of the
date of any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock, the
ratio of (1) the aggregate consolidated principal amount of Indebtedness of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany debt, and
excluding Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness") and the liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, outstanding at
the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a consolidated balance
sheet of such Person is available after giving pro forma effect to the
incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock, and
any other Indebtedness incurred or repaid or any other Disqualified Stock
issued, repurchased or retired since the date of such balance sheet to (2) the
Consolidated Net Worth of such Person as of such balance sheet date, after
giving pro forma effect to the issuance and repurchase or retirement of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) since the date of such balance sheet.
"Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:
(1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized
in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted
in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(3) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance
costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of
all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest
with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees
and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit, and net of the effect
of all payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent
that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus
(4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and
other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that
were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any
such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or
reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid
cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus
108
<PAGE>
(5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such
period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of
business (and other than items reversing, offsetting or reducing any
accrual or reserve excluded pursuant to the preceding clause (4)), in each
case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or
profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges
of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person only
to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be divided or paid to such Person by such Restricted
Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the
terms of its charter and all agreements (for purposes of the covenant described
under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock,"
excluding the New Credit Facility), instruments, judgments, decrees, orders,
statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or
its stockholders.
"Consolidated Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person, as of the
date of any incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock, the
ratio of (1) the aggregate consolidated principal amount of Indebtedness of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany debt, and
excluding Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness") and the consolidated liquidation preference of
Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each
case, outstanding at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which a
consolidated balance sheet of such person is available, after giving pro forma
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such
Disqualified Stock, and any other Indebtedness incurred or repaid and any other
Disqualified Stock issued, repurchased or retired since the date of such
balance sheet, to (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or
issuance of such Disqualified Stock for which consolidated financial statements
of such Person are available.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that:
(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting
shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof;
(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that
Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement (for
purposes of the covenant described under the caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," excluding the New Credit
Facility), instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders, it being understood that the Net Income of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in Consolidated Net
Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that such Restricted Subsidiary
could have paid pursuant to such dividends or similar distributions during
such period to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be
excluded; and
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
excluded.
"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of:
(1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries as of such
date plus
109
<PAGE>
(2) the respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of
such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of
dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net
earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only
to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such
preferred stock, plus
(3) amortization reflected in the consolidated equity of common
stockholders in clause (1) above of amounts deducted in clauses (1) and (2)
below,
less,
(1) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency
translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business
made within 12 months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to
the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; and
(2) all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred
charges as of such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"Continuing Director" means, any individual who at the beginning of the
period of determination:
(1) was a member of the Board of Directors; or
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors
with the approval of one or more Permitted Holders or a majority of the
directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of
such period or whose election or nomination was previously so approved.
"Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice, or both, would be, an Event of Default.
"disinterested member" means, with respect to any transaction, a member of
the Board of Directors of the Company having no material financial interest in
or with respect to such transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the
Company shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest solely by reason
of such member's holding Capital Stock of the Company, or any parent thereof of
which the Company is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, or any options, warrants or
other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.
"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the
date on which the notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any
Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the
holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such
Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall
not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide
that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant
to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the
covenant described above under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Restricted
Payments."
"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
"Equity Offering" means any offering of common stock of the Company (other
than Disqualified Stock) other than to a Subsidiary of the Company, in which
the gross cash proceeds to the Company are at least $100.0 million.
"Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than the New
Credit Facility).
110
<PAGE>
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or Property, the sale
value that would be obtained in an arm's length transaction between an informed
and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing
buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors.
"Fiber Optic Assets" means assets, rights (contractual or otherwise) and
properties, whether tangible or intangible, used or intended for use in
connection with the development, ownership and operation of undersea fiber
optic cable systems (including complementary assets, such as backhaul capacity
and satellite-related assets).
"Fiber Optic Joint Venture" means any Person that is engaged in the
development, ownership and operation of undersea fiber optic cable systems
(including complementary assets, such as backhaul capacity and satellite
related assets).
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to
time in Bermuda (or the United States of America, to the extent the Company's
consolidated financial statements at any time are prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of
America).
"guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness, and "guarantee" when used as
a verb shall have corresponding meaning.
"Guarantee" means the full and unconditional guarantee on a senior,
unsubordinated basis by any Guarantor of the Company's obligations under the
indenture and the notes. When used as a verb, "Guarantee" shall have
corresponding meaning.
"Guarantor" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which executes
and delivers a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the covenant
described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Future Guarantees."
"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under:
(1) currency exchange or interest rate swap agreements, interest rate
cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and
(2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person
against fluctuations in currency exchange or interest rates.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness
of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:
(1) borrowed money;
(2) evidenced by (a) bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or
(b) letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
(3) representing Capital Lease Obligations;
(4) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or
trade payable; or
(5) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit
and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of
the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term
"Indebtedness" includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any
asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by
the specified Person, which shall be deemed
111
<PAGE>
the lesser of the full amount of such Indebtedness and the Fair Market Value
of the property or asset so secured) and, to the extent not otherwise
included, the guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other
Person.
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:
(1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued
with original issue discount; and
(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon
that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
The term "Indebtedness" shall not include obligations (1) with respect to
letters of credit or other similar instruments securing obligations (other
than obligations described in clause (1), (2)(a), (3) or (5) above) entered
into in the ordinary course of business, to the extent not drawn upon or, if
drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third
business day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement,
(2) in respect of performance, surety, judgment, appeal or other similar bonds
provided in the ordinary course of business or (3) arising from agreements
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
obligations in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or
Person.
"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise
disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made
an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair
Market Value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the
covenant described above under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Restricted
Payments."
"Issue Date" means July 14, 1999, the first date on which any notes were
issued under the indenture.
"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease
in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing
statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction.
"Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with
GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends,
excluding, however:
(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for
taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: (a) any
Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related
provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss).
"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of
any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct
costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, and sales
112
<PAGE>
commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes
paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case after taking into account any
available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and
amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a
Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale.
"New Credit Facility" means the credit agreement entered into by GlobeNet
Communications Holdings Ltd., as borrower, and all of the borrower's
Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and TD Securities (USA) Inc., as arranger, and the
lenders named therein from time to time, and any ancillary documents executed
in connection therewith (including letters of credit and any guarantee and
security documents, including but not limited to the Alcatel Guaranty), as the
same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time and any renewal, extension, refunding, restructuring,
replacement or refinancing thereof (whether with the original administrative
agent and lenders or other administrative agent or agents or other lenders
(including Alcatel upon its payment under its guarantee) and whether provided
under the original credit agreement or any other credit or other successor
agreements, including any agreement or agreements (1) extending or shortening
the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby,
(2) adding or deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder or (3) increasing the
amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed
thereunder to the extent permitted under the indenture).
"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness as to which neither the Company nor
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (2) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise
or (3) constitutes the lender.
"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
"Permitted Business" means any business that is the same as or related,
ancillary or complementary to any business of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, including without limitation e-
commerce.
"Permitted Holders" means any of the following, and any of the respective
Affiliates or successors of any of the following: (1) Kelso Investment
Associates VI, L.P., KEP VI, L.L.C. and Kelso & Company, (2) Boston Ventures
Limited Partnership V and Boston Ventures Management, Inc., (3) Providence
Equity Partners III L.P., Providence Equity Operating Partners III L.P. and
Providence Equity Partners Inc., (4) Spectrum Equity Investors III, L.P., SEI
III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P., Spectrum III Investment Managers' Fund, L.P. and
Spectrum Equity Investors, (5) TD Capital Group Limited, (6) Capital
Communications CDPQ Inc., (7) Sandler Capital Partners IV, L.P., Sandler
Capital Partners IV FTE L.P., SCM Communications CBO I LTD and Sandler Capital
Management, (8) Ontario Municipal Employee Retirement Board and (9) Nautilus
Equity Investors LLC.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means:
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under or in connection with the New
Credit Facility, including to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any
principal, premium, if any, interest, fees, charges, expenses,
reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable
thereunder or in respect thereof; provided that the aggregate principal
amount of all Indebtedness outstanding under the New Credit Facility after
giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an amount equal to $450.0
million, less the aggregate amount of all repayments, mandatory or
optional, of the principal of any term Indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility (other than refinancings and repayments that are concurrently
reborrowed) that have actually been made since the date of the indenture,
provided that in any event the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
permitted to be outstanding under the New Credit Facility pursuant to this
clause (1) shall be no less than $100.0 million;
113
<PAGE>
(2) the incurrence of any contingent obligation to reimburse Alcatel in
connection with the Alcatel Guaranty or other obligations under the New
Credit Facility, provided that such Indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility is permitted to be incurred under clause (1) of this definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness";
(3) the provision by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of a guarantee of Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility;
(4) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Existing Indebtedness;
(5) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the old
notes and the new notes and by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Guarantee;
(6) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Purchase Money
Indebtedness, provided that the amount thereof does not exceed 75% of the
Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' aggregate cost (determined in
accordance with GAAP in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company) of the construction, acquisition, development, engineering,
installation and improvement of the applicable Fiber Optic Assets;
(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Vendor Financing Indebtedness, provided that the amount thereof does not
exceed 100% of the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries' aggregate
cost (determined in accordance with GAAP in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company) of the construction, acquisition, development,
engineering, installation and improvement of the applicable Fiber Optic
Assets, provided, further, that the aggregate amount thereof outstanding at
any time, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (7), shall not
exceed $75.0 million; and provided, further, that the amount of
Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company outstanding under
this clause (7) and clause (12) of this definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness", including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any such Indebtedness, shall not, in the aggregate, exceed $75.0
million at any one time;
(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, Indebtedness that was
permitted by the indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of the
covenant described under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" or clauses (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (12) of
this definition of "Permitted Indebtedness;"
(9) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of preferred stock by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
provided, however, that:
(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in
full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the notes; and
(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such Indebtedness or preferred stock being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and
(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness or preferred
stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause
(9);
(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of Hedging Obligations that are incurred (a) for the purpose of fixing or
hedging interest or foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to any
floating rate Indebtedness or foreign currency based Indebtedness,
respectively, that is permitted by the terms of this indenture to be
outstanding; provided that the notional amount of any such Hedging
Obligation does not exceed the amount of Indebtedness or other liability to
which such Hedging Obligation relates; or (b) for the purpose of fixing or
hedging currency exchange risk with respect to any currency exchanges made
in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation;
114
<PAGE>
(11) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company that is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the notes, provided that:
(a) the terms of such Indebtedness do not permit any payments of
interest or principal prior to the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness;
(b) the terms of such Indebtedness do not permit redemption or other
retirement of such Indebtedness prior to the Stated Maturity of such
Indebtedness;
(c) the terms of such Indebtedness do not provide for defaults or
other remedies and such Indebtedness is not subject to acceleration by
its terms, or otherwise;
(d) the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness occurs after the Stated
Maturity of the notes; and
(e) the terms of such Indebtedness provide that in the event of any
payment or liquidation of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a
total or partial liquidation or dissolution or in a bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company,
no distributions to holders of such Indebtedness will be made until
distributions have been made with respect to all other Indebtedness of
the Company, other than other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (11); and
(12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted
value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Indebtedness
incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to this clause (12), not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that the amount
of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company outstanding under
this clause (12) and clause (7) of this definition of "Permitted
Indebtedness" including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any such Indebtedness, shall not, in the aggregate, exceed $75.0
million at any one time.
"Permitted Investments" means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or in any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company;
(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in a Person if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; or
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
liquidated into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company;
(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in
compliance with the covenant described above under the caption "--Certain
Covenants--Limitations on Certain Asset Sales";
(5) Investments in the form of intercompany Indebtedness to the extent
permitted under clause (9) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness";
(6) Hedging Obligations, provided that such Hedging Obligations
constitute Permitted Indebtedness permitted by clause (10) of the
definition of "Permitted Indebtedness";
(7) Investments made in Fiber Optic Joint Ventures, provided that the
aggregate amount of all Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) does
not exceed $45.0 million; provided that no more than $20.0 million of such
Investments shall be in Fiber Optic Joint Ventures over which the Company
does not have, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the policies,
management and affairs;
(8) Investments of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
existing on the Issue Date;
(9) Investments in accounts and notes receivable, prepaid expenses and
deposits in the ordinary course of business; Investments in negotiable
instruments held for collection; and pledges or deposits constituting
Permitted Liens;
115
<PAGE>
(10) loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business to
officers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment and moving and other relocation
expenses; and
(11) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts
receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, in each
case, in satisfaction of a judgment or in connection with or as a result of
a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of
such other Investment or accounts receivable or (b) as a result of a
foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with
respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect
to any secured Investment in default.
In calculating the amount of Investments under clause (7), such amount will
equal the aggregate Fair Market Value of Investments at the time such
Investments were made, less the amount of any net reduction in such Investments
resulting from the payment in cash of dividends, distributions or repayments or
from the receipt of proceeds of dispositions of such Investments, in each case
paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the sum of such
dividends, distributions, repayments or disposition proceeds may not exceed the
aggregate amount of Investments made under clause (7).
"Permitted Liens" means:
(1) Liens on assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company securing Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility permitted by
clause (1) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" and all other
amounts payable under such Indebtedness or in respect thereof;
(2) Liens on assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company permitted to be incurred under the indenture and all other
amounts payable under such Indebtedness or in respect thereof, the
principal amount of which Indebtedness shall not at any time exceed the
difference between (a) $450.0 million and (b) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of
"Permitted Indebtedness";
(3) Liens in favor of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
merged or amalgamated with or into or consolidated with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in
existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, amalgamation or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the
Person merged or amalgamated with, or into or consolidated with the Company
or the Restricted Subsidiary;
(5) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;
(6) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of
tenders, bids, leases, licenses, obligations for utilities, statutory or
regulatory obligations, letters of credit, surety and appeal bonds,
government or other contracts, completion guarantees, performance and
return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in
the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment
of borrowed money);
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(8) Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted by clause (6)
of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" covering only the assets (or
portion thereof) acquired with such Indebtedness;
(9) Liens to secure Vendor Financing Indebtedness permitted by clause
(7) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" covering only the assets
(or portion thereof) acquired with such Indebtedness;
(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that
are not yet delinquent, or that in the aggregate are not material, or that
are being contested in good faith by appropriate
116
<PAGE>
proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any
reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity
with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(11) Liens created for the benefit of the notes;
(12) Liens imposed by law or arising by operation of law, including,
without limitation, landlords' mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's,
materialmen's, suppliers' and vendors' Liens, Liens for master's and crew's
wages and other similar maritime Liens and mechanics' Liens, in each case
which are incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet
delinquent or that have been bonded or are being contested in good faith,
if such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be
required by GAAP shall have been made with respect thereto;
(13) zoning restrictions, easements, license, covenants, reservations,
restrictions on the use of real property and defects, irregularities and
deficiencies in title to real property that do not, individually or in the
aggregate, materially affect the ability of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to conduct its business and are incurred in the ordinary course
of business;
(14) Liens incurred or pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course
of business in connection with workers' compensation and unemployment
insurance and other types of social security and other similar legislation
or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation,
pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under
insurance or self-insurance arrangements);
(15) Liens securing obligations of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company under Hedging Obligations permitted to be
incurred under clause (10) of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness";
(16) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others that
do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(17) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction (and
related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer, or arising from
progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;
(18) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any
capital lease or operating lease;
(19) Liens (including extensions, renewals, and replacements thereof) on
property or assets of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of,
any Person existing (in the case of the original such Lien) at the time
such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or
assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the
property, assets, Capital Stock or Indebtedness so acquired (plus
improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect thereof) and were not
created in contemplation of such transaction;
(20) any Lien arising from (x) a judgment that does not, and upon the
expiration of any applicable grace period, will not, result in an Event of
Default and (y) any other judgment, but only, in the case of this clause
(y), so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and all appropriate legal
proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment,
decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired.
(21) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial
letters of credit incurred in the ordinary course of business which
encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit
and products and proceeds thereof;
(22) Liens arising out of consignment or similar arrangements for the
sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(23) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements regarding leases, provided that such Liens do not extend to any
property or assets which are not leased property subject to such leases or
subleases;
(24) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a
matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
importation of goods;
117
<PAGE>
(25) Liens on or sales or transfers of receivables (including related
rights);
(26) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(27) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put
and call agreements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or
similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
(28) Liens on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any
Indebtedness, or government securities purchased with such cash, in either
case to the extent that such cash or government securities pre-fund the
payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account
or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;
(29) the escrow arrangement pursuant to which the proceeds of the
borrowings under the term D loan of the New Credit Facility will initially
be held; and
(30) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that
do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not
incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of
advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of
business) and (b) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of
business by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.
"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, other Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); provided that:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
(or accreted value, if applicable), and premium, if any, plus accrued
interest on, the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in
connection therewith);
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date
equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life
to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded;
(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased or refunded is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date
equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in
right of payment to, the notes on terms that taken as a whole are at least
as favorable to the holders of notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
(4) except in the case of Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace,
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to, and as permitted by, clause (7) or (12)
of the definition of "Permitted Indebtedness" (or other Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of such Indebtedness), such
Indebtedness is incurred either (a) by the Company or any Guarantor or (b)
by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.
"Private Equity Financing" means the private offering of common shares of
the Company that closed on the Issue Date.
118
<PAGE>
"Property" means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in
any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or
intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other
Person.
"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company (including
Acquired Debt and Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings and purchase
money obligations) incurred for the purpose of financing or refinancing, all or
any part of the cost of construction, engineering, acquisition, installation,
development or improvement by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any
Fiber Optic Assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and including
any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, supplemented,
modified or restated from time to time.
"Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
"Restricted Payment" means any of the following:
(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend on or the making of any
other payment or distribution on account of the Company's or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation,
any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation
involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the
direct or indirect holders of the Company's or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries' Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than
dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company);
(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger,
amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company) of any Equity
Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than any such Equity
Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
and other than the purchase by the Company of newly-issued or outstanding
Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary or the purchase by a Restricted
Subsidiary of newly-issued or outstanding Equity Interests of another
Restricted Subsidiary);
(3) the making of any payment of principal on, or the purchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, any
Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
notes, except a payment of principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or
(4) the making of any Restricted Investment.
"Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a significant
subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.
"Stated Maturity" means, (1) with respect to any Indebtedness, the date
specified in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness as the
fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Indebtedness is
due and payable and (2) with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations
to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power,
under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is, at the date of
determination, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person (a
"subsidiary"), by one or more subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person
and one or more subsidiaries of such Person;
119
<PAGE>
(2) a partnership in which such Person or a subsidiary of such Person
is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such partnership; or
(3) any partnership, limited liability company or other Person in which
such Person, a subsidiary of such Person or such Person and one or more
subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination, has (x) at least a majority ownership interest or (y) the
power to elect or appoint or direct the election or appointment of the
managing partner or member of such Person or, if applicable, a majority of
the directors or other governing body of such Person.
"Tax" means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental
charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related
thereto).
"Taxing Authority" means any government or political subdivision or
territory or possession or any authority therein or thereof having power to
tax.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary designated as such pursuant
to the covenant described under the caption "Unrestricted Subsidiaries."
"Vendor Financing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to any agreements between the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and one or more vendors or
lessors of Fiber Optic Assets used or intended for use in a Permitted Business
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any Affiliate of any
such vendor or lessor or any lender or group of lenders led by or arranged for
by any such vendor, lessor or Affiliate) providing financing for all or any
part of the cost of construction, engineering, acquisition, installation,
development or improvement by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
of any Fiber Optic Assets from any such vendor or lessor (or any such Affiliate
or lender) and including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as the same may be
amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time.
"Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of
Directors of such Person.
"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of
each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in
respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-
twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment;
by
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of such Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person
all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which
(other than directors' qualifying shares and shares required to be held by
nationals of any jurisdiction) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or
by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
120
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the old notes, we entered into a
registration rights agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we
agreed to:
. use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission for an exchange of the new notes for
the old notes under the Securities Act of 1933 and to keep such
registration statement effective until the closing of such exchange
offer;
. use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be
consummated within 210 days following the original issuance of the old
notes;
. keep the exchange offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than
30 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to holders of the old
notes, or longer if required by applicable law; and
. accept for exchange all old notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn
in the exchange offer in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer
registration statement and letter of transmittal.
As soon as practicable after the exchange offer registration statement
becomes effective, we will offer the holders of old notes who are not
prohibited by any law or policy of the Securities and Exchange Commission from
participating in this exchange offer the opportunity to exchange for their old
notes new notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933 that are
substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes will not
contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and
additional interest.
Under limited circumstances, we will use our reasonable best efforts to
cause the Securities and Exchange Commission to declare effective a shelf
registration statement with respect to the resale of the old notes and keep the
statement effective for up to two years after the effective date of the shelf
registration statement (or one year from the effective date of the shelf
registration statement if such registration statement is filed upon the request
of an initial purchaser, as described in the third bullet point below). These
circumstances include:
. if any changes in law or their interpretations by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission do not permit us to effect the
exchange offer as contemplated by the registration rights agreement,
. if the exchange offer if not consummated within 210 days after July 14,
1999, and
. if any initial purchaser of the old notes so requests with respect to old
notes held by it and if such initial purchaser is not permitted pursuant
to applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission to participate in the exchange offer.
Additional interest will accrue on the notes at a rate of 0.5% per annum for
the first 90-day period and 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period
in the following circumstances:
. the exchange offer registration statement is not declared effective on or
prior to the 180th day after July 14, 1999,
. the exchange offer is not consummated on or prior to the 210th day after
July 14, 1999,
. a shelf registration statement, if required, is not declared effective on
or prior to the 60th day after it is required to be filed, or
. the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement
ceases to be effective after being declared effective without being
succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and
declared effective.
Upon the filing of the exchange offer registration statement, the
effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, the consummation of
the exchange offer, the effectiveness of a shelf registration
121
<PAGE>
statement, or the effectiveness of a succeeding registration statement, as the
case may be, the interest rate borne by the notes from the date of such filing,
effectiveness or consummation, as the case may be, is reduced to the original
interest rate; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest
rate, a different event specified in the five clauses above occurs, the
interest rate may again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
To exchange your old notes for transferable new notes in the exchange offer,
you will be required to make the following representations:
. any new notes will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business;
. you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in the distribution of the new notes;
. you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of
the new notes;
. if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own
account in exchange for old notes, you acquired those notes as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will
deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale
of such new notes; and
. you are not our "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
In addition, we may require you to deliver information to be used in
connection with the shelf registration statement in order to have your notes
included in the shelf registration statement and benefit from the provisions
regarding additional interest described in the preceding paragraphs. A holder
who sells old notes under the shelf registration statement generally will be
required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and
to deliver a prospectus to purchasers. Such a holder will also be subject to
the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection
with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights
agreement that are applicable to such a holder, including indemnification
obligations.
The description of the registration rights agreement contained in this
section is a summary only. For more information, you may review the provisions
of the registration rights agreement that we filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part.
Resale of New Notes
Based on interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission staff in
no action letters issued to third parties, we believe that new notes issued
under the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by you without further compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 if:
. you are not our "affiliate" within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act of 1933;
. such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of your business; and
. you do not intend to participate in the distribution of such new notes.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, however, has not considered the
exchange offer for the new notes in the context of a no action letter, and we
cannot assure you that the Securities and Exchange Commission would make a
similar determination as in the no action letters issued to these third
parties.
If you tender in the exchange offer with the intention of participating in
any manner in a distribution of the new notes, you
. cannot rely on such interpretations by the Securities and Exchange
Commission staff; and
. must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with a secondary resale
transaction.
122
<PAGE>
Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available, any security
holder intending to distribute new notes should be covered by an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 containing the selling
security holder's information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the
Securities Act of 1933. This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell,
resale or other retransfer of new notes only as specifically described in this
prospectus. Only broker-dealers that acquired the old notes as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the
exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account
in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-
dealer as a result market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
the new notes. Please read the section captioned "Plan of Distribution" for
more details regarding the transfer of new notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus
and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange any old notes
properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. We will issue
new notes in principal amount equal to the principal amount of old notes
surrendered under the exchange offer. Old notes may be tendered only for new
notes and only in integral multiples of $1,000.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the old notes are outstanding. This prospectus and the letter of transmittal
are being sent to all registered holders of old notes. There will be no fixed
record date for determining registered holders of old notes entitled to
participate in the exchange offer.
We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of
the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Old notes that are
not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and
continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits
such holders have under the indenture relating to the notes and the
registration rights agreement.
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered old notes
when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange
agent and complied with the applicable provisions of the registration rights
agreement. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for
the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.
If you tender old notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter
of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of old notes. We
will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes
described below, in connecting with the exchange offer. It is important that
you read the section labeled "--Fees and Expenses" for more details regarding
fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
We will return any old notes that we do not accept for exchange for any
reason without expense to their tendering holder as promptly as practicable
after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Expiration Date
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on ,
1999, unless, in our sole discretion, we extend it.
123
<PAGE>
Extensions, Delays in Acceptance, Termination or Amendment
We expressly reserve the right, at any time or various times, to extend the
period of time during which the exchange offer is open. We may delay acceptance
of any old notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their
holders. During any such extensions, all old notes previously tendered will
remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange.
In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent
orally or in writing of any extension. We will notify the registered holders of
old notes of the extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
If any of the conditions described below under "--Conditions to the Exchange
Offer" have not been satisfied, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion
. to delay accepting for exchange any old notes,
. to extend the exchange offer, or
. to terminate the exchange offer,
by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the
exchange agent. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we
also reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the
registered holders of old notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner
that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose
such amendment by means of a prospectus supplement. The supplement will be
distributed to the registered holders of the old notes. Depending upon the
significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the registered
holders, we will extend the exchange offer if the exchange offer would
otherwise expire during such period.
Condition to the Exchange Offer
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to
accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any old notes, and we may
terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting
any old notes for exchange, if the exchange offer, or the making of any
exchange by a holder of old notes, would violate applicable law or any
applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes
of any holder that has not made to us the representations described under "--
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer," "--Procedures for Tendering" and
"Plan of Distribution" and such other representations as may be reasonably
necessary under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules,
regulations or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for
registration of the new notes under the Securities Act of 1933.
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and
to reject for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon
the occurrence of any of the conditions to the exchange offer specified above.
We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance
or termination to the holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable.
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them or waive
them in whole or in part at any time or at various times in our sole
discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of these rights, this
failure will not mean that we have waived our rights. Each such right will be
deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and
will not issue new notes in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time
any stop order has been threatened or is in effect with respect
124
<PAGE>
to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or
the qualification of the indenture relating to the notes under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939.
Procedures for Tendering
How to Tender Generally
Only a holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer.
To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must:
. complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the
letter of transmittal;
. have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter
of transmittal so requires; and
. mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile to the exchange
agent prior to the expiration date; or
. comply with the automated tender offer program procedures of The
Depository Trust Company, or DTC, described below.
In addition, either:
. the exchange agent must receive old notes along with the letter of
transmittal;
. the exchange agent must receive, prior to the expiration date, a timely
confirmation of book-entry transfer of such old notes into the exchange
agent's account at DTC according to the procedure for book-entry transfer
described below or a properly transmitted agent's message; or
. the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below.
To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical
delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at its
address indicated on the cover page of the Letter of Transmittal prior to the
expiration date.
The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date
will constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the
terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the
letter of transmittal.
The method of delivery of old notes, the letter of transmittal and all other
required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Rather
than mail these items, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery
service. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to
the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send the letter
of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your brokers, dealers,
commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees to effect the above
transactions for you.
How to Tender if You Are a Beneficial Owner
If you beneficially own old notes that are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to
tender those notes, you should contact the registered holder promptly and
instruct it to tender on your behalf. If you are a beneficial owner and wish to
tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the
letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes, either:
. make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in
your name; or
. obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of old
notes.
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not
be completed prior to the expiration date.
125
<PAGE>
Signatures and Signature Guarantees
You must have signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal (as described below) guaranteed by a member firm of a registered
national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or an "eligible guarantor institution"
within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
that is a member of one of the recognized signature guarantee programs
identified in the letter of transmittal, unless the old notes are tendered:
. by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special
Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the letter
of transmittal; or
. for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondence in
the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution.
When You Need Endorsements or Bond Powers
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
holder of any old notes, the old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a
properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered
holder as the registered holder's name appears on the old notes and a member
firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible
guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those
persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, they should also
submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of
transmittal.
Tendering Through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution
that is a participant in DTC's system may use DTC's automated tender offer
program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically
completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the
exchange agent, transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer electronically.
They may do so by causing DTC to transfer the old notes to the exchange agent
in accordance with its procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent's
message to the exchange agent.
The term "agent's message" means a message transmitted by DTC, received by
the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, to the
effect that:
. DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its
automated tender offer program that is tendering old notes that are the
subject of such book-entry confirmation;
. such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the
letter of transmittal or, in the case of an agent's message relating to
guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be
bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and
. the agreement may be enforced against such participant.
Determinations Under the Exchange Offer
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity,
form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered old notes and
withdrawal of tendered old notes. Our determination will be final and binding.
We reserve the absolute right to reject any old notes not properly tendered or
any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be
unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any
126
<PAGE>
defect, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the
instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, all defects or irregularities in connection with
tenders of old notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine.
Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect
to tenders of old notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person
will incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old
notes will not be deemed made until such defects or irregularities have been
cured or waived. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not
properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been
cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder, unless otherwise
provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the
expiration date.
When We Will Issue New Notes
In all cases, we will issue new notes for old notes that we have accepted
for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely
receives:
. old notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such old notes into the
exchange agent's account at DTC; and
. a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all
other required documents or a properly transmitted agent's message.
Return of Old Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged
If we do not accept any tendered old notes for exchange for any reason
described in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are
submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange,
the unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes will be returned without expense to
their tendering holder. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC according to the procedures
described below, such non-exchanged old notes will be credited to an account
maintained with DTC. These actions will occur as promptly as practicable after
the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Your Representations to Us
By signing or agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will
represent to us that, among other things:
. any new notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of
your business;
. you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in the distribution of the new notes;
. you are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in the distribution of
the new notes;
. if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for your own
account in exchange for old notes, you acquired those notes as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will
deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale
of such new notes; and
. you are not our "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Book-Entry Transfer
The exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the old notes
at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this
prospectus. Any financial institution participating in DTC's system may make
book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into
the exchange agent's account at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures for
transfer. Holders of old notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the
book-entry tender of their old notes into the exchange agent's account
127
<PAGE>
at DTC or all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the
exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their old notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If you wish to tender your old notes but your old notes are not immediately
available or you cannot deliver your old notes, the letter of transmittal or
any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the
applicable procedures under DTC's automated tender offer program prior to the
expiration date, you may tender if:
. the tender is made through a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution,
. prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such
member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or
eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly
executed notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent's message and notice of
guaranteed delivery:
. setting forth your name and address, the registered number(s) of your
old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered,
. stating that the tender is being made thereby, and
. guaranteeing that, within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal or
facsimile thereof, together with the old notes or a book-entry
confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of
transmittal will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution
with the exchange agent, and
. the exchange agent receives such properly completed and executed letter
of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as all tendered old notes in
proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, and all other
documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three (3) New
York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be
sent you if you wish to tender your old notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures described above.
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your
tender at any time prior to the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective:
. the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at the
address indicated on the cover page of the letter of transmittal or
. you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC's automated tender
offer program system.
Any notice of withdrawal must:
. specify the name of the person who tendered the old notes to be
withdrawn, and
. identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of
such old notes.
If old notes have been tendered under the procedure for book-entry transfer
described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of
the account at DTC to be credited with withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply
with the procedures of DTC.
128
<PAGE>
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and
time of receipt of notice of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final
and binding on all parties. We will deem any old notes so withdrawn not to have
been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.
Any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not
exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder without cost to the
holder or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the
exchange agent's account at DTC according to the procedures described above,
such old notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the old
notes. This return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after
withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may
retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures
described under "--Procedures for Tendering" above at any time on or prior to
the expiration date.
Fees and Expenses
We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation
is being made by mail; however, we may make additional solicitation by
telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and
those of our affiliates.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange
offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or other soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent
reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange
offer. They include:
. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fees;
. fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee;
. accounting and legal fees and printing costs; and
. related fees and expenses.
Transfer Taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old
notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required
to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any
other person, if:
. certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the
name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes
tendered;
. tendered old notes are registered in the name of any person other than
the person signing the letter of transmittal; or
. a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old
notes under the exchange offer.
If satisfactory evidence of payment of any transfer taxes payable by a note
holder is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to that tendering holder.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange new notes for your old notes under the exchange
offer, you will remain subject to the existing restrictions on transfer of the
old notes. In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, or if the offer or sale is exempt
from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and applicable state
securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights
129
<PAGE>
agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the old notes under the
Securities Act of 1933. See "Risk Factors--Failure to Properly Tender Old Notes
in Exchange Offer."
Accounting Treatment
We will record the new notes in our accounting records at the same carrying
value as the old notes, which is the aggregate principal amount of the old
notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange.
Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in
connection with the exchange offer. The expenses of the exchange offer incurred
up to June 30, 1999 have been accrued and are reflected in the June 30, 1999
balance sheet as Other Assets.
Other
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully
consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax
advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in open market or
privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or
otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not
tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit
resales of any untendered old notes.
130
<PAGE>
CERTAIN INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Taxation of the Company
We believe that a significant portion of our income will not be subject to
tax in Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax, or other countries
in which we conduct activities or in which our customers are located, including
the United States. However, this belief is based upon the anticipated nature
and conduct of our business, which may change, and upon our understanding of
our position under the tax laws of the various countries in which we have
assets or conduct activities, which position is subject to review and possible
challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (which may have
retroactive effect). The extent to which certain taxing jurisdictions may
require us to pay tax or to make payments in lieu of tax cannot be determined
in advance. In addition, our operations and payments due to us may be affected
by changes in taxation, including retroactive tax claims or assessments of
withholding on amounts payable to us or other taxes assessed at the source, in
excess of the taxation anticipated by us based on our business contacts and
practices and the current tax regimes. We cannot assure you that these factors
will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Bermuda Tax Considerations
Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital
gains. Furthermore, we have obtained from the Bermuda Minister of Finance under
the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 (as amended), an undertaking
that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on
profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any
tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of
such tax will not be applicable to us or to any of our operations, or our
shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. This undertaking
does not, however, apply to TBI or prevent the application of any tax or duty
to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or of any tax payable pursuant to the
Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to land leased to us.
As a condition to the grant of our international carrier license in Bermuda,
we were required to enter an agreement with the Bermuda Minister of Finance to
pay an ongoing license fee. Under the terms of the agreement, we are assessed a
fee equal to the greater of (i) six percent of our total revenue in Bermuda for
that period, and (ii) twenty percent of our profit in Bermuda for that period,
assessed on a historic cost depreciation basis and after allowing for
administrative and technical support costs not exceeding five percent of total
revenue in Bermuda.
For purposes of this license fee agreement, total revenue is defined by
reference to the Cable & Wireless Act to mean total revenue from Bermuda
sources, net of local and foreign settlements. The limitation on administrative
and technical support costs is intended to restrict the allocation of such
costs in the form of management fees from parent companies. There is no limit
on the deductibility of these costs to the extent that they are incurred
directly.
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
Our United States subsidiaries will be subject to United States federal
income tax on their worldwide income regardless of its source (subject to
reduction by allowable foreign tax credits), and distributions by such United
States subsidiaries to us or our foreign subsidiaries generally will be subject
to United States withholding tax, which generally is imposed at a rate of 30%
unless reduced by the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. We and our
non-United States subsidiaries would be subject to United States federal income
tax at regular corporate rates (and to United States branch profits tax) on
income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in
the United States, and would be required to file federal income tax returns
reflecting that income. We and our non-United States subsidiaries anticipate
that we will not be subject to United States federal income tax because neither
we nor any of our non-United States subsidiaries expect to derive any such
effectively connected income. However, we base this belief upon the anticipated
nature and conduct of our business and the business of our non-United States
subsidiaries, which may change. Moreover,
131
<PAGE>
we cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") will agree
with our positions in this regard.
Tax Considerations in Other Jurisdictions
Our subsidiaries that reside in other jurisdictions will be subject to tax
on some or all of their income. In addition, those jurisdictions may impose
withholding tax on distributions to such subsidiaries' parent. We anticipate
that we and our subsidiaries that do not reside in a particular jurisdiction
will not be subject to income taxation in that jurisdiction. Nonetheless, we
and our subsidiaries may be subject to withholding taxes imposed on payments
made to us and our subsidiaries by customers that reside in those countries.
Our belief as to this tax treatment is based upon the anticipated nature and
conduct of our business and that of our non-resident subsidiaries, which may
change. Moreover, we intend to conduct our operations to minimize the taxable
presence in any foreign jurisdiction outside Bermuda. However, we cannot assure
you that the taxing authorities in a jurisdiction will agree with our positions
in this regard.
Taxation of Noteholders
Certain Bermuda Tax Considerations
Under current Bermuda law, no income, withholding or other taxes or stamp or
other duties are imposed upon the issue, transfer or sale of the new notes or
on any payments thereunder. See "Taxation of the Company--Bermuda Tax
Considerations" for a description of the undertaking on taxes obtained by us
from the Bermuda Minister of Finance. There is no reciprocal tax treaty between
Bermuda and the United States regarding withholding taxes.
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax
considerations that apply to the exchange of the old notes for the new notes,
and ownership and disposition of the new notes by United States holders (as
defined below). Although the following summary does not describe all of the tax
considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your specific
circumstances, it describes the material United States federal income tax
consequences to a United States holder. We cannot assure you that the
conclusions set out below would be sustained by a court if challenged by the
IRS. We have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS
with respect to the United States federal income tax consequences of this
Exchange Offer. This summary deals only with new notes that are held as capital
assets by United States holders that acquire new notes in exchange for old
notes that were purchased at their "issue price" and does not address federal
alternative minimum tax consequences or tax considerations applicable to United
States holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as dealers or
traders in securities, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt
entities, United States holders that hold notes as a part of a straddle,
conversion transaction, constructive sale or other arrangement involving more
than one position, United States holders that have a principal place of
business or "tax home" outside the United States, United States holders whose
functional currency is not the United States dollar, and United States holders
that own notes through partnerships or other pass-through entities.
The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and regulations (the "Regulations"),
rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date of this prospectus;
any such authority may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps with
retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax
consequences different from those discussed below. We urge each prospective
purchaser to consult its own tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences
of an investment in the notes, including the application to its particular
situation of the tax considerations discussed below, as well as the application
of state, local, foreign or other federal tax laws.
You are a "United States holder" if you are a beneficial owner of the note
and you are (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United
States, (2) a corporation or partnership created or organized in or
132
<PAGE>
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (3)
an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income
taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if the administration of the
trust is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States
and one or more United States persons (as described in section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
You are a "Non-United States holder" if you are a beneficial owner of the notes
and are not a United States holder.
Taxation of United States Holders
Exchange of New Notes for Old Notes: Pursuant to the Regulations, the
exchange of the new notes for old notes in the exchange offer, see "Exchange
Offer," should not constitute a significant modification of the terms of the
notes, and, accordingly, the exchange should be treated as a "non-event" for
federal income tax purposes. Therefore, the exchange should have no federal
income tax consequences to United States holders of notes. The holding period
of a new note will include the holding period of the old note for which it was
exchanged, and the basis of a new note will be the same as the basis of the old
note for which it was exchanged.
Taxation of Interest: Interest on a new note will be taxable to a United
States holder as ordinary income at the time that such interest accrues or is
received, in accordance with the United States holder's regular method of
accounting for federal income tax purposes.
Effect of Change in Control or Optional Redemption: Upon a Change of
Control, we are required to offer to redeem all notes then outstanding for a
price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest. Under the Regulations, such Change of Control redemption requirements
will not affect the yield or maturity date of the notes unless, based on all
the facts and circumstances as of the Issue Date, it was more likely than not
that a Change of Control giving rise to the redemption would occur. We will not
treat the Change of Control redemption provisions of the notes as affecting the
calculation of the yield to maturity of any note.
We, at our option, may redeem part or all of the notes at the times and for
the amounts described in "Description of the New Notes--Optional Redemption"
herein. The Regulations provide that for purposes of calculating the yield to
maturity of a debt instrument, an issuer will be treated as exercising any
option if its exercise would lower the yield of the debt instrument. However, a
redemption of the notes at the optional redemption prices would increase the
effective yield of such notes as calculated from the date of issuance.
Therefore, in accordance with the Regulations, as of the date of issuance of
the notes, the optional redemption provisions will not be taken into account in
calculating the yield to maturity of the notes.
Sale, Redemption or Retirement of New Notes: Upon the sale, redemption,
retirement at maturity or other taxable disposition of a new note, a United
States holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference
between the sum of cash plus the fair market value of all other property
received on the disposition (except to the extent such cash or property is
attributable to accrued but unpaid interest, which will be taxable as ordinary
income to the extent not previously taken into account) and the United States
holder's tax basis in the new note (generally the cost of the old note, see "--
Exchange of New Notes for Old Notes").
Gain or loss recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of a new
note generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain
or loss if, at the time of the disposition, the new note has been held for more
than one year (including the holding period of the old note, see "--Exchange of
New Notes for Old Notes"). In the case of a United States holder who is an
individual, long term capital gains generally are subject to tax at a maximum
rate of 20%. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Taxation of Non-United States Holders
For United States federal income tax purposes, a non-United States holder
generally will not be subject to tax or withholding on distributions made with
respect to, and gains realized from the disposition of, new notes
133
<PAGE>
unless such distributions and gains are attributable to an office or fixed
place of business maintained by such non-United States holder in the United
States.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
In general, information reporting requirements may apply to certain payments
of principal and interest on a new note, and to the payment of the proceeds of
the sale of a new note, to United States holders other than certain exempt
recipients (such as corporations). Backup withholding at a 31% rate will apply
to such payments if the United States holder fails to provide its taxpayer
identification number or certification of foreign or other exempt status,
provides an incorrect taxpayer identification number or fails to report in full
dividend and interest income.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
credit against the United States holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and
may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is
furnished to the IRS.
134
<PAGE>
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission in no action letters issued to third parties, we believe that you
may transfer new notes issued under the exchange offer in exchange for the old
notes if:
. you acquire the new notes in the ordinary course of your business; and
. you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of such new notes.
You may not participate in the exchange offer if you are:
. our "affiliate" within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
or
. a broker-dealer that acquired old notes directly from us.
Broker-dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer will be subject to
a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of the new notes.
To date, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the
position that broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements
with respect to transactions involving an exchange of securities such as this
exchange offer, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original
sale of the old notes, with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer
registration statement. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus,
and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, may be used by a broker-
dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old
notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the
expiration date and ending on the close of business 150 days after the
expiration date (subject to certain limitations set forth in the registration
rights agreement), we will make this prospectus, and any amendment or
supplement to this prospectus, available to any broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale. In addition, until such date all dealers
effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
If you wish to exchange new notes for your old notes in the exchange offer,
you will be required to make representations to us as described in "Exchange
Offer--Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer" and
"--Procedures for Tendering--Your Representations to Us" in this prospectus and
in the letter of transmittal. In addition, if you are a broker-dealer who
receives new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes
that were acquired by you as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, you will be required to acknowledge that you will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale by you of such new notes.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-
dealers. Broker-dealers who receive new notes for their own account in the
exchange offer may sell them from time to time in one or more transactions in
the over-the-counter market:
. in negotiated transactions;
. through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such
methods of resale;
. at market prices prevailing at the time of resale; and
. at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices.
Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or
dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions
from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any new notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells new notes it received for its own account in the exchange offer
and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes
may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act
of 1933, and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of
135
<PAGE>
the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with any sale of the new notes. Any
profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received
by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act of 1933. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging
that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not
be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933.
136
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the new notes will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P., New York, New York (with respect to matters of United States law), and
Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda (with respect to matters of Bermuda
law).
CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
The financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997 and for the ten month period ended December 31, 1996, included in this
prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Members of the general public have the right to inspect the public documents
of a Bermuda company that are available at the office of the Registrar of
Companies in Bermuda. These documents include our Memorandum of Association
(including our objects) and any alteration to our Memorandum of Association.
Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of
general meetings and audited financial statements, which must be presented at
the annual general meeting.
The register of shareholders of a Bermuda company is also open to inspection
by shareholders without charge and to members of the general public upon the
payment of a fee. The register of shareholders is required to be open for
inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the
power to close the register for up to 30 days in each calendar year). A Bermuda
company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject
to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda and related regulations
(the "Bermuda Act"), establish a branch register outside Bermuda. Our bye-laws
provide that, unless the board of directors otherwise determines, the share
register shall be open to inspection in the manner prescribed by the Bermuda
Act between 10:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon on every business day. A Bermuda company
is required to keep at its registered office a register of its directors and
officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in each day by
members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a
general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other
corporate records.
The indenture governing the notes requires us to distribute to the holders
of the notes annual reports containing our financial statements audited by our
independent auditors and quarterly reports containing unaudited condensed
consolidated financial statements for the first three quarters of each fiscal
year.
Upon consummation of the exchange offer, we will be subject to certain
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file
reports, including reports on Form 10-K and 10-Q, and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, so long as we are required or permitted
to do so. You can inspect and copy these reports and other information at the
Public Reference Room maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at:
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549,
and at the Securities and Exchange Commission's regional offices at:
7 World Trade Center
13th Floor
New York, NY 10048
and at:
Citicorp Center
500 West Madison Street
14th Floor
Chicago, Ill 60661-2511.
137
<PAGE>
You may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.
Finally, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site at
"http://www.sec.gov" that contains reports, proxy and information statements
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
This prospectus constitutes part of a registration statement on Form S-4
filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
Act of 1933. This prospectus omits some of the information contained in the
registration statement, as permitted under the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of the registration statement and
the exhibits thereto are on file at the offices of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission for
a prescribed fee or examined at its offices or on its Internet site, as
described above.
138
<PAGE>
GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TECHNICAL TERMS
Amplifier
A device used to boost the strength of an electronic or optical signal,
which is weakened (attenuated) as it passes through the transport network.
Amplifiers add gain to the signal by an amount equal to the loss in the
previous section of the network since the last amplification.
Backhaul Capacity
Terrestrial capacity from undersea cable landing stations to metropolitan
areas.
Bandwidth
A measure of information-carrying capacity on a communications channel.
1. The difference between the high and low frequencies of a transmission
band, expressed in cycles per second (Hertz) or in wavelengths
(nanometers). It is a measure of raw capacity without compression or coding
of the information signal. A voice transmission requires about 3 KHz and a
TV channel requires about 6 MHz.
2. Transmission capacity is expressed in bits per second. For example
megabits per second (Mbps) is a bit rate expressed in millions of bits per
second while gigabits per second (Gbps) is a bit rate expressed in billions
of bits per second.
Narrowband: Less than or equal to 64 kbps. Typical application: A single
voice channel.
Wideband: Digital rates between 64 kpbs and 1.544 Mbps (DS-1) or 2.048
Mbps (E-1s). Typical applications: Multiplexed voice channels,
LANs, bulk files transfer, video conferencing and multimedia.
Broadband: Greater than 44.736 Mbps (DS-3s) or 34.368 Mbps (E-3). Typical
applications: Broadcast quality video, Internet backbone.
Bit
A binary unit of information that can have either of two values, 0 or 1.
Contraction of binary digit:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
. kilobit = 1,000 bits
. megabit = 1 million bits
. gigabit = 1 billion bits
. terabit = 1 trillion bits
</TABLE>
Broadband
A transmission channel usually carrying a tremendous amount of information
at transmission speeds of 45 Mbps (45,000,000 bits per second) or greater. Some
facilities have transmission speeds in the billion of bits (gigabits per second
or Gbps).
1. A communications channel with bandwidth sufficiently large to carry
voice, data and video on a single channel.
2. Any voice communications channel having a bandwidth greater than a voice
grade channel.
. A bandwidth of 45 Mbps can carry 672 voice connections (North American
hierarchy)
. Using compression equipment 2,688 telephone grade communication channels
can be carried on one 45 Mbps broadband channel.
139
<PAGE>
CAD
Computer-Aided Design. A computer and its related software and terminals
used to design products.
CAM
Computer-Aided Manufacture. The actual production of goods implemented and
controlled by computers and robots.
Capacity
The information-carrying ability of a telecommunications system, as defined
by its design (number of fibers, system length, and opto/electronic equipment)
and its deployed equipment (amount of opto/electronics in the station) and
measured in bits per second. Capacity is sold in discrete units, usually system
interface levels such as E-1s (2.048 Mbps), DS-3s (44.736 Mbps) and STM-1s
(155.520 Mbps), that in the aggregate are the equivalent of total system
capacity.
Carrier
Third party provider of communications services by wire, fiber or radio.
Common Carrier:
A private company offering facilities or services to the general public on a
non-discriminatory basis and regulated as to market entry, practices, and rates
by various Federal and State authorities.
Private Carrier:
Services provided for internal use and free of most common carrier
regulations to allow discrimination in service provision or pricing.
CLECs
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier. A company that competes in the local
service market.
Compression
Algorithm that minimizes the redundancy in the signal to be transmitted.
Digital
Describes a method of storing, processing and transmitting information
through the use of distinct electronic or optic pulses representing the binary
digits 0 and 1. In communications they will modify a carrier at a selected
frequency. The precise signal transitions preclude any distortion such as
graininess or snow in the case of video transmission, or static or other
background distortion in the case of audio transmission.
Digital Transmission
Method of storing, processing and transmitting information through the use
of distinct electronic or optical pulses that represent the binary digits 0 and
1. Digital transmission and switching technologies employ sequences of these
pulses to represent information as opposed to a continuously variable analog
signal. The precise digital numbers preclude any distortion such as graininess
or snow in the case of video transmission, or static or other background
distortion in the case of audio transmission.
140
<PAGE>
DWDM
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing. A technique that employs more than
one light source and detector operating at different wavelengths and
simultaneously transmits optical signals through the same fiber while the
message integrity of each signal is preserved.
E-Commerce
Electronic Commerce. Using electronic information technologies to conduct
business between trading partners, possibly by EDI.
EDI
Electronic Data Interchange. A series of standards which facilitate
computer-to-computer exchanges of business documents between different
companies' computers over phone lines. These standards allow for the
transmission of purchase orders, shipping documents, invoices, invoice
payments, etc., between an enterprise and its "trading partners." A trading
partner in EDI parlance is a supplier, customer, subsidiary or any other
organization with which an enterprise conducts business.
EDFA
Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier. A purely optical (as opposed to electronic)
device used to boost an optical signal. It contains several meters of glass
fiber doped with erbium ions. When the erbium ions are excited to a higher
energy state, the doped fiber changes from a passive medium to an active
amplifying medium.
Extranet
An Internet-like network which a company runs to conduct business with its
employees, its customers and/or suppliers. Extranets typically include Web
sites that provide information to internal employees and also have secure areas
to provide information to customers and external partners such as suppliers,
manufacturers and distributors.
Gbps
Gigabit per second. A data rate of 1 Gbps corresponds to 1 billion bits per
second.
Internet
A fabric of interconnected computer networks, originally known as the DARPA
(Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) network connecting government and
academic sites. It currently links about 67 million people worldwide who use it
for everything from scientific research to simple e-mail.
Intranet
A private network that uses Internet software and Internet standards. In
essence, an Intranet is a private Internet reserved for use by people who have
been given authority and passwords necessary to use that network. Those people
are typically employees and often customers of a company.
IP
The Internet Protocol. IP is the most important of the protocols on which
the Internet is based. The Internet Protocol is a standard of describing
software that keeps traffic on the Internet, works addresses for different
nodes, routes outgoing messages and recognizes incoming messages. It allows a
packet to traverse multiple networks on the way to its final destination.
141
<PAGE>
IRU
Indefeasible Right of Use. A form of acquisition of undersea fiber optic
cable capacity. The owner of an IRU has the irrevocable right to use the
capacity for the time, usually the system design life (e.g., 25 years), and
bandwidth to which the IRU applies.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network. A complex networking concept designed
to provide a variety of voice, data and digital interface standards. ISDN
incorporates many new enhanced services, such as high speed data file transfer,
desk top video conferencing, telepublishing, telecommunications, telepresence
learning (distance learning), remote collaboration (screen sharing), data
network linking and home information services.
ISP
Internet service provider. A vendor who provides access for customers
(companies and private individuals) to the Internet and the World Wide Web.
LAN
Local Area Network. A short distance data communications network (typically
within a building or campus) used to link together computers and peripheral
devices (such as printers) under some form of standard control.
LEAF
Large Effective Area Fiber. An advanced fiber for high-speed undersea
networks that has a large effective area relative to other fibers, thereby
providing increased capacity and other performance benefits.
Least-Cost Routing
Least-cost routing takes advantage of the international settlement system to
identify low cost solutions for the one-way delivery of voice traffic made
possible by the liberalization and deregulation of many telecommunications
markets around the world.
Mbps
Megabit per second. One Mbps corresponds to a data rate of 1 million bits
per second.
Mirror Licenses
License providing the same privileges and obligations as the incumbent
license holder.
Multimedia
The electronic conversation between two or more people or groups of people
in different places using two or more types of digitally integrated
communication for voice, sound, text, data, graphics, video, image or presence
at the same time. Applications include conferencing, presentations, training,
referencing, games, etc.
Multiplexing
An electronic or optical process that combines two or more lower bandwidth
transmissions into one higher bandwidth signal by splitting the total available
bandwidth into narrower bands (frequency division) or by allotting a common
channel to several transmitting sources one at a time in sequence (time
division).
142
<PAGE>
Multipoint
Pertaining or referring to a communications line to which three or more
stations are connected. It implies that the line physically extends from one
station to another until all are connected.
PTTs
Post, Telephone and Telegraph companies. International telecommunications
carriers that are generally under the control of the government in a country
that has not yet privatized its telecommunications markets.
RBOCs
Regional Bell Operating Companies. The local telephone companies established
as a result of the court ordered break-up in 1984 of AT&T.
Regenerators
An optoelectronic device receiving a low level optical signal converting it
from light to electrical form to reshape and retime the signal and reconverting
it to light for retransmission at the appropriate power level.
Repeater
Equipment that receives a low-power signal and retransmits it at a higher
power level. Repeaters contain either regenerators or amplifiers.
RFS
Ready for Service. The date of provisional acceptance or commercial service
of a cable system.
Wavelength
The distance between two crests of a signal or a carrier and is measured in
terms of meters, millimeters, nanometers, etc. In lightwave applications,
because of the extremely high frequencies, wavelength is measured in
nanometers.
143
<PAGE>
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Auditors' Report.......................................................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 1998 and 1997.............. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended Decem-
ber 31, 1998, 1997 and the Ten Month Period Ended December 31, 1996...... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,
1998, 1997, and the Ten Month Period Ended December 31, 1996............. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
1998, 1997, and the Ten Month Period Ended December 31, 1996............. F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December
31, 1998, 1997, and the Ten Month Period Ended December 31, 1996......... F-7
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as at June 30, 1999 and 1998........ F-19
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the Six
Months Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998...................................... F-20
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended
June 30, 1999 and 1998................................................... F-21
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months
Ended June 30, 1999 and 1998............................................. F-22
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS [PWC]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
145 King Street West
Toronto Ontario
Canada M5H 1V8
Telephone +1 (416) 869 1130
Facsimile +1 (416) 863 0926
AUDITORS' REPORT
February 22, 1999
To the Directors of
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of GlobeNet Communications
Group Limited (formerly TeleBermuda International Limited) as of December 31,
1998 and 1997 and the consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the years then ended and for the ten month period
ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in Canada. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit
to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.
In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
1998 and 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years then ended and for the ten month period ended December 31, 1996 in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
On February 22, 1999 we reported separately to the Directors of GlobeNet
Communications Group Limited on consolidated financial statements for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the ten month period ended December 31,
1996 prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in
Bermuda.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
Chartered Accountants
Hamilton, Bermuda
F-2
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As at December 31, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------- -------
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Current assets
Cash........................................................ 3,032 1,361
Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $80; 1997--$nil)... 1,847 1,270
Other receivables........................................... 655 1,654
Due from related party (note 4)............................. 1,363 --
Prepaid expenses and deposits............................... 338 200
------- -------
7,235 4,485
Capital assets (note 5)...................................... 47,612 49,299
Note receivable (note 6)..................................... 350 --
Other assets (note 7)........................................ 1,063 1,368
------- -------
56,260 55,152
======= =======
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (note 8)................................... 3,871 10,240
Accrued liabilities (note 8)................................ 4,971 1,063
Current portion of long-term debt (note 9).................. 3,000 --
------- -------
11,842 11,303
Long-term debt (note 9)...................................... 35,019 30,122
Deferred revenue (note 10(b))................................ 2,695 1,521
Minority interest (note 11).................................. -- 558
------- -------
49,556 43,504
======= =======
Shareholders' Equity
Share capital (notes 9(c) and 12)
Class A shares, 100 shares authorized 100 (1997--100) shares
issued and
outstanding
Common shares, 6,999,900 authorized 3,515,927 (1997--
3,515,927) shares issued and outstanding................... 5,274 5,274
Additional paid-in capital (note 12)........................ 16,377 16,377
Deficit..................................................... (14,947) (10,003)
------- -------
6,704 11,648
------- -------
56,260 55,152
======= =======
</TABLE>
Commitments and contingencies (notes 17, 18 and 21)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and the ten month period ended
December 31, 1996
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additional Total
Par paid-in shareholders'
Class A Common value capital Deficit equity
shares shares $ $ $ $
------- --------- ----- ---------- ------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
February 29, 1996....... -- 1,369,916 1,299 694 (1,447) 546
Share options........... -- -- -- 1,845 -- 1,845
Share subscription
proceeds............... -- -- 756 -- -- 756
Fully paid shares issued
for cash............... -- 2,118,000 3,177 13,661 -- 16,838
Net loss for the
period................. -- -- -- -- (3,260) (3,260)
--- --------- ----- ------ ------- ------
December 31, 1996....... -- 3,487,916 5,232 16,200 (4,707) 16,725
Share options
exercised.............. -- 28,011 42 42 -- 84
Share options........... -- -- -- 135 -- 135
Shares issued........... 100 -- -- -- -- --
Net loss for the year... -- -- -- -- (5,296) (5,296)
--- --------- ----- ------ ------- ------
December 31, 1997....... 100 3,515,297 5,274 16,377 (10,003) 11,648
Net loss for the year .. -- -- -- -- (4,944) (4,944)
--- --------- ----- ------ ------- ------
December 31, 1998....... 100 3,515,927 5,274 16,377 (14,947) 6,704
=== ========= ===== ====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
F-4
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and the ten month period ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ------ ------
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenue (note 10)..................................... 26,724 4,962 --
Carrier charges and other cost of sales............... 15,676 3,559 --
------ ------ ------
11,048 1,403 --
General and administrative expenses (note 15)......... 9,342 5,085 3,377
Interest on long-term debt............................ 3,542 750 --
Interest income....................................... (140) (169) (132)
Amortization of deferred financing costs.............. 321 305 --
Amortization of capital assets........................ 2,401 542 1
Accrued contingent interest (note 9(c))............... 960 382 --
------ ------ ------
Loss before income taxes and minority interest and
equity accounted for investment...................... (5,378) (5,492) (3,246)
Provision for income taxes............................ 36 53 14
------ ------ ------
Loss before minority interest and equity accounted for
investment........................................... (5,414) (5,545) (3,260)
Minority interest (note 11)........................... 204 249 --
Earnings before equity accounted for investment (note
11).................................................. 266 -- --
------ ------ ------
Net loss and comprehensive loss for the period........ (4,944) (5,296) (3,260)
====== ====== ======
Basic and fully diluted loss per common share (note
14).................................................. (1.41) (1.52) (1.89)
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and the ten month period ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------ ------- ------
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities
Net loss for the period............................. (4,944) (5,296) (3,260)
Items not involving cash
Amortization of capital assets..................... 2,401 542 1
Write-down of other assets (note 7)................ 201 -- --
Amortization of deferred financing costs........... 321 305 --
Minority interest.................................. (204) (249) --
Earnings from equity accounted for investment...... (266) -- --
Accrued contingent interest........................ 960 382 --
Gain on granting of indefeasible rights of use and
loss on sale of capital assets.................... (970) -- --
Compensatory share options......................... -- -- 1,845
------ ------- ------
Net change in non-cash working capital
Accounts receivable................................. (577) (1,270) --
Other receivables................................... 999 (1,654) --
Prepaid expenses and deposits....................... (138) 32 (230)
Accounts payable.................................... (6,369) 9,669 --
Accrued liabilities................................. 2,416 536 395
Interest payable (note 16).......................... 1,492 510 --
Deferred revenue.................................... 1,174 1,521 --
Recoverable duties.................................. -- 392 (392)
Subscriptions receivable............................ -- -- 150
------ ------- ------
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities...... (3,504) 5,420 (1,491)
------ ------- ------
Financing activities
Exercise of common share options.................... -- 84 --
Issuance of common shares........................... -- -- 17,594
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt............ 9,350 29,740 --
Payments on long-term debt.......................... (2,413) -- --
Deferred financing costs............................ -- (1,472) --
Loans provided by minority shareholders............. -- 807 --
------ ------- ------
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities...... 6,937 29,159 17,594
------ ------- ------
Investing activities
Purchase of capital assets.......................... (1,791) (45,104) (4,728)
Granting of indefeasible rights of use and proceeds
on sale of capital assets.......................... 1,596 -- --
Change in other assets.............................. (217) (19) (14)
Funds held in escrow................................ -- 2,015 (2,015)
Due from related party.............................. (1,363) -- --
Proceeds from sale of equity accounted for
investment (note 6) ............................... 410 -- --
Advances to equity accounted for investment......... (397) -- --
------ ------- ------
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities...... (1,762) (43,108) (6,757)
------ ------- ------
Increase (decrease) in cash for the period........... 1,671 (8,529) 9,346
Cash--Beginning of period............................ 1,361 9,890 544
------ ------- ------
Cash--End of period.................................. 3,032 1,361 9,890
====== ======= ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
and the ten month period ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
1 Formation and operations
TeleBermuda International Limited ("TBI") was incorporated and registered on
January 6, 1995 as a local company pursuant to The Companies Act 1981
(Bermuda), for the purpose of establishing, providing, maintaining and
operating a public telecommunications service in Bermuda.
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited (the "Company") was incorporated and
registered on June 25, 1998 as a Bermuda exempt company as part of a
reorganization of the TeleBermuda group of companies. Under the reorganization
TBI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the issued shares of
TBI were exchanged on a one for one basis with substantially the same rights
and privileges as before.
Following the reorganization, the Company incorporated certain subsidiaries.
GlobeNet Communications Limited ("GlobeNet"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company was incorporated on August 5, 1998 to be the operating company for
initiatives of the Company beyond the Bermuda market, GCG Holdings Ltda., 50%
owned by GlobeNet and 50% owned by TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited,
a wholly-owned subsidiary of TBI, and GCG Services Ltda., 99% owned by GCG
Holdings Ltda. were incorporated in Brazil on December 10, 1998 to begin the
licensing process for fibre optic submarine cable landing and operating rights
in Brazil. As at December 31, 1998 these companies were inactive.
On May 17, 1996, TeleBermuda International, L.L.C. was incorporated as a
limited liability company, under the laws of Delaware primarily for the purpose
of holding a landing license for the Company's BUS-1 cable system in the United
States and to own the associated landing plant. TBI has a 20% interest in
TeleBermuda International L.L.C. subject to a put and call agreement to
purchase the remaining 80% for nominal consideration, which effectively gives
TBI control of this entity. As a result, this entity has been consolidated in
these financial statements.
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited was incorporated as a wholly-
owned subsidiary of TBI on September 16, 1996 for the purpose of providing
management services to the Company.
On January 10, 1997, TBI was granted, for no consideration, its public
telecommunications service license in Bermuda under the provisions of the
Telecommunications Act, 1986 and the Public Telecommunication Service (Licence)
Regulations, 1988 for a five-year term.
In addition, TBI has an interconnection agreement with the Bermuda Telephone
Company ("BTC"), the domestic carrier, that enables the Company to directly
connect its operating facility with BTC in order to terminate traffic in and
receive traffic from Bermuda for as long as each party has their public
telecommunications service license in Bermuda. No consideration was paid by the
Company in relation to this agreement.
2 Summary of significant accounting policies
These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP").
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in
the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and all of its subsidiary companies. Intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated on consolidation.
F-7
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
Use of significant accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting periods. Actual results could significantly differ from
those estimates.
Revenue and cost recognition
The Company provides telecommunication services and the granting or leasing
of indefeasible rights of use ("IRU") interests in its telecommunications
infrastructure.
The Company records as revenue the amount of telecommunications services
rendered, as measured primarily by the minutes of traffic processed, after
deducting an estimate of the traffic for which revenue will not be collected.
Historical deductions have not been material. Service discounts and incentives
are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when granted, or where provided in
relation to a service contract, rateably over the contract period.
Revenue from the granting of an IRU in its telecommunications infrastructure
to third parties is recognized at the effective date of the contract provided
certain conditions are met. The Company considers the risks and rewards of
ownership to have transferred when the granting price is fixed on a non-
refundable basis, customers are responsible for their pro-rata share of the
costs for operating, maintaining and restoring the systems and the granting
term is for the operational life of the infrastructure sold pursuant to the
IRU.
Revenues from private line services are recognized as earned.
Cost
Carrier charges are comprised primarily of local access charges and
international termination costs. These costs are recognized based on traffic
volume.
Deferred revenue
Revenue from the lease of capacity in telecommunications infrastructure to
third party carriers is deferred and recognized over the term of the lease on a
straight-line basis. Revenue from the sale of prepaid calling cards is
recognized as the services are provided.
Capital assets
Capital assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization.
Amortization commences when an asset is put into service, and is calculated in
a systematic manner based on the expected useful lives of the assets as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Asset category Basis Rate
-------------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Fibre optic submarine cable.......... straight-line 25 years
Network and telecommunications
equipment........................... straight-line 10 years
Leasehold improvements............... straight-line term of the lease
Computer equipment................... straight-line 3 years
Furniture and office equipment....... diminishing balance 20% per annum
Software............................. straight-line 5 years
</TABLE>
Deferred financing costs
Deferred financing costs represent debt issuance costs, which are amortized
over the estimated term of the related debt.
F-8
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
Investment
The Company's investment in Rocom TBI Limited is accounted for using the
equity method.
Foreign currency translation
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet
date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average
rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the respective transactions.
Transactions are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect
at the time the transactions occur. Exchange gains and losses arising on
translation are included in the operating results for the year.
The assets and liabilities of the non-Bermudian subsidiaries, which are
considered to be self-sustaining operations, are translated at the exchange
rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated
at average exchange rates prevailing during the year.
Financial instruments
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities represents the amount at
which these instruments could be exchanged in a current transaction between
willing parties. The carrying values of financial assets and liabilities as at
December 31, 1998 approximate their fair values.
Income taxes
Under current Bermuda laws, the Company is not required to pay any taxes in
Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The Company has received an
undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda, pursuant to the Exempted
Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, which exempts the Company from any such
tax until March 28, 2016. Subsidiaries in other jurisdictions may be subject to
local taxes.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities". This statement which is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998, requires costs incurred to open a new facility, introduce a
new product, commence a new operation or other similar activities to be
expensed as incurred. Management has not determined the impact of this
statement on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
3 Change in reporting currency
Effective January 1, 1998, the Company has adopted the U.S. dollar as its
reporting currency. Its previous currency was the Bermuda dollar. Since the
Bermuda dollar is pegged to the U.S. dollar on a one-to-one basis there are no
differences that arise as a result of this change in reporting currency.
4 Due from related party
On August 26, 1998, TBI loaned $1,292 (CAD$2,000) to the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer used
the proceeds of the loan to invest in a joint venture with a third party
carrier. The loan to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and his
participation in the joint venture, was conditional on the third party carrier
granting an option in favour of TBI to acquire an equity interest in the third
party carrier's Canadian operations. The option was exercisable until November
30, 1998 for a 20% equity interest in the Canadian operations for an exercise
price of CAD$11,525. As a result of the Company's later decision to pursue the
development of the Atlantica-1 Network, TBI elected not to exercise the option.
Subsequent to year-end, the loan to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
and all interest thereon was repaid in full.
F-9
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
5 Capital assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
--------------------------
Accumulated
Cost amortization Net
------ ------------ ------
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fibre optic submarine cable....................... 44,323 1,983 42,340
Network and telecommunications equipment.......... 4,415 549 3,866
Leasehold improvements............................ 944 140 804
Computer equipment................................ 470 167 303
Furniture and office equipment.................... 140 38 102
Software.......................................... 224 27 197
------ ----- ------
50,516 2,904 47,612
====== ===== ======
<CAPTION>
1997
--------------------------
Accumulated
Cost amortization Net
------ ------------ ------
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fibre optic submarine cable....................... 44,884 225 44,659
Network and telecommunications equipment.......... 3,050 175 2,875
Leasehold improvements............................ 1,012 64 948
Computer equipment................................ 192 57 135
Furniture and office equipment.................... 446 16 430
Software.......................................... 252 -- 252
------ ----- ------
49,836 537 49,299
====== ===== ======
</TABLE>
6 Note receivable
On December 16, 1998, the Company sold its interest in Rocom TBI Limited for
total consideration of $820 ((Pounds)500), of which $410 ((Pounds)250) was
received in cash and the remaining $410 ((Pounds)250) is non-interest bearing,
due November 20, 2000. This note receivable has been reflected in these
financial statements at its discounted amount of $350 ((Pounds)213). The
effective rate of interest used to discount the note receivable is 8%.
7 Other assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----- -----
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of
$626 (1997--$305)............................................ 981 1,302
Due from related party........................................ -- 19
Other......................................................... 82 14
Investment in GeoReach Partnership(a)......................... -- 33
----- -----
1,063 1,368
===== =====
</TABLE>
a) The GeoReach Partnership ("GeoReach") was formed on October 6, 1995
for the purpose of obtaining and exploiting an international carrier
licence in Canada. The original partners were the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and a Director of the Company. During the
year, GeoReach was dissolved, the assets were transferred to GeoReach
Telecommunications Inc. ("GeoReach Inc.") and the Company's 5% interest in
GeoReach Partnership was increased to 100% when the additional 95% was
acquired from the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of
the Company for $124. Subsequently, due to a change in business strategy,
this investment was written off.
F-10
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
8 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Accounts payable are comprised as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----- ------
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Trade payables.................................................. 777 8,666
Foreign carrier settlement payables............................. 3,037 1,411
Other payable................................................... 57 163
----- ------
3,871 10,240
===== ======
</TABLE>
Accrued liabilities are comprised as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----- -----
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Interest payable................................................. 2,002 510
Foreign carrier accrual.......................................... 880 264
Equalization payment accrual..................................... 668 107
Other accruals................................................... 1,421 182
----- -----
4,971 1,063
===== =====
</TABLE>
9 Long-term debt
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------ ------
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Term loan(a)................................................... 21,990 16,740
Operating credit facility(b)................................... 1,687 --
Subordinated debentures and retractable warrants(c)............ 13,000 13,000
Accrued contingent interest(c)................................. 1,342 382
------ ------
38,019 30,122
Less: Current portion.......................................... 3,000 --
------ ------
35,019 30,122
====== ======
</TABLE>
a) On July 28, 1997, the Company entered into a five-year term loan
agreement with a bank for up to $25,000 to finance capital expenditures.
During the year, the available credit on the term facility was reduced to
$21,990. As at December 31, 1998 the unused facility was $nil (1997--
$8,260). The loan bore interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate
("Libor") plus 2.25% for the period to July 28, 1998, and
F-11
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
subsequently at interest rates between Libor plus 1.75% and Libor plus
2.25% subject to reduction upon the Company meeting certain cashflow
criteria. At the option of the Company, the interest rate may be fixed or
converted to a floating rate based on the U.S. prime rate. During the year,
the average rate of interest incurred on this loan was 7.8% (1997--8.0%).
b) On July 28, 1997, the Company entered into a five year revolving
operating credit facility with a bank for up to $5,000 to finance the
Company's general working capital requirements. The facility bears interest
on the same terms as the term loan. As at December 31, 1998 the unused
facility was $3,313 (1997--$5,000). Any further draws on this facility will
require term lender approval. The average rate of interest incurred on this
loan in 1998 was 7.7%.
The principal repayments in respect of the term loan and operating line are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal year $
----------- ------
<S> <C>
1999................................................................. 3,000
2000................................................................. 6,000
2001................................................................. 6,000
2002................................................................. 8,677
------
23,677
======
</TABLE>
c) On July 28, 1997, the Company entered into a subordinated debenture
agreement with a financial institution and a vendor for up to $13,000 to
fund capital expenditures. As at December 31, 1998, the principal
outstanding under this loan was $13,000 (1997--$13,000), and is due for
repayment on July 28, 2002. The debenture bears interest at a rate of Libor
plus 5%. Interest accrues for the first two years and is payable on a
quarterly basis commencing July 28, 1999. The average rate of interest
incurred on the debenture in 1998 was 10.72% (1997--10.68%). Included in
accounts payable is accrued interest of $1,967 (1997--$455).
As part of the subordinated debentures agreement, the Company issued
up to 1,529,412 common share purchase warrants to the debenture holders.
The warrants are exercisable at prices between $8.50 and $9.25 per common
share. The Company may repurchase all outstanding warrants subsequent to
July 28, 1998, subject to certain covenants and conditions. The warrants
expire if unexercised on July 28, 2002, in which case, the Company is
required to make a non-exercise payment of up to $5,392, representing
additional contingent interest at 7% per annum on the gross exercise price
for the unexercised warrants from the date of issue to the date of expiry.
The warrants have anti-dilution protection rights whereby the exercise
price of the warrants and the number of common shares issuable by the
Company on exercise of the warrants will be increased or decreased in
certain events, including certain reorganizations and the issuance by the
Company of equity shares at a price which is less than the warrant exercise
price or less than the market price of the Company's common shares. The
Company will accrue the additional contingent interest at 7% per annum over
the five year term of the debt. Management estimates that any additional
value attributable to the equity component of the warrants is
insignificant.
All assets of the Company have been pledged as collateral against the term
loan, the operating credit facility and the subordinated debentures.
F-12
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
10 Granting of indefeasible rights of use to and leasing of the fibre optic
submarine cable
a) The Company has granted indefeasible rights of use ("IRU's") in its fibre
optic submarine cable to certain third party carriers for a period of 25 years
for $1,521. The costs recognized with the granting of the IRU's are calculated
on a pro-rata basis of total capacity granted in relation to the total cost of
the activated fibre optic submarine cable.
b) The Company has signed an agreement to lease capacity in its fibre optic
submarine cable to a third party. The term of the lease is for the greater of
25 years or the operational life of the fibre optic submarine cable. The
operational life can be no less than 10 years, otherwise the Company must
provide a refund to the third party, on a pro-rata basis for each year short of
the 10 year period. During the lease term, the Company is responsible for the
maintenance and operating costs associated with the fibre optic submarine cable
for the first four years and thereafter the lessee is responsible for payment
of a monthly charge for operating and maintenance costs. The lease also
requires that the Company have full restoration capacity as of January 1, 2000,
otherwise without such capacity, the lease may be terminated and a refund of
$4,400 would be required to be made by the Company. The total consideration for
this lease was $8,000, which was reduced by $135 as a result of an offset for a
receivable by the third party owing to the Company. During 1998, $2,865 was
received. $4,000 is due September 24, 1999 and $1,000 is due on September 24,
2000. The Company has recognized revenue of $263, related to this lease.
This agreement also entitles the third party to enter into a second lease of
capacity in the fibre optic submarine cable commencing on the third anniversary
of the September 24, 1998 activation date of the first circuit, expiring at the
same time as the first lease. The consideration for the second lease will be
$4,000 payable upon activation of the second circuit. Prior to signing the
second lease, the third party may elect not to proceed with the second lease at
a penalty of $250 payable to the Company.
11 Minority interest and equity accounted for investment
TeleBermuda International (U.K.) Limited ("TBI-UK") was incorporated on June
19, 1996 for the purpose of acquiring and exploiting a license to provide
telecommunications services in the United Kingdom. On November 27, 1997, TBI-UK
changed its name to Rocom TBI Limited ("Rocom TBI") and commenced active
operations. During the year, Rocom TBI was used to establish a corporate joint
venture in the United Kingdom for the purpose of securing a gateway to Europe
and the European market. On December 16, 1998 the Company sold its 50% interest
in Rocom TBI to its joint venture partner.
12 Share capital
a) Authorized
The Company is authorized to issue 6,999,900 common shares with a par value
of $1.50 per share, and 100 Class A restricted voting shares with a par value
of $1.50 per share.
The Board of Directors has the authority to issue common shares, securities
convertible into common shares or grant options, up to a maximum of 20% of the
fully diluted shares of the Company pursuant to a general mandate of the
shareholders. This mandate will expire at the next annual meeting of the
shareholders, unless it is re-approved at that meeting.
F-13
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
b) Issued and outstanding shares
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additional
Class A Common paid-in
Shares shares Par Value capital
------- --------- --------- ----------
$ $
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
February 29, 1996................... -- 1,369,916 1,299 694
Share options (i)................... -- -- -- 1,845
Share subscription proceeds (ii).... -- -- 756 --
Fully paid shares issued for cash
(iii).............................. -- 2,118,000 3,177 13,661
--- --------- ----- ------
December 31, 1996................... -- 3,487,916 5,232 16,200
--- --------- ----- ------
Share options exercised............. -- 28,011 42 42
Share options (iv).................. -- -- -- 135
Shares issued (v)................... 100 -- -- --
--- --------- ----- ------
December 31, 1997................... 100 3,515,927 5,274 16,377
--- --------- ----- ------
Share options exercised............. -- -- -- --
Shares issued....................... -- -- -- --
--- --------- ----- ------
December 31, 1998................... 100 3,515,927 5,274 16,377
=== ========= ===== ======
</TABLE>
All issued and outstanding common shares are fully paid.
i) 324,489 stock options (45,000 with an exercise price of $0.01 per
option, 32,500 with an exercise price of $1.00 per option and 196,989 with
an exercise price of $3.00 per option) reflected at their fair value.
ii) In May 1996, the Company advised the holders of the shares that were
uncalled at February 29, 1996 that it intended to make a call in respect of
all monies unpaid on these shares.
iii) In October 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering
on the Bermuda Stock Exchange and private placements in the United States,
Canada and the United Kingdom. Pursuant to these offerings, the Company
issued 2,118,000 shares for proceeds of $16,838 net of expenses of the
offering of $1,165.
iv) On July 28, 1997, 50,000 options were granted to non-employees.
Those options were granted with respect to a financing and have been
accounted for at fair value as deferred financing cost, amortized over the
five year term of the loan agreement.
v) On October 3, 1997 the members passed a bylaw to convert 100 of the
authorized common shares into 100 Class A restricted voting shares. Class A
shareholder approval is required for certain corporate matters. On that
date, 80 Class A shares were issued to the subordinated debenture holders,
and 20 shares were issued to a director of the Company for cash
consideration of $1.50 per share.
The Company is entitled to repurchase the Class A shares for cancellation,
at a price of $1.50 per share. This can occur in the event of the
repurchase or expiry of the debenture holders warrants, or in certain
circumstances involving the dilution of the debenture holders' equity
interest taken on a fully diluted basis.
Under the terms of the Company's credit agreement the Company's payment of
dividends is subject to restrictions related to the repayment terms of the term
loan, operating credit facility and subordinated debt.
F-14
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
13 Common share options
The Company awards options to employees, officers and directors of the
Company and employees of service providers under the terms of the 1997 and 1998
Share Option and Incentive Plans. In addition, the Board can grant options
outside of these plans under separate stock option agreements. A summary of the
outstanding common share purchase option activities is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Weighted
average
Beginning End of exercise
of period Granted Exercised Forfeited period price
--------- ------- --------- --------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1996........ 302,500 50,000 -- -- 352,500 3.21
December 31, 1997........ 352,500 232,000 28,011 -- 556,489 5.22
December 31, 1998........ 556,489 263,000 -- 13,000 806,489 6.41
</TABLE>
These options expire on various dates from 2001 to 2009 and generally vest
over a three-year period.
The 1998 options and the 1998 Share Option and Incentive Plan have been
approved by the Board of Directors and the 1998 Share Option and Incentive Plan
is pending shareholder approval.
The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and
exercisable options at December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Weighted average
remaining contractual Number of share
Exercise life (years) of options Number of options options exercisable at
Price outstanding outstanding December 31, 1998
-------- ----------------------- ----------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
$0.01 7.10 45,000 45,000
1.00 2.40 32,500 32,500
3.00 3.00 196,989 196,989
8.50 3.75 50,000 50,000
8.00 7.77 219,000 115,820
9.00 10.00 263,000 --
------- -------
806,489 440,309
======= =======
</TABLE>
The weighted average exercise price of the options outstanding and the
options exercisable at December 31, 1998 are $6.41 and $4.49, respectively. The
weighted average fair value of the options granted in 1998 and 1997 are $0.44
and $1.97, respectively.
The Company applies APB Opinion 25 ("Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees") in accounting for its stock option plan (except for options granted
to employees of service providers), and, accordingly, does not recognize
compensation cost at the time options are granted unless the exercise price is
less than the market price of the stock on the date of issue. Had the Company
elected to recognize compensation cost based on the fair value of the options
granted at the grant date as prescribed by SFAS 123, the pro forma effects to
reported net loss for the period and basic and fully diluted loss per common
share, would be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----- ----- -----
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net loss for the period--as reported..................... 4,944 5,296 3,260
Net loss for the period--pro forma....................... 5,047 5,296 3,260
Basic and fully diluted loss per common share--as
reported................................................. 1.41 1.52 1.89
Basic and fully diluted loss per common share--pro
forma................................................... 1.43 1.52 1.89
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
The fair value of each option grant has been estimated using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model, using a volatility assumption of 20% (1997--20%;
1996--20%), expected life of 7 years (1997--7 years; 1996--7 years), a
dividend rate of nil (1997--nil; 1996--nil) and a risk-free interest rate of
5.28% (1997--6.33%; 1996--6.60%).
The above pro forma effects on the net loss for the period may not be
representative of the effects on the net loss for the period for future
periods as option grants typically vest over several years and additional
options are generally granted each year.
14 Basic and fully diluted loss per common share
The basic loss per common share is calculated using the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding of 3,515,927 (1997--3,492,915; 1996--
1,722,916). The weighted average number of common shares on a fully diluted
basis is calculated on the same basis as the basic weighted average number of
shares as the Company is in a loss position and the effects of possible
conversion would be anti-dilutive.
15 General and administrative expenses
a) Director's service contract
In September 1997, the Company entered into a service agreement with First
Bermuda Securities Ltd., of which a Director of the Company is the CEO. Under
this agreement, First Bermuda Securities Ltd. provides the Company with
various financial and business advisory services. Payments made to First
Bermuda Securities in 1998 were $125 (1997--$145; 1996--$nil).
b) Rent expense
Included in general and administrative expenses is rent expense of $342
(1997--$242; 1996--$127).
c) Bad debt expense
Included in general and administrative expenses is bad debt expense of $114
(1997-$91; 1996-$ nil).
d) Compensation expense
Included in general and administrative expenses is compensation expense of
$nil (1997-$nil; 1996-$1,845).
16 Supplemental cash flow information
Amounts paid for interest and income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
----- ---- ----
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest..................................................... 1,901 540 --
Income taxes................................................. 36 51 10
</TABLE>
17 Commitments
The Company has entered into operating lease agreements for its premises.
Minimum lease commitments pursuant to these leases over the next five years
and thereafter are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
$
---
<S> <C>
Year ending December 31, 1999............................................ 198
2000..................................................................... 89
2001..................................................................... 68
2002..................................................................... 76
2003..................................................................... 88
Thereafter............................................................... 403
---
922
===
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
In the normal course of business, the Company has also entered into a number
of contracts under which it is committed to the purchase and supply of
telecommunication services at fixed prices. It is not anticipated that losses
will be incurred on these contracts.
18 Contingencies
The Company is a defendant or interested party (note 21(a)) in various
lawsuits which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. At the present
time, the outcome of these cases is not determinable and the estimate of the
range of the potential loss is $nil to $32. No provision has been made with
respect to any of these claims in these financial statements.
The Company is contingently liable in respect of an irrevocable stand-by
letter of credit issued by a bank on its behalf in the amount of $55 (1997--
$75).
19 Segmented information
The Company operates predominantly in the telecommunications sector and
substantially all of the Company's business activity and services were
conducted in Bermuda during 1998, 1997 and 1996.
20 Uncertainty due to Year 2000 Issue
The Year 2000 Issue arises because many computerized systems use two digits
rather than four to identify a year. Date-sensitive systems may recognize the
year 2000 as 1900 or some other date, resulting in errors when information
using year 2000 dates is processed. In addition, similar problems may arise in
some systems which use certain dates in 1999 to represent something other than
a date. The effects of the Year 2000 Issue may be experienced before, on, or
after January 1, 2000, and, if not addressed, the impact on operations and
financial reporting may range from minor errors to significant systems failure
which could affect an entity's ability to conduct normal business operations.
It is not possible to be certain that all aspects of the Year 2000 Issue
affecting the entity, including those related to the efforts of customers,
suppliers, or other third parties, will be fully resolved.
21 Subsequent events
a) On January 8, 1999, the Bermuda Telephone Company ("BTC"), the domestic
carrier, filed a notice of appeal with the Supreme Court of Bermuda challenging
the Minister of Telecommunications' December 31, 1998 decision to mandate
certain reductions in the local access charges paid by international carriers,
including the Company, to domestic carriers commencing January 1, 1999. A
favourable ruling for BTC could nullify the existing access charge reduction
and could have retroactive effect commencing from January 1, 1999. The outcome
of this proceeding is currently not determinable.
b) On February 18, 1999 the Company signed a letter of intent to award
Alcatel Submarine Networks ("Alcatel") a supply contract to construct a fibre
optic submarine cable called Atlantica-1 between Hollywood (Fl, USA), Punto
Fijo (Venezuela), Fortaleza (Brazil), St. David's (Bermuda) and Tuckerton (NJ,
USA) for a contract price of $510,485, which amount is subject to amendment by
the mutual agreement of the parties. This letter of intent may be cancelled at
any time prior to June 15, 1999 with the Company's liability being limited to
the actual costs and expenditures authorized by the letter of intent up to a
maximum of $4,000. If a definitive supply contract is cancelled between the
parties, payment of the costs and expenditures incurred by Alcatel become
payable by the Company on June 15, 1999. The Company will render payment of
these costs from
F-17
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
(formerly TeleBermuda International Limited)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
either financing proceeds or the issuance of a note to Alcatel which shall be
subordinate to the existing financing facilities. As specified in the letter of
intent, the supply contract is anticipated to be signed by April 30, 1999,
which was subsequently extended to May 30, 1999, and construction of the cable
system to be completed by December 30, 2000. The Company is currently pursuing
financing initiatives to fund this commitment.
In February 1999 the Company reached an agreement in principle with one of
its debenture holders to secure an additional $500 to fund costs for planning
and financing initiatives on the Atlantica-1 project. The terms and conditions
of this additional funding are essentially the same as those for the Company's
existing subordinated debt and warrants.
c) Unaudited--Effective June 15, 1999, the authorized common shares of the
Company were increased by 10,499,900 to an aggregate total of 17,499,800 common
shares. In addition, the Company's bye-laws authorized the creation of 100
Class B shares. On July 12, 1999, the authorized common shares and Class B
shares of the Company were increased by 6,500,200 and 1,900, respectively.
d) Unaudited--On July 14, 1999 the Company secured financing totalling
$970,580 for the development and construction of the Atlantica-1 fibre optic
submarine cable system linking North America, Bermuda and South America. The
financing is comprised of the following components:
i) A private placement equity offering of shares issued at $20.40 per share
(par value $1.50) for aggregate proceeds of $270,580. The Company
subsequently used $30,600 of these proceeds to redeem 1,500,000
outstanding common shares at an aggregate price of $20.40 per common
share from existing shareholders.
ii) The issuance of debt in the principal amount of $300,000 in the form of
13% senior notes maturing July 15, 2007. Interest on these notes accrues
at a rate of 13% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on each
January 15 and July 15 commencing January 15, 2000. The notes
effectively rank behind all of the collateralized obligations of the
Company to the extent of the value of the assets collateralizing these
obligations.
iii) A bank credit facility ("Credit Facility") of up to $400,000, that
consists of various term facilities totalling $390,000 and a $10,000
revolving credit facility. All loans under the Credit Facility
mature on June 30, 2005 except for one of the term facilities of
$100,000 which matures on September 30, 2005. The interest rates on
the loans under the Credit Facility range from Libor plus 3.5% to
Libor plus 4.0% and availability of funds under the Credit Facility
is subject to certain terms and conditions. Substantially all of the
assets of GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd. and of its present
and future direct and indirect subsidiaries have been pledged as
collateral for the Credit Facility. In addition, Alcatel has
provided an initial guarantee subject to certain conditions and
adjustments of up to $100,000 for one of the term facilities.
The structure, terms and pricing of the Credit Facility are subject
to change at the discretion of the bank that is acting as arranger up
until October 15, 1999.
In addition, on July 14, 1999, $21,408 of the proceeds from the total
financing amount of $970,580, were used to pay the existing term loan,
operating credit facility and certain accrued interest on the
subordinated debentures. As well, all of the remaining obligations to the
subordinated debentureholders were retired when the subordinated
debentureholders elected to exercise their warrants and convert the
principal and remaining accrued interest on their subordinated debt into
1,635,286 common shares. The shares issued in respect of the subordinated
debentures and accrued contingent interest obligation were included in
share capital and additional paid-in capital at their carrying amounts.
F-18
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As at June 30, 1999, 1998 and December 31, 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
June December June
1999 1998 1998
------- -------- -------
$ $ $
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Current assets
Cash............................................... 1,051 3,032 649
Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $141;
1998--$80; 1998--$20)............................. 2,882 1,847 955
Other receivables.................................. 66 655 751
Due from related party............................. -- 1,363 --
Prepaid expenses and deposits...................... 601 338 200
------- ------- -------
4,600 7,235 2,555
Capital assets...................................... 53,199 47,612 47,783
Note receivable..................................... 366 350 --
Other assets........................................ 1,900 1,063 1,235
Equity accounted for investment..................... -- -- 285
------- ------- -------
60,065 56,260 51,858
======= ======= =======
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable................................... 4,332 3,871 2,494
Accrued liabilities (note 5)....................... 11,588 4,971 2,651
Current portion of long-term debt (note 7)......... 4,500 3,000 3,000
------- ------- -------
20,420 11,842 8,145
Long-term debt (note 7)............................. 31,364 35,019 35,544
Deferred revenue.................................... 2,633 2,695 300
------- ------- -------
54,417 49,556 43,989
------- ------- -------
Shareholders' Equity
Share capital (notes 3, 4 and 7)
Class A shares, 100 shares authorized, par value
$1.50 per share
100 (1998-100) shares issued and outstanding
Class B shares, 100 shares authorized, par value
$1.50 per share
nil (1998-nil) shares issued and outstanding
Common shares, 17,499,800 authorized, par value
$1.50 per share
3,515,927 (1998--3,515,927) shares issued and out-
standing.......................................... 5,274 5,274 5,274
Additional paid-in capital (note 7)................. 16,377 16,377 16,377
Deficit............................................ (16,003) (14,947) (13,782)
------- ------- -------
5,648 6,704 7,869
------- ------- -------
60,065 56,260 51,858
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
Commitments and contingencies (notes 5 and 6)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated
financial statements.
F-19
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
------- -------
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Revenue..................................................... 13,122 11,518
Carrier charges and other cost of sales..................... 6,060 7,361
------- -------
7,062 4,157
General and administrative expenses......................... 4,704 4,548
Interest on long-term debt.................................. 1,577 1,585
Interest income............................................. (101) (9)
Amortization of deferred financing costs.................... 160 160
Amortization of capital assets.............................. 1,264 1,158
Accrued contingent interest................................. 495 472
------- -------
Loss before income taxes, minority interest and equity ac-
counted for investment..................................... (1,037) (3,757)
Provision for income taxes.................................. 19 17
------- -------
Loss before minority interest and equity accounted for in-
vestment................................................... (1,056) (3,774)
Minority interest........................................... -- 204
Loss from equity accounted for investment................... -- (209)
------- -------
Net loss for the period..................................... (1,056) (3,779)
Deficit--Beginning of period................................ (14,947) (10,003)
------- -------
Deficit--End of period...................................... (16,003) (13,782)
======= =======
Basic and fully diluted loss per common share............... (0.30) (1.07)
======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated
financial statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1999 1998
------ ------
$ $
<S> <C> <C>
Operating activities
Net loss for the period........................................ (1,056) (3,779)
Items not involving cash
Amortization of capital assets............................... 1,264 1,158
Write-down of other assets................................... -- 174
Amortization of deferred financing costs..................... 160 160
Minority interest............................................ -- (204)
Loss from equity accounted for investment.................... -- 209
Accrued contingent interest.................................. 495 472
Gain on granting of indefeasible rights of use and loss on
sale of capital assets...................................... -- (970)
Changes in non-cash working capital
Accounts receivable.......................................... (1,035) 315
Other receivables............................................ 589 903
Prepaid expenses and deposits................................ (263) --
Accounts payable............................................. 461 (7,746)
Accrued liabilities.......................................... 5,849 1,002
Interest payable............................................. 768 586
Deferred revenue............................................. (62) (1,221)
------ ------
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities................ 7,170 (8,941)
------ ------
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt....................... 500 7,950
Payments on long-term debt..................................... (3,150) --
Increase in deferred financing costs........................... (1,001) --
------ ------
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities................ (3,651) 7,950
------ ------
Investing activities
Purchase of capital assets..................................... (6,851) (644)
Granting of indefeasible rights of use and proceeds on sale of
capital assets................................................ -- 1,521
Change in other assets......................................... 4 (201)
Due from related party......................................... 1,363 --
Note receivable................................................ (16) --
Advances to equity accounted for investment.................... -- (397)
------ ------
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities................ (5,500) 279
------ ------
Decrease in cash for the period................................ (1,981) (712)
Cash--Beginning of period...................................... 3,032 1,361
------ ------
Cash--End of period............................................ 1,051 649
====== ======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated
financial statements.
F-21
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
1 Formation and operations
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited (the "Company") was incorporated and
registered on June 25, 1998 as a Bermuda exempt company as part of a
reorganization of the TeleBermuda International Limited group of companies
("TBI"). Under the reorganization, TBI, which was incorporated on January 6,
1995, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the issued shares of
TBI were exchanged on a one-for-one basis with substantially the same rights
and privileges.
The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides, maintains and operates a
public telecommunications service in Bermuda facilitated by its ownership of
its BUS-1 cable system between Bermuda and the United States. On January 10,
1997, TBI was granted, for no consideration, its public telecommunications
service licence in Bermuda under the provisions of the Telecommunications Act,
1986 and the Public Telecommunication Service (Licence) Regulations, 1988 for a
five-year term.
In addition, TBI has an interconnection agreement with the Bermuda Telephone
Company ("BTC"), the domestic carrier, that enables the Company to directly
connect its operating facility with BTC in order to terminate traffic in and
receive traffic from Bermuda for as long as each party has its public
telecommunications service license in Bermuda. No consideration was paid by the
Company in relation to this agreement.
On June 16, 1999, the Company entered into a construction contract, subject
to certain terms and conditions, including the securing of financing to expand
its operations by building a fibre optic submarine cable system called
Atlantica-1 linking Bermuda, North and South America. Such financing was
secured on July 14, 1999 (note 7).
2 Interim consolidated financial statements
The unaudited consolidated balance sheets as at June 30, 1999, June 30, 1998
and December 31, 1998 and the unaudited consolidated statements of operations
and deficit and statements of cash flows for the six-month periods then ended,
in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary
for the fair statement of the results of the interim periods. All adjustments
reflected in the consolidated financial statements are of a normal recurring
nature. The data disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements for these periods are also unaudited. Results for the six-month
periods ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the full year.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement of Position ("SOP") 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities". This statement which is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998, requires costs incurred to open a new facility, introduce a
new product, commence a new operation or other similar activities to be
expensed as incurred. The Company has adopted the SOP and it had no impact on
the statement of its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
F-22
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
3 Share capital
Effective June 15, 1999, the authorized common shares of the Company were
increased by 10,499,900 to an aggregate total of 17,499,800 common shares. In
addition, the Company bye-laws authorized the creation of 100 Class B shares.
On July 12, 1999, the authorized common shares and Class B shares of the
Company were increased by 6,500,200 and 1,900, respectively.
4 Common share options
The Company awards options to employees, officers and directors of the
Company and employees of service providers under the terms of the 1997 and 1998
Share Option and Incentive Plans. In addition, the Board can grant options
outside of these plans under separate stock option agreements.
On April 12, 1999, the Company granted 540,000 options at an exercise price
of $9.00 with a ten-year term to certain officers and directors. These options
vest in three separate tranches based upon the Company meeting certain
milestones related to the Atlantica-1 project. The first vesting milestone on
515,000 of these options occurred on July 14, 1999 when total financing was
secured (note 7). The difference between the exercise price and the market
value of the shares at the time of vesting will be reflected as compensation
expense.
At June 30, 1999 there were 1,347,489 (1998--551,489) outstanding common
share purchase options at a weighted average exercise price of $7.45 (1998--
$5.20). During the six month period ended June 30, 1999, 4,000 (1998--5,000)
options were forfeited at a weighted average exercise price of $8.50 (1998--
$8.00). These options expire on various dates from 2001 to 2009 and generally
vest over a three-year period.
5 Commitments
On June 4, 1999, the Company signed a revised letter of intent to award
Alcatel Submarine Networks ("Alcatel") a supply contract to construct a fibre
optic submarine cable system called Atlantica-1 between Miami (Fl, USA), Camuri
(Venezuela), Fortalez (Brazil), St David's (Bermuda) and Tuckerton (NJ, USA)
for a total contract price of $620,861, (of which $6,000 has been recorded at
June 30, 1999), which amount is subject to amendment by the mutual agreement of
the parties.
Future payments are based upon a specified billing schedule and are due when
the corresponding project milestone has been achieved and engineer acceptance
has been provided. Contract costs will be capitalized and reflected as
construction in progress based on the project's percentage of completion as
determined by engineering estimates.
The future minimum payments, beyond the $6,000 that has been recorded in
accrued liabilities as at June 30, 1999, required in the next two years as a
result of this contract are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
$
<S> <C>
Six months ended December 31, 1999................................ 124,172
Six months ended June 30, 2000.................................... 242,345
Six months ended December 31, 2000................................ 248,344
-------
614,861
=======
</TABLE>
As disclosed in note 7, financing was secured on July 14, 1999 and as a
result, the Company made its initial payment under the billing schedule of
$62,086.
F-23
<PAGE>
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
For the six months ended June 30, 1999 and 1998
(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)
6 Contingencies
On January 8, 1999, the Bermuda Telephone Company ("BTC"), the Bermuda
domestic carrier, filed a notice of appeal with the Supreme Court of Bermuda
challenging the Minister of Telecommunications' ("Minister") December 31, 1998
decision to mandate certain reductions in the local access charges paid by
international carriers, including the Company, to domestic carriers commencing
January 1, 1999. The appeal was settled on March 23, 1999 without any impact to
the mandated reductions. The proceedings had been adjourned until June 23,
1999, at which time a hearing was scheduled for July 19, 1999 for purposes of
preserving BTC's rights in the event of a third party appeal. On July 19, 1999,
BTC abandoned the appeal.
7 Subsequent events
On July 14, 1999 the Company secured financing totalling $970,580 for the
development and construction of the Atlantica-1 fibre optic submarine cable
system linking North America, Bermuda and South America. The financing is
comprised of the following components:
(i) A private placement equity offering of shares issued at $20.40 per share
(par value $1.50) for aggregate proceeds of $270,580. The Company
subsequently used $30,600 of these proceeds to redeem 1,500,000
outstanding common shares at an aggregate price of $20.40 per common
share from existing shareholders.
(ii) The issuance of debt in the principal amount of $300,000 in the form of
13% senior notes maturing July 15, 2007. Interest on these notes accrues
at a rate of 13% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on each
January 15 and July 15 commencing January 15, 2000. The notes
effectively rank behind all of the collateralized obligations of the
Company to the extent of the value of the assets collateralizing these
obligations.
(iii) A bank credit facility ("Credit Facility") of up to $400,000, that
consists of various term facilities totalling $390,000 and a $10,000
revolving credit facility. All loans under the Credit Facility mature
on June 30, 2005 except for one of the term facilities of $100,000
which matures on September 30, 2005. The interest rates on the loans
under the Credit Facility range from Libor plus 3.5% to Libor plus
4.0% and availability of funds under the Credit Facility is subject
to certain terms and conditions. Substantially all of the assets of
GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd. and of its present and future
direct and indirect subsidiaries have been pledged as collateral for
the Credit Facility. In addition, Alcatel has provided an initial
guarantee subject to certain conditions and adjustments of up to
$100,000 for one of the term facilities.
The structure, terms and pricing of the Credit Facility are subject to
change at the discretion of the bank that is acting as arranger up
until October 15, 1999.
In addition, on July 14, 1999, $21,408 of the proceeds from the total
financing amount of $970,580, were used to pay the existing term loan,
operating credit facility and certain accrued interest on the subordinated
debentures. As well, all of the remaining obligations to the subordinated
debentureholders were retired when the subordinated debentureholders elected to
exercise their warrants and convert the principal and remaining accrued
interest on their subordinated debt into 1,635,286 common shares. The shares
issued in respect of the subordinated debentures and accrued contingent
interest obligation were included in share capital and additional paid-in
capital at their carrying amounts.
F-24
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
This prospectus does not offer to sell or ask for offers to buy any of the new
notes in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the
offer is not qualified to do so or to any person who can not legally be offered
the new notes.
The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover
and may change after that date. For any time after the cover date of this
prospectus we do not represent that our affairs are the same as described or
that the information in this prospectus is correct--nor do we imply those
things by delivering this prospectus or selling securities to you.
Until , 1999, all dealers that effect transactions in the new notes, whether
or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$300,000,000
GlobeNet
Communications
Group Limited
Offer to Exchange
13% Series B Senior Notes Due 2007
For All Outstanding
13% Senior Notes Due 2007
[LOGO]
PROSPECTUS
, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Indemnification Agreements with Directors
We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors (other
than Mr. DeMartino, with whom we expect to enter into such an agreement in the
near future). Pursuant to the director indemnity agreements, we have agreed to
indemnify and save harmless each director, his/her heirs and legal
representatives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all costs,
charges, liability, damages, and expenses, including an amount paid to settle
an action or to satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him/her in respect
of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he/she
is made a party by reason of, or in any connection with him/her, being or
having been a director if (1) the director acted in his/her capacity as a
director and (2) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or
proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the director had reasonable
grounds for believing that his/her conduct was lawful. Directors are required
to obtain our consent to any settlement of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding.
Indemnification Agreements with Officers
We have entered into indemnity agreements with Michael Kedar, James
Fitzgerald, Laurent Duplantie, Scott Socol, Lin Gentemann and Greg Belbeck. We
expect to enter into similar indemnity agreements with Messrs. DeMartino, Blust
and Weisbrot in the near future. Pursuant to the indemnification agreements, we
have agreed, to the fullest extent permitted by our bye-laws and applicable
law, to indemnify each indemnitee against all expenses actually and reasonably
incurred, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by such
indemnitee if he/she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any
threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute
resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other
proceeding as a result of his/her status as an employee or officer of the
Company (1) if, in a proceeding other than a proceeding by or in the right of
the Company, he/she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to
be in our best interests and, with respect to a criminal proceeding, if he/she
had no reasonable cause to believe his/her conduct was unlawful and (2) if, in
a proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in
its favor, to the extent such indemnitee is successful, on the merits or
otherwise, provided that if the indemnitee is only partially successful in such
proceeding, we agree to indemnify him/her for such expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him/her or on his/her behalf in connection with each
successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.
Bye-laws
Our bye-laws provide that, subject to the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda,
every director, officer and member of a committee constituted in accordance
with our bye-laws is indemnified by us against (1) all civil liabilities, loss,
damage, charge or expense incurred or suffered by him as a director, officer or
committee member while exercising his powers and discharging his duties under
the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda and our bye-laws and (2) all liabilities
incurred by him as a director, officer or committee member in defending any
proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor
or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under the
Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda in which relief from liability is granted to him
by the court. The indemnity extends to any person acting as a director, officer
or committee member in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or
elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election provided,
however, that the indemnity does not extend to any matter which would render it
void pursuant to the Bermuda Act.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
issue.
II-1
<PAGE>
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits
The following instruments and documents are included as exhibits to this
registration statement:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit
------- -------
<C> <S>
*3.1 Memorandum of Association of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited.
*3.2 Bye-Laws of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited dated July 12,
1999.
*4.1 Indenture between GlobeNet Communications Group Limited and Bankers
Trust Company, dated as of July 14, 1999.
*4.2 Registration Rights Agreement among GlobeNet Communications Group
Limited, TD Securities (USA) Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation, dated as of July 14, 1999.
*4.3(a) Credit Agreement among GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd., Various
Financial Institutions and Other Persons, Toronto Dominion (Texas)
Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston, and TD Securities (USA) Inc., dated
as of July 14, 1999.
4.3(b) Guaranty by Alcatel in favor of Lenders under Holdings' Bank Credit
Facility (see Exhibit 4.3(a)) and Toronto Dominion (Texas) Inc.,
dated as of July 14, 1999.
4.3(c) Reimbursement Agreement between GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd.
and Alcatel, dated as of July 14, 1999.
*5.1 Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. regarding Legality of the New
Notes.
5.2 Opinion of Conyers, Dill & Pearman regarding Legality of the New
Notes.
10.1 Indemnity Agreement dated July 14, 1999 between Anthony Bolland and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.2 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Linda Dougherty and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
10.3 Indemnity Agreement dated July 14, 1999 between Sebastien Rheaume and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.4 Indemnity Agreement dated July 14, 1999 between George E. Matelich
and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.5 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Michael Kedar and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.6 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Harley J. Murphy and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.7 Indemnity Agreement dated July 14, 1999 between Mark A. Pelson and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.8 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Jeffrey G. Conyers and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.9 Indemnity Agreement dated July 14, 1999 between Kevin J. Maroni and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Director)
*10.10 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Michael Kedar and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
</TABLE>
II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Exhibit
------- -------
<C> <S>
*10.11 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Greg Belbeck and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
*10.12 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Lin Gentemann and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
*10.13 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Scott K. Socol and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
*10.14 Indemnity Agreement dated May 21, 1999 between Laurent Duplantie and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
*10.15 Indemnity Agreement dated July 15, 1999 between James Fitzgerald and
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited. (Officer)
*10.16 Amended & Restated Securityholders' Agreement, dated July 14, 1999.
**10.17 Project Development and Construction Contract Among Alcatel Submarine
Networks, Alcatel Submarine Networks, Inc. and Atlantica Network
(Bermuda) Ltd., dated as of June 16, 1999.
**10.18 AT&T-SSI, Inc. Supply Contract (including Amendment), dated May 16,
1996.
*10.19 1998 Share Option and Incentive Plan, dated December 18, 1998.
*10.20 TBI 1997 Stock Option Plan, dated September 24, 1997.
10.21 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1999 between GlobeNet
Communications Group Limited and Jerry A. DeMartino.
10.22 Stock Option and Compensation Agreement dated October 7, 1999 between
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited and Jerry A. DeMartino.
10.23 Supplemental Stock Option Agreement dated October 7, 1999 between
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited and Jerry A. DeMartino.
10.24 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 7, 1999 between
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited and Michael Kedar.
10.25 Supplemental Stock Option Agreement dated October 7, 1999 between
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited and Michael Kedar.
10.26 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1999 between
TeleBermuda International Limited and Lin Gentemann.
10.27 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 7, 1999 between
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited and Scott Socol.
10.28 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1999 between
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited and Laurent Duplantie.
10.29 Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1999 between
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited and Greg Belbeck.
12.1 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
*21.1 Subsidiaries of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited.
*23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.
*23.2 Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3 Consent of Conyers, Dill & Pearman (contained in Exhibit 5.2).
*24.1 Power of Attorney of Michael Kedar, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.2 Power of Attorney of Greg Belbeck, dated August 27, 1999.
*24.3 Power of Attorney of Anthony Bolland, dated August 28, 1999.
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
24.4 Power of Attorney of Jeffrey G. Conyers, dated September 3, 1999.
*24.5 Power of Attorney of Sebastien Rheaume, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.6 Power of Attorney of Linda Dougherty, dated August 27, 1999.
*24.7 Power of Attorney of George E. Matelich, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.8 Power of Attorney of Kevin J. Maroni, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.9 Power of Attorney of Harley J. Murphy, dated August 27, 1999.
24.10 Power of Attorney of Mark A. Pelson, dated September 17, 1999.
*25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
*27.1 Financial Data Schedule
*99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
*99.2 Form of Letter to Clients
*99.3 Form of Letter to Registered Holders and DTC Participants
*99.4 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
</TABLE>
- --------
* Previously filed.
** Material omitted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a
confidential treatment request.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under
the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information
called for thereby is otherwise included in the consolidated financial
statements or related notes and therefore has been omitted.
Item 22. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that are incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form within one business day of receipt of
any such request and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through
the date of responding to the request.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-
effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company
being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the registration statement when it became effective.
II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
24.4 Power of Attorney of Jeffrey G. Conyers, dated September 3, 1999.
*24.5 Power of Attorney of Sebastien Rheaume, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.6 Power of Attorney of Linda Dougherty, dated August 27, 1999.
*24.7 Power of Attorney of George E. Matelich, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.8 Power of Attorney of Kevin J. Maroni, dated August 30, 1999.
*24.9 Power of Attorney of Harley J. Murphy, dated August 27, 1999.
24.10 Power of Attorney of Mark A. Pelson, dated September 17, 1999.
*25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee
*27.1 Financial Data Schedule
*99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
*99.2 Form of Letter to Clients
*99.3 Form of Letter to Registered Holders and DTC Participants
*99.4 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
</TABLE>
- --------
* Previously filed on September 2, 1999 as part of the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-86461).
** Material omitted and filed separately with the Commission pursuant to a
confidential treatment request.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under
the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information
called for thereby is otherwise included in the consolidated financial
statements or related notes and therefore has been omitted.
Item 22. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that are incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form within one business day of receipt of
any such request and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through
the date of responding to the request.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-
effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company
being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the registration statement when it became effective.
II-4
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4.3(b)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS LTD.
GUARANTY
(Qualified Capacity Agreement)
by
ALCATEL
in favor of
THE LENDERS UNDER THAT CERTAIN CREDIT AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF JULY 14, 1999
and
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) INC.,
as Agent for Such Lenders
------------------------------
Dated as of July 14, 1999
------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
This GUARANTY is executed on July 14, 1999, by ALCATEL, a societe anonyme
established in France (the "Guarantor"), in favor of each of the Lender Parties
---------
(hereinafter defined).
R E C I T A L S
---------------
(A) Pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1999
(together with all amendments, supplements and other modifications, if any, from
time to time hereafter made thereto, the "Credit Agreement"), among GlobeNet
----------------
Communications Holdings Ltd., a Bermuda company (the "Company"), the various
-------
financial institutions and other entities (individually, a "Lender", and,
------
collectively, the "Lenders") as are, or may from time to time become, parties
-------
thereto and Toronto Dominion (Texas) Inc., as administrative agent (the "Agent")
-----
for the Lenders, the Lenders have made commitments to extend credit to the
Company up to $400,000,000 (which may be increased to $450,000,000 under the
conditions therein specified), which amounts shall be utilized, in part, to
finance the design, building and installation of the System.
(B) Pursuant to the Project Development and Construction Contract (as
the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented, the "Supply
------
Contract") dated as of June 16, 1999, Alcatel Submarine Networks, a societe
- --------
anonyme established in France, and Alcatel Submarine Networks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (together with any successor or assignee under the Contract,
collectively, the "Contractor"), jointly and severally, have agreed with
----------
Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Company, among
other things, to design, build and install the System in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Contract.
(C) The Guarantor controls either directly or indirectly of all of
the capital stock of the Contractor.
(D) In furtherance of the business purposes of the Guarantor, the
Guarantor desires to guaranty certain of the obligations of the Company under
the Credit Agreement as provided herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing, for good and valuable
consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to
induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, the
Guarantor hereby agrees, for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, as
follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
1.1 Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this
Guaranty shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. As
used in this Guaranty, the following terms have the following meanings unless
the context otherwise requires:
<PAGE>
"Available Committed Amount" means the Contingent Guaranty Amount less
--------------------------
the Guaranteed Draw Amount.
"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other
------------
day on which commercial banks in New York City, New York (and, solely for the
purposes of the providing and receipt of notices and the making of payments by
the Guarantor hereunder, Paris, France) are authorized or required by law to
remain closed.
"Contingent Guaranty Amount" means initially $100,000,000, which
--------------------------
amount is subject to increase up to $150,000,000 (but the Contingent Guaranty
Amount shall in no event exceed the amount of the Term C Loan Commitment) as
provided in Schedule 1 attached hereto. The Contingent Guaranty Amount is
subject to reduction under certain conditions as provided in this Guaranty.
"Guaranteed Draw" means an advance of principal in respect of the Term
---------------
C Loan Commitment under the Credit Agreement that is made subject to this
Guaranty by Notice of Guaranty Draw given to Guarantor by Agent as provided in
Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.
"Guaranteed Draw Amount" means, at the time of determination, the
----------------------
aggregate amount of principal then outstanding in respect of the Term C Loans
that is subject to this Guaranty. The Guaranteed Draw Amount (i) shall not
exceed the Contingent Guaranty Amount and (ii) shall not include any interest in
respect of the Term C Loans or any other sums advanced or due under the Credit
Agreement.
"Guaranteed Obligations" has the meaning ascribed to such term in
----------------------
Section 2.1.
"Guaranty" means this Guaranty, as it may be amended, supplemented or
--------
otherwise modified from time to time in a writing signed by the Guarantor,
Parent, Company and the Agent.
"Lender Parties" means, collectively, the Lenders, the Agent and each
--------------
of their respective successors, transferees and assigns, and "Lender Party"
------------
means any of the foregoing.
"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a) the
-----------------------
financial condition of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
(b) the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or the rights and remedies
of the Lender Parties under this Guaranty.
"Notice of Guaranty Draw" means a notice given by Agent to Guarantor
-----------------------
pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement (but subject to the limitations
set forth in Section 2.8 hereof) specifying that an advance of funds in respect
of the Term C Loan Commitment thereunder is made subject to this Guaranty and
specifying the remaining amount that may be borrowed under the Term C Loan
Commitment after giving effect to such advance.
2
<PAGE>
"Parent" means GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda
------
company.
"Party" means either Guarantor or Agent.
-----
"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited
------
liability company, trust or other entity.
"Reimbursement Agreement" means the Reimbursement Agreement of even
-----------------------
date herewith between Guarantor and Company.
ARTICLE 2
The Guaranty
2.1 The Guaranty. Except as expressly set forth herein, the Guarantor
hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally (i) guarantees to Agent
Company's prompt payment in full when due, pursuant to the terms of the Credit
Agreement, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration,
acceleration, demand or otherwise, of the Guaranteed Draw Amount (including all
such amounts which would become due but for (x) the operation of any provision
of any law that prevents the commencement or continuation of any act or actions
against a debtor such as the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the United
States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. (S)362(a), and (y) the operation of any
provision of any law that disallows a claim against a debtor because such claim
is unsecured, unmatured or unenforceable such as Sections 502(b) and 506(b) of
the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. (S)502(b) and (S)506(b)),
(collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations") and (ii) indemnifies and holds
----------------------
harmless each Lender Party for any and all costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) incurred by such Lender Party in
enforcing any rights under this Guaranty. This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty
of payment when due and not of collection. The Guaranteed Obligations shall
conclusively be deemed to have been created in reliance upon this Guaranty.
2.2 Acceleration of Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees that, in the event of
the dissolution or insolvency of the Company or the Guarantor, or the inability
or failure of the Company or the Guarantor to pay debts as they become due, or
an assignment by the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of creditors, or
the commencement of any case or proceeding in respect of the Company or the
Guarantor under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws, and if such event
shall occur at a time when any of the Guaranteed Obligations may not then be due
and payable, the Guarantor will pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lender
Parties, forthwith the full amount which would be payable hereunder by the
Guarantor if all such Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable.
2.3 Termination of Guaranty. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and
effect until all obligations of the Company in respect of Loans made pursuant to
the Term C Loan Commitment and which are subject to this Guaranty have been paid
in full in cash (including,
3
<PAGE>
without limitation, cash obtained by way of set-off), all obligations of the
Guarantor hereunder, including without limitation under Section 2.1, have been
satisfied and the Term C Loan Commitment of each Lender shall have terminated.
The Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly
in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan
Document under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now
or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the
rights of any Lender Party with respect thereto. The Guarantor's payment of a
portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit,
affect, modify or abridge the Guarantor's liability, as set forth herein, for
any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that has not been completely performed
or indefeasibly paid in full.
2.4 Guaranty Unconditional. The Guarantor agrees that the obligations of
the Guarantor hereunder shall be unconditional, absolute and irrevocable, and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released,
discharged or otherwise affected by (and the Guarantor hereby waives any right
to or claim of) any of the following, whether with or without notice to or
assent by the Guarantor:
(i) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise,
modification, waiver or release in respect of any obligation or duty of the
Company under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, by operation
of law or otherwise;
(ii) any waiver, rescission, modification or amendment of,
supplement to or consent to depart from any condition under or any terms of
the Loan Documents;
(iii) any addition, exchange, surrender, release, impairment, non-
perfection, failure to maintain perfection or recordation or invalidity of
any direct or indirect security for any obligation or duty of the Company
or any other Person under the Loan Documents or any amendment to or waiver
or release or addition of, or consent to depart from, any other guaranty
held by any Lender Party securing any of the obligations of the Company
under the Credit Agreement;
(iv) any change in the corporate existence, structure or
ownership of the Company or any other Person, or any insolvency,
bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the
Company or any other Person or its assets or any release or discharge of
any obligation or duty of the Company or any other Person contained in the
Loan Documents resulting from any of the foregoing;
(v) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which
the Guarantor may have at any time against the Company or any other Person,
whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transactions, provided that
nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate
suit or compulsory counterclaim;
(vi) any invalidity, illegality, unenforceability, irregularity
or frustration for any reason of any of the Loan Documents or any actual or
purported obligations thereunder, or any provision of applicable law or
regulation purporting to prohibit the
4
<PAGE>
payment by the Company of any other amount payable by the Company under the
Loan Documents;
(vii) any impairment of the Company's duty of performance, the
Company's duty to reimburse or the Guarantor's right of restitution or
subrogation;
(viii) the failure of any Lender Party (A) to assert any claim or
demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other
Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of the Credit
Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, or (B) to exercise any
right or remedy against any other guarantor of, or any collateral securing,
any obligations of the Company;
(ix) any other act or omission to act or give notice or delay of
any kind by the Company or any other Person or any other circumstance
whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this section, constitute
a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to the Guarantor's obligations
or duties hereunder; or
(x) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Company,
any surety or any guarantor.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Guaranty to the contrary, other than
Sections 2.2 and 2.7, the Guarantor shall be entitled to assert as a defense to
any claim for payment or performance of the Guaranteed Obligations that (i) such
Guaranteed Obligations are not currently due under the terms of the Loan
Documents or (ii) that such Guaranteed Obligations have previously been paid or
performed in full.
2.5 Reinstatement, etc. The Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty shall
continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time
any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Agent or any Lender Party, upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, as
though such payment had not been made.
2.6 Waivers of Notices and Defenses. The Guarantor hereby waives
promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand, protest and
any notice not provided for herein with respect to any obligations of the
Company under the Credit Agreement and this Guaranty, as well as any requirement
that the Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security
interest or lien, or any property subject thereto, or exercise or exhaust any
right, assert any claim or demand or enforce any remedy or take any other action
against the Company or any other Person (including any other guarantor) or any
collateral securing the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement
and any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against
the Company or any other Person.
2.7 Stay; Indemnity. (a) The Guarantor, unconditionally and irrevocably,
agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if a Lender Party
is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company from
exercising its rights to enforce or exercise
5
<PAGE>
any right or remedy with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, or is prevented
from giving any notice or demand for payment or performance or taking any action
to realize on any security or collateral or is prevented from collecting any of
the Guaranteed Obligations, in any such case, by such proceeding or action, the
Guarantor shall pay or render to the Agent upon demand therefor the amount or
performance that would otherwise have been due had such rights and remedies been
permitted to be exercised by the applicable Lender Party.
(b) The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees as a primary
obligation to indemnify each Lender Party from time to time on demand from and
against any loss incurred by such Lender Party as a result of any of the
obligations of the Company to pay the Guaranteed Draw Amount pursuant to the
Loan Documents being or becoming void, voidable, unenforceable or ineffective as
against the Company for any reason whatsoever, whether or not known to the Agent
or any other Person; provided, however, that the maximum amount of Guarantor's
-------- --------
liability under this Section 2.7(b) shall, together with all obligations under
Sections 2.1 and 2.2, not exceed the Contingent Guaranty Amount .
2.8 No Enforcement of Subrogation. Upon making any payment or performance
with respect to any Guaranteed Obligation hereunder, the Guarantor shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Agent against the Company with respect to such
payment or performance; provided that, in furtherance of, and not in limitation
of, the terms of the Reimbursement Agreement (including the subordination
provisions thereof) the Guarantor shall not exercise or enforce any rights which
it may acquire by way of subrogation until all of the Company's obligations
under or in respect of the Credit Agreement (and under or in respect of any
financing obtained to refinance the indebtedness described in the Credit
Agreement) have been paid in full in cash and performed in full and all
commitments to extend credit thereunder have terminated. Any amount paid to the
Guarantor on account of any such subrogation rights in contravention of the
immediately preceding proviso shall be held in trust for the benefit of the
Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Parties, and shall immediately be paid to
the Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Parties, and credited and applied
against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.
2.9 Reduction of Contingent Guaranty Amount and Reduction of Guaranteed
Obligations.
(a) The Contingent Guaranty Amount shall be reduced as follows: (i) on a
dollar-for-dollar basis by the principal amount of all Loans made in respect of
the Term C Loan Commitment that are not, at the time made, Guaranteed Draws; and
(ii) by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, to the
extent required under the Credit Agreement (but not below the then Guaranteed
Draw Amount);
(b) The Agent shall, subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.9(b),
reduce the Guaranteed Draw Amount (and, therefore, the Guaranteed Obligations)
as follows: (i) by giving written notice thereof to Guarantor pursuant to
Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, whereupon the Guaranty Draw Amount shall
be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis to the extent that Guaranteed Draws
previously made in respect of the Term C Loan Commitment are then supported by
Qualified Capacity Revenue from any Qualified Capacity Agreement or any other
6
<PAGE>
Capacity Sales Agreement or Capacity Swap Agreement approved by Agent as
provided in the Credit Agreement and (ii) by giving written notice thereof to
Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which
Agent shall provide to Guarantor an irrevocable release in respect to this
Guaranty as to the amount of the reduction in question, and, at Company's
election, notice of which shall be given to Guarantor by Agent on behalf of the
Company, such amount to be added back to the Available Committed Amount.
Following receipt by the Agent of all applicable notices from the Company
requesting such reduction and the Agent's satisfaction with the form and
substance of such notices, the Agent shall promptly notify Guarantor of any such
reductions in the Guaranteed Draw Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, any
Qualified Capacity Revenue arising after the termination of the availability of
the Term C Loan Commitment shall be used to reduce the Guaranteed Draw Amount to
the extent permitted under Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement.
2.10 Restriction on Right of Agent to Give Notices of Guaranty Draw.
Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Credit Agreement to the contrary, the
delivery of a Notice of Guaranty Draw to Guarantor is subject to the following:
(i) No Notice of Guaranty Draw may be given until the Term B Loan
Commitment of all Lenders has been fully drawn in accordance with the terms
of the Credit Agreement;
(ii) No Notice of Guaranty Draw may be given until more than 50
percent of the Term A Loan Commitment of all Lenders has been drawn in
accordance with the Credit Agreement;
(iii) No Notice of Guaranty Draw may be given to the extent that the
draw in question in respect of the Term C Loan Commitment is supported by
Qualified Capacity Agreements in accordance with the Credit Agreement;
(iv) No Notice of Guaranty Draw may be given prior to the time that
the Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that
the Company has spent (or, simultaneously with the application of the
proceeds of the Loan in respect of the Term C Loan Commitment for which a
Notice of Guaranty Draw is being given, will have spent or shall have
deposited in the Construction Account provided for under the terms of the
Credit Agreement) an amount equal to the excess of $540,000,000 over the
sum of the fees, out-of-pocket expenses and other costs incurred by the
Parent and the Company in connection with the issuance by the Parent of the
Parent Senior Notes and certain of its equity interests and the other
transactions contemplated hereunder and under the Credit Agreement;
(v) No Notice of Guaranty Draw may be given if, at the time in
question, the Company is in default of its obligation to pay any of the
fees set forth in Section 2.1 of the Reimbursement Agreement; provided that
--------
the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Company and the Lender Parties that,
in the event the Agent requests the Guarantor to confirm that the Company
is not in default in the payment of any such fees, that the Guarantor has
no knowledge that a proposed Notice of Guaranty Draw cannot be given
7
<PAGE>
and/or that the Guarantor is not aware that this Guaranty is not in full
force and effect, the Guarantor will provide the Agent (with a copy to the
Company) with a prompt written response to such request.
2.11 Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, etc. The Guarantor hereby agrees
that:
(a) Any and all payments made by the Guarantor hereunder shall be made
free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities
with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of any Lender Party, taxes imposed
on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the
laws of which such Lender Party is organized and by any political subdivision
thereof and taxes imposed on its income, and franchise taxes imposed on it, by
the jurisdiction of such Lender Party's lending office under the Credit
Agreement and any political subdivision thereof (all such non-excluded taxes,
levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being
hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Guarantor shall be required by
-----
law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any
Lender Party
(i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that
after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section) such Lender Party receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been
made,
(ii) the Guarantor shall make such deductions, and
(iii) the Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the
relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with
applicable law.
(b) The Guarantor shall pay any present or future stamp or documentary
taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which
arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty (hereinafter
referred to as "Other Taxes").
-----------
(c) The Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the Agent and
each Lender Party for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including,
without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on
amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Agent or such Lender Party, as
the case may be, and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses)
arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other
Taxes were correctly or legally assessed.
(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes or Other Taxes,
the Guarantor will furnish to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a
receipt evidencing payment thereof. If no Taxes or Other Taxes are payable in
respect of any payment hereunder to the Agent or any Lender Party, the Guarantor
will furnish to the Agent or such Lender Party a certificate from each
appropriate taxing authority, or an opinion of counsel acceptable to the
8
<PAGE>
Agent, in either case stating that such payment is exempt from or not subject to
Taxes or Other Taxes.
(e) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the
Guarantor hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Guarantor contained
in this Section shall survive the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.
2.12 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. The Guarantor hereby
acknowledges and agrees that:
(a) It expressly, irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and
its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State
of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court
of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof,
in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any
other Loan Document, or for the recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and
the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in
respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New
York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. The
Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and
effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the
laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to
this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in any court referred to herein. The
Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the
defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding
in any such court. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints Thelen Reid &
Priest LLP (the "Process Agent"), with an office on the date hereof
-------------
at 40 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019, United States, as its agent to
receive, on behalf of the Guarantor and its property, service of copies of the
summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such
action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering, return
receipt requested, a copy of such process to the Guarantor in care of the
Process Agent at the Process Agent's above address, and the Guarantor hereby
irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on
its behalf. As an alternative method of service, the Guarantor also irrevocably
consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding
by the mailing of copies of such process to the Guarantor at its address
specified on the signature page hereof and to the attention of the person
specified thereon. The Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action
or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by
suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
(b) Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Agent or any
other Lender Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law
or affect the right of the Agent or any other Lender Party to bring any action
or proceeding against the Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other
jurisdictions.
(c) To the extent that the Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any
immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether
through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of
execution, execution or otherwise) with
9
<PAGE>
respect to itself or its property, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such
immunity in respect of its obligations under this Guaranty.
ARTICLE 3
Representations and Warranties
The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to each of the Lender Parties
that the following statements are true and correct:
3.1 Binding Obligation. This Guaranty has been duly and validly executed
and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with
its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights
generally and by equitable principles relating to the availability of equitable
remedies.
3.2 Relationship to the Company. As of the date hereof, the Guarantor is
the owner, directly or through one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries, of all of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Contractor, the agreement to
enter into the Supply Contract with the Contractor is of substantial and
material benefit to the Guarantor, the financing evidenced by the Credit
Agreement is of substantial and material benefit to the Guarantor, and the
Guarantor has reviewed and approved copies of the Supply Contract, the Credit
Agreement, and all other related documents and is fully informed of the remedies
the Agent may pursue upon the occurrence of a default under the Loan Documents.
This Guaranty will remain in full force and effect if Contractor ceases to be a
direct or indirect subsidiary of Guarantor and will remain in full force and
effect if the Supply Contract is assigned, in accordance with the terms thereof,
in whole or in part, by Company and/or the Agent (or any of Company's and/or
Agent's successors in interest to the Supply Contract).
3.3 Incorporation and Qualification. Guarantor is a societe anonyme duly
organized and validly existing pursuant to the laws of France. Guarantor has
all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver, and perform
its obligations under, this Guaranty.
3.4 Authorization. The Guarantor has full power and authority to conduct
its business and to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty. The Guarantor
has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and
performance of this Guaranty.
3.5 No Conflict, etc. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Guaranty do not and will not:
(a) require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or
authority or other person or entity, or conflict with any court decree or order
applicable to the Guarantor;
10
<PAGE>
(b) conflict with any law or governmental order applicable to the
Guarantor or with any provision of the statuts (bylaws) of the Guarantor or of
any material mortgage, indenture or other agreement binding upon or applicable
to the Guarantor; or
(c) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any of the
Guarantor's properties pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage,
indenture or other agreement.
3.6 Claims Pari Passu. The claims of the Agent against Guarantor under
this Guaranty will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
unsecured and unsubordinated creditors save those whose claims are preferred
solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of
general application.
3.7 No Filing or Stamp Taxes. Under the laws of France in force at the
date hereof, it is not necessary that this Guaranty be filed, recorded or
enrolled with any court or other authority in such jurisdiction or that any
stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Guaranty.
3.8 No Deduction or Withholding. Under the laws of France in force at the
date hereof, it will not be required to make any deduction or withholding from
any payment Guarantor may make hereunder.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
The Guarantor covenants and agrees with each Lender Party that:
4.1 Existence. The Guarantor shall, and shall, to the fullest extent
permitted under applicable law, cause each of its subsidiaries to, do or cause
to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and
effect its legal existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all
rights, privileges and franchises material, necessary or desirable in the normal
conduct of its business except those as to which the failure to maintain such
rights, privileges and franchises could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any
--------
amalgamation, consolidation or merger permitted under Section 4.3.
-----------
4.2 Compliance with Laws. The Guarantor shall, and shall, to the fullest
extent permitted under applicable law, cause each of its subsidiaries to, comply
in all material respects with all laws applicable to it or its property, except
where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
4.3 Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. The
Guarantor will not, directly or indirectly, (x) amalgamate or consolidate or
merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving
or continuing entity) or (y) sell, assign, transfer,
11
<PAGE>
convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties
or assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:
(a) either (i) the Guarantor is the surviving or continuing entity
or (ii) the Person formed by, surviving or continuing after any such
amalgamation, consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other
disposition is made (the "Surviving Entity"), is a societe anonyme
----------------
established or existing under the laws of France or a corporation organized
or existing under the laws of Bermuda, the United States, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia or any member country as of the date hereof of
the European Union;
(b) the Surviving Entity (if other than the Guarantor) assumes all
obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, pursuant to agreements
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or, if such assumption is effected by
operation of law, pursuant to confirmation of the same reasonably
satisfactory to Agent;
(c) the Guarantor is not then in default under any of its payment
obligations hereunder;
(d) the Guarantor or the Surviving Entity will, immediately after
such transaction, have a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of BBB- (or
better) from Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Baa3 (or better) from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.; and
(e) the Guarantor delivers to the Agent an officers' certificate and
an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each stating that
such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance, lease or other disposition complies with the preceding clauses
(a) through (d).
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by assignment, sale or otherwise)
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more
subsidiaries of the Guarantor, the Guarantor's interest in which constitutes all
or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor, shall be
deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Guarantor.
ARTICLE 5
Miscellaneous
5.1 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party
hereunder shall be in writing in the English language (including bank wire,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at
its address, telecopy number set forth, in the case of the Guarantor, on the
signature pages hereof, or in the case of the Agent, in the Credit Agreement, or
such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for
the purpose by notice to the other party. Each such notice, request or other
communication shall be
12
<PAGE>
effective (i) if given by facsimile transmission, on the next Business Day after
such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in this Section
and confirmation has been received, (ii) if given by mail, ten Business Days
after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class (or, in the
case of international mail, airmail) postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or
(iii) if given by any other means, on the next Business Day following delivery
at the address specified in this Section.
5.2 No Waivers. In addition to, and not in limitation of, Sections 2.3,
2.4 and 2.6, no failure or delay by the Agent in exercising any right, power or
privilege hereunder or under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall
be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided under the
Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise by law.
5.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Guaranty, together with the
Reimbursement Agreement, constitutes the complete agreement of the Agent and the
Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or
contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements or
representations. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to the departure of the Guarantor
herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless in writing and signed by the
Agent, Guarantor, Company and Parent .
5.4 Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries. This Guaranty is a continuing
Guaranty and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors, transferees
and assigns; provided, however, that the Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty
-------- -------
or transfer any of the rights or obligations of the Guarantor hereunder without
the prior written consent of the Agent. This Guaranty shall inure to the
benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Lender Parties. Nothing contained in
this Guaranty shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than the parties
hereto and the other beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence any right
to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the
obligations contained herein. Without limiting the generality of this Section,
each Lender Party may assign or otherwise transfer (in whole or in part) all or
any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations held by it to any other Person, and
such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all rights and benefits in
respect thereof granted to such Lender Party under any Loan Document (including
this Guaranty) or otherwise. If requested by the Agent, the Guarantor will
execute and deliver a consent, in a form reasonably requested by Agent, to any
such assignment in favor of such Lenders.
5.5 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY EXPRESSLY,
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE
SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE
UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY
APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
13
<PAGE>
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR
RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EXPRESSLY CONSENTS TO AND
ACKNOWLEDGES THE TERMS AND AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.12.
5.6 Judgment. The obligations of the Guarantor in respect of this
Guaranty due to any Person shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency
(the "judgment currency") other than the lawful currency of the United States of
-----------------
America ("Dollars"), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day
-------
following receipt by such Person of any sum adjudged to be so due in the
judgment currency, such Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures
purchase Dollars with the judgment currency. If the amount of Dollars so
purchased (net of all transaction costs including currency conversion costs) is
less than the sum originally due to such Person in Dollars, the Guarantor
agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to
indemnify such Person against such loss, and if the amount of Dollars so
purchased exceeds the sum originally due to any such Person, such Person agrees
to remit to the Guarantor, such excess.
5.7 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Guaranty
shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, provided that if any provision in or obligation under this
Guaranty shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or
obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
5.8 Interpretation. Section headings in this Guaranty are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Guaranty for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
5.9 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time, upon the
request of the Agent, the Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further
documents and do such other acts and things as the Agent may reasonably request
in order to effect fully the purposes of this Guaranty. The Guarantor agrees to
be liable for any reasonable expenses incurred by Agent and/or its successors
and assigns with respect to any action or proceeding to enforce this Guaranty.
The Guarantor agrees to deliver from time to time, within fifteen (15) days upon
request, an opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders, which opinion shall, without
limitation, express the opinion that this Guaranty is enforceable and the
Guarantor has all necessary power and authority to execute this Guaranty and
perform its obligations hereunder; provided, however, that Guarantor may only be
-------- -------
required to provide such an opinion once in any 24-month period and such opinion
shall be delivered at the cost and expense of the Company.
5.10. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY
AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY
RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BASED
HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS GUARANTY. THE
GUARANTOR
14
<PAGE>
ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION
FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE
LENDERS ENTERING INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
5.11 Loan Document. This Guaranty is a Loan Document executed pursuant to
the Credit Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of the
date first above written.
EXECUTED BY:
ALCATEL
By /s/ Jean-Pierre Halbron
---------------------------
Name:
Title:
Address: Alcatel
54 rue La Boetie
75008 Paris, France
Fax:
15
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1
TO
GUARANTY (QUALIFIED CAPACITY AGREEMENT)
For every $120 that the total amount owed or that may become owed to
Contractor under the Supply Contract (whether as a result of or with respect to
the Initial Contract Price, Contract Variations, System Upgrades, System
Extensions or otherwise) exceeds $620,861,575, the Contingent Guaranty Amount
shall (unless the Agent, at the direction of the Company, notifies the Guarantor
in writing to the contrary) be increased by $50; provided, however, the
-------- -------
aggregate amount of such increases shall in no event result in the Contingent
Guaranty Amount exceeding $150,000,000 in the aggregate and that such increases
shall only be made in aggregate amounts of $1,000,000 or in whole number
multiples thereof. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meaning set forth in the Supply Contract.
Schedule 1-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 4.3(c)
REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
This Reimbursement Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into effective as of
---------
July 14, 1999 by GlobeNet Communications Holdings Ltd. ("Company"), and
-------
ALCATEL, a societe anonyme established in France (the "Guarantor").
---------
R E C I T A L S
---------------
(A) Concurrently with the execution hereof, Guarantor has executed a
Guaranty (Qualified Capacity Agreement) (such agreement, as amended,
supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time by
the Guarantor and the Agent, the "Guaranty") for the benefit of the Lenders
--------
(defined below) and Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as administrative agent for
the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such
capacity, the ("Agent"). The Guaranty has been executed and delivered by
-----
Guarantor pursuant to a Credit Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1999 (together
with all amendments, supplements and other modifications, if any, from time to
time hereafter made thereto, including and together with any agreement or
agreements refunding, replacing or refinancing such Credit Agreement, the
"Credit Agreement"), among Company, the various financial institutions and other
----------------
entities (individually, a "Lender" and collectively, the "Lenders") as are or
------ -------
may from time to time become, parties thereto and the Agent.
(B) Guarantor has executed and delivered the Guaranty at the special
instance and request of Company, and in conjunction therewith Guarantor has
required the execution and delivery of this Reimbursement Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing, and in order to induce the
Guarantor to execute and deliver the Guaranty, Company and Guarantor agree as
follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
1.1 Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this
Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. As
used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings
unless the context otherwise requires:
"Available Committed Amount" means the Contingent Guaranty Amount less
--------------------------
the Guaranteed Draw Amount.
"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks in New York City, New York (and, solely for the
purposes of the providing and receipt of notices, Paris, France) are authorized
or required by law to remain closed.
<PAGE>
"Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person, means the obligations of
-------------------------
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other
arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP,
and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Contingent Guaranty Amount" means initially $100,000,000, which
--------------------------
amount is subject to increase up to $150,000,000 (but the Contingent Guaranty
Amount shall in no event exceed the amount of the Term C Loan Commitment) as
provided in Schedule 1 attached hereto. The Contingent Guaranty Amount is
subject to reduction under certain conditions as provided in the Guaranty.
"Credit Agreement Termination Date" means the date of repayment in
---------------------------------
full in cash (including, without limitation, cash obtained by way of set-off) of
all obligations and termination of all commitments under the Credit Agreement or
any subsequent credit or similar agreement relating to any refunding,
replacement or refinancing of the indebtedness and/or commitments evidenced by
the Credit Agreement.
"Guaranteed Draw Amount" means, at the time of determination, the
----------------------
aggregate amount of principal then outstanding in respect of the Term C Loans
that is subject to the Guaranty. The Guaranteed Draw Amount (i) shall not exceed
the Contingent Guaranty Amount, and (ii) shall not include any interest in
respect of the Term C Loans or any other sums advanced or due under the Credit
Agreement.
"Guaranty Draw Fee" means a fee equal to one percent (1%) of the
-----------------
principal amount of Term C Loan Commitment that is specified in the applicable
Notice of Guaranty Draw as being made subject to the Guaranty.
"Increased Indebtedness Fee" means, with respect to each borrowing
--------------------------
constituting Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (other than any borrowing incurred
pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement), a fee equal to three
percent (3%) of the principal amount of such borrowing determined as of the time
all of the proceeds of such borrowing are actually received by the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, as the case may be.
"Indebtedness for Borrowed Money" means the principal amount of the
-------------------------------
borrowings of the Company and its Subsidiaries, excluding (i) fees or interest
in respect of borrowings, (ii) non-speculative hedging transactions, (iii) any
amounts owed pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) leases properly classified as
operating leases under GAAP, but Indebtedness for Borrowed Money shall include
the capitalized value of any Capital Lease Obligations, and (v) intercompany
indebtedness.
"Lender Hedging Agreement" means any agreement relating to the
------------------------
obligations referred to in clause (i)(B) of Section 4.6.
2
<PAGE>
"Notice of Guaranty Draw" means a notice given by Agent to Guarantor
-----------------------
pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement (but subject to the limitations
set forth in Section 2.8 of the Guaranty) specifying that an advance of funds in
respect of the Term C Loan Commitment is made subject to the Guaranty and
specifying the remaining amount that may be advanced under Term C Loan
Commitment after giving effect to such Advance.
"Parent" means GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda
------
company.
"Party" means either the Guarantor or the Company.
-----
"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited
------
liability company, trust or other entity.
"Quarterly Availability Fee" means, as to any applicable period of
--------------------------
determination, (i) for each day during such period when there is not outstanding
any Guaranteed Draw Amount, an amount equal to 0.375 percent per annum of the
average daily Available Committed Amount during such number of days (including,
without limitation, all amounts added back to the Available Committed Amount
pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement during such period), , and (ii)
for each day during such period when there is any outstanding Guaranteed Draw
Amount, an amount equal to 0.75 percent per annum of the average Available
Committed Amount during such number of days.
"Quarterly Guaranteed Draw Fee" means an amount equal to 2.0 percent
-----------------------------
per annum of the average daily Guaranteed Draw Amount outstanding for the
applicable period of determination, provided that for the purposes of
determining the Quarterly Guaranteed Draw Fee, the Guaranteed Draw Amount shall
be reduced by any portion thereof that has become a Reimbursement Amount.
"Reimbursement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
--------------------
"Reimbursement Obligation" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
------------------------
"Semi-Annual Payment Date" means each June 30 and December 31 (or, if
------------------------
such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day)
commencing with December 31, 2001 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the
immediately preceding Business Day).
"Senior Obligations" means all obligations of Company now existing or
------------------
hereafter arising under the Credit Agreement, any Lender Hedging Agreement or
any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, principal, reimbursement
obligations in respect of letters of credit, interest (including, without
limitation, interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued
but for the filing of, a petition initiating any proceeding referred to in
Section 5.3, whether or not allowed as a claim in such proceeding), fees,
- -----------
indemnities and expenses.
3
<PAGE>
"Subordinated Obligations" means the Reimbursement Amount, all
------------------------
interest thereon and all other amounts payable in connection therewith.
"Upfront Fee" means a fee that is paid once, in an amount equal to the
-----------
sum of (i) $250,000, plus (ii) one percent (1%) of the Contingent Guaranty
Amount on the date of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
Payment of Fees in Respect of Guaranty
2.1 Payment of Fees in Respect of Guaranty. In consideration for the
provision of the Guaranty, the Company agrees to pay the following fees to
Guarantor at the times indicated:
(a) Upfront Fee. The Upfront Fee shall be payable in full within
-----------
three (3) Business Days after all of the following have occurred: (i) the
Net Equity Proceeds and the Parent Senior Note Proceeds have been received
by Parent, and (ii) the Credit Agreement has been executed by Company and
the Lenders;
(b) Guaranty Draw Fee. The Guaranty Draw Fee shall be payable three
-----------------
(3) Business Days after receipt by Guarantor from the Agent of the
applicable Notice of Guaranty Draw pursuant to the Credit Agreement;
provided, however, that Company shall not be liable for making any such
-------- -------
payment until the proceeds of the applicable draw have actually been
received by the Company;
(c) Quarterly Availability Fee. The Quarterly Availability Fee shall
--------------------------
commence to accrue on the date hereof and shall be payable on a calendar
quarter basis in arrears on the last Business Day of the last month of such
calendar quarter during the term of the Guaranty, based upon the average
daily Available Committed Amount outstanding during the preceding calendar
quarter (or, if applicable, portion thereof);
(d) Quarterly Guaranty Draw Fee. The Quarterly Guaranty Draw Fee
---------------------------
shall be payable on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day
of the last month of each calendar quarter during the term of the Guaranty
(or, if applicable, portion thereof), based upon the average daily
Guaranteed Draw Amount outstanding during the preceding calendar quarter
(or, if applicable, portion thereof); and
(e) Increased Indebtedness Fee. The Increased Indebtedness Fee shall
--------------------------
be payable on the last Business Day of any month during which the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries incurs any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money other
than that incurred pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement,
including any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money incurred to refund, replace
or refinance Indebtedness for Borrowed Money incurred pursuant to or in
connection with the Credit Agreement. The Company agrees to give notice to
the Guarantor within three (3) Business Days after it incurs any
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money that would obligate it to pay the Increased
4
<PAGE>
Indebtedness Fee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the aggregate
amount of all Increased Indebtedness Fees shall not exceed $1,250,000.
ARTICLE 3
Reimbursement Obligations
3.1 Reimbursement Obligation. If and to the extent Guarantor pays any
amount to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty, Company shall
immediately and automatically be obligated (the "Reimbursement Obligation") to
------------------------
pay such amount (inclusive of all other such amounts, collectively, the
"Reimbursement Amount") to Guarantor with interest thereon as herein provided,
--------------------
subject to the subordination provisions of Article 5 hereof.
3.2 Interest on Reimbursement Amounts. The Reimbursement Amount shall bear
interest at the applicable rate specified in the Credit Agreement as to
principal of the Term C Loans that is not paid when due from the date that
Guarantor advances funds to Agent pursuant to the Guaranty until repaid as
provided herein. The Reimbursement Amount shall continue to bear interest at
such rate notwithstanding the termination of the Credit Agreement.
3.3 Payment of Reimbursement Amount.
(a) Unless otherwise agreed to by the Lenders, Guarantor and Company agree
that no payment shall be made in respect of the Reimbursement Amount or interest
thereon (except as provided below in this Section 3.3(a)) prior to the Credit
Agreement Termination Date; provided that Company shall be required to make
--------
payments in respect of the Reimbursement Amount and interest thereon to the
extent of 50 percent of the Excess Cash Flow available for such purpose (if any)
as provided in clause ninth of Section 8.08(d) of the Credit Agreement; such
payments shall be applied first to interest and then to the Reimbursement Amount
and shall be payable on each Semi-Annual Payment Date based upon the Excess Cash
Flow for the semi-annual period ending on such Semi-Annual Payment Date.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Guarantor and Company agree
that no payment shall be required or made in respect of the Reimbursement Amount
or interest thereon during any time when a Default or Designated Event has
occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom (it being understood and
agreed that any payment default under the Credit Agreement cured by the
Guarantor shall not be a Default or Designated Event thereunder upon and
subsequent to such cure).
(b) After the Credit Agreement Termination Date, the Reimbursement Amount
shall be payable in four equal semi-annual installments of principal, the first
of which (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) shall be due and
payable on the first Business Day following the first six-month anniversary of
the Credit Agreement Termination Date, and a like installment of principal and
interest shall be due on the first Business Day following each subsequent six-
month anniversary of such date until the fourth such date, when the
Reimbursement Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due
and payable in full. In addition, after the Credit Agreement Termination Date,
75 percent of the Company's net cash flow (determined in accordance with
GAAP) shall be applied to prepay the Reimbursement
5
<PAGE>
Amount and interest thereon (with payments being applied first to interest),
with one-half (1/2) of such payments being applied in the regular order of
maturity and one-half (1/2) thereof being applied in the inverse order of
maturity; such payments shall be made on the first Business Day of each calendar
quarter based upon the net cash flow for the preceding calendar quarter.
3.4 Prepayment of Reimbursement Amount. Company may (to the extent it has
funds available therefor) prepay the Reimbursement Amount and interest thereon,
in whole or in part, at any time without penalty or premium.
ARTICLE 4
Certain Restrictions, Guaranty and Lien Rights
4.1 Restrictions on Declaration of Defaults and on Taking Certain Actions.
Guarantor agrees that until the earlier to occur of (i) the Credit Agreement
Termination Date, and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default under or in
respect of the Credit Agreement and the acceleration of payment of all
obligations thereunder, Guarantor may not, except as hereafter provided in this
Section 4.1, declare a default in respect of the Reimbursement Obligation or
otherwise accelerate payment of the Reimbursement Amount and interest thereon
under this Agreement. The foregoing provision shall not be construed to limit
the obligation of Company to pay the fees called for under Article 2 of this
Agreement or to make payments in respect of the Reimbursement Amount and
interest thereon out of Excess Cash Flow as provided in Section 3.3(a) hereof,
and upon any failure to pay such fees or payments Guarantor may (after giving no
less than 15 days prior written notice thereof to Agent) pursue any action
available to recover the amount of the fees or payments that have not been paid.
In addition to the foregoing, Guarantor may also declare a default under this
Agreement (after giving not less than 15 days prior written notice thereof to
Agent), if the Maturity Date set forth in the Credit Agreement is amended to
provide for a later date that is more than three months after the original
scheduled Maturity Date.
4.2 Restrictions on Indebtedness for Borrowed Money. Until such time as
all Reimbursement Amounts and all other amounts payable to Guarantor under this
Agreement have been paid in full and this Agreement has been terminated, the
Company agrees that its and its subsidiaries' total Indebtedness for Borrowed
Money shall not exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate.
4.3 Restriction on Payment on Parent Senior Notes. Until such time as all
Reimbursement Amounts and all other amounts payable to Guarantor under this
Agreement have been paid in full and this Agreement has been terminated, the
Parent shall not make any payments in respect of principal on the Parent Senior
Notes.
4.4 Restriction on Redemptions and Reduction in Share Capital. During any
time while the Guaranty is in effect or there is outstanding and unpaid any
Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to Guarantor hereunder, then
the Company and Parent shall not redeem, reacquire, or buy back any outstanding
capital stock of the Company or Parent, as applicable, nor
6
<PAGE>
otherwise reduce its outstanding share capital, provided that foregoing
provision shall not restrict the Parent from redeeming (i) up to $31,000,000 of
its outstanding capital stock from the proceeds of the Company high yield debt
and equity offerings and (ii) its capital stock as required in connection with
its stock option plans and employment agreements, provided that redemptions
pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $10,000,000. In addition to the
foregoing, following the closing and funding of the Parent Senior Notes and the
sale of the equity interests in Parent described in the Credit Agreement, and
after any Notice of Guaranty Draw is given, the outstanding share capital of the
Company shall not be less than the excess of $540,000,000 over the sum of the
fees, out-of-pocket expenses and other costs incurred by the Parent and the
Company in connection with the issuance by the Parent of the Parent Senior Notes
and certain of its equity interests and the other transactions contemplated
hereunder and under the Credit Agreement.
4.5 Additional Guaranties and Lien Rights. After the occurrence of the
Credit Agreement Termination Date, Company agrees that it shall, to the extent
granted to the Agent, and shall cause all of its Subsidiaries to the extent
provided under the Credit Agreement (the "Subject Subsidiaries" which directly
--------------------
or indirectly own any interest in the System) to (i) guaranty Company's
obligations hereunder, and (ii) grant a lien on their interests in the System,
to secure performance of Company's obligations under this Agreement. The
documentation evidencing such guaranties and liens shall be in substantially the
same form as that executed in conjunction with the Credit Agreement. Guarantor
agrees that it will not register, make any filing or take any similar action in
respect of such future lien until after the occurrence of the Credit Agreement
Termination Date.
4.6 Negative Pledge. So long as the Guaranty is in effect or any
Reimbursement Amount or any other amount is payable to Guarantor pursuant to
this Agreement, the Company and the Subject Subsidiaries shall not grant any
liens or security interests on or in any of their assets to secure the payment
of any borrowings, nor shall the Company or the Subject Subsidiaries guaranty
the payment of any borrowings of any other person or entity, except that the
foregoing provision shall not restrict the following: (i) any liens or security
interests or guarantees granted or made in connection with or with respect to
(A) the Credit Agreement, including any refunding, replacement or refinancing of
the indebtedness and/or commitments evidenced by the Credit Agreement, and (B)
all obligations under non-speculative hedging transactions payable to a Person
that was a Lender (or an affiliate of a Lender) at the time the hedging
transaction pursuant to which such obligations are payable was entered into to
the extent such obligations are secured by liens or security interests on assets
securing the obligations described in the preceding clause (A) or guaranteed by
any or all of the Persons guarantying such obligations; (ii) purchase money
security interests and liens securing up to $50,000,000 in principal
obligations, together with all interest, fees and other charges incurred in
respect of such borrowings; and (iii) liens arising by operation of law. The
Company shall notify Guarantor, within two (2) Business Days after the
consummation thereof, of the incurrence of any purchase money security interest
or lien as described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, and the principal
amount secured thereby.
4.7 Credit Agreement Definitions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein or in the Guaranty, for the purposes of this Agreement and the
Guaranty, the
7
<PAGE>
following terms: (a) "Qualified Capacity Agreement", (b) "Qualified
---------------------------- ---------
Capacity Revenue, (c) "Qualified Purchaser", (d) "Capacity Swap Agreements",
- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------------
(e) "Capacity Sales Agreements", (f) "Net Equity Proceeds", (g) "Parent Senior
------------------------- ------------------- -------------
Note Proceeds", and (h) "Parent Senior Notes", shall have the meanings ascribed
- ------------- -------------------
to such terms in the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof, and shall only be
modified for purposes of this Agreement by any modification to the Credit
Agreement (including any agreement or agreements refunding, replacing or
refinancing the Credit Agreement in effect as of the date hereof) subsequent to
such date to the extent that such a modification is not adverse to the
Guarantor. In addition, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any reduction
of the Term A Loan Commitment, the Term B Loan Commitment and the Term C Loan
Commitment shall be calculated and reduced pro rata among all such loan
commitments. The Company agrees that it shall not amend Section 9.08 of the
Credit Agreement (or any successor provision) in a manner adverse to the
Guarantor without the Guarantor's prior consent.
4.8 Reductions. (a) Company agrees that if it determines that there is an
increase of at least $1,000,000 in the aggregate in Qualified Capacity Revenue
from any one or more Qualified Capacity Agreements or any other Capacity Sales
Agreements or Capacity Swap Agreements that will not be needed to support any
drawing under the Term C Loan Commitment, Company shall promptly notify Agent
and, to the extent permitted under Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, shall
require the Agent to notify Guarantor that the Contingent Guaranty Amount or the
Guaranteed Draw Amount, as applicable, shall be reduced to the extent of such
increase. In connection with the foregoing, Company shall promptly furnish to
the Agent such information in Company's possession (including copies of the
applicable Qualified Capacity Agreements) as may be necessary to enable the
Agent to make a determination that such a reduction is permitted under the
Credit Agreement.
(b) In the event that there exists any Qualified Capacity Revenue in
excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate from any one or more Qualified Capacity
Agreements or any other Capacity Sales Agreements or Capacity Swap Agreements
that is not supporting any Term C Loan after the expiration of the availability
of the Term C Loan Commitment, Company will promptly notify Agent and, to the
extent permitted under Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, shall require the
Agent to notify Guarantor that the Guaranteed Draw Amount shall be reduced to
the extent of such amount of Qualified Capacity Revenue. In connection with the
foregoing, Company shall promptly furnish to the Agent such information in
Company's possession as referred to in Section 4.8(a) above.
ARTICLE 5
SUBORDINATION
5.1 Agreement to Subordinate. Each of Guarantor and Company agrees that
the Subordinated Obligations are and shall be subject, subordinate and rendered
junior, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of
payment, to the prior payment in full in cash
8
<PAGE>
of all Senior Obligations. Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that these
subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a
consideration to each holder of any Senior Obligations, whether such Senior
Obligations were created or acquired before or after the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, to acquire and continue to hold such Senior Obligations and
such holder of Senior Obligations shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on
such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold such Senior
Obligations.
5.2 Payment Restrictions. Company shall not make, and Guarantor shall not
receive or accept, any payment in respect of the Subordinated Obligations if a
Default or Designated Event has occurred and is continuing or would result
therefrom, unless otherwise agreed to by the Lenders. For purposes of these
provisions, "payment" in respect of the Subordinated Obligations shall include
any direct or indirect payment or distribution from any source, whether in cash,
property or securities, by set-off or otherwise, in respect of principal,
premium, interest or otherwise, including in connection with any redemption or
purchase thereof or any recovery on any claim for rescission or damages.
5.3 Insolvency and Related Proceedings. (a) Upon any payment, distribution
or other transfer of all or any of the assets of Company in the event of
(i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or
proceeding in connection therewith, relative to Company or to its assets,
(ii) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of Company,
whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or
bankruptcy, or
(iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any scheme of
arrangement or reconstruction of creditor claims, or any marshaling of
assets and liabilities of Company,
then, and in any such event, unless the Lenders shall otherwise agree in
writing, the holders of the Senior Obligations shall receive payment in full in
cash of all amounts due or to become due (whether or not the Senior Obligations
have been declared due and payable prior to the date on which the Senior
Obligations would otherwise have become due and payable) on or in respect of all
Senior Obligations before the Guarantor or anyone claiming through or on its
behalf (including any receiver, trustee, or otherwise) are entitled to receive
any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations, and to that end any
payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Subordinated
Obligations in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other
winding up or event, shall be paid or delivered directly to the Agent for the
application (in the case of cash) to, or as collateral (in the case of non-cash
property or securities) for, the payment or prepayment of the Senior Obligations
until the Senior Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash.
9
<PAGE>
(b) If any proceeding, liquidation, dissolution or winding up referred to
in clause (a) above is commenced by or against Company,
----------
(i) the Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered (in its
own name or in the name of Company, Guarantor or otherwise), but shall have
no obligation, to demand, sue for, collect and receive every payment or
distribution in respect of the Subordinated Obligations and give
acquittance therefor and to file claims and proofs of claim and take such
other action (including, without limitation, voting the Subordinated
Obligations or enforcing any security interest or other lien securing
payment of the Subordinated Obligations) as the Agent may deem necessary or
advisable for the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights or interests
of the Lender Parties, including the Agent, hereunder; provided that
--------
Guarantor shall be permitted to take such action so long as, in the
reasonable judgment of the Agent, the taking of such action is not
inconsistent with the terms hereof and the parties agree that any party
taking any such action hereunder shall promptly notify the other party upon
the taking of any such action; provided, however, that if the Agent takes
-------- -------
any such action, the Agent shall apply all proceeds first, to the payment
-----
of the costs of enforcement of these subordination provisions, and second,
------
to the pro rata payment, prepayment and/or cash collateralization of the
--- ----
Senior Obligations in a manner consistent with the provisions set forth in
the Credit Agreement; and
(ii) the Guarantor shall duly and promptly take such action as the
Agent may reasonably request (A) to collect the Subordinated Obligations
for account of the holders of Senior Obligations and to file appropriate
claims or proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, (B)
to execute and deliver to the Agent such powers of attorney, assignments,
or other instruments as the Agent may reasonably request to enable them to
enforce any and all claims with respect to, and any security interests and
other liens securing payment of, the Subordinated Obligations and (C) to
collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be
payable or deliverable upon or with respect to the Subordinated
Obligations.
5.4 Payment Over. All payments, distributions or other transfers of assets
of Company, whether in cash, property or securities upon or with respect to the
Subordinated Obligations which are received by the Guarantor contrary to the
provisions of this Agreement shall be received in trust for the pro rata benefit
--- ----
of holders of Senior Obligations, shall be segregated from other funds and
property held by the Guarantor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent in
the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be applied, pro
---
rata (in the case of cash) to, or held as collateral (in the case of noncash
- ----
property or securities) for, the payment or prepayment of the Senior
Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.
5.5 Specific Performance. The Agent is hereby authorized to demand
specific performance of these subordination provisions, whether or not Company
or Guarantor shall have complied with any of the provisions hereof applicable to
it, at any time when Guarantor shall have failed to comply with any of the
provisions of this Agreement applicable to it. Guarantor hereby irrevocably
waives any defense (other than the defense of payment in full in cash of the
10
<PAGE>
Senior Obligations) based on the adequacy of a remedy at law which might be
asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.
5.6 Subordination Legend; Further Assurances. Guarantor will cause each
note and instrument (if any) evidencing the Subordinated Obligations to be
endorsed with the following legend:
"The indebtedness evidenced by this instrument is subordinated
to the prior payment in full in cash of the Senior Obligations (as
defined in the Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of July ___, 1999)
pursuant to, and to the extent provided in, the Reimbursement
Agreement by the maker hereof and payee named herein in favor of the
holders of such Senior Obligations and any person now or hereafter
designated as their agent."
Each of Guarantor and Company hereby agrees to mark its books of account in such
a manner as shall be effective to give proper notice of the effect of this
Agreement and will, in the case of any Subordinated Obligation not evidenced by
any note or instrument, following the occurrence and continuation of a Default,
or Designated Event, upon the Agent's request, cause such Subordinated
Obligation to be evidenced by an appropriate note or instrument or instruments
endorsed with the above legend. Each of Guarantor and Company will at its
expense and at any time and from time to time promptly execute and deliver all
further instruments and documents and take all further action that may be
necessary or that the Agent may reasonably request to protect any right or
interest granted or purported to be granted hereunder or to enable holders of
Senior Obligations or the Agent to exercise and enforce their rights and
remedies hereunder.
5.7 No Change in or Disposition of Subordinated Obligations. Guarantor
will not, without the prior written consent of the Agents (a) sell, assign,
transfer, endorse, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the
Subordinated Obligations ("Transfer") or (b) permit the terms of any of the
--------
Subordinated Obligations to be changed in such a manner as to have an adverse
effect upon the rights or interests of holders of Senior Obligations or the
Agent unless, in the case of any purported Transfer, either (i)
(a) the proposed assignee is a societe anonyme established or existing
under the laws of France or a corporation organized under the laws of
Bermuda, the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, or any member country as of the date hereof of the European
Union;
(b) the proposed assignee assumes all obligations of the Guarantor
hereunder, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent;
(c) the proposed assignee has a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of
BBB-(or better) from Standard & Poor's Services and Baa3 (or better)
from Moody's Investor Service, Inc.; and
11
<PAGE>
(d) the Guarantor delivers to the Agent an officer's certificate and an
opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each stating
that such sale, assignment or transfer complies with the preceding
clauses (a) through (c);
or (ii) the proposed assignee agrees to be bound by the subordination
provisions of this Agreement pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent and such Transfer does not cause or effect any Transfer of any of
Guarantor's obligations under this Agreement and in any event Guarantor remains
primarily liable in respect of all of its obligations hereunder.
5.8 Obligations Hereunder Not Affected. All rights and interest of
holders of Senior Obligations and the Agent hereunder, and all agreements and
obligations of the Guarantor and Company hereunder, shall remain in full force
and effect irrespective of:
(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any document evidencing
the Senior Obligations;
(b) except as contemplated in the last sentence of Section 4.1, any
change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of,
all or any of the Senior Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of
or any consent to departure from any of the documents evidencing or
relating to the Senior Obligations;
(c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any
release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty
or other document, for all or any of the Senior Obligations;
(d) any failure of any holder of Senior Obligations or the Agent to
assert any claim or to enforce any right or remedy against any other party
hereto under the provisions of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any
other document;
(e) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of the
Senior Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release,
surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and
Company and Guarantor hereby waive any right to or claim of) any defense
(other than the defense of payment in full in cash of the Senior
Obligations) or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever
by reason of invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity,
compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence
affecting, any Senior Obligation; and
(f) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense
(other than the defense of payment in full in cash of the Senior
Obligations) available to, or a discharge of, Company in respect of the
Senior Obligations or Guarantor in respect of these subordination
provisions.
These subordination provisions shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Obligations
is rescinded or must otherwise be
12
<PAGE>
returned by any holder of Senior Obligations or the Agent upon the insolvency,
bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, all as though such payment
had not been made.
5.9 Miscellaneous Subordination Provisions. (a) The subordination
provisions contained herein are solely for the benefit of the holders from time
to time of Senior Obligations and their representatives, assignees and
beneficiaries and may not be rescinded, cancelled, amended or modified in any
way other than any amendment or modification that would not adversely affect the
rights of any holder of Senior Obligations. Guarantor shall not subordinate any
Subordinated Obligations to any indebtedness or obligation of Company other than
the Senior Obligations.
(b) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior
Obligations to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any
way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of
Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or
by any non-compliance by Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of
this Agreement, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or
be otherwise charged with.
(c) These subordination provisions shall, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be,
if at any time payment and performance of the Senior Obligations is, pursuant to
applicable law, avoided, recovered, or rescinded or must otherwise be restored
or returned by any holder of Senior Obligations, whether as a "voidable
preference," "fraudulent conveyance," "fraudulent transfer," or otherwise, all
as though such payment or performance had not been made.
ARTICLE 6
Miscellaneous
6.1 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party
hereunder shall be in writing in the English language (including bank wire,
facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at
its address, telecopy number set forth on the signature pages hereof, or such
other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for the
purpose by notice to the other party. Each such notice, request or other
communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile transmission, on the
next Business Day after such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number
specified in this Section and confirmation has been received, (ii) if given by
mail, ten (10) Business Days after such communication is deposited in the mails
with first class (or, in the case of international mail, airmail) postage
prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (iii) if given by any other means, the next
Business Day following delivery at the address specified in this Section.
6.2 No Waivers. No failure or delay by either Party or any Lender Party in
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
13
<PAGE>
right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be
cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies.
6.3 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement constitutes the complete
agreement of Company and the Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants,
agreements or representations. No amendment, modification, termination or
waiver of any provision hereof, nor any consent to the departure from the
provisions hereof shall in any event be effective without the written consent of
both Parties and the Agent.
6.4 Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding
upon the Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns,
provided, however, that neither Party may assign this Agreement or transfer any
- -------- -------
of the rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the
other Party.
6.5 APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS.
6.6 Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities. (a) Each Party hereby
acknowledges and agrees that it expressly, irrevocably and unconditionally
submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the
Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the
United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the recognition or
enforcement of any judgment, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees
that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and
determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such
federal court. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it
may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to
herein. Each Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action
or proceeding in any such court.
(b) The Company hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System (the
"Company Process Agent"), with an office on the date hereof at 1633 Broadway,
---------------------
New York, New York 10019, United States, as the Company Process Agent of Company
as its agent to receive, on behalf of it and its property, service of copies of
the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such
action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy
of such process to the Company in care of the Company Process Agent at the
Company Process Agent's above address, and the Company hereby irrevocably
authorizes and directs the Company Process Agent to accept such service on its
behalf.
(c) The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints Thelen Reid & Priest LLP
(the "Guarantor Process Agent"), with an office on the date hereof at 40 West
------------------------
57th Street, New York, New York 10019, United States, as the Guarantor
Process Agent of Guarantor as its agent
14
<PAGE>
to receive, on behalf of it and its property, service of copies of the summons
and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such action or
proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such
process to the Guarantor in care of the Guarantor Process Agent at the Guarantor
Process Agent's above address, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes
and directs the Guarantor Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf.
(d) As an alternative method of service, the Guarantor and the Company
each also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such
action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to the Guarantor
or the Company, as the case may be, at its address specified on the signature
page hereof. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by
suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
6.7. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND
INTENTIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY
RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BASED
HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT. EACH
PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS RECEIVED FULL AND SUFFICIENT
CONSIDERATION FOR THIS PROVISION AND THAT THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL
INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDERS ENTERING INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
6.8 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement
shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, provided that if any provision in or obligation under this
Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or
obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
6.9 Interpretation. Section headings in this Agreement are included herein
for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Agreement for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.
6.10 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time, upon the
reasonable request of a Party or the Agent therefor, the Parties shall execute
and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as may be
reasonably requested in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement.
6.11 Termination. This Agreement (except Article 5) shall terminate at such
time as (i) the Guaranty is no longer in effect and Guarantor has no further
obligations thereunder, and (ii) all Reimbursement Amounts and other amounts
payable to Guarantor hereunder have been paid in full.
15
<PAGE>
6.12 Multiple Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts.
6.13 Legal Opinion. The Company hereby agrees to promptly upon receipt of
appropriate invoices from Guarantor, reimburse Guarantor for all costs and
expenses incurred by Guarantor in connection with the delivery of any opinion
requested of Guarantor in accordance with section 5.9 of the Guaranty.
16
<PAGE>
EXECUTED as of the date set forth above.
ALCATEL
/s/
By _____________________________________
Name:
Title:
Address: Alcatel
54 rue La Boetie
75008 Paris, France
Fax:
The Common Seal of GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS
HOLDINGS LTD. was hereunto affixed in the presence
of:
/s/ Michael Kedar
By _____________________________________
Director
/s/ Lin Gentemann
By _____________________________________
Director / Secretary
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS HOLDINGS
LTD.
2 Carter's Bay Road
Address: ______________________________
Southside
______________________________
St. David's
______________________________
Bermuda DD 02
441-296-9010
Fax: ______________________________
17
<PAGE>
ACKNOWLEDGED:
TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.,
as Administrative Agent
By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:
18
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1
TO
REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
For every $120 that the total amount owed or that may become owed to
Contractor under the Supply Contract (whether as a result of or with respect to
the Initial Contract Price, Contract Variations, System Upgrades, System
Extensions or otherwise) exceeds $620,861,575, the Contingent Guaranty Amount
shall (unless the Agent, at the direction of the Company, notifies the Guarantor
in writing to the contrary) be increased by $50; provided, however, the
-------- -------
aggregate amount of such increases shall in no event result in the Contingent
Guaranty Amount exceeding $150,000,000 in the aggregate and that such increases
shall only be made in aggregate amounts of 1,000,000 or in whole number
multiples thereof. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meaning set forth in the Supply Contract.
1-1
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 5.2
October 13, 1999
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
2 Carter's Bay Road
Southside
St. David's
Bermuda
Dear Sirs
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited (the "Company")
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-86461)
We have acted as special legal counsel in Bermuda to the Company in connection
with its filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission of a
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-86461) (the "Registration
Statement") with respect to the proposed offer by the Company to exchange
US$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 13% Series B Senior
Notes Due 2007 (the "Exchange Notes") for an equal principal amount of its
outstanding 13% Senior Notes Due 2007 (the "Restricted Notes"). The Exchange
Notes are to be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of 14 July, 1999
between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Indenture").
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the following
documents:
(i) a copy of the Registration Statement;
(ii) a copy of the Indenture;
(iii) a form of the Notes.
The documents listed in items (i) through (iii) above are herein sometimes
collectively referred
<PAGE>
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
October 13, 1999
Page 2
________________________________________________________________________________
to as the "Documents" (which term does not include any other instrument or
agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an
exhibit or schedule thereto).
We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the
Company, minutes of various meetings of its directors (the "Minutes"), and such
other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed
necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.
We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the
conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by
us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies
were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it
will be or has been executed in the form of that draft, and where a number of
drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been
marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the capacity, power and
authority of each of the parties to the Documents, other than the Company, to
enter into and perform its respective obligations under the Documents, (d) the
due execution of the Documents by each of the parties thereto, other than the
Company, and that each of the parties to the Documents physically gave such
Documents to the other parties thereto, (e) the accuracy and completeness of all
factual representations made in the Documents and other documents reviewed by
us, (f) that the resolutions contained in the Minutes remain in full force and
effect and have not been rescinded or amended, (g) that the Company is entering
into the Documents pursuant to its business of providing international
telecommunications services, (h) that there is no provision of the law of any
jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation
to the opinions expressed herein, (i) the validity and binding effect under the
laws of the State of New York (the "Foreign Laws") of the Documents which are
expressed to be governed by such Foreign Laws in accordance with their
respective terms.
The obligations of the Company under the Documents (a) will be subject to the
laws from time to time in effect relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
liquidation, possessory liens, rights of set off, reorganisation, amalgamation,
moratorium or any other laws or legal procedures, whether of a similar nature or
otherwise, generally affecting the rights of creditors, (b) will be subject to
statutory limitation of the time within which proceedings may be brought, (c)
will be subject to general principles of equity and, as such, specific
performance and injunctive relief, being equitable remedies, may not be
available, (d) may not be given effect to by a Bermuda court, whether or not it
was applying the Foreign Laws, if and to the extent they constitute the payment
of an amount which is in the nature of a penalty and not in the nature of
liquidated damages. Notwithstanding any contractual submission to the
jurisdiction of specific courts, a Bermuda court has inherent discretion to stay
or allow proceedings in the Bermuda courts.
We express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision of the Documents
which provides for the payment of a specified rate of interest on the amount of
a judgment after the date of judgment or which purports to fetter the statutory
powers of the Company.
<PAGE>
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
October 13, 1999
Page 3
________________________________________________________________________________
We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws
of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. This opinion is to be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given
on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda. This opinion is issued
solely for your benefit and is not to be relied upon by any other person, firm
or entity or in respect of any other matter.
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
1. The Restricted Notes and the Exchange Notes have been duly authorised in
accordance with the Company's memorandum of association and bye-laws.
2. When issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, duly executed by
the Company, duly authenticated by the Trustee, and issued and delivered
against exchange of the Restricted Notes as contemplated in the
Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will constitute the legal and
binding obligations of the Company under the laws of Bermuda.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and the references to our firm in the sections headed
"Risk Factors--Risk Factors Relating to the Company--Service of Process and
Enforcement of Liabilities," "Description of the New Notes--Enforceability of
Judgments" and "Legal Matters".
Yours faithfully
CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN
/s/ CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.1
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
-------------------
THIS Agreement is made as of and effective the 14th day of July, 1999
between Anthony J. Bolland, of Boston, Massachusetts, USA ("GlobeNet Director"),
and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a company incorporated under the laws
of Bermuda ("GlobeNet").
WHEREAS the GlobeNet Director has agreed to act as a director of GlobeNet,
at the request of GlobeNet;
NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of the sum of
$1 now paid by the GlobeNet Director to GlobeNet (the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged) and for other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby agreed
as follows:
1. GlobeNet acknowledges that the GlobeNet Director has been requested by
GlobeNet to act as a GlobeNet Director.
2. GlobeNet agrees to indemnify and save harmless the GlobeNet Director,
his heirs and legal representatives, to the fullest extent permitted by Section
98 of the Companies Act 1981 against all costs, charges, liability, damages, and
expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or to satisfy a judgment,
reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of, or in any
connection with him, being or having been a director of GlobeNet if: (a) the
GlobeNet Director acted in his capacity as a Director and (b) in the case of a
criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary
penalty, the GlobeNet Director had reasonable grounds for believing that his
conduct was lawful.
3. Without prejudice to the generality of section 2, but for the purposes
of Section 97 of the Companies Act 1981, or otherwise for the purpose of
determining whether the GlobeNet Director was acting within his capacity as a
director, the termination of any civil, criminal or administrative action or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or similar or other result
shall not, of itself, create a presumption either that the GlobeNet Director did
not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of GlobeNet
or that, in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that
is enforced by a monetary penalty, the GlobeNet Director did not have reasonable
grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.
4. If approval of any court is required in respect of any indemnification
of the GlobeNet Director by GlobeNet, then GlobeNet shall promptly make
application for approval of such court to indemnify the GlobeNet Director, his
heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges, liability, damages,
and expenses reasonably incurred by him/her in connection with such action if:
(a) the GlobeNet Director acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the
best interests of GlobeNet; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative
action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the GlobeNet
Director had reasonable grounds for believing that his/her conduct was lawful.
Page 1 of 3
<PAGE>
5. Subject as hereinafter provided, GlobeNet shall pay all amounts covered
by this Agreement and incurred or reasonably likely to be incurred, by the
GlobeNet Director, his heirs and legal representatives, in defending any civil,
criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the GlobeNet Director
or his heirs and legal representatives are made a party by reason of, or in any
connection with, the GlobeNet Director being or having been a director of
GlobeNet in advance of such action or proceeding. In respect of any such action
or proceeding, including an action by or on behalf of GlobeNet to procure
judgment in its favour and in respect of which GlobeNet is obligated to make
application for approval of the court to indemnify the GlobeNet Director, or his
heirs and legal representatives, GlobeNet shall pay all such amounts in advance
of such action or proceeding only upon receipt of an undertaking satisfactory to
GlobeNet by or on behalf of the GlobeNet Director, or his heirs and legal
representatives, to repay such amount if the court determines that the GlobeNet
Director, or his heirs and legal representatives, is not entitled to be
indemnified.
6. The GlobeNet Director shall not have any right to indemnification
hereunder in respect of any settlement of any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding without GlobeNet's consent to such settlement, such consent
not to be unreasonably withheld.
7. This Agreement shall not operate to abridge, limit, restrict, or
exclude any other defences or rights, in law or in equity, to which the GlobeNet
Director may be entitled by operation of law or under any statute, bye-law of
GlobeNet, agreement, vote of shareholders of GlobeNet, vote of disinterested
directors of GlobeNet, or otherwise.
8. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda applicable therein, and the
parties hereby agree that any claims, disputes or questions arising out of or in
relation to this Agreement may be submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of
Bermuda. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts of Bermuda.
9. This Agreement and the benefit and obligation of all covenants herein
contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs,
executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and successors and
assigns of each of the parties hereto.
10. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of:
(a) fifteen (15) years after the date that the GlobeNet Director shall have
ceased to serve as a director of GlobeNet; or (b) the final termination of all
pending proceedings in respect of which the GlobeNet Director is granted rights
of indemnification or advancement of expenses. This Agreement shall be binding
upon GlobeNet and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of
the GlobeNet Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.
Page 2 of 3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto.
SIGNED, SEALED & DELIVERED )
in the presence of )
) /s/ ANTHONY J. BOLLAND
) _______________________
(Witness) ) Anthony J. Bolland
)
(Name) )
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS
GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ LIN GENTEMANN
___________________ (seal)
Name: Lin Gentemann
Title Corporate Secretary
Page 3 of 3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.3
INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
-------------------
THIS Agreement is made as of and effective the 14th day of July, 1999
between Sebastien Rheaume, of Montreal, Quebec, Canada ("GlobeNet Director"),
and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a company incorporated under the laws
of Bermuda ("GlobeNet").
WHEREAS the GlobeNet Director has agreed to act as a director of GlobeNet,
at the request of GlobeNet;
NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of the sum of
$1 now paid by the GlobeNet Director to GlobeNet (the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged) and for other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby agreed
as follows:
1. GlobeNet acknowledges that the GlobeNet Director has been requested by
GlobeNet to act as a GlobeNet Director.
2. GlobeNet agrees to indemnify and save harmless the GlobeNet Director,
his heirs and legal representatives, to the fullest extent permitted by Section
98 of the Companies Act 1981 against all costs, charges, liability, damages, and
expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or to satisfy a judgment,
reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of, or in any
connection with him, being or having been a director of GlobeNet if: (a) the
GlobeNet Director acted in his capacity as a Director and (b) in the case of a
criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary
penalty, the GlobeNet Director had reasonable grounds for believing that his
conduct was lawful.
3. Without prejudice to the generality of section 2, but for the purposes
of Section 97 of the Companies Act 1981, or otherwise for the purpose of
determining whether the GlobeNet Director was acting within his capacity as a
director, the termination of any civil, criminal or administrative action or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or similar or other result
shall not, of itself, create a presumption either that the GlobeNet Director did
not act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of GlobeNet
or that, in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that
is enforced by a monetary penalty, the GlobeNet Director did not have reasonable
grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.
4. If approval of any court is required in respect of any indemnification
of the GlobeNet Director by GlobeNet, then GlobeNet shall promptly make
application for approval of such court to indemnify the GlobeNet Director, his
heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges, liability, damages,
and expenses reasonably incurred by him/her in connection with such action if:
(a) the GlobeNet Director acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the
best interests of GlobeNet; and (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative
action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the GlobeNet
Director had reasonable grounds for believing that his/her conduct was lawful.
Page 1 of 3
<PAGE>
5. Subject as hereinafter provided, GlobeNet shall pay all amounts
covered by this Agreement and incurred or reasonably likely to be incurred, by
the GlobeNet Director, his heirs and legal representatives, in defending any
civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the GlobeNet
Director or his heirs and legal representatives are made a party by reason of,
or in any connection with, the GlobeNet Director being or having been a director
of GlobeNet in advance of such action or proceeding. In respect of any such
action or proceeding, including an action by or on behalf of GlobeNet to procure
judgment in its favour and in respect of which GlobeNet is obligated to make
application for approval of the court to indemnify the GlobeNet Director, or his
heirs and legal representatives, GlobeNet shall pay all such amounts in advance
of such action or proceeding only upon receipt of an undertaking satisfactory to
GlobeNet by or on behalf of the GlobeNet Director, or his heirs and legal
representatives, to repay such amount if the court determines that the GlobeNet
Director, or his heirs and legal representatives, is not entitled to be
indemnified.
6. The GlobeNet Director shall not have any right to indemnification
hereunder in respect of any settlement of any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding without GlobeNet's consent to such settlement, such consent
not to be unreasonably withheld.
7. This Agreement shall not operate to abridge, limit, restrict, or
exclude any other defences or rights, in law or in equity, to which the GlobeNet
Director may be entitled by operation of law or under any statute, bye-law of
GlobeNet, agreement, vote of shareholders of GlobeNet, vote of disinterested
directors of GlobeNet, or otherwise.
8. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda applicable therein, and the
parties hereby agree that any claims, disputes or questions arising out of or in
relation to this Agreement may be submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of
Bermuda. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts of Bermuda.
9. This Agreement and the benefit and obligation of all covenants herein
contained shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs,
executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and successors and
assigns of each of the parties hereto.
10. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of:
(a) fifteen (15) years after the date that the GlobeNet Director shall have
ceased to serve as a director of GlobeNet; or (b) the final termination of all
pending proceedings in respect of which the GlobeNet Director is granted rights
of indemnification or advancement of expenses. This Agreement shall be binding
upon GlobeNet and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of
the GlobeNet Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.
Page 2 of 3
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto.
SIGNED, SEALED & DELIVERED )
in the presence of )
) /s/ SEBASTIEN RHEAUME
) _____________________
(Witness) ) Sebastien Rheaume
)
(Name) )
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS
GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ LIN GENTEMANN
_____________________ (seal)
Name: Lin Gentemann
Title Corporate Secretary
Page 3 of 3
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.17
_____________________________________
ATLANTICA - 1
_____________________________________
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
AND
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
AMONG
ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS
AND
ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS, INC.
AND
ATLANTICA NETWORK (BERMUDA) LTD.
_____________________________________
Dated as of June 16, 1999
_____________________________________
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article PAGE
- ------- ----
<S> <C> <C>
1 Provision of System.......................................................... 2
- - -------------------
2 Documents Forming the Entire Contract........................................ 2
- - ------------------------------------
3 Definitions.................................................................. 2
- - ----------
4 Contract Price............................................................... 12
- - -------------
5 Terms of Payment............................................................. 15
- - ---------------
6 Contract Variations.......................................................... 18
- - ------------------
7 Responsibilities for Permits/Landing Licenses; Compliance with Laws.......... 19
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------
8 Route Survey................................................................. 20
- - -----------
9 Acceptance................................................................... 20
- - ---------
10 Warranty..................................................................... 25
- -- --------
11 Contractor Support........................................................... 29
- -- ------------------
12 Purchaser's Obligations...................................................... 30
- -- -----------------------
13 Termination for Default...................................................... 31
- -- -----------------------
14 Termination for Convenience.................................................. 33
- -- ---------------------------
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article PAGE
- ------- ----
<S> <C> <C>
15 Suspension................................................................... 35
- -- ----------
16 Title and Risk of Loss....................................................... 36
- -- ----------------------
17 Force Majeure................................................................ 36
- -- -------------
18 Intellectual Property........................................................ 37
- -- ---------------------
19 Infringement................................................................. 41
- -- ------------
20 Safeguarding of Information and Technology................................... 43
- -- ------------------------------------------
21 Export Control............................................................... 44
- -- --------------
22 Liquidated Damages........................................................... 44
- -- ------------------
23 Limitation of Liability/Indemnification...................................... 45
- -- ---------------------------------------
24 Counterparts................................................................. 46
- -- ------------
25 Design and Performance Responsibility........................................ 46
- -- -------------------------------------
26 Product Changes.............................................................. 46
- -- ---------------
27 Risk and Insurance........................................................... 47
- -- ------------------
28 Plant and Work Rules......................................................... 50
- -- --------------------
29 Right of Access and Audit.................................................... 50
- -- -------------------------
30 Quality Assurance............................................................ 51
- -- -----------------
31 Documentation................................................................ 52
- -- -------------
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article PAGE
- ------- ----
<S> <C> <C>
32 Training..................................................................... 52
- -- --------
33 Settlement of Disputes/Arbitration........................................... 52
- -- ----------------------------------
34 Applicable Law............................................................... 53
- -- --------------
35 Notices...................................................................... 53
- -- -------
36 Publicity and Confidentiality................................................ 54
- -- -----------------------------
37 Assignment; Subcontractors................................................... 55
- -- --------------------------
38 Relationship of the Parties.................................................. 57
- -- ---------------------------
39 Successors Bound............................................................. 57
- -- ----------------
40 Article Captions............................................................. 57
- -- ----------------
41 Severability................................................................. 57
- -- ------------
42 Prime Contractor; Joint and Several Liability of the Contractor; Guarantors.. 57
- -- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 Survival of Obligations...................................................... 58
- -- -----------------------
44 Non-Waiver................................................................... 58
- -- ----------
45 Language; Interpretation..................................................... 58
- -- ------------------------
46 Representations and Warranties............................................... 58
- -- ------------------------------
47 Entire Agreement............................................................. 60
- -- ----------------
48 Optional System Upgrades..................................................... 61
- -- ------------------------
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Article PAGE
- ------- ----
<S> <C> <C>
49 Integration of BUS-1 in System............................................... 62
- -- ------------------------------
50 Optional System Extension.................................................... 63
- -- -------------------------
51 Time of the Essence.......................................................... 64
- -- -------------------
</TABLE>
Exhibits and Appendices
EXHIBIT A GUARANTY
EXHIBIT B PERMIT LISTING
EXHIBIT C PAYMENT ESCROW AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT D FORMAT OF CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT E FORMAT OF CERTIFICATE OF PROVISIONAL/COMMERCIAL
ACCEPTANCE
EXHIBIT F STATEMENT OF ORIGIN AND LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
APPENDIX 1 PROVISIONING SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 1A UPGRADE PROVISIONING SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 1B EXTENSION OPTION PROVISIONING SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 2 BILLING SCHEDULE AND MILESTONES
APPENDIX 2A UPGRADE BILLING MILESTONES
APPENDIX 2B EXTENSION OPTION BILLING MILESTONES
APPENDIX 3 PLAN OF WORK
APPENDIX 4 TECHNICAL VOLUME, SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX 5 TECHNICAL VOLUME, TECHNICAL INFORMATION
iv
<PAGE>
PROJECT DEVELOPMENT AND
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
This Project Development and Construction Contract ("Contract") is
--------
made as of this 16th day of June, 1999 among (i) ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS
(together with its permitted successors and assigns, "ASN"), a societe anonyme
---
organized and existing under the laws of France, and having its principal office
in Paris, France, and ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS, INC. (together with its
permitted successors and assigns, "ASNI"), a corporation organized and existing
----
under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States, and having its principal
office in Portland, Oregon, United States (ASN and ASNI are hereinafter
collectively referred to as "Contractor" and are jointly and severally liable
----------
for all obligations and liabilities of Contractor hereunder as more fully set
forth in Article 42 hereof) and (ii) Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd., a
corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda, and having its
principal office in St. David's, Bermuda (hereinafter "Purchaser").
---------
WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to establish a fiber optic submarine cable
system, to be known as the ATLANTICA-1 Submarine Cable System (hereinafter, and
as more fully defined herein, the "System"), which will be used to provide
------
service between and among the United States mainland, Bermuda, Venezuela and
Brazil; and
WHEREAS, subject to the provisions of Sub-Article 6(B) hereof, the
System will consist of the following Segments:
Segment 1: From Tuckerton, New Jersey to Boca Raton, Florida;
Segment 2: From Boca Raton, Florida to Punta Gorda, Venezuela;
Segment 3: From Punta Gorda, Venezuela to Fortaleza, Brazil;
Segment 4: From Fortaleza, Brazil to St. David's, Bermuda;
Segment 5: From St. David's, Bermuda to Tuckerton, New Jersey,
including the system called BUS-1 (which Segment 5
consists of BUS-1 which already has been built and is
owned by Purchaser); and
Segment 6: From Fortaleza, Brazil to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil;
WHEREAS, Contractor is in the business of designing, constructing,
installing, supplying, delivering and manufacturing fiber optic submarine cable
systems and is familiar with the general business of the fiber optic submarine
cable system industry;
WHEREAS, Purchaser seeks to purchase from Contractor and own Segments
1 through 4 and 6 of the System and wishes to engage Contractor to perform the
Work in respect of the System (as hereinafter defined); and
Page 1
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, Contractor is willing to perform the Work, as detailed in
Appendix 4, on a turn-key, fixed-price basis in accordance with and subject to
the terms hereof.
NOW THEREFORE, IT HAS BEEN AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1 Provision of System
-------------------
In consideration of the Contract Price, the Contractor agrees to undertake
and complete the Work and to provide the Purchaser with (a) the System
(exclusive of Segment 6) meeting the System Performance Requirements on or
before the Scheduled RFS Date, (b) Segment 6 meeting the System Performance
Requirements on or before the Segment 6 Scheduled RFS Date, and (c) Segments 4
and 5 meeting the System Performance Requirements on or before the Segment 4/5
Scheduled RFS Date, in each case meeting the requirements of this Contract, all
in accordance with the terms hereof.
2 Documents Forming the Entire Contract
-------------------------------------
This Contract consists of the terms and conditions set forth herein (the
"Terms and Conditions") and the following documents (in the form of attachments,
- ---------------------
including appendices, attached hereto), which shall be read and construed as
part of this Contract:
. Provisioning Schedule, Appendix 1
. Upgrade Provisioning Schedule, Appendix 1A
. Extension Option Provisioning Schedule, Appendix 1B
. Billing Schedule and Milestones, Appendix 2
. Upgrade Billing Milestones, Appendix 2A
. Extension Option Billing Milestones, Appendix 2B
. Plan of Work, Appendix 3
. Technical Volume, System Description, Appendix 4
. Technical Volume, Technical Information, Appendix 5
In the event of any inconsistency between the Terms and Conditions and the
above listed documents, the Terms and Conditions shall prevail. The Appendices
listed above have no order of precedence.
3 Definitions
-----------
Except as otherwise defined, the following definitions shall apply
throughout this Contract:
AAA has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 33(B).
Acceptance Testing means with respect to a Segment or the System, the
tests described in the System Commissioning and Acceptance section of
Appendix 4, as such tests shall be developed pursuant to such section by
mutual written agreement of the Parties with
Page 2
<PAGE>
the concurrence of the Independent Engineer (or pursuant to Article 33 in
the absence of such mutual agreement) and designed to verify that such
Segment or the System meets the applicable System Performance Requirements.
Access Rights means all ownership, easements, leases, wayleaves and/or
other property rights, from both private and governmental entities, both on
land and below the surface of the water (including, without limitation,
agreements to use conduits and ducts, install manholes and to lease space
in cable stations) necessary to access, use and occupy cable stations and
the sites for cable stations (including, without limitation, to land and
install the submarine cable and related equipment and to bring such cable
from the ocean to the cable stations) in order for the Purchaser to own,
operate and maintain the System.
Actual Knowledge means the actual knowledge of any executives with
management responsibility for this Contract.
ASN has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Contract.
ASNI has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this
Contract.
Assignment has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 37(A).
Bankruptcy Event means an event specified in Sub-Article 13(A)(3) or
13(A)(4).
Billing Milestones means the billing milestones set forth in Appendix
2.
Billing Schedule means the billing schedule attached hereto as
Appendix 2.
BUS-1 means the fiber optic cable system known as "BUS-1" connecting
St. David's Bermuda and Tuckerton, New Jersey.
Certificate of Commercial Acceptance means a certificate in the form
of Exhibit E hereto issued by Purchaser in accordance with Sub-Article 9(D)
to Contractor certifying that a Segment or the System, as applicable, is
Ready for Commercial Acceptance.
Certificate of Final Acceptance means a certificate issued by
Purchaser in accordance with Sub-Article 9(E) to Contractor certifying that
the System is Ready for Final Acceptance.
Certificate of Provisional Acceptance means a certificate in the form
of Exhibit E hereto issued by Purchaser in accordance with Sub-Article 9(C)
to Contractor certifying that a Segment or the System, as applicable, is
Ready for Provisional Acceptance.
CIF means cost, insurance and freight, as defined in Incoterms.
Commissioning Report has the meaning set forth in the System
Commissioning and Acceptance section of Appendix 4.
Page 3
<PAGE>
Confidential Information has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article
36(B).
Contract means this Project Development and Construction Contract,
specifically consisting of the documents described in Article 2, and shall
be deemed to include any amendments thereto or Contract Variations pursuant
to Article 6 (Contract Variations).
Contract Price means the Initial Contract Price, plus any variations
pursuant to Article 6 (Contract Variations) to the extent provided under
Sub-Article 4(A), Contract Taxes as set forth in Sub-Article 4(B) and other
adjustments to the Contract Price provided for in this Contract.
Contract Tax has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Contract Variation has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 6(A).
Contractor means the entities that have collectively executed this
Contract as the Contractor, jointly and severally, and that will be
responsible for the performance of the Work under this Contract and shall
include their permitted successors and/or assigns.
Contractor Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Sub-
Article 18(A).
Date of Commercial Acceptance means the date that is determined in
accordance with Sub-Article 9(D).
Date of Final Acceptance means the date that is determined in
accordance with Sub-Article 9(E).
Date of Provisional Acceptance means the date that is determined in
accordance with Sub-Article 9(C).
Default means an Event of Default, as described in Sub-Article 13(A),
or any event, condition or occurrence which, with the giving of notice or
passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Date means, with respect to the Scheduled RFS Date, the
Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date or the Segment 6 Scheduled RFS Date, as the
case may be, one-hundred (100) days after such Scheduled RFS Date.
Defect and Defective each has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article
10(F).
Deliverable Software has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 18(C).
Deliverable Technical Material has the meaning set forth in Sub-
Article 18(B).
Design Life Period has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 10(B).
Page 4
<PAGE>
Dispute Account means the Dispute Account to be created under the
Payment Escrow Agreement.
Dollars has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(A)(1).
Event of Default has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 13(A).
Extension Option Period has the meaning as set forth in Sub-Article
50(B).
Final Commissioning Report has the meaning set forth in the System
Commissioning and Acceptance section of Appendix 4.
Final Survey Report means the final route survey report described in
the Marine Operations section (Route Survey Reports subsection) of Appendix
4.
Force Majeure has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 17(A).
Guarantor means Alcatel, a societe anonyme established in France and
the ultimate parent company of the Contractor.
Guaranty means the guaranty entered into by the Guarantor
contemporaneously with the initial payment made by Purchaser to Contractor
under this Contract in favor of the Purchaser in the form of Exhibit A
hereto.
Import Fiscal Costs has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Incoterms means the International Chamber of Commerce, Guide to
Incoterms (1990).
Independent Engineer means Ricardo Espinoza or a similarly qualified
successor in the capacity as the engineer to, and selected by, the
financing sources secured in accordance with Sub-Article 37(C) who has
agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Contract and
who is not affiliated with a competitor of Contractor or Purchaser. As
between the Purchaser and the Contractor, the Independent Engineer, acting
in accordance with this Contract, shall, solely for purposes of this
Contract, be deemed to be acting on behalf of the Purchaser.
Information has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 20(A).
Initial Contract Price has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article
4(A)(1).
Intellectual Property has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 18(A).
Landing Jurisdiction has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Page 5
<PAGE>
Landing Licenses means, in the United States of America, a License to Land
and Operate a Submarine Cable System pursuant to the Submarine Cable Landing
License Act, 47 U.S.C. (S)(S) 34-39 and, in Bermuda, Venezuela and Brazil the
comparable licenses which are required under the laws of Bermuda, Venezuela and
Brazil.
Laws means any laws, ordinances, regulations, rules, orders, proclamations,
requirements of governmental authorities or treaties.
Manufacturing Materials has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 13(B).
Notice of Termination has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 14(A).
Party(ies) means any of the Purchaser, ASN and/or ASNI, as appropriate.
Pattern of Failure means any two or more failures of the same or similar
mechanisms included in any portion of the System have occurred which show that a
deterioration of the System performance will reasonably likely render or has
rendered the System outside any of its prescribed specifications or System
Performance Requirements, as detailed in Appendix 4, at any time during the
Design Life Period.
Payment Escrow Agent means Toronto Dominion Bank, in its capacity as escrow
agent under the Payment Escrow Agreement, and its successors in such
capacity.
Payment Escrow Agreement means that Escrow Agreement to be entered into
among the Prime Contractor, Purchaser, and the Payment Escrow Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, with such changes therein as are
reasonably requested by the Payment Escrow Agent, as amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.
Permits means all Access Rights, permits, pipeline and cable crossing
agreements, approvals, "no objections", permissions-in-principle,
authorizations, consents, customs clearances, registrations, certificates,
rights-of-way, easements, certificates of occupancy, licenses, including without
limitation, orders, vessel and crew authorizations/visas, permission for the
operation of navigational aids and radio systems and similar authorizations
necessary to complete the Work and operate and maintain the System (other than
any of the foregoing (i) relating to the ownership, operation and maintenance of
the System and not necessary until after the System is Ready for Final
Acceptance, (ii) which is or would be needed by Purchaser to engage in any
business outside the business relating to constructing, developing, owning,
repairing, maintaining and improving, and operating a submarine cable system or
(iii) which is or would be needed at any time by any purchaser or lessee of
capacity on the System or any portion thereof). Permits do not include Landing
Licenses.
Prime Contractor has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 42A hereof.
Prime Rate shall mean the prime rate (or base rate) announced by CitiBank,
N.A. (whether or not such rate has actually been charged by such bank). If such
bank discontinues
Page 6
<PAGE>
the practice of announcing the Prime Rate, the "Prime Rate" shall mean the prime
rate (or base rate) charged by any other bank (whose headquarters is in New
York, New York) selected by mutual agreement of the Parties or pursuant to
Article 33.
Provisioning Schedule means the price schedule attached hereto in Appendix
1.
Purchase Taxes has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Purchaser means Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd. and shall include its
permitted successors and assigns.
Ready for Commercial Acceptance means
(i) for any Segment, that
(a) if the System is not at the same time also Ready for
Commercial Acceptance, the Purchaser has consented in
writing (as confirmed by the Independent Engineer), in its
sole discretion, to accept such Segment as Ready for
Commercial Acceptance,
(b) such Segment, as established by Acceptance Testing, has the
ability to carry commercial traffic between the two landing
points operating at an initial 20 Gb/s per fiber pair (with one
fiber pair equipped for working and one fiber pair for
protection) such that such Segment will meet performance criteria
of ITU-T G.826 as defined in the System Performance section of
Appendix 4 at the end of the Design Life Period and has line
monitoring operating pursuant to the principals enunciated in
ITU-T M.3010 and protection switching capability according to
ITU-T G.841, Annex A and as set forth in the Technical Volume,
(c) Contractor has tested and provided for interconnectivity
capability to the Segment terminal equipment as described in
Appendix 4 as established by Acceptance Testing,
(d) Contractor has performed its obligations under Article 18
(Intellectual Property) then required to be performed by it,
(e) all Permits have been obtained for such Segment in
accordance with this Contract, and
(f) the results of Acceptance Testing of such Segment
demonstrate that such Segment has satisfied the System
Performance Requirements for such Segment, and
Page 7
<PAGE>
(ii) for the System, that
(a) the System has the ability, as established by Acceptance Testing,
to carry commercial traffic throughout the System operating at an
initial 20 Gb/s per fiber pair (with one fiber pair equipped for
working and one fiber pair for protection) such that the System
will meet performance criteria of ITU-T G.826 as defined in the
System Performance section of Appendix 4 at the end of the Design
Life Period, has line monitoring and a network management system
operating pursuant to ITU-T M.3010 and protection switching
capability according to ITU-T G.841, Annex A,
(b) Contractor has tested and provided for interconnectivity
capability to the System terminal equipment as described in
Appendix 4, as established by Acceptance Testing,
(c) Contractor has performed its obligations under Article 18
(Intellectual Property) then required to be performed by it,
(d) all Permits have been obtained for the System in accordance with
this Contract and
(e) the results of Acceptance Testing demonstrate that the
System has satisfied the System Performance Requirements.
Ready for Final Acceptance means
(i) for the System, that
(a)(I) the System has, in accordance with the Acceptance Testing,
successfully and continuously (other than by reason of Force
Majeure in which case the test period shall be extended for a
time period agreed between the Parties) functioned in
compliance with the System Performance Requirements during the
period of ninety (90) consecutive days after the Date of
Provisional Acceptance or
(II) if the System shall have failed to meet the System Performance
Requirements at any time during such period (other than by
reason of Force Majeure), the Contractor has corrected such
failure and the System has, in accordance with the Acceptance
Testing, successfully and continuously (other than by reason of
Force Majeure in which case the test period shall be extended
for a time period agreed between the Parties) functioned in
compliance with the System Performance Requirements for such
additional period of time not to exceed ninety (90) days (and
not to end prior to the date ninety (90) days after the Date of
Provisional Acceptance) as reasonably
Page 8
<PAGE>
determined by the Purchaser (as confirmed by the Independent
Engineer) as being sufficient to confirm that such failure has
been corrected and that no other failures are likely to appear,
and
(b) all deficiencies noted in the Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance have been corrected in accordance with this Contract
(other than, at the election of Purchaser (as confirmed by the
Independent Engineer), minor deficiencies which will not affect
the operation of the System, in respect of which an equitable
adjustment to the Contract Price shall be made), and
(c) Contractor has complied in all respects with Article 18
(Intellectual Property), and
(d) the results of Acceptance Testing of the System demonstrate
that the System has satisfied the System Performance
Requirements.
Ready for Provisional Acceptance means
(i) with respect to any Segment,
(a) if the System is not, at the same time, also Ready for
Provisional Acceptance, the Purchaser has consented in writing
(as confirmed by the Independent Engineer), in its sole
discretion, to accept such Segment as Ready for Provisional
Acceptance,
(b) such Segment is complete in all material respects (and in any
event is Ready for Commercial Acceptance),
(c) the results of Acceptance Testing of such Segment demonstrate
that such Segment has satisfied the System Performance
Requirements,
(d) Contractor has substantially performed its obligations under
Article 18 (Intellectual Property) then required to be performed
by it, and
(e) all Permits have been obtained for such Segment in accordance
with this Contract, and
(ii) with respect to the System, the System is (as established by
Acceptance Testing) complete in all material respects (and in any
event is Ready for Commercial Acceptance), and all Segments are Ready
for Provisional Acceptance such that the System will meet performance
criteria of ITU-T G.826 as defined in the System Performance section
of Appendix 4 at the end of the Design Life Period, has line
monitoring and a network management system operating pursuant to ITU-T
M.3010 and protection switching capability according to ITU-T G.841,
Annex A.
Page 9
<PAGE>
Representatives has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 36(B).
Retainage means an amount equal to *
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Retesting has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 9(B)(3).
Route Survey means the route survey described in the Marine Operations
section (Route Survey Reports subsection) of Appendix 4.
Scheduled RFS Date has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 9(A)(7).
Scheduled Upgrade Date has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 48(G).
Sea State 5 has the meaning for such state of weather as described in the
Douglas Sea Scale.
Segment means Segment 1, Segment 2, Segment 3, Segment 4, Segment 5 or
Segment 6, as the case may be.
Segment 1 means the segment of the System from Tuckerton, New Jersey to
Boca Raton, Florida, and landing in locations capable of interconnecting with
major telecommunications carriers.
Segment 2 means the segment of the System from Boca Raton, Florida to Punta
Gorda, Venezuela, and landing in locations capable of interconnecting with
major telecommunications carriers.
Segment 3 means the segment of the System from Punta Gorda, Venezuela to
Fortaleza, Brazil and landing in locations capable of interconnecting with
major telecommunications carriers.
Segment 4 means the segment of the System from Fortaleza, Brazil to St.
David's, Bermuda and landing in locations capable of interconnecting with major
telecommunications carriers.
Segment 5 means the segment of the System from St. David's, Bermuda to
Tuckerton, New Jersey, including the System called BUS-1, and landing in
locations capable of interconnecting with major telecommunications
carriers.
Segment 6 means the segment of the System from Fortaleza, Brazil to Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil and landing in locations capable of interconnecting with
major telecommunications carriers.
Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article
9(A)(7).
Page 10
<PAGE>
Segment 6 Scheduled RFS Date has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article
9(A)(7).
Software Escrow Agreement has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 18(H).
Special Upgrade has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 48(G).
Supplies means any and all goods, materials, plant, machinery, equipment,
hardware, spare parts and items to be supplied or supplied by the Contractor
under this Contract, including those items set forth on Appendix 1.
Suspension means a suspension pursuant to Sub-Article 15(A) or 15(B).
System means the four fiber pair submarine cable system consisting of
Segments 1, 2, 3, 4 and 6 (at an initial capacity of 20 Gb/s on each of two
fiber pairs, one working fiber pair and one protection fiber pair, with each
fiber pair upgradeable to 320 Gb/s at the Date of Commercial Acceptance or the
Date of Provisional Acceptance, as the case may be) and the two fiber pair
submarine cable system consisting of Segment 5 named as BUS-1, at an initial
capacity of 20 Gb/s on two fiber pairs with one working fiber pair and one
protection fiber pair as more fully described in the System Description section
of Appendix 4.
System Extension has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 50(A).
System Performance Requirements means with respect to a Segment or the
System, the applicable performance requirements set forth or to be developed by
mutual written agreement of the Parties (and, with respect to those performance
requirements to be mutually developed by the Parties, as accepted and approved
by the Independent Engineer, which acceptance and approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld) pursuant to the System Performance section of the System
Description section of Appendix 4 (or pursuant to Article 33 in the absence of
such mutual agreement).
System Upgrade has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 48(A).
Tax means any tax, duty, levy, charge or custom imposed or collected by any
taxing authority or agency (domestic or foreign).
Technical Volumes means the Technical Volumes attached hereto as Appendices
4 and 5.
Transfer Taxes has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Upgrade Option Period has the meaning as set forth in Sub-Article 48(B).
VAT has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 4(B)(1).
Warranty Period has the meaning set forth in Sub-Article 10(A).
Page 11
<PAGE>
Work means all activities, labor, management, engineering, procurement and
other work and services (other than the activities and services specified in
this Contract to be provided by Purchaser) necessary to be performed or provided
in developing, planning, designing, manufacturing, constructing, delivering,
installing and testing the System, until the System is Ready for Final
Acceptance, including without limitation, designating, coordinating and
obtaining all Permits. Whether or not used in conjunction with the term
"Supplies," the term "Work" shall always be deemed to include the provision of
all of the Supplies.
Year 2000 Compliant means, when used with respect to any software, firmware
or materials, that such software, firmware or materials will operate accurately
and, without interruption, accept, possess and in all manner retain full
functionality, as detailed in the Technical Volume, when referring to, or
involving, and process correctly any year, including any leap year, or date in
the twentieth and twenty-first centuries; provided, however, that
notwithstanding the description of full functionality in the Technical Volume,
nothing therein will diminish Contractor's obligation to furnish software,
firmware or materials that are Year 2000 compliant.
4 Contract Price
--------------
A. Contract Price
1. The initial Contract Price for the Work, in United States Dollars
(US$ or "Dollars") is a fixed fee of US$620,861,575 (the "Initial
------- -------
Contract Price"). The Initial Contract Price does not include the
-------- -----
cost of any (i) Contract Taxes as provided for in Sub-Article 4(B)
and (ii) any Contract Variations. The Initial Contract Price
includes, without limitation, all charges for CIF delivery of the
Supplies, all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining all Permits
and all costs and expenses incurred with respect to Supplies and
preparation of cable stations for terminal equipment.
2. The Provisioning Schedule sets forth the Contractor's breakdown of
the Initial Contract Price among various aspects of the Work. If
the actual cost of any aspect of the Work is greater or less than
that set forth in the Provisioning Schedule, such fact shall not
cause any change in the Initial Contract Price.
3. The Contractor and the Purchaser will share equally the costs and
expenses of the Payment Escrow Agent.
4. The Contractor will not arrange for any Permit which requires
payments to be made by the Purchaser or made after the System is
Ready for Provisional Acceptance, without the prior written
consent of the Purchaser.
Page 12
<PAGE>
B. Taxes, Levies and Duties
1. The Initial Contract Price, as stated in Sub-Article 4(A) above,
excludes all Contract Taxes. For purposes of this Article the term
"Contract Tax" means: (i) customs duties, value added taxes
------------
("VAT"), taxes, levies, fees and any similar fiscal cost imposed
by the "Landing Jurisdiction" (the jurisdiction in which such
--------------------
Supplies will be permanently located once incorporated into the
System) on import of Supplies into the Landing Jurisdiction
(hereinafter referred to collectively as "Import Fiscal Costs");
-------------------
(ii) VAT, sales tax, business tax, general sales tax, consumption
tax, goods and services tax and any similar taxes imposed by the
Landing Jurisdiction on the transfer of ownership of the Supplies
from the Contractor to the Purchaser or provision of services in
the Landing Jurisdiction by the Contractor on behalf of the
Purchaser (hereinafter referred to collectively as "Transfer
--------
Taxes"); and (iii) duties, levies, fees or fiscal stamps imposed
-----
in respect of Contract legalizations, and use or property taxes
imposed on the value of the Contract, or a portion thereof, by a
Landing Jurisdiction (excluding any property taxes imposed on
property owned by the Contractor that is not intended to be
incorporated into the System) (hereinafter referred to
collectively as "Purchase Taxes"). Any Taxes not addressed in this
--------------
Contract are to be borne by the party upon whom they are imposed
by the tax authorities.
2. The Purchaser (i) shall be ultimately responsible for the payment
of all Contract Taxes and (ii) shall pay them directly to the tax
authorities in a Landing Jurisdiction at the time they are payable
to such tax authorities, provided that it has adequate notice that
they will be imposed. The Contractor will use reasonable efforts
to ensure that the Purchaser has adequate notice of Contract Taxes
due under this Sub-Article 4(B).
3. In the event that the Contractor pays Import Fiscal Costs and/or
Purchase Taxes, the Contractor shall issue a request for
reimbursement to the Purchaser within one month of the payment of
the Import Fiscal Costs or Purchase Taxes, which request shall
include evidence of the Contractor's payment of the relevant Tax.
Within sixty (60) days of receipt of such request, the Purchaser
will reimburse the Contractor, in US$, at the rate of exchange in
force on the date the Contractor paid the relevant Tax. If the
Contractor is required by a Landing Jurisdiction to charge
Transfer Taxes to the Purchaser, the Purchaser will pay such
Transfer Taxes to the Contractor, in US$, within sixty (60) days
of receipt of invoices for the Transfer Taxes issued pursuant to
and in compliance with the applicable regulations of the Landing
Jurisdiction regarding Transfer Taxes .
4. Amounts owed pursuant to requests for reimbursement under Sub-
Article 4(B)(3) that are not paid when due shall accrue late
payment charges in accordance with the terms for payment of the
Contract Price.
Page 13
<PAGE>
5. If the Contractor shall become aware that it is entitled to
receive a refund or credit from a relevant taxing or governmental
authority in respect of a Contract Tax that the Purchaser has
paid, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Purchaser of the
availability of such refund or credit and shall, within thirty
(30) days after receipt of a request by the Purchaser (whether as
a result of notification that it has made to the Purchaser or
otherwise), make a claim to such taxing or governmental authority
for such refund or credit at the Purchaser's expense. If the
Contractor receives the refund or credit, the Contractor shall
within sixty (60) days from the date of receipt of the refund or
credit pay it over to the Purchaser (including any interest paid
or credited by the relevant taxing or governmental authority with
respect to such refund or credit), net of all out-of-pocket
expenses of the Contractor for obtaining the refund or credit;
provided, however, that the Purchaser, upon the request of the
-------- -------
Contractor, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Purchaser
to the Contractor in the event the Contractor is required to repay
such refund or credit to such relevant authority.
6. The Contractor agrees to use reasonable efforts, including,
without limitation, registering for VAT and any applicable
Transfer Taxes in any country, state or other jurisdiction where
legally required, to cooperate with and assist Purchaser in its
efforts (i) to have Supplies made exempt from Contract Taxes,
whether in the manufacture of the Supplies or related to the
importation or location or installation of the Supplies; (ii) to
request revisions, drawbacks, remissions, reclassifications or the
like to the jurisdictions identified by the Purchaser; or (iii) to
reduce or eliminate Contract Taxes (including the provision of
applicable certifications and forms) and to obtain any available
refunds of Contract Taxes, provided that the Contractor shall not
be required to act other than in accordance with the relevant Laws
then in force. The Purchaser shall reimburse the Contractor, in
accordance with Article 5, for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs
(including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel,
accountants and other advisors) incurred by the Contractor under
this Sub-Article 4(B)(6) provided that Purchaser was notified in
advance of and has consented to the incurrence of such costs, fees
and expenses. Contractor shall not be required to cooperate with
and assist Purchaser in its efforts under this Sub-Article 4(B)(6)
or to take any action hereunder which in the Contractor's good
faith judgment would incur any costs or if in Contractor's good
faith judgment it would be advisable to obtain the advice of
counsel, accountants or other advisors prior to cooperating with
or assisting Purchaser or taking any action, unless in each case,
Purchaser has agreed to reimburse Contractor under the foregoing
proviso.
7. As part of the Work, the Contractor shall obtain at its cost and
expense, on Purchaser's behalf, any import license or other
official authorization and carry out all customs formalities
necessary for the importation or exportation of Supplies in
connection with such Work. The Purchaser agrees to be the
Page 14
<PAGE>
Importer or Exporter of Record or designate an Importer or
Exporter of Record/Consignee on its behalf. Purchaser must provide
a Letter of Authorization from any third party designate stating
it agrees to be the Importer or Exporter of Record on Purchaser's
behalf and identify the name and address of the designated
Importer or Exporter of Record.
8. The Supplies to be installed or held on land shall, at the cost
and expense of Contractor, be delivered to, unloaded and stored at
the agreed point at the named place of destination and shall be
consigned at such point to the Purchaser; provided, that risk of
loss and title to the Supplies shall pass in accordance with Sub-
Article 9(F).
C. Withholding Tax
1. If any withholding for any Tax other than a Contract Tax is
required by any Law as modified by applicable treaties in respect
of any payment to the Contractor, the Purchaser shall (i) withhold
the appropriate amount from such payment, and (ii) pay such amount
to the relevant authorities in accordance with applicable Laws.
2. To the extent reasonably possible, before withholding any such Tax
in respect of any payment to the Contractor, the Purchaser shall
inform the Contractor of the withholding requirement.
3. The Purchaser shall provide to the Contractor, as soon as
reasonably practicable, a certified copy of an official tax
receipt for any Tax which is withheld from any payment due to the
Contractor. All such receipts shall be in the name of the
Contractor. The Contractor agrees to complete accurately and
timely provide to the Purchaser or, if required, to the applicable
taxing authority, such forms, certifications or other documents as
may be requested in a timely manner by the Purchaser, in order to
allow it to make payments to the Contractor without any deduction
or withholding on account of such Taxes (or at a reduced rate
thereof) or to receive a refund of any amounts deducted or
withheld on account of such Taxes.
5 Terms of Payment
----------------
A. General Conditions of Payment
1. All payments shall be made and all invoices shall be rendered in
Dollars. The payor hereunder shall be responsible for and shall
pay all costs and fees for payment, as well as the banking and
wiring costs. All banking documents and correspondence must be in
English.
Page 15
<PAGE>
B. Invoice Procedures
1. All invoices for Work shall be submitted according to the Billing
Schedule, provided that the appropriate Billing Milestones have been
achieved; provided, further that Contractor may invoice Purchaser in
advance of the specified Billing Schedule date when Contractor has
achieved the corresponding Billing Milestone. All invoices for Work
shall have a certificate in the form of Exhibit D attached.
2. Any Contract Variation shall be invoiced and paid in accordance with
the terms of the Contract Variation as specified in Article 6
(Contract Variations).
3. Invoices for amounts not described in Sub-Sections 1 and 2 above,
which may become payable hereunder by the Purchaser, shall be
submitted after applicable costs have been incurred or such other
time as may be specified in this Contract. Such invoices shall be
payable at a reasonable bank rate of exchange (to be agreed to by
the Parties) applicable at the time such costs were paid by the
Contractor, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of the
Contractor explaining such amount and certifying that it is payable.
4. The Contractor shall render all invoices to the following address or
facsimile number (or such other address as may be specified from
time to time by the Purchaser):
Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd.
2 Carter's Bay Road
Southside, St. David's DDO2
Bermuda
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
With a copy to:
it-International Telecom Ltd.
The Howard Centre
2 Harbour Exchange Square
London E14 9GE
England
Attention: Ricardo Espinoza
C. Payment Procedures
1. The Purchaser shall pay the Contractor, and the Contractor shall
accept payment, in accordance with this Article 5 (Terms of
Payment). All payments due and owing to the Contractor shall be paid
to the Prime Contractor (and each invoice shall so provide) and
payment to the Prime Contractor shall be deemed payment to the
Contractor. Any amounts
Page 16
<PAGE>
received by the Prime Contractor shall be deemed to have been received
by the Prime Contractor in its capacity as agent of the Contractor. The
Prime Contractor shall pay such amounts to the Contractor net of any
applicable taxes or levies that may be imposed on the Contractor.
2. Purchaser agrees to pay an initial payment to Contractor in the amount
of US$62,086,157 on July 15, 1999. Failure to receive this payment
shall entitle Contractor to immediately suspend Work hereunder.
3. Invoices shall be given to the Purchaser and the Independent Engineer
on the fifteenth (15th) day of any month, subject to Sub-Article
5(C)(5) below, and shall be due and payable on the later to occur of
the last day of the next month or forty-five (45) days from the
Purchaser's receipt of the invoice (the "Payment Date").
------------
4. Invoices or amounts owed which are not paid when due shall accrue late
payment charges from the day, following the day, on which payment was
due until the day on which it is paid. Invoices for such extended
payment charges shall not be issued for an amount less than U.S.
$1,000. Late payment charges shall be computed at the rate of the Prime
Rate plus 2%.
5. In the event that the Purchaser has an objection to any invoice, the
Purchaser shall notify the Contractor by the Payment Date and the
Purchaser and Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to settle
promptly the dispute concerning the payment(s) in question. Failure to
notify or pay the Contractor by the Payment Date shall entitle the
Contractor, under Sub-Article 15(B), to suspend Work hereunder. In the
event such dispute is not settled by the Payment Date, the Prime
Contractor and the Purchaser will execute and deliver a Payment Escrow
Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, with such
changes therein as the Payment Escrow Agent may reasonably request, and
the Purchaser will have the right to withhold payment of the disputed
amount(s) (or withhold from the invoice amount a sum equal to the
amount purportedly owing by Contractor to Purchaser hereunder) so long
as it deposits, in full, such disputed amount(s) into the Dispute
Account. In the event payment is made under the Payment Escrow
Agreement, Contractor shall continue to perform the Work hereunder.
(a) Provided such disputed amount is placed into the Dispute Account
in a timely manner, the Purchaser shall not be deemed to be in
breach of or in default for failing to pay Contractor.
(b) The Payment Escrow Agent will distribute the disputed amount in
accordance with the terms of the Payment Escrow Agreement.
(c) In addition, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to receive
from the Dispute Account an amount equal to the interest earned by
the
Page 17
<PAGE>
Payment Escrow Agent on the distributed, disputed amount,
which shall be distributed by the Payment Escrow Agent under
clause (b) above.
6. The Purchaser shall make timely payments for that portion of the
invoice not in dispute in accordance with Sub-Article 5(C) or such
payments will be assessed extended payment charges as set forth in
Sub-Article 5(C)(4). Pending resolution of the dispute, the
Purchaser may not withhold payment (unless also subject to
dispute) on any other invoice concerning different goods and/or
services submitted by Contractor.
6 Contract Variations
-------------------
A. Either Party may request, during construction of the System, by written
order, a contract variation requiring additions or alterations to, deviations or
deductions from the System ("Contract Variation"). If the other Party consents,
------------------
in its sole discretion, this change will be formalized as an amendment to this
Contract by a Contract Variation; provided, that the Contractor will not
--------
unreasonably withhold its consent to a Contract Variation requested by the
Purchaser.
B. A Contract Variation shall not become effective unless and until the
price adjustment, the terms and schedule of payment and the extension or
reduction of time and all other terms have been mutually agreed upon by the
Parties (and the Parties shall act reasonably and in good faith in connection
with all such terms) and such Contract Variation is signed by an authorized
representative of each of the Purchaser and the Prime Contractor. Each Contract
Variation shall be incorporated as an amendment to this Contract.
C. Contractor may seek a Contract Variation for any change, after the date
hereof, of any Law (except those, and to the extent, affecting only Taxes or
wages) which requires a change in the Work or affects the costs (other than
Taxes or wages) incurred or to be incurred by the Contractor or any combination
of the foregoing and Purchaser shall agree to any such change in Work as may be
required and, subject to Sub-Article 4(A), to an equitable adjustment to the
Contract Price. In such event, Contractor shall use its best endeavors to
minimize any increase in cost arising out of a change in Law. As of the date
hereof, neither Party has Actual Knowledge of any proposed change in any Law
that would require a change in the Work.
D. The Parties shall negotiate appropriate Contract Variations in good
faith to finalize the scope of the Work required for the land acquisition and/or
lease and civil works (i.e., construction) associated with the provision of
----
cable stations, and access thereto, such negotiations to be completed by July
15, 1999. Subject to completion of negotiations by the date specified in the
preceding sentence, no Contract Variation referred to in this Sub-Article 6(D)
shall result in an extension of the Scheduled RFS Date, the Segment 6 Scheduled
RFS Date or the Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date.
Page 18
<PAGE>
7 Responsibilities for Permits/Landing Licenses; Compliance with Laws
-------------------------------------------------------------------
A. The Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with and assist the Contractor
to obtain all Permits, to the extent that Purchaser's cooperation and assistance
are necessary for Contractor to expeditiously and cost-efficiently obtain such
Permits. The Purchaser agrees to respond promptly to any such request from
Contractor. Further, the Purchaser agrees that it will not impede or interfere
with Contractor's activities or Contractor's abilities to perform its
obligations. Upon notice from Contractor with respect to a Permit or receipt by
Purchaser of a copy of a Permit, Purchaser shall use reasonable efforts to
fulfill all conditions of such Permit and perform all responsibilities
thereunder, except to the extent that such conditions or responsibilities are
those of the Contractor under or relating to the Work or as provided in Sub-
Articles 4(A)(4) and 7(B). Contractor will inform Purchaser as to any such
conditions or responsibilities that are not ordinary and routine and obtain
Purchaser's written consent thereto prior to arranging for any such Permit.
B. The Contractor shall have the responsibility for obtaining and shall
use its best efforts to obtain as soon as reasonably practicable and at
Contractor's cost and expense, all Permits. With respect to any interest in real
property, Contractor shall (unless Purchaser otherwise requires), to the extent
practicable, obtain title directly in the name of the Purchaser or its designee.
The Contractor will cause, at its cost and expense, all Permits not issued in
the name of Purchaser to be freely assignable to Purchaser, and to be assigned
to Purchaser at the time title to the System is transferred to Purchaser
pursuant to this Contract. Contractor will cause all Permits to provide that any
payments thereunder are the obligation of Contractor and not of Purchaser.
C. The Purchaser shall be responsible for obtaining, at its expense (but
shall not be liable for its failure to obtain), Landing Licenses. The Contractor
will cooperate with the Purchaser in connection therewith.
D. Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain any Permit shall constitute
Force Majeure and be treated as described in Article 17 (Force Majeure), except
to the extent such delay is a result of Contractor's negligence, willful
misconduct or breach of this Contract.
E. Except with respect to variations necessitated by complying with any
changes, enacted after the date hereof, in any Laws (the costs with respect to
which shall be borne by the Contractor and/or the Purchaser to the extent
provided in this Contract), the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment
of any and all costs incurred as a result of the need to vary design, drawings,
plans or procedures to comply with any of the circumstances set forth in this
Article. The Contractor shall, before making any variations from the designs,
drawings, plans or procedures that may be necessitated by so complying with any
Laws and that would represent a change to the design of the System, give to the
Purchaser written notice, specifying the variations proposed to be made, and the
reasons for making them. As of the date hereof, neither Party has Actual
Knowledge of any proposed changes in the Laws which would necessitate any such
variation.
F. The Contractor shall (i) give all notices required by any Laws to be
given to any authority and (ii) perform or permit the performance by authorized
persons of any inspection required by the said Laws in connection with Work
performed under this Contract.
Page 19
<PAGE>
G. As part of the Initial Contract Price, the Contractor shall obtain, at
its own risk and expense, any export and import license and other official
authorization and carry out all customs formalities for the exportation and
importation of Supplies and, where necessary, for their transit through another
country.
H. Further to the Permit Listing in Exhibit B, within 30 days after the
date of execution of this Contract, the Contractor will prepare and deliver to
the Purchaser an updated list of Permits that to its knowledge are required to
be obtained under current Law in order to complete the Work and shall update
such list from time to time as it becomes aware of changes in Permit
requirements. Such list, as updated from time to time, shall set forth the
projected dates of filing for such Permits and an estimate of when such Permits
are expected to be obtained. Without limiting Contractor's liabilities in
respect of Sub-Articles 7(B) and (G), Contractor shall have no liability in
respect of the accuracy of the information furnished under this Sub-Article,
except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
I. Contractor, in performing the Work, shall comply with all applicable
Laws, including, without limitation, all employment, safety and environmental
laws.
J. Contractor is responsible for notifying any third party cable or
pipeline owner or operator whose system could be impacted by a System cable
crossing or by the proximate location of any portion of the System.
8 Route Survey
------------
A. The Contractor shall conduct the Route Survey and select the cable
route for the System (other than with respect to BUS-1) in accordance with the
information in the Final Survey Report. Contractor shall be permitted to make
changes, at its discretion, to the route selection (other than with respect to
BUS-1), if necessary for operational reasons without additional cost to
Purchaser.
B. Any changes to the route selection requested by Purchaser shall be
treated as a Contract Variation in accordance with Article 6 (Contract
Variations).
9 Acceptance
----------
A. General
1. The Acceptance Testing shall be performed by the Contractor at its
cost and expense. The Purchaser and its designated representatives
(including the Independent Engineer) may observe, at their own
expense, the Contractor's tests and review the test results.
Purchaser may request and conduct any additional tests, at its own
expense (except where the additional test establishes that the
Work in question has not been performed in strict compliance with
this Contract, in which case Contractor shall bear the cost of
such test), but any delay caused by such process shall be a Force
Majeure
Page 20
<PAGE>
event except where any such test establishes that the Work or portion
thereof that is subject to such test has not been performed in strict
compliance with this Contract. To the extent Acceptance Testing criteria
have not been established with respect to a given portion of the System as
of the date of this Contract, the Parties agree to cooperate in promptly
establishing appropriate criteria as is reasonable under the circumstances.
2. Until the Date of Final Acceptance of the System, the Purchaser agrees to
allow Contractor reasonable access to all Segments of the System, subject to
the terms of the Permits and Landing Licenses and provided that such access
does not unduly interfere with service of the System.
3. The Purchaser (together with the Independent Engineer) shall issue a
Certificate of Commercial Acceptance if the provisions of Sub-Article
9(D)(1) are satisfied.
4. Once a Segment or the System is Ready for Provisional Acceptance, the
Purchaser shall issue a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance (subject to
the approval of the Independent Engineer), provided, that it is within the
Purchaser's sole discretion as to whether to accept a Segment instead of the
System.
5. Once the System is Ready for Final Acceptance, the Purchaser (subject to the
approval of the Independent Engineer) shall issue a Certificate of Final
Acceptance.
6. The Purchaser (or the Independent Engineer) shall not unreasonably withhold
or delay issuance of a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance, a Certificate
of Provisional Acceptance or a Certificate of Final Acceptance, as
applicable.
7. The Contractor agrees that, except with respect to Segment 6, the Date of
Provisional Acceptance of the System or Date of Commercial Acceptance of the
System will occur by December 30, 2000 (as such date may be extended under
Article 6 (Contract Variations), Article 17 (Force Majeure) or otherwise
under this Contract or by written agreement of the Parties (the "Scheduled
---------
RFS Date")). The Contractor agrees that, with respect to Segment 6, the Date
--------
of Provisional Acceptance or Date of Commercial Acceptance will occur by
February 16, 2001 (as such date may be extended under Article 6 (Contract
Variations)) (the "Segment 6 Scheduled RFS Date"). The Contractor further
----------------------------
agrees that, with respect to Segments 4 and 5, the Date of Provisional
Acceptance or Date of Commercial Acceptance will occur by September 30, 2000
(as such date may be extended under Article 6 (Contract Variations)) (the
"Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date").
------------------------------
8. The Date of Commercial Acceptance, Date of Provisional Acceptance and Date
of Final Acceptance, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have
Page 21
<PAGE>
occurred with respect to a Segment or the System, as applicable, if a
Certificate of Commercial Acceptance, a Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance or a Certificate of Final Acceptance, as applicable, is
issued with respect thereto.
B. Notice of Acceptance or Rejection
1. Within thirty (30) days of receipt by Purchaser and the Independent
Engineer of the Commissioning Report, the Purchaser (subject to
confirmation by the Independent Engineer) must issue notification to
the Contractor of the following:
(a) issuance of a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance in accordance
with Sub-Article 9(C); or
(b) rejection of a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance, but instead
issuance of a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance in accordance
with Sub-Article 9(D) below; or
(c) rejection of the Segment or the System in its existing condition
and issuance of neither a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance
nor a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance, with, in the case of
the System, a written explanation of reasons for rejection (it
being understood that acceptance of a Segment instead of the
System is at the sole discretion of the Purchaser).
If the Purchaser or the Independent Engineer fails to
respond with such notification within thirty (30) days, then the Date
of Provisional Acceptance of the Segment (subject to Purchaser's
written consent) or the System shall be deemed to be the date such
Commissioning Report was received by the Purchaser.
2. On receipt of a notice from the Purchaser pursuant to Sub-Articles
9(B)(1)(b) or (c) above, the Contractor shall be entitled to address
any disputes and explain any discrepancies to the Purchaser regarding
the results of the Acceptance Testing. Unless Purchaser, for good
cause, rejects such explanation, it shall issue a new notice pursuant
to Sub-Article 9(B)(1) above, which shall be deemed to have been
issued on the date of the original notice.
3. In case of rejection, and if the explanation by the Contractor as
referred to in Sub-Article 9(B)(2) above is not accepted, for good
cause, by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall, at Contractor's
expense, carry out the necessary corrective actions and will effect a
new series of Acceptance Testing ("Retesting"). After receipt by
---------
Purchaser and the Independent Engineer of the new Commissioning
Report describing the results of Retesting, the
Page 22
<PAGE>
Purchaser will be granted a new period of thirty (30) days to analyze
the new Commissioning Report according to the provisions of Sub-
Article 9(B)(1) and any new notice of the Purchaser shall apply from
the date the Purchaser receives such new Commissioning Report.
C. Provisional Acceptance
1. The Certificate of Provisional Acceptance may have annexed to it a
list of all outstanding Work to be completed and deficiencies to be
corrected by the Contractor in accordance with this Contract. The
Contractor shall, at its expense and as soon as reasonably
practicable, correct such deficiencies and complete the Work indicated
on all such listed items so as to comply with the requirements of this
Contract, provided that the Purchaser allows Contractor the necessary
access to the Segment(s) as the Contractor reasonably needs and as
allowed under the Permits and Landing Licenses to correct such
deficiencies and complete the Work. The Contractor shall give the
Purchaser reasonable notice of its requirement for such access.
Notwithstanding the above, provided that Contractor has been allowed
access to the Segment(s) as required in Sub-Article 9(A)(2), the
Contractor shall continue to carry the risk of loss for any deficient
Supply and Work until such deficiency is no longer outstanding.
D. Commercial Acceptance
1. A Certificate of Commercial Acceptance shall be issued by Purchaser
and provided the Contractor accepts, with respect to a Segment or the
System if the results of the Acceptance Testing demonstrate that such
Segment or the System does not justify the issuance of a Certificate
of Provisional Acceptance, but nevertheless, such Segment or the
System is Ready for Commercial Acceptance; provided, that acceptance
of a Segment instead of the System shall be in the sole discretion of
the Purchaser (as confirmed by the Independent Engineer).
2. Each Certificate of Commercial Acceptance shall have annexed to it a
mutually agreed list of all outstanding Work to be completed and
deficiencies to be corrected by the Contractor in accordance with this
Contract.
3. The Contractor shall, at its expense and as soon as reasonably
practicable, correct such deficiencies and complete the Work indicated
on such list, so as to comply with the requirements of this Contract,
provided that the Purchaser allows Contractor (to the extent Purchaser
has the right to do so) the necessary access to the Segment(s) as the
Contractor reasonably needs to remedy such outstanding items. The
Contractor shall give the Purchaser reasonable notice of its
requirement for such access. Notwithstanding the above, provided that
Contractor has been allowed access to the Segment(s) as required in
Sub-Article 9(A)(2), the Contractor shall continue to carry the
Page 23
<PAGE>
risk of loss for any deficient Supply and Work until such deficiency
is no longer outstanding.
4. When the outstanding deficiencies referenced in Sub-Article 9(D)(3)
above have been remedied and completed, and the Segment(s) is
otherwise Ready for Provisional Acceptance in accordance with this
Contract, the Purchaser (as confirmed by the Independent Engineer)
will promptly issue a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance; provided,
--------
that acceptance of a Segment instead of the System shall be in the
sole discretion of the Purchaser.
5. The issuance of a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance with respect to
a Segment shall in no way relieve the Contractor from its obligation
to provide a Segment conforming with the System Performance
Requirements at the time of the issuance of a Certificate of
Commercial Acceptance. Moreover, the issuance of a Certificate of
Commercial Acceptance for a Segment or the System shall not be in lieu
of the issuance of a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance for each
Segment and the System and the Contractor shall still be required to
achieve the Ready for Provisional Acceptance standard with respect to
each Segment and the System.
E. Final Acceptance
1. Within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by Purchaser and the
Independent Engineer of the Final Commissioning Report, the Purchaser
shall issue a Certificate of Final Acceptance or reject such Report.
If the Purchaser neither issues a Certificate of Final Acceptance nor
rejects such Report within such thirty (30) day period, then the Date
of Final Acceptance of the System shall be deemed to be the date such
Final Commissioning Report was received by the Purchaser.
F. Title and Risk of Loss
1. If the Purchaser, in its sole discretion, chooses to accept a Segment
prior to accepting the System, then upon payment of all amounts listed
in the Billing Schedule with respect to such Segment (other than the
Retainage applicable to such Segment) and the issuance of a
Certificate of Commercial Acceptance or a Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance with respect to such Segment by the Purchaser in accordance
with this Contract, title (free and clear of all liens other than
those deriving through or from the Purchaser) to such Segment and all
Supplies incorporated into and/or attached to such Segment shall pass
to and vest in the Purchaser.
2. Upon (i) payment of all amounts listed in the Billing Schedule with
respect to the System (other than the Retainage) and (ii) the issuance
of a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance or a Certificate of
Provisional Acceptance with respect to the System by the Purchaser in
accordance with this Contract, title
Page 24
<PAGE>
(free and clear of all liens other than those deriving through or
from the Purchaser) to the System and all Supplies attached to
and/or incorporated into the System shall pass to and vest in the
Purchaser.
3. As from the date of vesting of title in a Segment or the System,
as applicable, the Purchaser shall, except as set forth in the
following sentence, assume the risk of loss in respect of all
parts of such Segment or the System, as applicable, and
responsibility for its maintenance. As stated in Sub-Article
9(A)(2), the Contractor will be allowed access to such Segment,
and, so long as the Contractor has been allowed access to such
Segment as may be required in accordance with Sub-Article
9(A)(2), the Contractor shall continue to carry the risk of loss
with respect to each deficient Supply and Work under Sub-Article
9(C)(1) and/or 9(D)(2) until such deficiencies are no longer
outstanding.
4. Upon passage of title to a Segment or the System, as the case may
be, Contractor shall deliver written evidence thereof in
substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.
10 Warranty
--------
A. Except as provided in Sub-Article 49(C), Contractor represents and
warrants that the System and the Supplies shall be free from Defects and shall
otherwise comply fully with all of the terms and provisions of this Contract,
including the requirement that the System fully meet all of the System
Performance Requirements (collectively, the "Warranty") for a period commencing
--------
on the first Date of Provisional Acceptance for any Segment and ending *
after the last Date of Provisional Acceptance of any Segment (hereinafter
"Warranty Period").
---------------
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
1. The Contractor shall promptly and fully cure, at its sole cost
and expense, by repair or replacement, at its sole option, any
breach of the Warranty if notice of such breach is provided to
Contractor prior to the expiration of the Warranty Period,
including any breach which may become apparent or be discovered
due to imperfect workmanship, faulty design or faulty Supplies,
or any act, neglect or omission on the Contractor's part, whether
in connection with the System or to property not constituting a
portion of the System that is damaged or harmed by such breach.
(a) In making such repairs, Contractor may make changes to the
System or substitute Supplies of later or comparable design,
provided the changes, modifications, or substitutions are
made in accordance with this Contract and, under normal and
proper use do not cause the System to fail to meet any of
the System Performance Requirements.
(b) The Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to minimize the
period of time that any Segment or the System is out of
service for testing and
Page 25
<PAGE>
repair. The Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the
Contractor to facilitate the Contractor's repair activity.
(c) It is understood that if there is any breach of the
Warranty, the Purchaser may at any time (but it shall have
no obligation to) dispatch the maintenance authority to
effect repairs and/or replacements and the Contractor shall
promptly reimburse the Purchaser for the cost thereof. The
Contractor shall be given advance notice and be entitled, at
its cost and expense, to have a representative on board ship
to observe at sea repairs and shall be given the earliest
possible notice of any such repair.
(d) In the event that the Contractor fails to commence making
provision for any repair and/or replacement required
pursuant to this Article 10 within thirty (30) days after
receipt of notice from Purchaser and/or fails to use all
reasonable efforts to minimize the period of time that any
Segment or the System or any portion thereof is out of
service for repair and/or replacement, the Purchaser may
effect the repair and/or replacement and the Contractor
shall promptly reimburse the Purchaser for the cost thereof.
The Contractor shall be given advance notice and be
entitled, at Contractor's cost and expense, to have a
representative on board ship to observe at sea repairs and
shall be given the earliest possible notice of any such
repair.
Subject to Sub-Article 10(D), any repair and/or replacement by any
maintenance authority or on behalf of the Purchaser shall not in any way
diminish the Contractor's obligation with respect to the Warranty. Moreover,
such remedy by the Purchaser shall not limit or nullify any other obligations of
the Contractor under this Contract or the Purchaser's other rights under this
Contract. Any Supplies discovered to be Defective or faulty and recovered
during a repair pursuant to this Article 10 shall be returned to the Contractor
at its request, and at Contractor's cost and expense.
2. The Contractor shall, at its cost and expense, cure fully any
breach of the Warranty and shall supply all necessary repair
materials, including Supplies. However, the Contractor may use,
with the written consent of the Purchaser, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld, the materials needed to effect a repair
from the Purchaser's available spare materials. The Contractor
shall promptly replace (at a time mutually agreed to by the
Parties), at its cost and expense, in kind such materials
supplied from the Purchaser's spare materials or, at the option
of Purchaser, reimburse Purchaser for such materials at the
original purchase price.
3. The Contractor represents and warrants that, until the expiration
of the Warranty Period, the Work will be performed in a
workmanlike manner using materials free from Defects except when
such materials are provided by the Purchaser (it being understood
that all materials arranged for directly by Contractor, whether
or not purchased in the name of Purchaser, are not
Page 26
<PAGE>
materials provided by the Purchaser). If any Work proves to be
not so performed and Purchaser notifies the Contractor prior to
the expiration of the Warranty Period, the Contractor will
promptly correct the Defect at Contractor's cost and expense.
4. Any Supply or Work which replaces any Defective Supply or Work
during the Warranty Period shall be subject to a further Warranty
Period of two (2) years. However, the Warranty Period shall never
exceed five (5) years from the Date of Provisional Acceptance of
the System.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for enforcing the warranties
of all subcontractors (including vendors of Supplies) during the
Warranty Period.
B. The System is designed to operate in accordance with the System
Performance Requirements for a period of twenty-five (25) years from the Date of
Provisional Acceptance (whether or not any System Upgrades are done) (the
"Design Life Period"). The Contractor represents and warrants that (i) the
------------------
System shall be designed so that until the * of the Date of Provisional
Acceptance of the System, no Pattern of Failure shall occur, (ii) the System
shall be designed with sufficient transmission margin to be upgradeable to a
capacity of 320 Gb/s per fiber pair, and (iii) until the * of the Date of
Provisional Acceptance of the System, no design defect shall occur with respect
to the System or any portion thereof which causes or is reasonably likely to
cause the System or any portion thereof to fail to operate in accordance with
the System Performance Requirements at any time during the Design Life Period.
In the event the Contractor breaches any of the representations and warranties
referred to in this Sub-Article 10(B), Contractor shall, at its cost and
expense, promptly effect such reengineering and redesign and make such repairs
and/or replace such Supplies as may be necessary to correct such breach. The
Contractor shall bear the costs of all repairs and Supplies and of the
reengineering and redesign necessary to effect such repairs and replacements.
The Contractor represents and warrants that all Deliverable Software and
Deliverable Technical Materials are Year 2000 Compliant.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
C. The representations and warranties provided above in Sub-Articles 10(A)
and (B) by the Contractor shall not apply to Defects or failures of performance,
to the extent resulting from damage caused by improper acts or omissions of the
Purchaser or its agents, employees or representatives or third parties (other
than the Contractor, its agents and subcontractors), or which result from
improper modifications, misuse, neglect, accident or abuse, or improper repair,
storage or maintenance by other than the Contractor or its agents or
subcontractors, or use in a manner not in accordance with the System Description
in Appendix 4.
D. THE WARRANTY IN THIS ARTICLE 10 IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH ARE SPECIFICALLY
DISCLAIMED; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE 10 IS A LIMITATION
ON ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE OR ANY OTHER REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY EXPRESSLY SET
FORTH IN THIS CONTRACT.
Page 27
<PAGE>
E. The Contractor shall, in accordance with its normal operating practices,
investigate at its cost and expense any Supply repaired or replaced pursuant to
this Article 10 to determine the type of Defect and the cause of failure of the
Supply. The Contractor shall provide a written report to the Purchaser on the
results of the investigation, if any.
F.
1. Standard of Work and Supplies.
-----------------------------
(a) The Contractor shall ensure that all Work performed
hereunder, all Supplies and the System (during construction
and when constructed), shall strictly comply with the System
Performance Requirements and Appendix 4 and all other
requirements and provisions of this Contract, including,
without limitation, insurance requirements and applicable
Laws.
(b) Any Work or Supply that fails to satisfy the following
requirements and standards is referred to herein as
"Defective," and the condition causing such Work or Supply
---------
to be Defective is referred to herein as a "Defect": new and
------
undamaged, good and workmanlike, free from defects at the
time installed and at all times through the end of the
Warranty Period (including any defects in condition,
quality, workmanship and design, and defects arising from
normal weather conditions and normal use provided that
maintenance is provided by the Purchaser consistent with the
practices of a reasonably prudent fibre optic cable
operator), in good quality and operating condition, and
adequate, appropriate and standard for the purposes
contemplated by this Contract.
(c) Without prior written approval by the
Purchaser, the Contractor shall not use any Supply other
than that specified where such Supply would (i) affect
System functionality or (ii) adversely affect the System
performance. If the Contractor wishes to use such substitute
Supply, it will make written application to the Purchaser
for approval of such a substitute certifying in writing that
the quality of the proposed substitute is equal to or better
than that specified and that the substitute is suited to the
same use and capable of performing the same function as that
specified. All Supplies shall be fabricated, constructed,
applied, installed, connected, used, cleaned and conditioned
in accordance with the instructions of the applicable
vendor, manufacturer, fabricator or processor.
2. Preparation of Detailed Engineering. The Contractor shall be
-----------------------------------
solely responsible for the detailed professional design and
engineering (the "Detailed Engineering") of the System so that,
--------------------
as constructed, the System shall comply with the System
Performance Requirements. The Contractor
Page 28
<PAGE>
shall secure professional engineering certifications for all
drawings prepared as part of the Detailed Engineering, to the
extent required by any applicable Laws. Any review by the
Purchaser shall not relieve or diminish the Contractor's
responsibility for errors or omissions, adequate design,
performance requirements, and proper operation of any item
required under this Contract.
3. Conduct of Work on Property. In clearing the land which is
---------------------------
subject to any Permit or Landing License and in the performance
of the Work, the Contractor shall comply with the terms of this
Contract. The Contractor shall pay to the Purchaser the value of
any harm or damages to any land which is subject to or covered by
any Permit or Landing License caused by the Contractor or any
subcontractor to the extent that such harm or damages are the
result of the Contractor's (or any subcontractor's) failure to
act as a reasonably prudent construction contractor. The
Contractor shall pay for all harm or damages to land or property
outside of the land subject to or covered by any Permit or
Landing License which is caused by the Contractor or any
subcontractor.
4. Safety. The Parties recognize and agree that safety is of
------
paramount importance in the performance of the Work and that the
Contractor is fully responsible for ensuring that the Work is
performed in a safe manner and shall take all reasonable actions
and precautions that are necessary or advisable to ensure safety
and to avoid accidents, injuries and property damage, including
the use of adequate protective devices, warning signs and
barriers as may be required under the circumstances. The
Contractor shall comply with and cause its employees, agents and
subcontractors (and their respective employees and agents) to
comply with reasonable safety procedures in performing the Work.
Nothing in this Sub-Article 10(F)(4) shall affect the
Contractor's status as an independent contractor.
5. Protection of Work. Until the commencement of the Warranty
------------------
Period, the Contractor shall, at its expense, continuously
maintain reasonable protection of the Supplies and the System
from damage, and shall protect its employees, subcontractors,
agents and their respective employees, the employees and property
of the Purchaser, and property owners and others in the vicinity
of the Work from injury or loss arising in connection with this
Contract or the Work.
11 Contractor Support
------------------
A. For a period of * from the applicable Date of Provisional Acceptance
or Date of Commercial Acceptance of the System whichever is earlier, the
Contractor will make available to the Purchaser replacement parts and repair
service for the System as may be reasonably necessary for its operation,
maintenance or repair. Where identical parts cannot be supplied, the Contractor
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Page 29
<PAGE>
shall provide fully compatible parts with characteristics equal or superior to
those originally provided by the Contractor. Such parts and services shall be
provided under commercially reasonable conditions of price and delivery.
B. Notwithstanding Sub-Article 11(A), if for any reason the Contractor or
Contractor's suppliers intend to cease or ceases manufacturing or having
manufactured identical or fully compatible replacement parts, the Contractor
shall give at least one year's prior written notice to the Purchaser to allow
the Purchaser to order from the Contractor any required replacement parts and
shall provide full details of the arrangements to provide equivalents.
12 Purchaser's Obligations
-----------------------
A. Purchaser agrees to pay all amounts payable by it when due under this
Contract and to perform all of its other obligations under this Contract.
B. If any loss, damage, delay or failure of performance of the System
results from the Purchaser's failure to perform its obligations under this
Contract and results in an increase in the costs of performance or the time
required for performance of any of the Contractor's duties or obligations under
this Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled, as appropriate, to (i) an
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, (ii) an equitable extension of time
for completion of the Work, (iii) reimbursement for all such reasonable
additional costs incurred, and (iv) to the extent necessary in light of
Purchaser's failure and the adjustments made in accordance with clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) above, an equitable adjustment of the Work.
1. The Contractor shall inform the Purchaser promptly of any
occurrence covered under this Sub-Article 12(B), and shall
use reasonable efforts to minimize any such additional costs
or delay.
2. The Contractor shall promptly provide to the Purchaser a
written estimate of the anticipated additional costs and
time required to complete the Work and request relief from
contractual obligations or duties, as appropriate. Purchaser
shall, upon notification, make advance payment to Contractor
for the reasonable estimated amount of anticipated
additional costs; provided that Purchaser may deposit such
--------
amount into the Dispute Account and Sub-Article 5(C)(5)
shall apply. Contractor shall, without limiting Purchaser's
obligations in the foregoing sentence, discuss such costs
with Purchaser upon Purchaser's request.
3. As soon as reasonably practicable after the actual costs
become known to the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide
a statement of such actual costs to the Purchaser.
4. If the estimated amount is greater than the amount of actual
costs, then the Contractor shall promptly reimburse the
Purchaser. If the amount of actual costs incurred is greater
than the estimated amount, then the Purchaser shall
Page 30
<PAGE>
reimburse the Contractor for any shortfall in accordance
with Article 5 (Terms of Payment).
13 Termination for Default
-----------------------
A. Either Party may, by written notice of termination for Default,
immediately upon receipt or such later date as specified in the notice,
terminate the whole or any part of this Contract in any one of the following
circumstances (each an "Event of Default"):
----------------
1. In the case of the Purchaser, (a) if Contractor fails to
comply with the terms and conditions of this Contract and,
if such failure occurs prior to the Date of Commercial
Acceptance of the System or the Date of Provisional
Acceptance of the System, it would be reasonable to believe
that the Contractor will not be able to provide (i) the
System (exclusive of Segment 6) which is Ready for
Provisional Acceptance or (ii) Segments 4 and 5 which are
Ready for Provisional Acceptance, in either case within one
hundred (100) days after the Scheduled RFS Date or the
Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date, as the case may be; (b) if
Contractor fails to comply with the terms and conditions of
this Contract and, if such failure occurs prior to the Date
of Commercial Acceptance of Segment 6 or the Date of
Provisional Acceptance of Segment 6, it would be reasonable
to believe that the Contractor will not be able to provide
Segment 6 which is Ready for Provisional Acceptance within
one hundred (100) days after the Segment 6 Scheduled RFS
Date (provided, however, that under clauses (a) and (b) of
this Sub-Article 13(A)(1), the Purchaser shall provide
Contractor notice of such failure and a cure period which
shall expire on the earlier to occur of forty-five (45) days
after Contractor's receipt of notice of the failure and the
applicable Default Date and such cure period shall in no
event (x) affect the Purchaser's right to terminate this
Contract under clause (c) of this Sub-Article 13(A)(1) or
any other right of termination under this Contract or (y)
affect the Purchaser's rights to liquidated damages under
Article 22); or (c) the Contractor fails to cause the System
to be Ready for Provisional Acceptance within one hundred
(100) days after the Scheduled RFS Date;
2. If any Party defaults on any of its payment obligations and
does not cure such default (whether by paying money to the
payee or the Payment Escrow Agent) within a period of thirty
(30) days (or such longer period as the non-breaching Party
may authorize in writing) after receipt of written notice
demanding cure (subject to dispute provisions);
3. If the other Party shall commence a voluntary case or other
proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other
relief with respect to itself or its debts under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter
in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property,
Page 31
<PAGE>
or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or
taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or
other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally
to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate
action to authorize any of the foregoing; or
4. If an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced
against the other Party seeking liquidation, reorganization or
other relief with respect to it or its debts under any
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or
other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a
period of sixty (60) days; or an order for relief shall be
entered against the other Party.
B. If this Contract is terminated by the Purchaser as provided in Sub-
Article 13(A), the Purchaser, in addition to any other rights provided in this
Article and upon payment to Contractor of all monies due and owing as set forth
in Sub-Article 13(C) below, may require the Contractor to transfer title and
deliver to the Purchaser in the manner and to the extent directed by the
Purchaser (i) any or all completed Work and/or Supplies, and/or such partially
completed Work and/or cable and materials, parts, tools, dies, jigs, fixtures,
plans, drawings, information, and contract rights (hereinafter collectively
"Manufacturing Materials"), (ii) Deliverable Software and (iii) Deliverable
-----------------------
Technical Materials as the Contractor has had specifically produced or
specifically acquired for the performance of such part of this Contract as has
been terminated and which, if this Contract had been completed, would have been
required to be furnished to the Purchaser; and the Contractor shall, upon the
direction of the Purchaser, protect and preserve property in the Contractor's
possession in which the Purchaser has an interest.
C. If this Contract is terminated by Contractor as provided in Sub-
Article 13(A), the Purchaser shall pay the total of:
1. the cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the
termination of Work under the contracts and orders, as provided
in Sub-Article 14(B)(3) below which are properly chargeable to
the terminated portion of this Contract;
2. the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of settlement including
accounting, legal, clerical and other expenses necessary for the
preparation of settlement claims and supporting data with respect
to the terminated portion of this Contract and for termination
and settlement of contracts thereunder, together with reasonable
storage, transportation and other costs incurred in connection
with the protection, preservation and disposition of property
proper to this Contract; and
3. any general damages that are required by law.
Page 32
<PAGE>
D. Force Majeure events pursuant to Article 17 (Force Majeure) shall not
constitute a default or provide a basis for termination under this Article.
E. Except as provided in Article 23 and regardless of any termination of
this Contract as provided in Sub-Article 13(A), neither Party shall be relieved
from any liability for damages or otherwise which may have been incurred by
reason of any breach of this Contract.
F. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the event that Purchaser
terminates this Contract pursuant to Sub-Article 13(A), the Contractor shall be
liable to Purchaser (without duplication) for the total of all costs and
expenses incurred by Purchaser in completing the Work and/or in correcting
deficiencies in the Work to the extent that the payments made to Contractor
pursuant to this Contract, together with such costs and expenses, exceed the
Contract Price.
14 Termination for Convenience
---------------------------
A. The performance of Work under this Contract may be terminated by the
Purchaser in whole, or in part, at its discretion. The Purchaser shall deliver
to the Contractor a written notice specifying the extent to which performance of
Work under this Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective (a "Notice of Termination"). Upon termination, the Purchaser
---------------------
will make payment to Contractor of all monies due and owing as set forth in Sub-
Article 14(D) below.
B. After receipt of such Notice of Termination, and except as otherwise
directed by the Purchaser, the Contractor shall:
1. Stop Work under this Contract on the date and to the extent
specified in the Notice of Termination;
2. Place no further orders or contracts for Supplies, services or
facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such
portion of Work under this Contract as is not terminated;
3. Use reasonable efforts to terminate all orders and contracts to
the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated
by the Notice of Termination;
4. Assign to the Purchaser, in the manner, at the time, and to the
extent directed by the Purchaser, all of the Contractor's rights,
title and interest under the orders and contracts so terminated;
5. Use reasonable efforts to settle all outstanding liabilities and
all claims arising out of such termination of orders and
contracts, with the Purchaser's approval or ratification to the
extent required;
Page 33
<PAGE>
6. Transfer title and deliver to the Purchaser in the manner, at the
time and to the extent (if any) directed for the fabricated or
unfabricated parts, Work in process and completed Work. Supplies
and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in
connection with, the performance of the Work terminated by the
Notice of Termination;
7. Use reasonable efforts to sell, in the manner, at the time, to the
extent and at the price or prices directed or authorized by the
Purchaser, any property of the types referred to in Sub-Article
14(B)(6) above; provided, however, that the Contractor:
-------- -------
(a) shall not be required to extend credit to any buyer;
and
(b) may acquire any such property under the conditions
prescribed by and at a price approved by the Purchaser;
and provided further that the net proceeds of any such
-------- -------
transfer or disposition shall be applied in reduction of any
payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Contractor under this
Contract or, if no such payments are due, paid in such other
manner as the Purchaser may direct;
8. Complete performance of such part of the Work which was not
terminated by the Notice of Termination; and
9. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Purchaser may
reasonably direct, for the protection and preservation of the
property related to this Contract which is in the Contractor's
possession and in which the Purchaser has acquired or may acquire
an interest.
C. After such Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall submit to the
Purchaser a written termination claim. Such claim shall be submitted promptly,
but, unless otherwise extended by the Parties, in no event later than three (3)
months from the effective date of termination.
D. In the settlement of any such partial or total termination claim, the
Purchaser shall pay to the Contractor the total of:
1. all amounts invoiced in accordance with this Contract plus, for
Work or Supplies which have been done or provided but which have
not been invoiced, an amount calculated by reference to the prices
set forth in the Provisioning Schedule and to the amount of such
Work or Supplies done or provided;
2. the reasonable cost of settling and paying claims arising out of
the termination of Work under the contracts and orders which are
properly chargeable to the terminated portion of this Contract;
and
Page 34
<PAGE>
3. the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of settlement including
accounting, legal, clerical and other expenses necessary for the
preparation of settlement claims and supporting data with respect
to the terminated portion of this Contract and for termination and
settlement of contracts thereunder, together with reasonable
storage, transportation and other costs incurred in connection
with the protection and disposition of property proper to this
Contract.
E. In arriving at the amount due to the Contractor under this Article 14,
all unliquidated payments made to the Contractor, any liability which the
Contractor may have to the Purchaser, and the agreed price for, or the proceeds
of sale of any materials, supplies or other things acquired by the Contractor or
sold, pursuant to the provisions of this Article 14, and not otherwise recovered
by or credited to the Purchaser shall be deducted.
F. The Purchaser may, from time to time, under such terms and conditions
as it prescribes, approve partial payments and payments on account against costs
incurred by the Contractor in connection with the terminated portion of this
Contract. If such payments total in excess of the amount finally agreed or
determined to be due under this Article 14, such excess shall be refunded, upon
demand, by the Contractor to the Purchaser.
G. For a period of two years after final settlement under this Contract,
the Contractor shall preserve and make available to the Purchaser at reasonable
times at the Contractor's office, but without direct charge to the Purchaser,
all supporting books, records and documents required to be kept relating to the
terminated Work.
15 Suspension
----------
A. The Purchaser may, at its convenience, order the Contractor to suspend
all or part of the Work for such period of time as the Purchaser determines to
be appropriate. If, as a result of such suspension, the Contractor incurs
additional costs or losses in the discharge of its responsibilities under this
Contract, and where such suspension, losses or costs are not caused by the
Contractor's act or omission and could not have been reasonably prevented by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall be allowed an equitable adjustment to the
Contract Price or the Provisioning Schedule in Appendix 1 and an equitable
extension in the time required for performance.
B. Upon the occurrence of:
(i) an Event of Default by the Purchaser; or
(ii) any transfer of this Contract prior to the Date of Final
Acceptance of any portion of the System except in accordance with
Article 37.
Contractor, in addition to any other rights provided in Article 13, may suspend
performance of the Work.
Page 35
<PAGE>
C. Every forty-five (45) days, during the period of Suspension, the
Parties shall meet formally and review the circumstances surrounding the
Suspension including, without limitation, the anticipated date of re-commencing
Work.
D. Thereafter, if the Suspension continues for a total of one hundred and
eighty (180) consecutive days, the Contractor may terminate this Contract by
notice to the Purchaser and this Contract shall be deemed to have been
terminated by Purchaser, effective on the date of Contractor's notice, in
accordance with Sub-Article 13(A) and the remaining provisions of Article 13
shall apply.
16 Title and Risk of Loss
----------------------
A. Except as provided in Article 18 (Intellectual Property), Article 20
(Safeguarding of Information and Technology) and, Article 21 (Export Control),
title to all Supplies provided by the Contractor hereunder for incorporation in
or attachment to a Segment shall pass to and vest in the Purchaser in accordance
with Article 9 (Acceptance). Risk of loss or damage to all Supplies (including
Supplies consigned to Purchaser) provided by the Contractor for incorporation in
or attachment to such Segment shall pass to and vest in the Purchaser in
accordance with Article 9. Prior to risk of loss so passing, Contractor shall
bear the risk of loss. Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Article 13
(Termination for Default) or 14 (Termination for Convenience), the Purchaser may
require, upon full payment of all amounts due thereunder (provided that, without
--------
limiting Purchaser's obligation to make any such payment, if this Contract is
terminated by Purchaser because of a Bankruptcy Event full payment shall not be
required prior to the transfer of title), that title to Supplies, which has not
previously passed to the Purchaser, pass to the Purchaser, free and clear of all
liens, claims, charges and other encumbrances other than those deriving through
Purchaser.
B. Upon the passage of title in accordance with this Contract, the
Contractor warrants that all Supplies and the System (or portion thereof) to
which title has passed will be free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and
other encumbrances other than those deriving through the Purchaser. Moreover,
Contractor warrants that all Permits which are transferred to Purchaser will, at
the time of such transfer, be free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and
other encumbrances arising by, through or under the Contractor, its affiliates
and its subcontractors.
17 Force Majeure
-------------
A. The Contractor shall not be responsible for any loss, damage, delay or
failure of performance resulting directly or indirectly from any cause which is
beyond its reasonable control ("Force Majeure"), including but not limited to:
-------------
delay in obtaining or failure to obtain any Permits (subject to the provisions
of Sub-Article 7(D)); the Purchaser's delay in obtaining or failure to obtain
any Landing Licenses; acts of God or of the public enemy; acts or failure to act
of any governmental authority; war or warlike operations, civil war or
commotion, mobilizations or military call-up, and acts of similar nature;
revolution, rebellions, sabotage, and insurrections or riots; fires, floods,
epidemics, quarantine restrictions; strikes, and other labor actions; freight
embargoes; Sea State 5; trawler or anchor damage; damage caused by other marine
activity such as fishing, marine research
Page 36
<PAGE>
and marine development; acts or omissions of transporters; provided that (i) a
--------
loss by Contractor of employees (other than by reasons of Force Majeure), (ii)
strikes and other labor actions involving the Contractor's own work force, (iii)
the first 5 days of Sea State 5 (unless any such day occurs during the 30 days
immediately preceding the then Scheduled RFS Date), (iv) the failure (other than
by reason of Force Majeure) of any subcontractor, supplier or transporter to
perform its obligations to Contractor (including on account of insolvency)
unless such supplies or transportation or other services are generally
unavailable in the marketplace, (v) the unavailability of any raw materials or
components, unless such raw materials or components are generally unavailable in
the marketplace or are unavailable by reason of force majeure or, (vi) any
increase in Contractor's costs shall not in and of itself constitute Force
Majeure. Moreover, in no event shall any breach of this Contract by Contractor
constitute Force Majeure.
B. If any such Force Majeure causes an increase in the time or costs
required for performance of any of its duties or obligations, with the exception
of marine installation activities, the Contractor shall be entitled to an
equitable extension of time for completion of the Work and an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Price; provided, however, in regard to the marine
-------- -------
installation (i.e., the undersea portion of the System and Supplies), the
----
Contractor shall only be entitled to an equitable extension of time for the
completion of the Work.
C. The Contractor shall inform the Purchaser promptly with written
notification, and in all cases no later than fourteen (14) days of discovery and
knowledge, of any occurrence covered under this Article and shall use its
reasonable efforts to minimize such additional delays. The Contractor shall
promptly provide an estimate of the anticipated time and costs required to
complete the Work. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable extension of
time and equitable adjustment in the Contract Price resulting from the Force
Majeure condition.
D. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of such a notice from Contractor,
the Purchaser (together with the Independent Engineer) may provide a written
response. The absence of a response shall be deemed as acceptance of
Contractor's notice and request for additional time.
E. Every forty-five (45) days during the period of Force Majeure, the
Parties shall meet and review the circumstances surrounding the Force Majeure,
including, without limitation, the anticipated date of recommencing work.
18 Intellectual Property
---------------------
A. Ownership in Contractor; No Licenses Except Those Expressly Granted
All right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property created
or developed by Contractor, under this Contract, before commencing its
performance under this Contract, is and shall remain the sole property of
Contractor. Unless otherwise expressed in this Contract, no license is implied
or granted herein to Purchaser to any Intellectual Property by virtue of this
Contract owned or controlled by Contractor (the "Contractor Intellectual
-----------------------
Property"), nor by the transmittal or disclosure of any Contractor Intellectual
- --------
Property to Purchaser. Any Contractor Intellectual Property disclosed,
furnished, or conveyed to Purchaser that is marked as "Proprietary" or
"Confidential" (or
Page 37
<PAGE>
if transmitted orally is identified as being proprietary or confidential in a
subsequent writing) shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of
Article 20 (Safeguarding of Information and Technology). As used herein,
"Intellectual Property" means any information, computer or other apparatus
---------------------
programs, software, specifications, drawings, designs, sketches, tools, market
research or operating data, prototypes, records, documentation, works of
authorship or other creative works, ideas, concepts, methods, inventions,
discoveries, improvements, or other business, financial and/or technical
information (whether or not protectable or registrable under any applicable
intellectual property law).
B. Licenses
Contractor shall furnish to Purchaser, upon the transfer of title to any
portion of the System pursuant to this Contract, copies of all technical
information, specifications, drawings, designs, sketches, tools, operating data,
records, documentation and/or other types of engineering or technical data or
information relating to the operation, maintenance or repair of each item of
such portion of the System as delivered by Contractor (the "Deliverable
-----------
Technical Material"). Contractor grants to Purchaser a perpetual, royalty-free,
- ------------------
non-transferable (except under the circumstances specified in Sub-Article 18(G)
below) license to use and reproduce all Contractor Intellectual Property
included in or necessary to use the Deliverable Technical Materials. This
license grant shall, in any event, be on such terms and to such an extent to
fulfill Purchaser's obligations under this Contract and shall be sufficient to
permit the Purchaser to undertake using, operating and maintaining the System
supplied by Contractor. Further, Purchaser shall have the right to employ third
parties (under appropriate written obligations respecting confidentiality) to
assist Purchaser in fulfilling its obligations under this Contract and in using,
operating or maintaining the System. Contractor grants to Purchaser a
perpetual, royalty-free, non-transferable (except under the circumstances
specified in Sub-Article 18(G) below) license to use and reproduce those
portions of Deliverable Technical Materials owned or controlled by third parties
(but only to the extent of any rights which may have been granted to Contractor
by such third parties). This license grant shall be sufficient to permit the
Purchaser to undertake using, operating and maintaining the System supplied by
Contractor. Further, Purchaser shall have the right to employ third parties
(under appropriate written obligations respecting confidentiality) to assist
Purchaser in fulfilling its obligations under this Contract and in using,
operating or maintaining the System but with no right to sublicense. It is
expressly understood that it shall not be a violation of this license for
Purchaser, on its own behalf or through third parties (under appropriate written
obligations respecting confidentiality) specifically employed for the purpose,
to use and reproduce the Deliverable Technical Material to modify the System or
any portion thereof or connect the System or any portion thereof to other
systems, subject to the rights of third parties therein and thereto, and subject
to the limitations on Contractor's obligations as set forth in Articles 10(C)
and 19(A) concerning any such modification or interconnection.
C. Deliverable Software
Contractor shall furnish to the Purchaser, upon transfer of title to any
portion of the System pursuant to this Contract, copies of all computer or other
apparatus programs and software and related documentation relating to the
operation, maintenance or repair of the computer systems of such portion of the
System, as delivered by Contractor (the "Deliverable Software"). All Deliverable
--------------------
Software that is Contractor Intellectual Property shall be delivered in
executable form. Contractor
Page 38
<PAGE>
shall also furnish to Purchaser, from time to time during the Warranty Period,
copies of all computer or other apparatus programs and software and related
documentation that Contractor may develop to correct errors or to maintain
Deliverable Software previously furnished to Purchaser, which shall also be
treated as Deliverable Software in accordance with the terms of this provision
and subject to this Contract upon delivery thereof to Purchaser. Contractor
grants to Purchaser a perpetual, royalty-free, non-transferable (except under
the circumstances specified in Sub-Article 18(G) below) license to use and
reproduce the Deliverable Software that is Contractor Intellectual Property to
the same extent and on the same terms as the licenses granted to Purchaser under
Sub-Article 18(B) above. The license granted to Purchaser by Contractor in
Deliverable Software that is Contractor Intellectual Property or that is owned
or controlled by third parties shall be limited to use with the particular type
of computer equipment or substantially similar replacement equipment for which
such Deliverable Software was provided in the System as supplied by Contractor.
1. Confidentiality
Purchaser shall keep Deliverable Software that is
Contractor Intellectual Property or that is owned or controlled
by third parties confidential in accordance with Article 20
(Safeguarding of Information and Technology) and Article 21
(Export Control), to the extent that such Deliverable Software is
designated as Confidential Information by its owner, and agrees
to use commercially reasonable efforts to see that its employees,
consultants, and agents, and other users of such software, comply
with the provisions of this Contract. Purchaser also agrees to
refrain from taking any steps, such as reverse assembly or
decompilation, to derive a source code equivalent of any
Deliverable Software, provided that Contractor does not go
insolvent or bankrupt to thereby trigger a software escrow event
in accordance with Article 18(H). In the case of insolvency or
bankruptcy of Contractor, Purchaser shall limit any derivation of
a source code equivalent to that portion of the Deliverable
Software that is Contractor Intellectual Property. Purchaser
shall not under any circumstances take any steps to derive a
source code equivalent from that portion of the Deliverable
Software comprising commercial, off-the-shelf software developed
or provided by third parties.
2. Backup Copies
Purchaser may make and retain archive copies in
executable form of Deliverable Software. Any copy thereof will
contain the same copyright notice and proprietary markings as are
on the original software and shall be subject to the same
restrictions as the originals.
3. Termination of Software Licenses
In the event of (i) use by Purchaser of Deliverable
Software in a manner other than as permitted in Sub-Article 18(C)
or (ii) any other material breach of this Article 18 by Purchaser
that, in either event, is not
Page 39
<PAGE>
cured within sixty (60) days from receipt by Purchaser of written
notice of such impermissible use or breach, Contractor, at its
option, may terminate the rights granted to Purchaser pursuant to
this Article, which termination shall take effect no sooner than
sixty (60) days following receipt by Purchaser of a subsequent
written notice of termination. Upon termination, Purchaser shall
either return or destroy, at Contractor's option, all copies of
Deliverable Software furnished to Purchaser under this Contract.
4. Indemnification
In the event of (i) use by Purchaser of Deliverable
Software furnished hereunder other than as permitted in Sub-
Article 18(C) or (ii) any other material breach of this Article
18 by Purchaser, Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Contractor
harmless from any and all third party claims resulting therefrom,
whether arising from a defect in the software or otherwise.
D. Trademarks, Tradenames, etc.
No rights are granted herein to either Party to use any identification
(such as, but not limited to tradenames, trademarks, service marks or symbols,
and abbreviations, contractions, or simulations thereof) owned or used by the
other Party or its affiliates to identify itself, its affiliates or any of its
products or services. Each Party agrees that it will not, without the prior
written permission of the other Party, use such identification in advertising,
publicity, packaging, labeling, or in any other manner to identify itself or any
of its products, services, or organizations, or represent directly or indirectly
that any product, service, or organization is a product, service, or
organization of the other Party or its affiliates, or that any product or
service of a Party is made in accordance with or utilizes any Intellectual
Property belonging to the other Party or its affiliates.
E. DISCLAIMER, LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT ANY INFORMATION OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
FURNISHED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE TRUE AND ACCURATE TO THE
BEST OF ITS KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, BUT CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE HELD TO ANY
LIABILITY FOR UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THEREIN.
F. Representations and Warranties
Contractor represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge at the
time of delivery, (i) that the Deliverable Technical Materials and Deliverable
Software to be furnished by Contractor under this Contract will not infringe any
rights in Intellectual Property belonging to any third party, (ii) that
Contractor has all necessary rights to furnish such Deliverable Technical
Materials and Deliverable Software to Purchaser for use by Purchaser in
accordance with the terms of this Contract, and (iii) that Purchaser's use of
such Deliverable Technical Materials and Deliverable Software for the purposes
contemplated in this Contract will not, by itself, cause Purchaser to incur
Page 40
<PAGE>
any liability to any third party with respect to Purchaser's use thereof in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
G. Transferability
Except as otherwise provided in Sub-Article 37(A), (B) and (D), the
licenses granted to Purchaser by Contractor in the Deliverable Technical
Materials and Deliverable Software are personal and non-transferable, except
that Purchaser may assign or transfer such licenses to (1) an affiliated entity
under common control with the Purchaser or (2) to any entity succeeding to
Purchaser's entire interest in the System as a result of reorganization or
restructuring of the Purchaser or in the event of a change of control of the
Purchaser.
H. Deliverable Software Escrow
Within sixty (60) days of the Date of Provisional Acceptance or Commercial
Acceptance of any portion of the System, the Parties shall enter into a Software
Escrow Agreement, the principals of which are outlined hereunder, with a
software escrow service, following which Contractor shall deliver copies of
source code and related documentation for that portion of Deliverable Software
that is Contractor Intellectual Property (but not that portion of Deliverable
Software comprising commercial, off-the-shelf software, or software developed or
provided by third parties) to a third party commercial software escrow service,
and from time to time as it becomes available, copies of source code for
updates, maintenance releases, or other new versions of the Deliverable Software
that is Contractor Intellectual Property relating to the operation, maintenance,
or repair of the computer systems of any portion of the System as delivered by
Contractor during the System's twenty-five (25) year Design Life Period.
A detailed listing of commercial, off-the-shelf software, or software
developed or provided by third parties, to be included in the Deliverable
Software shall be delivered by Contractor to Purchaser within sixty (60) days of
the Date of Provisional Acceptance of any portion of the System.
The escrow service shall be authorized by Contractor to release the
escrowed software to Purchaser within five (5) business days after the receipt
of notice by Purchaser (which notice Purchaser shall not deliver unless a
Bankruptcy Event shall have occurred in respect to either ASN or ASNI, or either
ASN or ASNI is no longer engaged in the business of operating or maintaining
systems comparable to the System) that a Bankruptcy Event has occurred or that
the Contractor is no longer in the business of operating or maintaining systems
comparable to the System.
19 Infringement
------------
A. The Contractor agrees to defend or settle at its own expense all suits
for infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark or other form of
intellectual property right in any country of the world, for the use and
operation of the System as supplied by Contractor and for any component part
thereof or Supply used therein (or the manufacture of any Supply or the normal
use thereof) provided by the Contractor or on its behalf pursuant to this
Contract and will hold the Purchaser
Page 41
<PAGE>
harmless from all expense of defending any such suit and all payments for final
judgment assessed on account of such infringement, except such infringement or
claim arising from:
1. The Contractor's adherence to the Purchaser's directions in
the design and configuration of the System or to Supplies of
the Purchaser's selection; or
2. Such Supplies furnished to the Contractor by the Purchaser,
other than in each case, items of the Contractor's design or
selection or the same as any of the Contractor's commercial
merchandise or in processes or machines of the Contractor's
design or selection used in the manufacture of such standard
products or parts; or
3. Use of the System or the Supplies furnished by Contractor
other than for the purposes indicated in, or reasonably to
be inferred from, this Contract or in conjunction with other
products; or
4. Modification of the System or the Supplies furnished by the
Contractor, or connection of the System to another system by
any person or entity other than Contractor, without prior
expressed written approval by Contractor, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
B. The Purchaser will, at its own expense, defend all suits against the
Contractor for an excepted infringement as referred to in Sub-Article 19(A) and
hold the Contractor harmless from all expense of defending any such suit and
from all payments by final judgment assessed against the Contractor on account
of such excepted infringement.
C. The Contractor and the Purchaser agree to give each other prompt
written notice of claims and suits for infringement, full opportunity and
authority to assume the sole defense, including appeals and, upon request and at
its own expense, the other agrees to furnish all information and assistance
available to it for such defense.
D. If all or any portion of the System or any Supply provided by the
Contractor or on its behalf is held to constitute an infringement (excluding
excepted infringements specified in Sub-Article 19(A)) and is subject to an
injunction restraining its use or any order providing for its delivery up to or
destruction, or if in respect of any such claim of infringement the Contractor
deems it advisable to do so, the Contractor shall at its own expense either:
1. Procure, at the Contractor's cost and expense, for the
Purchaser the right to retain and continue to use the
System, the affected portion thereof, or any such Supply
without interruption for the Purchaser;
2. Replace or modify, at the Contractor's cost and expense, the
System, the affected portion thereof, or any Supply so that
it becomes non-infringing while continuing to meet the
System Performance Requirements; or
Page 42
<PAGE>
3. If the remedies specified in Sub-Articles 19(D)(1) and
19(D)(2) are not feasible, refund to the Purchaser the full
purchase price paid for the System, the affected portion
thereof, or any Supply found to be infringing.
E. In no event shall the Purchaser make any admission or settle any claim
in relation with any claim for infringement without Contractor's consent.
20 Safeguarding of Information and Technology
------------------------------------------
A. In performance of this Contract, it may be mutually advantageous to
the Parties hereto to share certain specifications, designs, plans, drawings,
software, market research or operating data, prototypes, or other business,
financial, and or/technical information related to products, services, or
systems which are proprietary to the disclosing Party or its affiliates (and in
the case of Contractor, Contractor's parent company) (together with this
Contract and related documents, "Information"). The Parties recognize and agree
-----------
that Information includes information that was supplied in contemplation hereof
prior to execution of this Contract, and further agree that Information includes
information in both tangible and intangible form.
B. Unless such Information was previously known to the Party receiving
such Information free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or such
Information has been or is subsequently made public through other than
unauthorized disclosure by the receiving Party or is independently developed by
the receiving Party (as documented by the records of the receiving Party), it
shall be kept confidential by the Party receiving such Information, shall be
used only in the performance of this Contract, and may not be used for any other
purposes except upon such terms as may be agreed upon in writing by the Party
owning such Information. The receiving Party may disclose such Information to
other persons, upon the furnishing Party's prior written authorization, but
solely to perform acts which this Article expressly authorizes the receiving
Party to perform itself and further provided such other person agrees in writing
(a copy of which writing will be provided to the furnishing Party at its
request) to the same conditions respecting disclosure and use of Information
contained in this Article and to any other reasonable conditions requested by
the furnishing Party. Nothing herein shall prevent a Party from disclosing
Information (a) upon the order of any court or administrative agency, (b) upon
the request or demand of, or pursuant to any regulation of, any regulatory
agency or authority, (c) to the extent reasonably required in connection with
the exercise of any remedy hereunder and (d) to a Party's legal counsel or
independent auditors.
C. The Purchaser may disclose Information to its lenders, investors and
their representatives in connection with obtaining financing for the System,
provided that each such lender, investor or their respective representative
enters into a confidentiality agreement containing terms and conditions similar
to those in this Contract. Any such disclosure of Information shall be subject
to the restrictions in Sub-Article 20(B).
Page 43
<PAGE>
21 Export Control
--------------
The Parties acknowledge that any products, software, and technical
information (including, but not limited to, services and training) provided by
either Party under this Contract are or may be subject to export laws and
regulations of France, the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States of
America and the destination country(ies) and any use or transfer of such
products, software and technical information must be authorized under those
Laws. The Parties agree that they will not use, distribute, transfer or transmit
the products, software or technical information (even if incorporated into other
products) except in compliance with export Laws. If requested by either Party,
the other Party agrees to sign all necessary export-related documents as may be
required to comply with applicable export Laws.
22 Liquidated Damages
------------------
If (a) the System (exclusive of Segment 6) is not Ready for Commercial
Acceptance or Ready for Provisional Acceptance by the Scheduled RFS Date, (b)
Segment 6 is not Ready for Commercial Acceptance or Ready for Provisional
Acceptance by the Segment 6 Scheduled RFS Date, or (c) either or both of
Segments 4 and 5 are not Ready for Commercial Acceptance or Ready for
Provisional Acceptance by the Segment 4/5 Scheduled RFS Date, as any such date
may have been extended under:
1. Article 6 (Contract Variations);
2. Article 17 (Force Majeure); or
3. Article 15 (Suspension); or
4. Other arrangements as agreed in writing between the Purchaser and
the Contractor;
then Contractor shall pay to Purchaser for each day of delay, for up to 100
days, by way of pre-estimated and liquidated damages for the delay and not as a
penalty as follows: (i) in the case of clause (a) of this Article 22, an amount
equal to 0.1% of the Initial Contract Price for the System (less the value of
Segment 6 and less the amount of any liquidated damages already paid in respect
of either or both of Segments 4 and 5, as the case may be); (ii) in the case of
clause (b) of this Article 22, an amount equal to 0.1% of the value of Segment 6
as set forth in Appendix 1; and (iii) in the case of clause (c) of this Article
22, an amount equal to 0.1% of the value of either or both of Segments 4 and 5,
as the case may be. Except as provided in Article 13, such damages will be to
the full satisfaction of the Contractor's liability for delay. Contractor shall
pay by the 15th day of each month, all of the aforesaid damages for delay in
respect of the days of delay that occurred in the prior month.
Page 44
<PAGE>
23 Limitation of Liability/Indemnification
---------------------------------------
A. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION IN THIS CONTRACT, AND IRRESPECTIVE
OF ANY FAULT, NEGLIGENCE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, IN NO EVENT SHALL
EITHER PARTY OR ANY OF ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING
FINANCING SOURCES AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, RELIANCE OR SPECIAL (INCLUDING PUNITIVE) DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY OR
THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF RESTORATION FACILITIES RESULTING FROM ITS
FAILURE TO PERFORM PURSUANT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS CONTRACT.
B. THE CONTRACTOR'S MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY, WHETHER IN TORT,
CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED * OF THE CONTRACT PRICE; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, THAT THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE
CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 19 AND SUB-ARTICLE 23(C).
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
C. Contractor, at its expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Purchaser, its agents (including financing sources and their representatives),
subcontractors and employees against any and all claims, demands, and judgments
for losses due to any act or omission, arising out of, or in connection with
this Contract or, prior to risk of loss passing to Purchaser, the operation and
maintenance of the System, to the extent such losses were caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of the Contractor, its subcontractors,
employees or agents. The defense, indemnification and save harmless obligation
is specifically conditioned on the following: (i) Purchaser providing prompt
notification in writing of any such claim or demand when it obtains Actual
Knowledge thereof (and if Purchaser does not so provide such notice, then the
indemnification shall not apply to the extent such failure to provide such
notice prevents Contractor from defending against such claim), and (ii)
Contractor having the right to control the defense of any such action, claim or
demand and of all negotiations for its settlement or compromise; provided,
however, the Purchaser shall cooperate, at the Contractor's expense, in a
reasonable way to facilitate the Contractor's defense of such claim or demand or
the negotiations for its settlement. Nothing in this Sub-Article 23(C) shall
limit Purchaser's other rights and remedies otherwise provided in this Contract.
D. Purchaser, at its expense, shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Contractor, its agents, subcontractors and employees against any and all claims,
demands, and judgments for losses due to any act or omission, arising out of, or
in connection with this Contract or, after risk of loss passes to Purchaser, the
operation or maintenance of the System, to the extent such losses were caused by
the negligence or willful misconduct of the Purchaser, its subcontractors,
employees or agents (other than Contractor or its agents or subcontractors). The
defense, indemnification and save harmless obligation is specifically
conditioned on the following (i) Contractor providing prompt notification in
writing of any such claim or demand when it obtains Actual Knowledge thereof
(and if Contractor does not so provide such notice, then the indemnification
shall not apply to the extent such failure to provide such notice prevents
Purchaser from defending against such claim), and (ii) Purchaser having the
right to control the defense of any such action, claim or demand and of all
Page 45
<PAGE>
negotiations for its settlement or compromise; provided, however, Contractor
shall cooperate, at Purchaser's expense, in a reasonable way to facilitate the
Purchaser's defense of such claim or demand or the negotiations for its
settlement. Nothing in this Sub-Article 23(D) shall limit the Contractor's
other rights and remedies otherwise provided in this Contract.
24 Counterparts
------------
This Contract may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument.
25 Design and Performance Responsibility
-------------------------------------
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design of and for
all details of the System and for the adequacy thereof.
B. The Contractor's responsibility for design of the System shall not in
any way be diminished nor shall the Contractor's design approach be restricted
or limited by the Purchaser's acceptance of the Contractor's guidance or
recommendations as to engineering standards and design specifications, or by the
Purchaser's or the Independent Engineer's suggestions or recommendations on any
aspect of the design.
C. Purchaser shall use reasonable efforts in assisting the Contractor to
obtain in a timely manner accurate information required for the Contractor to
perform the Work, which the Contractor cannot expeditiously and cost-effectively
obtain from any source other than the Purchaser.
D. If Purchaser reasonably believes that Contractor is failing to
maintain the progress of the Work such that the target date of Provisional
Acceptance of any Segment is expected to be thirty (30) days or more later than
the date therefor set forth in the Plan of Work, Appendix 3, then Contractor
shall (to the extent that appropriate measures are not already being
undertaken), and, in addition to any other obligations specified in this
Contract, work in good faith to regain and thereafter maintain such progress.
26 Product Changes
---------------
The Contractor may at any time make changes to the System furnished
pursuant to this Contract, or modify the drawings and published specifications
relating thereto, or substitute Supplies of later design, provided the changes,
modifications, or substitutions under normal and proper use do not impact upon
the form, fit, expected life or function of the System as provided in the System
Performance Requirements as confirmed in writing to the Purchaser and the
Independent Engineer to their reasonable satisfaction.
Page 46
<PAGE>
27 Risk and Insurance
------------------
A. The Contractor shall at all times maintain, and upon request, the
Contractor shall furnish the Purchaser with certificates, or other reasonable
evidence, that Contractor maintains, the following insurance or has adequate
self-insurance (other than as required to comply with any statutory insurance
requirements):
1. Workmen's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
(with a limit of not less than * for any one incident or
series of incidents arising from one event or such higher
limit as may be required by the laws of any jurisdiction)
covering the officers and employees of the Contractor for
all compensation or other benefits required of the
Contractor by the laws of any nation or political sub-
division thereof to which the Contractor and its operations
under this Contract are subject in respect of injury of
death of any such employee.
2. Comprehensive General Public Liability Insurance, covering
personal injury and/or property damage, with combined single
limits of not less than * for claims of injury or death of
any persons or loss of or damage to property resulting from
any one accident. This insurance to be extended to provide
Marine Comprehensive General Liability including liabilities
arising out of the operation of subsea equipment.
3. All Risk Insurance in respect of all property of Contractor,
its respective officers, agents and employees connected with
the performance of the Work against all loss or damage from
whatever cause.
4. Conventional Marine Hull and Machinery Insurance including
War Risks on any vessel(s) owned, operated or chartered by
the Contractor, in an amount equal to the full value
thereof. In the event of damage to or loss of such
vessel(s), the Contractor agrees to look to its insurance
carrier for payment of such loss or damage and hereby
releases the Purchaser and waives any claims, including any
claim of a general average nature, against the Purchaser for
the loss of such vessel(s) unless due to the negligence of
Purchaser, its agent or representatives (other than
Contractor) or its subcontractors or agents.
5. All vessels in excess of * are to be entered in a Mutual
Protection and Indemnity Association with a full and
unlimited entry or to have Marine Protection and Indemnity
Insurance with a limit of not less than * including coverage
for illness, injury or death of crew members (unless covered
under Workmen's Compensation Insurance), Contractual
Liability Coverage, Collision and Tower's Liability, Removal
of Wreck and Debris and Third Party Liability. However,
vessels of less than * shall only be required to carry
Contractual Liability Coverage, Collision and Tower's
*MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION
FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.
Page 47
<PAGE>
Liability, Removal of Wreck and Debris and Third Party
Liability insurance with a limit of not less than * .
6. Specialist Operations Insurance with a limit of not less
than *.
7. Transit Insurance including inland, air, and Marine Cargo
coverage including War (other than on land) in an amount
sufficient to cover the expected highest value of any one
shipment. Coverage to include Institute Cargo Clauses, all
risks 1.1.63, Institute War Clauses, London Malicious Damage
Clause, and Institute Strikes Riots and Civil Commotion
Clauses or their equivalent.
8. Marine Cargo or equivalent is required to protect, for full
cost, against all risks of physical loss or damage to the
Supplies to be included in the System (other than War Risks)
beginning with when each such item is ready for shipping and
ending when the submersible Supplies are placed overside the
cable laying vessel and when the Supplies are delivered to
the cable stations, central offices, or network operation
center. The coverage is broadened to include damages
resulting from cable cut due to adverse weather and
continues to cover cable lying on the seabed.
9. Sea Bed or equivalent coverage (including an Old Mines and
Torpedoes Clause, including other derelict weapons of War)
is required to protect, for full cost, against all risks of
physical loss or damage to the submersible Supplies
described in Sub-Article 27(A)(10) below. See last
paragraph.
10. War Risks or equivalent coverage is required to protect
against damage to, seizure by and/or destruction of the
System by means of war, piracy, takings at sea and other
warlike operations until discharge of the Supplies. For the
purposes of this Article "discharge of the Supplies" shall
be deemed to take place when the Supplies reach the sea
bottom, as far as the submersible Supplies are concerned,
and when the Supplies are off-loaded in the respective
terminal country, as far as non-submersible Supplies are
concerned.
11. Pollution Liability (EIL) insurance for installation
operations and as arising from the use of vessels in an
amount not less than * or such higher sum as may be required
to meet any legal requirement in the area of operations.
The Comprehensive General Public Liability Insurance required pursuant to
Sub-Article 27(A)(2) above, shall include Contractual Liability Coverage which
shall specifically apply to the obligations assumed by the Contractor under the
Terms and Conditions of this Contract.
B. 1. All the foregoing insurance shall note the interest of the
Purchaser and its lenders on the policies and be effected
with a creditworthy insurer and shall
*MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Page 48
<PAGE>
be endorsed to provide Purchaser with at least thirty (30)
days prior written notice of cancellation or material
change.
2. All the foregoing insurances shall name the Purchaser (and
its lenders) as an additional insured and shall note the
interest of the Purchaser and its lenders on the policies,
in which event the Contractor's insurance shall be primary
to any insurance carried by Purchaser.
3. The limits specified herein are minimum requirements and
shall not be construed in any way as limits of liability or
as constituting acceptance by Purchaser (or its lenders) of
such responsibility for financial liabilities in excess of
such limits. The Contractor shall bear all deductibles
applicable to any insurance.
4. If it is judicially determined that the monetary limits of
insurance required hereunder or of any indemnity voluntarily
assumed under the Terms and Conditions of this Contact which
the Contractor agrees will be supported either by available
liability insurance or voluntarily self-insured, in part or
whole, exceeds the maximum limits permitted under applicable
law, it is agreed that said insurance requirements or
indemnity shall automatically be amended to conform to the
maximum monetary limits permitted under such law.
5. Contractor shall take reasonable steps to provide that any
sub-contractor engaged by it has in effect or will effect
Employer's Liability, Workmen's Compensation, Hull and
Machinery and Protection and Indemnity insurances and any
other insurances required by law, together with such other
insurances as the Contractor may consider necessary.
6. If the Contractor fails to effect or keep in force any of
the insurances required under this Contract, Purchaser (or
its lenders on Purchaser's behalf) may effect and keep in
force any such insurances and pay such premiums as may be
necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the
amount so paid by Purchaser from any money due or which may
become due to the Contractor hereunder or recover the same
as a debt due from the Contractor, provided that Purchaser
is not in Default.
7. Each Party shall give the other prompt notification of any
claim with respect to any of the insurances to be provided
hereunder, accompanied by full details giving rise to such
claim. Each Party shall afford the other all such assistance
as may be required for the preparation and negotiation of
insurance claims.
8. Contractor shall report to Purchaser as soon as practicable
all accidents or occurrences resulting in injuries to
Contractor's employees or third parties,
Page 49
<PAGE>
or damage to property of third parties, arising out of our
during the course of services for Purchaser by Contractor.
C. The Contractor may organize such levels of deductibles, excesses and
self-insurance as it considers appropriate and which are within prudent industry
standards.
D. The insurance requirements of this Article 27 will remain in place
with respect to each Segment, and will not in any way be diminished or reduced
until the transfer of title and risk of loss shall have passed to Purchaser of
such Segment, even in the event of the sale of substantially all the assets of
the Contractor by way of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets.
28 Plant and Work Rules
--------------------
Employees and agents of each Party shall, while on the premises of the
other or its subcontractors, comply with all plant rules and governmental
regulations.
29 Right of Access and Audit
-------------------------
A. The Contractor shall, upon reasonable notice of not less than ten (10)
working days, during normal business hours and in a manner to avoid any
disruption of the work on the premises including performance of other contracts,
permit access by the Purchaser or its Quality Assurance (QA) Representative or
the Independent Engineer (other than a competitor of the Contractor or any
affiliate of a competitor) to the Contractor's premises where the Work will be
performed, and will use its best endeavors to secure rights of access to
premises of its subcontractors where the Work will be performed, having
subcontracts or orders in the amount of, or equivalent to U.S. $125,000 or more,
in accordance with the Contractor's contractual arrangements with its
subcontractors, and allow the Purchaser or its QA Representative or the
Independent Engineer to:
1. audit the Contractor's quality assurance system and its
application to the Work, including manufacture, development
and raw materials and components provision;
2. inspect all parts of the manufacturing facilities to the
extent reasonably practicable to ensure that their quality
meets the System specifications as detailed in Appendices 4
and 5.
This right of access shall allow for the Purchaser and/or its QA representative
and/or the Independent Engineer (up to a total of three (3) persons). The
Purchaser shall provide the name(s), nationality and title of each such visitor
prior to the visit. The Contractor shall not be responsible for any costs,
including travel and accommodation costs, of the Purchaser or its
representatives.
B. The right of access shall also allow for the Purchaser and/or
representatives (up to a total of three (3) persons) to be aboard the vessel(s)
during installation and the route survey. The Contractor shall not be
responsible for any costs of the Purchaser or its representatives, except for
Page 50
<PAGE>
living expenses on board the vessel which includes one (1) daily telex or fax.
All other travel and accommodation costs for the Purchaser or its QA
Representatives shall be for the account of the Purchaser.
C. Any right of access shall not be construed as creating any obligation
requiring the Contractor or its subcontractors to disclose trade secrets or
proprietary information. Further, such right of access may be conditioned on the
execution of a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement and/or subject to
routine building or security rules, regulations or procedures.
D. Any exercise of any right of the Purchaser hereunder to inspect,
audit, visit or to observe any part of the Work shall not be construed as
limiting any obligation of Contractor hereunder, including without limitation,
under Articles 1 and 10 hereof. Moreover, and notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Contract, the Purchaser's right to inspect and reject Work or
Supplies shall not obligate the Purchaser to conduct such inspections. Neither
exercise by the Purchaser of such right, nor any failure on the part of the
Purchaser to discover or reject any Defective Work or Supply (or payment for or
use by the Purchaser of any Defective Work or Supply) shall be construed to
imply an acceptance of such Defective Work or Supply, or a waiver of either such
Defect or of Contractor's obligations or the Purchaser's rights under this
Contract or applicable Law.
E. Contractor will have access to the System as necessary to accomplish
its responsibilities under this Contract and in order to make repairs.
Contractor will provide reasonable notice of its need for access and will take
reasonable steps to minimize disruptions to the operation of the System.
F. Contractor shall give the Purchaser and the Independent Engineer
reasonable prior written notice of each project management review meeting with
respect to the status of the construction and/or installation of the System, and
Purchaser's representatives and the Independent Engineer shall at their cost be
permitted to attend and participate in such meetings.
G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 29, with
respect to Work performed on a cost-plus basis only, Purchaser shall have the
right to inspect, during normal business hours, all of the Contractor's
property, books, and records to perform a financial audit as to such Work, such
audit to be performed by an independent auditor chosen by the Purchaser. The
Contractor shall retain all pertinent records until three years after the
expiration of the Warranty Period. The Purchaser's auditors may copy any
documents that can be properly audited hereunder, and the Purchaser agrees that
any such copies will be used only for the Purchaser's purposes hereunder.
Contractor shall use its best endeavors to provide the Purchaser with identical
audit rights in any subcontract made by the Contractor for Work performed on a
cost-plus basis hereunder.
30 Quality Assurance
-----------------
All Supplies provided under this Contract shall be inspected and tested, at
the cost and expense of Contractor, by representatives designated by the
Contractor to the extent reasonably practical to assure that the quality of the
Supplies is sufficient to realize the System Performance Requirements. The
inspection and test program established for such Supplies shall be consistent
with
Page 51
<PAGE>
commercial practices normally employed by the Contractor in the construction of
submarine cable systems. The foregoing shall not be construed as limiting any of
the Contractor's obligations under this Contract.
31 Documentation
-------------
The Contractor shall, at its cost and expense, furnish to the Purchaser
seven copies of the standard documentation, one of which shall be in the
Portuguese language, one of which shall be in the Spanish language, and the
remainder of which shall be in the English language for the System provided
hereunder. All English documentation shall be provided prior to the Acceptance
Testing. All draft documentation and marine charts will be supplied in English
only. Additional copies of the documentation are available at additional cost.
32 Training
--------
The Contractor will provide, as part of the Initial Contract Price, until
the Date of Final Acceptance, any and all training necessary for the operation
and maintenance of the System. Such training shall occur in the English, Spanish
or Portuguese language, as applicable and at the request of Purchaser.
33 Settlement of Disputes/Arbitration
----------------------------------
A. The Parties shall endeavor to settle amicably by mutual discussions
any disputes, differences, or claims whatsoever related to this Contract.
B. Failing such amicable settlement, any controversy, claim or dispute
arising under or relating to this Contract, including the existence, validity,
interpretation, performance, termination or breach thereof, shall, be finally
settled by arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of
the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). Unless the Parties agree to a
---
sole arbitrator, there shall be three (3) arbitrators, with each Party
appointing one arbitrator, who collectively will select a third. The language of
the arbitration shall be English. The Arbitrator will not have authority to
award punitive damages to either Party. Each Party shall bear its own expenses,
but the Parties shall share equally the fees and expenses of the Arbitration
Tribunal and the AAA. This Contract shall be enforceable, and any arbitration
award shall be final, and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of
competent jurisdiction. In any such arbitration, the decision in any prior
arbitration under this Contract shall not be deemed conclusive of the rights as
among themselves of the Parties hereunder. The arbitration shall be held in New
York, New York, U.S.A.
C. THE OBLIGATIONS OF EACH PARTY IN RESPECT OF THIS CONTRACT DUE TO ANY
OTHER PARTY SHALL, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY JUDGMENT IN A CURRENCY (THE "JUDGMENT
--------
CURRENCY") OTHER THAN DOLLARS, BE DISCHARGED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ON THE
- --------
BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING RECEIPT BY SUCH PARTY OF ANY SUM ADJUDGED TO BE SO DUE IN
THE JUDGMENT CURRENCY, SUCH
Page 52
<PAGE>
PARTY MAY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NORMAL BANKING PROCEDURES, PURCHASE DOLLARS WITH
THE JUDGMENT CURRENCY; IF THE AMOUNT OF DOLLARS SO PURCHASED IS LESS THAN THE
SUM ORIGINALLY DUE TO SUCH PARTY IN DOLLARS, EACH OTHER PARTY AGREES, AS A
SEPARATE OBLIGATION AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY SUCH JUDGMENT, TO INDEMNIFY SUCH
PARTY AGAINST SUCH LOSS, AND IF THE AMOUNT OF DOLLARS SO PURCHASED EXCEEDS THE
SUM ORIGINALLY DUE TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS CONTRACT, EACH OTHER PARTY AGREES
TO REMIT TO SUCH PARTY, SUCH EXCESS.
34 Applicable Law
--------------
THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND GOVERNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, UNITED STATES, EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW
PROVISIONS AND EXCLUDING THE CONVENTION FOR THE INTERNATIONAL SALE OF GOODS.
35 Notices
-------
A. Any notice, consent, approval, or other communication pursuant to this
Contract shall be in writing, in the English language, and shall be deemed to be
duly given or served on a Party if sent to the Party at the address stipulated
in Sub-Article 35(B) and if sent by any one of the following means only:
1. Sent by hand: Such communication shall be deemed to have
been received on the day of delivery provided receipt of
delivery is obtained.
2. Sent by facsimile: Such communication shall be deemed to
have been received, under normal service conditions, twenty-
four (24) hours following the time of dispatch or on
confirmation by the receiving Party, whichever is earlier.
3. Sent by registered or certified mail: Such communication
shall be deemed to have been received, under normal service
conditions, on the day it was received or on the tenth day
after it was dispatched, whichever is earlier.
B. For purposes of this Article, the names, addresses and fax numbers of
the Parties are as detailed below. Any change to the name, address, and
facsimile numbers may be made at any time by giving thirty (30) days prior
written notice.
Alcatel Submarine Networks
30 Rue Pierre Beregovoy
92111 Clichy Cedex
France
Facsimile: 011-33-01-4756-6920
Page 53
<PAGE>
Alcatel Submarine Networks, Inc.
15540 North Lombard Street
Portland, Oregon 97203-6428
Atlantica Network (Bermuda) Ltd.
2 Carter's Bay Road
Southside, St. David's DD02
Bermuda
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: 441-296-9010
with a copy to:
GlobeNet Communications Group Ltd.
170 Taschereau Blvd., Suite 310
La Prairie, Quebec
Canada J5R 5H6
Attn: Vice-President, Network Operations
Facsimile: 450-444-9301
36 Publicity and Confidentiality
-----------------------------
A. No information relating to this Contract shall be released by either
Party to any newspaper, magazine, journal or other written, oral or visual
medium without the prior written approval of an authorized representative of the
other Party; provided that, subject to Article 20 (Safeguarding of Information
--------
and Technology) and the following Sub-Article, this Article shall not restrict
either Party from (i) responding to customary press inquiries or otherwise
making public or private statements in the normal course of business, so long as
consistent with a mutually agreed press-release and (ii) assisting in the
obtaining of financing in accordance with Sub-Article 37(C), including the
publication of a financial tombstone.
B. This Contract and any non-public information (including Information),
written or oral, with respect to this Contract (collectively, "Confidential
------------
Information"), will be kept confidential and shall not be disclosed, in whole or
- -----------
in part, to any person other than affiliates, officers, directors, employees,
agents or representatives of a Party (collectively, "Representatives") who need
---------------
to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of negotiating, executing
and performing this Contract. Each Party agrees to inform each of its
Representatives of the non-public nature of the Confidential Information and to
direct such persons to treat such Confidential Information in accordance with
the terms of this Article. Nothing herein shall prevent a Party from disclosing
Confidential Information (a) upon the order of any court or administrative
agency, (b) upon the request or demand of, or pursuant to any regulation of, any
regulatory agency or authority, (c) to the extent reasonably required in
connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder, (d) to a Party's legal
counsel, advisors or independent auditors, (e) to any actual or prospective
lenders to and investors in the Purchaser or Purchaser's parent or affiliate
companies, and (f) to any actual or
Page 54
<PAGE>
proposed assignee of all or part of its rights hereunder provided that such
actual or proposed assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of
this Article.
37 Assignment; Subcontractors
--------------------------
A. Except as provided in this Article 37, neither Party shall assign this
Contract or any right or interest under this Contract, nor delegate any work or
obligation to be performed under this Contract ("Assignment"), without the other
----------
Party's prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld (it being
understood that it shall be deemed to be reasonable to withhold consent to the
assignment of this Contract or any rights, interest or obligations hereunder to
a competitor of Contractor or an affiliate of a competitor or uncreditworthy
party). For purposes of this Article 37, "competitor" means a provider of
undersea cable equipment. Nothing herein shall preclude a Party from employing
a subcontractor in carrying out its obligations under this Contract. A Party's
use of such subcontractor shall not release the Party from its obligations or
liability (including warranties) under this Contract. If a proposed
subcontractor of major Supplies (i.e. Supplies listed on Exhibit F) is not
----
listed on Exhibit F hereto, Contractor shall obtain written approval thereof
from Purchaser, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
B. Each Party has the right to assign all of its rights under this
Contract or to delegate all of its duties hereunder at any time without the
other Party's consent to any successor to substantially all the assets of the
assigning Party by way of a merger, consolidation or sale or transfer of assets
provided that in the case of any assignment or delegation pursuant to this Sub-
Article 37(B) such assignee shall assume in writing all warranties,
representations and obligations of the assigning Party under this Contract. The
assigning Party shall give the other party written notice thirty (30) days prior
to the assignment; provided, however, the assigning Party shall remain liable
for all of its obligations under this Contract as if the assignment had not
occurred. Any assignment or transfer by the assigning Party not expressly
permitted by Sub-Article 37(B) shall be of no force and effect.
C. The Parties acknowledge that Purchaser may finance construction of the
System and that in connection therewith the financing parties will require that
such financing be secured by certain assets of Purchaser (including but not
limited to this Contract).
1. Contractor agrees to deliver within fifteen (15) days upon
request, an opinion or opinions of counsel, in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser,
addressed to the Purchaser and its lenders, which opinion or
opinions shall, without limitation, express the opinion that
this Contract is enforceable and the Contractor has all
necessary power and authority to execute this Contract and
perform its obligations hereunder.
2. Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser's
lenders all documents and certificates reasonably requested
by the Purchaser and shall cooperate with the Purchaser in
obtaining financing for the System to the extent reasonably
necessary. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor
agrees, at its expense and to the extent reasonably
requested by the Purchaser and its lenders, (i) to execute
documents (A) consenting to the assignment of this
Page 55
<PAGE>
Contract by way of security to the Purchaser's lenders, (B)
agreeing to pay all sums of money payable to the Purchaser
under this Contract to accounts held by or on behalf of the
Purchaser's lenders, (C) agreeing not to terminate this
Contract without providing (x) notice to the Purchaser's
lenders and (y) except in the case of Default by the
Purchaser which allows Contractor to terminate pursuant to
Article 13, consent of the Purchaser's lenders, (D) agreeing
not to amend or modify this Contract (including Contract
Variations under Article 6) in a manner that would
materially adversely affect the Purchaser, but in any event
result in a cost increase to the Purchaser in excess of
US$500,000, without the consent of the Purchaser's lenders,
(E) certifying that this Contract is in full force and
effect and that there is no default by Contractor (or, to
its knowledge, the Purchaser) under this Contract (or
describing any such default), (F) making representations to
the Purchaser's lenders concerning the corporate existence
of Contractor and its authority to enter into and perform
this Contract and other customary corporate representations
and (G) clarifying this Contract if reasonably requested by
the Purchaser's lenders; (ii) to provide the most recently
available information to the Purchaser's lenders concerning
the Contractor's finances; and (iii) to accompany, at the
Purchaser's expense, the Purchaser and the Purchaser's
lenders (or their representatives) on financing roadshows.
D. Notwithstanding anything in this Contract to the contrary, the
Purchaser shall have the following rights: the Purchaser shall, without the
consent of the Contractor, have the right from time to time, to (a) assign its
rights and delegate its duties under this Contract to any person or entity and
(b) to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its interest in the System or any
portion thereof without in any way affecting its rights or Contractor's
obligations under this Contract; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) in the case of an
assignment of the Purchaser's rights or a delegation of the Purchaser's duties
to an affiliate of the Purchaser prior to the earlier to occur of the Date of
Provisional Acceptance or the Date of Commercial Acceptance with respect to a
Segment (such earlier date is hereinafter referred to as the "Acceptance Date"),
---------------
the Purchaser shall remain liable for all of its obligations under this Contract
with respect to such Segment until the Acceptance Date and (ii) no assignment of
the Purchaser's rights under this Contract with respect to a Segment shall be
permitted (other than to an affiliate of the Purchaser or as contemplated by
Sub-Article 37(C)) prior to the Acceptance Date with respect to such Segment
unless Contractor consents to such assignment, which consent shall not be
withheld unreasonably.
38 Relationship of the Parties
---------------------------
All work performed by a Party under this Contract shall be performed as an
independent contractor and not as an agent of the other and no persons furnished
by a Party shall be considered the employees or agents of the other. Each Party
shall be responsible for its employees' compliance with all Laws while
performing under this Contract. This Contract shall not form a joint venture or
partnership between the Parties.
Page 56
<PAGE>
39 Successors Bound
----------------
This Contract shall be binding on the Contractor and the Purchaser and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.
40 Article Captions
----------------
The captions of the Articles do not form part of this Contract and shall
not have any effect on the interpretation thereof.
41 Severability
------------
If any of the provisions of this Contract shall be invalid or
unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable the entire Contract, but rather the entire Contract shall
be construed as if not containing the particular invalid or unenforceable
provision or provisions and the rights and obligations of the Contractor and the
Purchaser shall be construed and enforced accordingly. In the event such invalid
or unenforceable provision is an essential and material element of this
Contract, the Parties shall promptly negotiate a replacement provision.
42 Prime Contractor; Joint and Several Liability of the Contractor; Guarantors
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. The Contractor hereby designates ASN as the Prime Contractor to be
responsible for the coordination and monitoring of the Work and administration
of this Contract. The Prime Contractor shall act as principal point of contact
between Purchaser and Contractor, although Purchaser may, at its option,
communicate with ASNI. Any notice given to or by, any amendment or Contract
Variation executed and delivered, any consent, waiver or approval given to or
by, or any other action taken by, the Prime Contractor shall be deemed to be the
joint action of each of the parties constituting the Contractor, and Purchaser
shall be entitled to rely thereon.
B. ASN and ASNI shall each be jointly and severally liable to Purchaser
for payment and performance of all of the obligations and liabilities of the
Contractor whatsoever under this Contract. Each of ASN and ASNI shall, by
itself, be deemed fully liable to Purchaser for the payment and performance of
all the obligations and liabilities of the Contractor hereunder, including all
obligations and liabilities arising as a result of (i) a failure by the other
party constituting the Contractor to pay and perform its obligations and
liabilities hereunder, (ii) any breach of warranty by such other party or (iii)
any act or omission by such other party which causes a Default hereunder.
Purchaser may seek to enforce all of the obligations and liabilities of
Contractor hereunder, or seek remedies with respect thereto, against both of, or
either one of, the parties constituting the Contractor without seeking
enforcement or remedies against the other such party. Neither party constituting
the Contractor shall have the right to raise as a defense against any claim
brought by Purchaser, the allegation that such claim was caused by the fault of
the other party constituting the Contractor.
Page 57
<PAGE>
C. The Contractor agrees to cause its ultimate parent company to execute
and deliver, contemporaneously with the initial payment under this Contract, a
guaranty to Purchaser substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
43 Survival of Obligations
-----------------------
The Parties' rights and obligations, which, by their nature would continue
beyond the termination, cancellation or expiration of this Contract, including,
but not limited to, those contained in Sub-Article 4(B) (Taxes, Levies and
Duties) and Sub-Article 4(C) (Withholding Tax), Article 10 (Warranty), Article
11 (the Contractor Support), Article 18 (Intellectual Property), Article 20
(Safeguarding of Information and Technology), Article 21 (Export Control) and
Article 23 (Limitation of Liability/ Indemnification) shall survive termination,
cancellation or expiration hereof.
44 Non-Waiver
----------
A waiver of any of the terms or conditions of this Contract, or the failure
of either Party strictly to enforce any such term or condition, on one or more
occasions shall not be construed as a waiver of the same or of any other term or
condition of this Contract on any other occasion.
45 Language; Interpretation
------------------------
This Contract has been executed in the English language and English will be
the controlling language for interpretation of this Contract. As used in this
Contract, "including" means "including without limitation."
46 Representations and Warranties
------------------------------
A. Contractor's Representations and Warranties. Contractor represents
-------------------------------------------
and warrants to Purchaser and acknowledges and agrees, as follows:
(a) ASN is a societe anonyme duly formed, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of France and ASNI is a
Delaware corporation, duly formed, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of Delaware and each has
obtained all qualifications under all applicable laws
necessary to engage in the business required of it under
this Contract and has full power and authority to own its
property and to carry on its business as now conducted.
(b) Contractor has full power and authority to execute this
Contract and to carry out its obligations under this
Contract. Its execution and performance of this Contract and
the consummation of the
Page 58
<PAGE>
transactions contemplated by this Contract have been duly
authorized by all requisite corporate action on its part.
This Contract constitutes a valid and legally binding
obligation of Contractor, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium and other similar laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors' rights generally. Its representative
executing this Contract has sufficient authority to sign
this Contract in its name and on its behalf, and that
authority has not been limited or revoked.
(c) Contractor's execution and performance of this Contract and
the transactions contemplated hereby do not constitute a
breach of any term or provision of, or a default under, (A)
any contract or agreement to which it or any of its
affiliates is a party or by which it or any of its
affiliates or its or their property is bound, (B) its
organizational documents or (C) any laws, regulations or
judicial orders having applicability to it, which breach
would have a material adverse affect on its ability to
perform its obligations hereunder.
(d) There is no legal proceeding pending or, to Contractor's
knowledge, threatened against it that could materially
adversely affect the validity of this Contract or its
ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
(e) It has the requisite expertise, professional qualifications,
skills, personnel, technology, experience and technical
resources to perform the Work.
(f) It has had a full and complete opportunity to examine this
Contract.
(g) It has made all investigations and inspections that it deems
necessary to perform the Work in accordance with this
Contract. Contractor has ascertained and relied upon its own
investigation of the availability and quality of laborers
and suppliers in each location in which all or any portion
of the Work is to be performed, and has investigated to its
satisfaction all applicable legal and regulatory
requirements relating thereto.
B. Purchaser Representations and Warranties. Purchaser represents and
----------------------------------------
warrants to Contractor as follows:
(a) It is a duly formed and validly existing corporation under
the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. It has full
power and authority to own its property and to carry on its
business as now conducted.
Page 59
<PAGE>
(b) It has full power and authority to execute this Contract and
to carry out its obligations under this Contract. Its
execution and performance of this Contract and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Contract have been duly authorized by all requisite
corporate action on its part. This Contract constitutes a
valid and legally binding obligation of Purchaser,
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except
as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally.
Its representative executing this Contract has sufficient
authority to sign this Contract in its name and on its
behalf, and that authority has not been limited or revoked.
(c) Purchaser's execution and performance of this Contract and
the transactions contemplated hereby do not constitute a
breach of any term or provision of, or a default under, (A)
any contract or agreement to which it or any of its
affiliates is a party or by which it or any of its
affiliates or its or their property is bound, (B) its
organizational documents or (C) any laws, regulations or
judicial orders having applicability to it, which breach
would have a material adverse affect on its ability to
perform its obligations hereunder.
(d) There is no legal proceeding pending or, to Purchaser's
knowledge, threatened against it that could materially
adversely affect the validity of this Contract or its
ability to perform its obligations hereunder.
47 Entire Agreement
----------------
This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written understanding among the
Parties and constitutes the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter
herein, including that certain Letter of Intent to Proceed issued by the
Purchaser on June 4, 1999 and signed by ASN on June 7, 1999 (the "LOI");
---
provided, however, that no payment is owed by the Purchaser to ASN under the LOI
as a result of the LOI being superseded by this Contract unless the Purchaser
fails to make the initial payment under Sub-Article 5(C)(2) before the
termination of this Contract by any Party. If any Party terminates this
Contract before the initial payment is made hereunder, the Purchaser shall, in
lieu of such initial payment, be required to pay promptly the amount as
determined under paragraph 3 of the LOI. The terms and conditions of this
Contract shall not be modified or amended except by a writing signed by
authorized representatives of the Purchaser and the Prime Contractor.
48 Optional System Upgrades
------------------------
A. Contractor hereby grants Purchaser an irrevocable option for one or
more (as determined by Purchaser) future upgrades to the System (each
a "System Upgrade") that may be exercised by Purchaser during the
Upgrade Option Period. Except as otherwise provided in this Contract,
all of the terms and conditions of this Contract (including Article
10) shall apply to each System Upgrade.
B. The upgrade option period ("Upgrade Option Period") during which
Purchaser may place orders to upgrade the System shall commence
following the Date of Final Acceptance of the System and end *
after the Date of Final Acceptance of the System.
C. The Purchaser may exercise its option for one or more System
Upgrades at any time and from time to time during the Upgrade
Option Period to upgrade the System by providing notice pursuant
to Article 35.
Each System Upgrade shall consist of an incremental increase in the
System capacity in integral multiples of * per fiber pair around the
System ring network, * . For particular System interfaces, a
separate notice pursuant to Article 35 shall be provided by the
Purchaser. Each System Upgrade shall increase the capacity of all
Segments by equal increments for service and protection capacity
and shall include all necessary spares, documentation and training
attendant to such System Upgrade.
D. In implementing each System Upgrade, the Contractor will * any
disruption to existing System traffic. The Contractor, upon
receiving written authorization from Purchaser, may reroute
traffic on a service path on the installed System to a protection
path on the installed System in order to implement the System
Upgrade so as not to incur traffic disruption.
E. The performance of the System, *, following the implementation of
a System Upgrade, shall be consistent with the end-of-life bit error
rate requirements as specified in the Technical Volumes. The terms
and conditions as set forth in Article 9 govern acceptance of the
System as upgraded by the System Upgrades.
F. The System Upgrades shall be provided by the Contractor at the
prices as set forth in the Upgrade Provisioning Schedule,
Appendix 1A and payable as set forth in the Upgrade Billing
Schedule, Appendix 2A. Terms of payment for the Upgraded Work
are governed by the terms and conditions as set forth in
Article 5.
G. The plan of work for any System Upgrade shall be negotiated in
good faith by the Contractor and the Purchaser; provided, however,
that Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the
installation, testing and acceptance of each System Upgrade will
occur as soon as reasonably practicable (the "Scheduled Upgrade
Date"), but in no event later than the date which is * after the
Purchaser gives notice pursuant to Sub-Article 48(C). The
Purchaser will use reasonable efforts to try to forecast its
System Upgrade capacity requirements so as to give earlier notice
of an estimated time of upgrade to the Contractor. The Parties
agree that where overlapping occurs because the Purchaser exercises
its option for a System Upgrade prior to the completion of a
previously elected System Upgrade(s), the Parties will agree in
good faith to a mutually acceptable delivery schedule and price
adjustment (a "Special Upgrade"). Should a need for a special upgrade
(in addition to the foregoing) arise, the Parties will negotiate
in good faith to meet Purchaser's needs.
*
I. The Contractor's maximum aggregate liability, whether in tort,
contract or otherwise, shall, for any work described in this
Article or corresponding obligations, not exceed * of the System
Upgrade price as set forth in the Upgrade Provisioning Schedule,
Appendix 1A.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.
Page 60
<PAGE>
49 Integration of BUS-1 in System
------------------------------
A. The Parties acknowledge that for the provision of the System, it will
be necessary to utilize the existing BUS-1 system. This Article governs the
utilization of the BUS-1 system. This Article shall be governed in accordance
with the terms and conditions of this Contract.
B. The Contractor will perform all necessary tests on BUS-1 to confirm
its capability for use in the System and to determine the number of wavelengths
by which it can be upgraded while still meeting the System Performance
Requirements.
C. Contractor undertakes to integrate and upgrade BUS-1 into the links
supplied by Contractor, subject to the following provisions:
1. Contractor has determined that BUS-1 is capable for use in
the System.
2. In its present configuration, the BUS-1 system complies with
performance criteria of ITU-T G.826 and interconnectivity
capability according to ITU-T G.957 and G.958.
3. Contractor is given reasonable access to BUS-1 for all
purposes necessary for the integration and upgrade, provided
that such access does not unduly interfere with service of
the BUS-1 system.
4. Purchaser will promptly repair any defects in BUS-1 (other
than defects caused by Contractor or its agents or
Subcontractors) and to the extent such defects delay the
Contractor in the performance of its tasks under this
Article 49, Contractor shall be entitled to claim extensions
of time under Article 17 and any additional cost arising
therefrom.
Page 62
<PAGE>
5. With respect to BUS-1, the terms and conditions of Article
10 shall apply except in regard to Defects in BUS-1 not
caused by the Contractor (or its agents or subcontractors)
or any supplies not furnished by Contractor (or its agents
or subcontractors).
50 Optional System Extension
-------------------------
A. Contractor hereby grants Purchaser an irrevocable option to change the
System configuration to include an extension to * and to one or more additional
sites in * as set forth in Appendix 1B, with exact site locations to be
determined by the Purchaser (each a "System Extension"). Except as otherwise
provided in this Contract, all of the terms and conditions of this Contract
(including Article 10) shall apply to each System Extension.
B. The extension option period ("Extension Option Period") during which
Purchaser may place orders to extend the System shall commence on the date
hereof and shall end on *.
C. Purchaser may exercise this option to extend the System during the
Extension Option Period by providing notice pursuant to Article 35.
D. The performance of each System Extension shall be consistent with the
end-of-life bit error rate requirements as specified in the Technical Volumes.
The terms and conditions as set forth in Article 9 govern acceptance of each
System Extension.
E. Each System Extension shall be provided by the Contractor * as set
forth in the Extension Provisioning Schedule, Appendix 1B and payable as set
forth in the Extension Billing Schedule, Appendix 2B. Terms of payment for the
System Extension work are governed by the terms and conditions as set forth in
Article 5.
F. The plan of work for any System Extension shall be negotiated in good
faith by the Contractor and the Purchaser; provided, however, that Contractor
shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that the installation, testing and
acceptance of each System Extension will occur as soon as reasonably
practicable. The Purchaser will use reasonable efforts to try to forecast its
requirements so as to give earlier notice of an estimated time for the extension
works.
G. The Contractor's maximum aggregate liability, whether in tort, contract
or otherwise, shall for any work or corresponding obligations described in this
article, not exceed * of the System Extension price as set forth in the
Extension Provisioning Schedule, Appendix 1B.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
51 Time of the Essence
-------------------
Time is of the essence of this Contract.
Page 63
<PAGE>
52. Guaranty
--------
Contractor shall cause the Guarantor to execute and deliver the Guaranty to
Purchaser no later than the date on which the initial payment referred to in
Sub-Article 5(C)(2) is paid.
Page 64
<PAGE>
This Contract is executed as of the date first set forth above in Paris,
France by a duly authorized representative of ASN, in Portland, Oregon by a duly
authorized representative of ASNI, and in St. David's, Bermuda by a duly
authorized representative of Purchaser, as set forth below.
ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS
By: /s/ CHARLES H. MATTHEWS
--------------------------------------
Name: Charles H. Matthews
Title: General Counsel
ALCATEL SUBMARINE NETWORKS, INC.
By: /s/ ROBERT J. KELLY
--------------------------------------
Name: Robert J. Kelly
Title: President
ATLANTICA NETWORK (BERMUDA) LTD.
By: /s/ JAMES M. FITZGERALD
---------------------------------------
Name: James M. Fitzgerald
Title: Vice President - Bermuda Operations
Page 65
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.18
BUS-1 CABLE SYSTEM
COMMERCIAL
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 1
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
BUS-1 CABLE SYSTEM
(BERMUDA - U.S. NO. 1)
COMMERCIAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
COPYRIGHT IN THE WHOLE OR ANY PART OF THIS DOCUMENT IS
THE PROPERTY OF THE PURCHASERS AND ITS USE,
REPRODUCTION, OR STORAGE IN A RETRIEVAL SYSTEM OR
DISTRIBUTION WITHOUT THE EXPRESS LICENSE OF THE
COPYRIGHT OWNERS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 2
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Article 1. Definitions............................................. 6
Article 2. Object.................................................. 10
Article 3. Documents Forming Entire Contract....................... 10
Article 4. Design Responsibility................................... 11
Article 5. Route Selection......................................... 11
Article 6. Supplier to Inform Itself Fully......................... 12
Article 7. Supplier to Conform to Regulations and Give
Notice and Pay Fees..................................... 12
Article 8. Contract Price.......................................... 14
Article 9. Duties and Sales Taxes.................................. 15
Article 10. Payment................................................. 15
Article 11. Contract Variations..................................... 19
-------------------
Article 12. Date of Ready for Provisional Acceptance................ 20
Article 13. Acceptance Procedures................................... 20
Article 14. Warranty................................................ 24
Article 15. Letter of Credit........................................ 28
Article 16. Future Orders and Suppliers' Support.................... 29
Article 17. Failure to Meet Contracted Time for Completion.......... 31
Article 18. Force Majeure........................................... 32
Article 19. Limitation of Liability................................. 33
</TABLE>
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 3
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Article 20. Deductions from Suppliers' Monies....................... 33
Article 21. Inferior Supplies or Defective Work..................... 34
Article 22. Termination for Default................................. 34
Article 23. Termination by Notice................................... 36
Article 24. Suspension of Work...................................... 40
Article 25. Patent Rights and Royalties............................. 41
Article 26. Software................................................ 43
Article 27. Safeguarding of Information and Technology.............. 44
Article 28. Vesting and Transfer of Title........................... 45
Article 29. Rights of Access........................................ 46
Article 30. Quality Assurance....................................... 46
Article 31. Waiver and Indemnification.............................. 46
Article 32. Risk and Insurance...................................... 47
Article 33. Assignment and Sub-contracting.......................... 47
Article 34. Purchaser's Staff Participation......................... 49
Article 35. Keeping of Books........................................ 50
Article 36. Applicable Law.......................................... 50
Article 37. Applicable Law.......................................... 50
Article 38. Relationship of the Purchasers.......................... 52
Article 39. Publicity............................................... 52
Article 40. Corrupt Gifts and the Payment of Commission............. 52
Article 41. Execution of Contract and Amendments.................... 52
</TABLE>
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 4
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Article 42. Headings................................................ 53
Article 43. Successors Bound........................................ 53
Article 44. Severability............................................ 53
Article 45. No Waiver of Remedies................................... 54
Article 46. Liability of Purchasers................................. 54
Article 47. Notices................................................. 54
Article 48. Survival of Obligations................................. 56
Article 49. Expert Control.......................................... 56
Article 50. Letter of Credit Provided by the Purchaser.............. 56
Article 51. Supplemental Agreements................................. 57
Article 52. Coming into Force....................................... 57
</TABLE>
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 5
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
SUPPLY CONTRACT
This Contract, made and entered into this 16th day of May, 1996 between
TeleBermuda International Ltd. ("TBI"), a Bermuda corporation having its
principal office at 10 Queen Street, Suite 101, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
(hereinafter referred to as the "Purchaser") and AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.
("AT&T-SSI"), a corporation having its principle office at 340 Mt. Kemble Ave.,
Morristown, NJ, 07960 (hereinafter called the "Supplier"). TBI and AT&T-SSI
hereinafter will be referred to collectively as the "Parties."
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, TBI, wishes to supplement certain existing submarine cable facilities
by providing an optical fiber submarine cable system, linking the United States
of America and Bermuda (hereinafter called the "Cable System"), which will be
used to provide telecommunication services between the U.S. and Bermuda, and
WHEREAS, TBI, as the Purchaser, wishes to enter into a Supply Contract with
AT&T-SSI, to engineer, provide, install and test the BUS-1 Cable System, and
NOW THEREFORE, the Parties agree that the following terms and conditions govern
the supply and purchase of the BUS-1 Cable System.
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS
- ----------------------
Terms and Conditions in this Contract, shall have the following meanings unless
otherwise specifically stated:
1.1 "Cable System"
------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 6
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
means the BUS-1 Cable System as defined in the Technical Documentation.
1.2 "Contract"
--------
means the Terms and Conditions contained herein, together with the
documents described in Article 3, Documents Forming Entire Contract, and
any changes pursuant to Article 11, Contract Variations.
1.3 "Contract Price"
--------------
means the total price stated in the Provisioning Schedule which is found
under the Provisioning Schedule tab of this Contract.
1.4 "DDP"
---
means "Delivered Duty Paid" and refers to the FOB costs and all necessary
charges, duties and taxes required to deliver such Supplies to the
Purchaser's nominated place of delivery, including but not limited to:
. International Freight
. International Insurance
. Custom Duties (if any)
. Sales Tax (if any)
. Clearance Charge (Maritime Services Board and Sorting and Stocking
Charge)
. Carriage to and unloading
1.5 "Intellectual Property Rights"
----------------------------
means all or any rights in intellectual property enjoyed by the owners of
such rights and shall include, but not be limited to, patents, copyright,
design rights (whether registered or unregistered), trademarks, service
marks and trade secrets.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 7
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
1.6 "Liability Base"
--------------
means the sum of the cost listed in the tab for the Provisioning Schedule.
The Liability Base will be used to calculate any Liquidated Damages for
Lateness as set forth in Article 17.
1.7 "Quality Assurance (QA) Representative"
-------------------------------------
means a person authorized by the Purchaser to inspect the Work, Supplies,
materials, plans, equipment or any portion or part thereof to be provided
under this Contract. The Purchaser shall obtain written permission, not to
be unreasonably withheld, from the Supplier to employ a competitor of AT&T-
SSI as a Quality Assurance representative and the QA Representative shall
be required to sign a Non-Disclosure Agreement with AT&T-SSI prior to
access to any of the Supplier's facilities.
1.8 "Factory Release Certificates"
----------------------------
means a document issued by the Supplier's Quality Assurance Departments in
the form set out in the Technical Documentation.
1.9 "Software"
--------
means all programs, data, object code, documentation and operating systems,
whether in writing, in firmware, or in any other form, necessary to the
Cable System (excluding source code); including relevant and necessary
documentation, any support tools which are not commercially available, and
any data connected with the System's development and support such as any
upgrades or enhancements thereto required under the Warranty provisions.
1.10 "Supplies"
--------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 8
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
means and includes any or all materials, plants, machinery, equipment,
hardware, firmware, Software, spares or any items whatsoever supplied or
licensed by the Supplier for the purposes of the Work.
1.11 "Technical Documentation"
-----------------------
means the contents of the following documents which are attached and
incorporated by reference to:
i) Technical Documentation
ii) Route Information
iii) Plan of Work
1.12 "Warranty Period"
---------------
means the time period set out in Article 14, Warranty.
1.13 "Work"
----
means the object of the Contract, coordinating, planning, designing,
manufacturing, transporting, assembling, cable laying, installing, testing,
commissioning, training, and any other associated service or activities
whatsoever concerning the construction, installing and testing of the Cable
System and performance of the Contract by the Supplier and its
subcontractors.
1.14 "Unusually Severe Weather"
------------------------
means conditions at or exceeding Sea State 5 for a period in excess of 10%
of the operational schedule.
ARTICLE 2. OBJECT
- ---------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 9
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
In consideration of the Contract Price, as defined in Article 8, Contract Price,
the Supplier agrees, it shall have the responsibility to undertake all Work, in
accordance with the Technical Documentation and this Contract.
ARTICLE 3. DOCUMENTS FORMING ENTIRE CONTRACT
- ------------------------------------------------
This Contract consists of the terms and conditions in Articles 1 through 52
("Terms and Conditions") and the documents attached and listed in the following
order of precedence
. Technical Documentation
. Route Information
. Plan of Work
. Provisioning Schedule
. Billing Schedule
. Attachment A Purchaser's Letter of Credit
. Attachment B Supplier's Letter of Credit
. Attachment C Purchaser's Activities
. Appendix 1 Cable System Maintenance Agreement
In the event of any conflict between the Terms and Conditions and any matters
contained in the Tabs, the Terms and Conditions shall prevail. This Contract
supersedes all prior oral or written understandings between the Purchaser and
the Supplier, and constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser and the
Supplier.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 10
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 4. DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY
- ------------------------------------
4.1 The Supplier shall be solely responsible for the design of the Cable
System, in consultation with the Purchaser, and for ensuring that the Cable
System is fully compliant with the Technical Documentation and the Supplier
shall not claim any additional payment nor be relieved from any obligation
imposed by this Contract because of any information on any matter
whatsoever supplied by the Purchaser, unless it is due to incorrect
information received from or supplied by the Purchaser.
4.2 Supplier shall not be relieved in any way from total responsibility for the
design and suitability of the Cable System even if it is based on:
(a) Purchaser's acceptance of the Supplier's guidance or recommendations
as to engineering standards and design specifications or
(b) The Purchaser's suggestions or recommendations on any aspect of the
said design.
4.3 The Supplier shall be solely responsible for the wet plant design of the
Cable System such that it will support upgrade of capacity to 20 Gbit/s per
fiber pair by the Supplier.
ARTICLE 5. ROUTE SELECTION
- ------------------------------
5.1 The Purchaser and Supplier shall mutually agree on the route and consequent
Straight Line Diagram (SLD) within 60 days of presentation of the Final
Route Survey Report. If the Supplier performs the Route Survey, then the
Supplier shall be responsible for any changes resulting from survey
inaccuracies. If the Purchaser performs the Route Survey, the Supplier
shall not be liable for any changes resulting from survey inaccuracies, and
any such changes shall be treated as a Contract Variation.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 11
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
5.2 The Supplier shall be solely and totally responsible for the marine
installation along the agreed route.
ARTICLE 6. SUPPLIER TO INFORM ITSELF FULLY
- ----------------------------------------------
6.1 The Supplier shall be deemed to have fully examined the drawings,
specifications, schedules, and Terms and Conditions of this Contract and to
have fully examined and satisfied itself as to all information which is
relevant to reasonably determine the risks, contingencies and other
circumstances which could affect this Contract.
6.2 The Purchaser shall not be responsible for any acts or omissions of the
Supplier that violate the laws, statutes, orders, rules, decrees, or
regulations of any jurisdiction in which the Work is carried out, except
that the Purchaser shall be only responsible for liabilities which arise
from its own negligence or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE 7. SUPPLIER TO CONFORM TO REGULATIONS AND GIVE NOTICE AND PAY FEES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 Except as set forth in Sub-Article 7.3, the Supplier shall comply with the
requirements of all laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, by-laws,
orders and proclamations of the countries, states, provinces, and
territories in which any part of the Work is to be performed and which in
any way affect this Contract are applicable to any Work. The Supplier
shall, before making any variations from the designs, drawings, plans or
procedures that may be necessitated by complying, with any regulations,
give to the Purchaser written notice, specifying the variation proposed to
be made, and the reasons
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 12
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
for making it, and apply for instructions thereon. Upon receipt of written
approval by the Purchaser, not to be unreasonably withheld, the Supplier
may make its recommended variation and hold Purchaser responsible for the
reasonable costs of any such variation. As required by any regulations, the
Supplier shall give all notices required to be given to any authority,
perform or permit the performance by authorized persons of any inspection
and shall pay all fees, charges, except for the duties and taxes excluded
in Article 9, Duties And Sales Taxes.
7.2 The Supplier shall be responsible for obtaining all required port
clearances in the territorial water of the countries where the cable is to
be laid and all other required permits and clearance documents from the
appropriate authorities to ensure the smooth implementation and successful
completion of the Cable System. However, the Purchaser agrees to provide
assistance in a timely manner and any and all information which is
available only from the Purchaser.
7.3 Notwithstanding the above, the Purchaser shall be responsible for obtaining
any necessary landing licenses and obtain, if necessary, Environmental
Impact Statement(s), and obtain from all relevant governmental
agencies/authorities, environmental approvals necessary to install the
Cable System. The Supplier shall cooperate fully with the Purchaser in
this respect. The Supplier shall not be responsible for any delays
associated with the Purchaser's failure to obtain landing licenses. Any
such permit delay will be treated as a Force Majeure event under Article
18.
7.4 In accordance with the Purchaser's written request, the Supplier will
provide the Purchaser with reasonable assistance in order for the Purchaser
to obtain all
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 13
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Environmental permits for the U.S. landing, including relevant materials
which are available from previous systems installed at the cable station
landing location. However, the Supplier shall not be responsible for nay
delays associated with the Purchaser's failure to obtain the Environmental
permits. Any such permit delay will be treated as a Force Majeure event
under Article 18. The Purchaser will be responsible for any costs
associated with obtaining the environmental permits.
ARTICLE 8. CONTRACT PRICE
- -----------------------------
8.1 The Contract Price $44,900,000 is as agreed for the manufacture, supply,
installation and commissioning of the Cable System, and is based on the
prices described in the tab for Provisioning Schedule. The Contract Price
is fixed and except as otherwise provided, any increase or decrease in the
price must be made as provided for in Article 11, Contract Variations.
8.2 The Contract Price includes all taxes, duties, levies and fees that may be
imposed or levied in connection with the Work, whether in the country of
the Supplier, or the Purchaser including taxes incurred by the Purchaser in
respect of his personnel and subcontractors such as income tax, payroll
tax, and other taxes, contributions and levies that may be levied on the
Supplier of the personnel local agent or site office of the Purchaser.
8.3 The Supplier hereby grants the Purchaser an option under this Contract, to
be exercised by April 30, 1998, to order from AT&T-SSI a cable system
extension to Europe, at the discounted prices provided for in the
Provisioning Schedule in this Contract.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 14
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 9. DUTIES AND SALES TAXES
- -------------------------------------
9.1 The Supplier shall use all reasonable efforts to exempt all Work from sales
taxes, customs duties, or other applicable levies and duties, whether in
the Supplier's manufacture or related to the Supplier's importation or
installation, and shall cooperate with the Purchaser fully in this respect.
The Supplier hereby undertakes to make applications for such revisions
and/or for drawbacks, remissions, reclassification, or the like, to the
appropriate jurisdiction, and in accordance with the relevant laws and
regulations then in force. Notwithstanding the above, should the Purchaser
be made aware of any areas of exemption from taxes or duties, then the
Purchaser must identify such areas to the Supplier who shall investigate
the same.
ARTICLE 10. PAYMENT
- ----------------------
10.1 The Purchaser shall pay the Supplier and the Supplier shall accept payment
for the Cable System in accordance with this Article 10. The Supplier
shall render invoices to the Purchaser not more than once each calendar
month as follows.
10.2 Invoices shall be submitted in the format of the sample invoices included
in the Billing Schedule; all invoices shall be rendered no later than the
15th calendar day of a given month.
10.3 All invoices rendered under this Contract except as covered under
Subarticle 10.7.1, shall be payable within 60 days. Invoices not paid when
due shall accrue extended payment charges from the day following the day
payment of the invoice was due until the invoice
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 15
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
is paid. For the purpose of this Contract, extended payment charges shall
be computed at a rate equal to 125% of the lowest publicly announced prime
rate or commercial lending rate, however described, for 90-day loans in the
currency of the United States, of the banks listed below on the day
following the date payment of the invoice was due. In the event that
applicable law will only allow the imposition of extended payment charges
at a rate below the rate established in accordance with this Subarticle,
extended payment charges shall be at the highest rate permitted by the
applicable law.
Citibank, N.A., Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.,
Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company,
10.4 An invoice shall be deemed to have been accepted if the Purchaser does not
present a written objection before the payment is due. If such objection
is made, the Supplier and the Purchaser shall make every reasonable effort
to settle promptly the dispute concerning the invoice in question. If the
objection is sustained and the Purchaser has paid the disputed invoice, any
agreed upon overpayment shall be refunded to the Purchaser by the Supplier
promptly, together with any financial charges calculated thereon at a rate
determined in accordance with Subarticle 10.3 above from the date of
payment of the invoice to the date on which the refund is paid to the
Purchaser. If the objection is not sustained and the Purchaser has not
paid the disputed invoice, the Supplier shall be entitled to full payment
of the invoice promptly, together with any extended payment charges
calculated thereon at a rate determined in accordance with Subarticle 10.3
above from the day following the date on which payment of the invoice was
due until paid.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 16
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Nothing in this Subarticle shall relive the Purchaser from paying those
parts of an invoice not in dispute.
10.5 All payments shall be made to the Supplier in U.S. dollars free from all
bank charges and such charges shall be the responsibility of the Purchaser.
The amounts due to the Supplier shall be remitted by means of a method
acceptable to the Parties.
10.6 On receipt of the last payment of the Contract Price after Provisional
Acceptance, the Purchaser shall thereby be released from all claims for
payment arising out of or relating to this Contract.
10.7 No payment (final or otherwise) made under or in connection with this
Contract shall be conclusive evidence of the performance of the Work, or of
this Contract, in whole or in part, and no such payment shall be construed
to constitute the acceptance of defective, faulty or improper Work or
Supplies, nor shall it release the Supplier from any of its obligations
under this Contract, nor shall use by the Purchaser of the Cable System
constitute acceptance of the Work or any part thereof.
10.8 Terms for Invoicing
The Purchaser shall make payments to the Supplier according to the
following terms:
10.8.1 * of the Contract Price, as a down payment, payable by September
30, 1996.
10.8.2 * of the prices of the Route Survey as identified in the
Provisioning Schedule, plus * of the Contract Price, to be paid
within 60 days of the date of receipt of invoice of the Final Route
Survey report.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 17
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
10.8.3 * of the prices of Supplies as identified in the Provisioning
Schedule and will be billed in accordance with the Billing
Schedule.
10.8.4 * of the price of the Cable and Repeaters as identified in the
Provisioning Schedule and will be billed in accordance with the
Billing Schedule.
10.8.5 * of the price of Marine Installation services as identified in the
Provisioning Schedule at the time of Final Splice and bill in
accordance with the billing schedule.
10.8.6 The difference between the Contract Price, including Contract
Variations, and all previous entitlements under 10.8.1 and 10.8.2
within 60 days of the date of receipt of invoices by the Purchaser
after the issuance of the Certificate of Provisional Acceptance.
10.8.7 All invoices, except the down payment, shall include all
documentation necessary to demonstrate compliance with the terms of
the Contract, including, but not limited to, appropriate Factory
Release Certificates and shipping papers.
10.8.8 If Commercial Acceptance is granted for any portion of the Cable
System as described in Subarticle 13.5 the difference between *
of the Contract Price for that portion or portions of the Cable
System and all payments previously made under 10.8.1 and 10.8.5
shall be paid in accordance with Subarticle 10.4 after the issuance
of the Certificate of Commercial Acceptance. The remaining unpaid
balance will be due 60 days after Provisional Acceptance.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
ARTICLE 11. CONTRACT VARIATIONS
- ---------- -------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 14
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
11.1 Subject to Subarticle 11.4 herein, variations in quantities in the
Provisioning Schedule as a result of the Final route Survey, shall be
priced using the unit prices provided in the Provisioning Schedule. Any
additional variations not covered by the provisions of this Subarticle 11.1
shall be subject to the provision of Subarticle 11.2.
11.2 In addition to those changes authorized under Subarticle 11.1, the
Purchaser may, prior to Provisional Acceptance by written order, make
Contract Variations requiring amendments to these Terms and Conditions,
including additions or, alterations to, deviations or deductions from the
Cable System, provided such changes are within the general scope of Work.
The Supplier shall not unreasonably refuse to agree to changes that are not
of a fundamental nature.
11.3 A Contract Variation shall be valued at the applicable rates included in
the Provisioning Schedule. In the case of a variation to which no schedule
rates or prices in the Provisioning Schedule apply, the rate or price
payable for the Contract Variation shall be determined by agreement between
the Supplier and the Purchaser based upon the price detail information
provided to the Purchaser by the Supplier.
11.4 A Contract Variation must have been agreed to by the Purchaser and the
Supplier prior to its implementation for claim for adjustment in time or
cost to be recognized or acceded to.
11.5 If any one Contract Variation exceeds the Contract Price by fifteen percent
(15%) or more, both parties shall in good faith negotiate the unit prices.
11.6 Any increase in costs for the marine operations, stated in the Provisioning
Schedule will only be paid by the Purchaser in accordance with Article 11,
Contract Variations.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 19
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 12. DATE OF READY FOR PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE
- -------------------------------------------------------
The Cable System shall be ready for Provisional Acceptance in accordance with
Article 13, Acceptance Procedures, by October 15, 1997.
ARTICLE 13. ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES
- ------------------------------------
13.1 Compliance with the Technical Documentation shall be determined through the
test programs routinely used in the industry and mutually agreed to between
the Parties.
13.2 The tests shall be performed by the Supplier. The Supplier shall provide
the Purchaser with reasonable advance notice of the date when the tests are
scheduled to commence and the Supplier shall permit the Purchaser or their
designated representatives to observe such tests and to review the test
results.
13.3 Within thirty (30) days of receipt of a formally documented initial
commissioning report and acceptance test results for the Cable System, the
Purchaser shall notify Supplier either that:
13.3.1 it will issue a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance for the Cable
System in accordance with Subarticle 13.4.1 or 13.4.2 below, or
13.3.2 it will not issue a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance for the
Cable System, but will issue a Certificate of Commercial Acceptance
in accordance with Subarticle 13.5 below, or
13.3.3 it will not issue any certificates at this time.
13.4 Certificate of Provisional Acceptance
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 20
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
13.4.1 When the results of all tests indicate that the Cable System has
been completed in accordance with the Technical Documentation and
any other relevant requirements of this Contract, and during the
thirty (30) day period from the receipt of the initial system
commissioning report, the Cable System has performed in full
accordance with the Technical Documentation and has had no
component failure of a material nature and the Supplier has
fulfilled its requirements under this Contract, the Purchaser shall
issue a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance of the Cable System
and the Cable System shall be deemed to have been provisionally
accepted from the date indicated in the Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance of the Cable System. The title to that part of the Cable
System which has not previously passed and the risk thereto and
responsibility for routine maintenance shall vest in the Purchaser
from the date of the issuance of the Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance of the Cable System.
13.4.2 The Certificate of Provisional Acceptance of the Cable System may
be qualified, in which case it shall have annexed to it a list,
compiled by the Purchaser, of any outstanding deficiencies which
the Purchaser consider as not affecting the normal operation or
maintenance of the Cable System. The Supplier shall as soon as
practical remedy the deficiencies and complete the Work indicated
so as to ensure full conformance with the Technical Documentation
and any other requirements of this Contract notwithstanding that
title shall have passed to the Purchaser. So long as any such item
has not been remedied the Supplier shall continue to bear the risk
in respect of that item.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 21
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
13.5 Certificate of Commercial Acceptance
13.5.1 In the event that the Purchaser does not issue a Certificate of
Provisional Acceptance because the Cable System does not fully
conform to the requirements of the Technical Documentation, but
nevertheless the Purchaser and the Supplier mutually agree that the
Cable System, or any part thereof, is suitable to be put into
commercial service, then the Purchaser shall issue to the Supplier
a Certificate of Commercial System Acceptance. In the event that
such a Certificate is issued, the title to the part of the Cable
System put into commercial service shall pass to the Purchaser on
the date of issuance of the Certificate and the responsibility
thereto for routine maintenance shall be vested in the Purchaser.
The Purchaser shall be entitled to commence commercial service over
that part of the Cable System covered in the Certificate of
Commercial System Acceptance. The Supplier is liable for any damage
to the Cable System due to its acts or omissions and is responsible
for all outstanding items necessary to comply with the Technical
Documentation.
13.5.2 The issuance of a Certificate of Commercial System Acceptance shall
in no way relieve the Supplier from its obligation to provide a
Cable System complying with the Technical Documentation and other
requirements of this Contract. In particular any deterioration or
defects in the Cable System occurring or becoming known between the
date of issuance of that certificate and the date of issuance of a
Certificate of Provisional System Acceptance shall be made good at
the sole expense of the Supplier.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 22
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
13.5.3 The Supplier shall issue further results of the commissioning and
acceptance tests after such remedial action has been taken by the
Supplier and such results shall be considered by the Purchaser
pursuant to Subarticle 13.3 above. If the results are satisfactory,
and the Cable System is performing in accordance with the Technical
Documentation and any other relevant requirements of this Contract
then the Purchaser shall issue a Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance, the date of which shall be when the last defect was
repaired.
13.6 Final Acceptance
13.6.1 The Purchaser shall in its reasonable discretion issue a
Certificate of Final Acceptance * after Provisional Acceptance.
Final Acceptance will be based upon the results of the Final
Acceptance tests or, if the Purchaser decides not to perform Final
Acceptance Tests, a Certificate of Final Acceptance shall be
granted promptly following the two years after Provisional
Acceptance. The issuance of the Certificate of Final Acceptance
will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, but in the event that
a pattern of failure or degradation develops that is likely to
cause the Cable System to fail to meet the Technical Documentation
or such other performance requirements which may have been agreed
upon between the Purchaser and the Supplier over the 25 year System
design life. Final Acceptance may be withheld until it can be
reasonably demonstrated that such pattern of failure or degradation
will not continue.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
13.6.2 In the event of any component failure during the Warranty Period,
the Supplier, shall repair or replace at its sole cost and expense
the failed component and the
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 23
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Certificate of Final Acceptance shall not be issued until the Cable
System has been in operation for a full 90 continuous day period
from the repair or replacement of the last failed component.
ARTICLE 14. WARRANTY
- -----------------------
14.1 The Supplier warrants for a period starting on the date of Provisional
Acceptance issued pursuant to Article 13, Acceptance Procedures, and
continuing until * after the date of Provisional Acceptance of the
Cable System, including the spares set forth in the Technical
Documentation, shall be free from defects in design, material and
workmanship and shall conform fully to the Technical Documentation of this
Contract. Under this Warranty the ship costs associated with the warranty
repair shall be paid for by the Supplier.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
14.2 The Supplier shall perform any repair required for the Cable System to
comply with the Technical Specification of the Contract or if the Cable
System fails to meet such requirements at any time during the Warranty
Period. The Purchaser is responsible for contracting for the cableship
and, if required, an ROV (Remote Operated Vehicle). The Supplier shall
bear the costs of each repair required during the Warranty Period including
the cost of additional equipment necessary to effect the repair, the cost
of making the repair, the costs of cable repair ship(s) operations that may
be required to make the repair, the cost of reburying any previously buried
portion, the cost of labor and engineering assistance required to make the
repair, and all associated costs, such as, but not limited to, shipping and
customs.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 24
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
14.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Supplier shall not be
responsible for any repairs or damages resulting from improper handling of
the Cable System by the Purchaser or third parties, (except those acting on
behalf of the Supplier), marine activity or other acts of third parties, or
as applicable under Article 18, Force Majeure.
14.4 The Supplier shall make every reasonable effort to minimize the time to
commence the repair and the period of time that the Cable System is out of
service for testing and repair. In the event that the Supplier fails to
make the repair or to make every reasonable effort to minimize the period
of time that the Cable System is out of service for repair, the Purchaser
may, after giving due notice, repair the Cable System and collect the full
cost of such repair from the Supplier. The Purchaser and the Supplier
agree to cooperate to facilitate the repair activity.
14.5 Materials Used for Warranty Repairs.
14.5.1 The Supplier shall supply the necessary materials and/or parts for
warranty repairs of the Cable System. However, the Supplier may
use, with the agreement of the Purchaser, the materials or parts
from the Purchaser's available spare materials provided that such
materials or parts are replaced, in kind, or, at the option of the
Purchaser, the Purchaser is reimbursed for such materials at the
price paid by Purchaser for such materials or parts. The
replacement of, or reimbursement for, such materials or parts shall
be made at a time as mutually agreed.
14.5.2 All materials or parts supplied to replenish the Purchaser's spare
materials, in accordance with Subarticle 14.5.1, and all materials
or parts used to repair the
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 25
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Cable System, which are not supplied from the Purchaser's spare
materials, shall be warranted:
(a) for a period of * from the date of replacement or
(b) in accordance with any extended warranty option exercised on
the entire Cable System or
(c) from the date of replacement until a date * from the date
of issuance of the Certificate of Provisional Acceptance for
the relevant Segment, whichever period is completed first or
(d) for replacement or repair of submersible plant, the additional
warranty shall include any additional ship costs incurred by
the customer as a result of cableship repair operations, only
during the first * from the date of Provisional
Acceptance or in accordance with any extended warranty options
exercised on the entire cable system. At no time shall the
warranty period extend beyond * from the date of
Provisional Acceptance.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
14.6 If, prior to the end of the Warranty Period, a pattern of failure or
degradation on any component has developed which contradicts the
reliability model provided by the Supplier in the Technical Documentation;
then, unless such problem can be adequately alleviated, to Purchaser's
reasonable satisfaction, the Purchaser shall be entitled to require
component replacement and/or an extended warranty in accordance with
Subarticle 14.5.2 covering the type of equipment affected. This right shall
be without prejudice to any other rights of the Purchaser under this
Contract or otherwise.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 26
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
14.7 The Supplier shall be responsible for the repair of all failures under
warranty to conform to the Technical Documentation, unless caused by the
negligent act or omissions of the Purchaser, or their agents or
representatives or as applicable under Article 19, Force Majeure.
14.8 Deferral of Repairs
14.8.1 The Purchaser may elect to defer the replacement of defective
items, provided that the Purchaser informs the Supplier of such a
defect as soon as it occurs. The Purchaser and the Supplier shall
agree as to the timing of the replacement of the defective items.
14.8.2 In the event that the replacement, under the basic warranty, of a
defective item(s) is deferred, the Supplier shall bear the cost of
such replacement items as follows:
Period Following Date of Certificate of Percentage of Cost of
--------------------------------------- ---------------------
Provisional Acceptance Repair of Defects
---------------------- -----------------
* *
* *
* *
* *
* *
* *
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 27
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
* *
* *
* *
* *
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.
14.8.3 The deferred replacement of defective items as provided for in
this Article shall not prevent the Purchaser from issuing a
Certificate of Final Acceptance in accordance with Subarticle
13.6.
14.9 The Supplier shall guarantee the continued performance of the Cable System
when any approved upgrade is planned, designed and implemented using the
Supplier's equipment. The Supplier shall provide all necessary assistance
to the Purchaser in planning designing and implementing the upgrade.
14.10 Any new or additional submersible or terminal station equipment used to
upgrade the Cable System, shall be covered by the same warranty terms and
conditions as set forth for the current network, and shall be applicable
to the new or additional equipment only, effective from the upgrade date.
ARTICLE 15. LETTER OF CREDIT
- -------------------------------
15.1 In order to guarantee the good and timely execution of all the contractual
obligations, the Supplier shall provide a Letter of Credit of a value
equal to ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price within 10 days of
contract signature in favor of the Purchaser.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 28
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
15.2 The Letter of Credit shall be reduced to five percent (5%) of the Contract
Price at the date of Provisional Acceptance, and shall remain in force
until Final Acceptance. However, should some item be subject to the
provisions of Subarticle 13.3.2, Certificate of Provisional Acceptance, the
Letter of Credit shall be maintained for such an amount to be agreed upon
so as to reflect the value of these items.
15.3 In the event of a material failure by the Supplier in carrying out its
responsibilities under the Contract, the Purchaser as its option will have
the right, to call in all or part of the amount represented by the Letter
of Credit as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary subject only to
the terms referred to in the Letter of Credit.
15.4 The Purchaser shall have the right to take such actions to enforce the
remedies provided in the Contract, including the right to recover such
damages or losses as provided in the Contract in addition to the amount
recovered under the Letter of Credit.
15.5 The form of the Letter of Credit is included in Appendix 2 of the
Commercial Terms and Conditions.
ARTICLE 16. FUTURE ORDERS AND SUPPLIERS' SUPPORT
- ---------------------------------------------------
16.1 For a period starting on the date of Provisional Acceptance as shown in the
Certificate of Provisional Acceptance issued pursuant to Article 13,
Acceptance Procedures, and continuing until * after the date of
Provisional Acceptance and at a reasonable price as indicated in Subarticle
16.5 herein, the Supplier shall supply to the Purchaser:
(a) Technical support and advice in respect of the design, maintenance and
operation of the Cable System; and
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 29
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
(b) Supplies, replacement equipment and repair service to the Cable System.
16.2 Where identical parts, or components cannot be supplied for fulfillment of
these Subarticle 16.1 obligations, the Supplier shall provide equivalent
and compatible parts, and shall be responsible for any adaptive engineering
Work and all necessary implementation documentation that may be necessary.
16.3 Notwithstanding Subarticle 16.2, if for any reason the Supplier intends to
cease manufacturing identical or fully compatible spare parts and
replacement equipment, the Supplier shall give a minimum of one year's
prior written notice to the Purchaser to allow the Purchaser to order from
the Supplier any spare parts and replacement equipment and shall forthwith
provide full details of the arrangements to provide equivalents. However,
the Supplier shall not cease to manufacture such parts and equipment within
a period of * from the date of issuance of the Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
16.4 In the event that the Supplier fails to comply with Subarticles 16.2 and
16.3, or if this Contract is terminated for default, the Purchaser may
require the Supplier to provide to the Purchaser in accordance with Article
27, Safeguarding of Information and Technology, the source codes for
Software provided hereunder, and to provide to the Purchaser any and all
manufacturing drawings and related specifications as well as bills of
materials giving the description, in-house numbers and/or code numbers for
all such parts or equipment including Software, object codes, or in cases
where the parts or equipment were not manufactured by the Supplier, the
manufacturers' names, description of the parts or equipment and code
numbers, and giving tolerances for matching or equivalent parts or
equipment and finally, for matched parts or equipment, giving lists of
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 30
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
matched parameters and tolerances. Legible copies and microfilms thereof
shall be considered as acceptable.
16.5 The Supplier undertakes to provide such Supplies, replacements and support
services as follows:
(a) If such Supplies or replacement parts are manufactured by the
Supplier, the Supplies or replacement parts shall be provided at the
price levels herein accepted but varied in respect of changes to
recognized labor and material indices applicable at the time of
ordering in accordance with the price variation formula(e) in
Subarticle 16.6, or the Purchaser may, at its option, elect to
purchase at the market price.
(b) If no such market price exists, or, if such Supplies or replacement
parts are not manufactured by the Supplier, then they shall be
provided at equitable prices to be agreed between the Supplier and the
Purchaser based upon price detail information provided to the
Purchaser by the Supplier.
16.6 Price Variation Formula(e) for Supplies, including submersible plant,
terminal equipment and installation materials referred to in Subarticle
16.5(a) shall be as follows:
*
ARTICLE 17. FAILURE TO MEET CONTRACTED TIME FOR COMPLETION
- -----------------------------------------------------------
17.1 In the event that the Supplier fails to meet the date of Provisional
Acceptance specified in Article 12, Date of Ready For Provisional
Acceptance, then liquidated damages for delay shall be assessed at * of the
Liability Base per day for *
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 31
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
17.2 Liquidated Damages for lateness pursuant to this Article 17 shall not,
under any circumstances, exceed * of the Liability Base.
17.3 This provision states the entire liability of the Supplier for claims
arising from the Supplier's failure to meet the contracted time for
completion.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
ARTICLE 18. FORCE MAJEURE
- --------------------------
18.1 The Supplier shall not be in default if any failure to perform the Contract
arises from any cause which is beyond its reasonable control and without
its fault or negligence, including, but not limited to, fire, flood,
earthquake, riot, civil commotion, civil ware, rebellion, revolution,
insurrection, military or usurped power, fishing, trawler and anchor damage
(other than resulting from defective or faulty installation) and other
marine activities, strikes, Unusually Severe Weather or default by any of
the Supplier's suppliers or subcontractors due to any such Force Majeure
causes.
18.2 If any such Force Majeure event causes an increase in the time required for
performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Contract, the
Supplier shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the time for
performance of the Contract.
18.3 The Supplier shall inform the Purchaser promptly (and in all circumstances,
within fourteen (14) days unless the Supplier can satisfactorily
demonstrate that he could not have reasonably been aware of such Force
Majeure event covered under this Article.
18.4 Unless the Supplier shall apply for an extension of time in respect of a
cause of delay within the period stated in Subarticle 18.3, and unless the
Purchaser shall extend the time
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 32
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
in accordance with Subarticle 18.2 in respect thereof, the Supplier shall
not be entitled to and shall not claim an extension of time in respect of
that cause, and shall not by reason of any delay arising from any such
cause, except as may be agreed pursuant to Article 11, Contract Variations,
be relieved in any way or to any extent from obligations to proceed with,
execute and complete the Work within the time fixed by this Contract.
ARTICLE 19. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
- ------------------------------------
19.1 The Parties to this Contract shall not be liable to each other for any
consequential, incidental, indirect or special damages, including, but not
limited to, loss of revenue or any loss of business opportunity or the
costs associated with the use of restoration facilities, resulting from
their failure to perform, pursuant to the Terms and Conditions of this
Contract.
19.2 The aggregate amount payable by the Supplier, including their parents,
affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and/or assigns, as damages for
whatever reason under this Contract shall in no circumstances, exceed * of
the Contract Price.
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
ARTICLE 20. DEDUCTIONS FROM SUPPLIERS' MONIES
- ----------------------------------------------
20.1 The Purchaser may withhold any amounts that are or may become due to the
Supplier for the Supplier's failure to perform as required by this
Contract, or offset any amounts for liquidated damages payable to the
Purchaser in accordance with Article 17, Failure to Meet Contracted Time
For Completion. If the monies due to the Supplier are less than
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 33
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
the liquidated damages payable to the Purchaser, the amount of deficiency
shall be a debt by the Supplier to the Purchaser and may be deducted from
the payment.
20.2 If the Purchaser withholds amounts due to the Supplier pursuant to
Subarticle 20.1, the Purchaser shall specify to the Supplier the act or
omission constituting the Supplier's failure to perform, upon which the
Purchaser's withholding is based. Once the Supplier remedies his non-
performance to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, the Purchaser agrees to
pay the Supplier the withheld amount within 30 days.
ARTICLE 21. INFERIOR SUPPLIES OR DEFECTIVE WORK
- ------------------------------------------------
If at any time before the date of Final Acceptance pursuant to Article 13,
Acceptance Procedures, the Purchaser believes that any of the Supplies or Work
are not in accordance with this Contract, (hereinafter referred to as "Inferior
Supplies or Defective Work") the Purchaser may reject such Supplies or Work
notwithstanding that satisfaction may previously have been expressed and such
Supplies or Work may previously have been accepted and notwithstanding that
payment may have been made in respect of such Supplies or Work. The Supplier
shall promptly replace at its own cost and expense the Inferior Supplies or
Defective Work which are not fit for the purpose for which is intended or
otherwise not in accordance with the Contract.
ARTICLE 22. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
- ------------------------------------
22.1 The Purchaser may, by written notice of termination for default to the
Supplier, terminate the whole or any part of this Contract in any one of
the following circumstances, such
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 34
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
termination to be effective immediately upon receipt of said notice or such
later date as it may specify in such notice:
(a) If the Supplier materially fails to comply with the Plan of the Work
or any written extension or amendment thereof, and does not proceed to
cure such failure within a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer
period as the Purchaser may authorize in writing) after receipt of
notice from the Purchaser specifying such failure,
(b) If the Supplier so fails to make progress as to significantly endanger
performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms, and does
not proceed to cure such failure within a period of thirty (30) days
(or such longer period as the Purchaser may authorize in writing)
after receipt of notice from the Purchaser specifying such failure,
(c) If the Supplier becomes insolvent, bankrupt, files for bankruptcy, or
if a petition in bankruptcy, for receivership or for winding-up is
taken against it and is not contested in good faith, rejected or
withdrawn within thirty (30) days from its inception,
(d) If the Supplier commits any material breach of or fails in any
material respect to comply with this Contract; and does not proceed to
cure such breach or failure within a period of thirty (30) days (or
such longer period as the Purchaser may authorize in writing) after
receipt of notice from the Purchaser specifying such failure.
22.2 If this Contract is terminated as provided in Subarticle 22.1, the
Purchaser, in addition to any other rights provided for in this Article,
may require the Supplier to transfer title and
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 35
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
deliver to the Purchaser in the manner and to the extent directed by the
Purchaser any materials, equipment or manufactured items to which title has
not already passed to Purchaser.
22.3 In addition to Subarticle 22.2 above, the Supplier shall forthwith on
demand by the Purchaser deliver to the Purchaser at a site to be nominated
by the Purchaser not only those items to which title has passed to the
Purchaser but also all material plant, tools and implements and all other
things purchased, used or to be used in connection with the Work and
acquired for the purpose of supply to the Purchaser which are necessary for
the execution and completion of the Work. The Supplier shall be paid for
the outstanding balance of the value of all such items subject always to
any liability the Supplier may have to compensate the Purchaser for, or to
make good at the Supplier's expense, any breach, omission, neglect, or
other non-observance of this Contract, and title to any such Supplies or
completed Work thereupon shall pass to the Purchaser.
22.4 Force Majeure events pursuant to Article 18, Force Majeure, shall not
constitute a default under this Article.
22.5 The Supplier's liability hereunder shall be limited in accordance with
Article 19, Limitation of Liability.
ARTICLE 23. TERMINATION BY NOTICE
- ----------------------------------
23.1 The performance of Work may be terminated by the Purchaser in whole, or
from time to time in part, whenever they shall so determine, or as
specified in the Contract. The Purchaser shall deliver to the Supplier a
written Notice of Termination specifying the
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 36
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
extent to which performance of Work under this Contract is terminated, and
the date upon which such termination becomes effective.
23.2 After receipt of such Notice of Termination, and except as otherwise
directed by the Purchaser, the Supplier shall:
(a) stop Work on the date and to the extent as specified in the notice of
termination,
(b) place no further orders or contracts for materials, services or
facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion
of the Work which is not terminated,
(c) use its reasonable best efforts to terminate all orders and
subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work
terminated by the notice of termination unless otherwise directed by
the Purchaser,
(d) assign to the Purchaser, in the manner, at the time, and to the extent
directed by the Purchaser, all of the Supplier's right, title and
interest under the orders and subcontracts so terminated,
(e) used its reasonable best efforts to settle all outstanding liabilities
and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and
subcontracts, with the Purchaser's approval or ratification to the
extent the Purchaser may require, which approval or ratification shall
be final for all the purposes of this Article 23,
(f) transfer title and deliver to the Purchaser in the manner, at the
time, and to the extent (if any) directed by the Purchaser,
(l) the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in process, completed
Work, Supplies, and other material produced as a part of, or
acquired in
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 37
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the
notice of termination, and
(2) the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information,
and other property which, if this Contract had been completed,
would have been required to be furnished to the Purchaser,
(g) use its reasonable best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times,
to the extent, and at the price or prices directed or authorized by
the Purchaser, any property of the types referred to in Subarticle
23.2(f), provided however, that the Supplier,
(1) shall not be required to extend credit to any buyer, and
(2) may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed by
and at a price approved by the Purchaser; and provided further
that the proceeds of any such transfer or disposition shall be
applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the Purchaser
to the Supplier under this Contract or paid in such other manner
as the Purchaser may direct;
(h) complete performance of such part of the Work as shall not have been
terminated by the notice of termination; and
(i) take such action as may be necessary, or as the Purchaser may direct,
for the protection and preservation of the property related to this
Contract which is in the Supplier's possession and in which the
Purchaser has or may acquire an interest.
23.3 After receipt of a notice of termination, the Supplier shall submit to the
Purchaser a written termination claim. Such claim shall be submitted
promptly, but in no event later than nine months from the effective date
termination, unless one or more extensions in
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 38
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
writing are granted by the Purchaser upon request made in writing within
such nine month period or any authorized extensions thereof.
23.4 In the settlement of any such partial or total termination claim, the
Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier the total of:
(a) the appropriate price as contained in the Provisioning Schedule for
completed Work;
(b) a fair and reasonable proportion of the Contract Price for partially
completed Work;
(c) cost of materials and Supplies purchased in respect of the Contract but
not yet incorporated into the Work; unless sold to third parties
pursuant to Subarticle (g)
(d) the cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination
of Work, as provided in Subarticle 23.2(e) which are properly
chargeable to the terminated portion of this Contract;
(e) the reasonable costs of settlement including accounting, legal,
clerical and other expenses reasonably necessary for the preparation of
settlement claims and supporting data with respect to the terminated
portion of this Contract and for the termination and settlement of
contracts thereunder, together with reasonable storage, transportation
and other costs incurred in connection with the protection and
disposition of property allocable to this Contract.
23.5 In arriving at the amount due to the Supplier under this Article 23 there
shall be deducted all unliquidated payments on account therefore made to
the Supplier, any liabilities which the Supplier may have to the Purchaser,
and the agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 39
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
of any materials. Supplies, or other things acquired by the Supplier or
sold, pursuant to the provisions of this Article 23, and not otherwise
recovered by or credited to the Purchaser.
23.6 If the termination is a partial termination, prior to any settlement, the
Purchaser shall, at Supplier's request, grant an equitable adjustment in
the price or prices specified in this Contract relating to the portion of
this Contract not terminated by the Notice of Termination and such
equitable adjustments as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or
prices.
23.7 The Purchaser may, from time to time, under such terms and conditions as
they may prescribe, approve partial payments and payments on account
against costs incurred by the Supplier in connection with the terminated
portion of this Contract whenever in the opinion of the Purchaser the
aggregate of such payments may be within the amount to which the Supplier
will be entitled hereunder. If the total of such payments is in excess of
the amount finally agreed or determined to be due under this Article 23,
such excess shall be payable by the Supplier to the Purchaser upon demand.
23.8 For a period of one year after final settlement under this Contract, the
Supplier shall preserve and make available to the Purchaser at all
reasonable times at the Supplier's office, but without direct charge to the
Purchaser, all books, records, and documents required by Article 35,
Keeping of Books, the Work terminated hereunder, or to the extent approved
by the Purchaser, photographs, micro-photographs, or other authentic
reproductions thereof.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 40
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 24. SUSPENSION OF WORK
- -------------------------------
The Purchaser may, at its convenience, give written notice to the Supplier to
suspend all or part of the Work on the Cable System for such period of time as
the Purchaser determines to be appropriate. Where, as a result of the period of
suspension, the Supplier incurs additional costs or where such a suspension
causes loss to the Supplier in the discharge of its responsibilities under this
Contract, and where Supplier has acted reasonably to minimize such losses or
additional costs, and where such losses and additional costs could not have been
reasonably prevented by the Supplier, the Supplier shall be allowed an equitable
adjustment in the applicable prices to reflect the additional costs reasonably
incurred, and the Supplier shall be granted an equitable extension in the time
required for performance of any suspended Work, not caused by the Supplier's
fault or negligence. Except as provided, the Purchaser shall not be liable to
the Supplier in the event of such suspension or further suspension for any loss
of profit or consequential damages whatsoever.
ARTICLE 25. PATENT RIGHTS AND ROYALTIES
- ----------------------------------------
25.1 The Supplier shall obtain any and all Intellectual Property Rights licenses
necessary for the performance of this Contract. The Contract Price shall
include all amounts payable for the use or license of Intellectual Property
Rights and royalties on or in respect of the Supplies or Work or any part
thereof.
25.2 If, as a consequence of such actions or claims, pursuant to Subarticle 25.1
above, the use of the Cable System is enjoined, the Supplier agrees to use
reasonable efforts to negotiate
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 41
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
a license or other agreement at the Supplier's sole cost with the owner of
the Intellectual Property Right so as to remove its injunction.
25.3 If any part of equipment provided by the Supplier or on its behalf is held
to constitute an infringement (excluding such excepted infringements
specified in subparagraph 26.4) and is subject to an injunction restraining
its use or any order providing for its delivery or destruction, the
Supplier shall forthwith at their own expense either:
(a) procure for the Purchaser the right to retain and continue to use such
part or equipment, or
(b) modify the Cable System or such part or equipment so that it becomes
non-infringing.
25.4 The Supplier agrees to defend or settle at its own expense all suits for
infringement of any patent or other form of Intellectual Property Right,
for any material (or the manufacture of any material or the normal use
thereof) provided by the Supplier or on its behalf pursuant to this
Contract and will save the Purchaser harmless from all expense of defending
any such suit and all payments for final judgment therein assessed or
compromises made on account of such infringement, except such infringement
or claim arising from:
(a) the Supplier's adherence to the Purchaser's directions to use materials
or parts of the Purchaser selection;
(b) such material or parts furnished to the Supplier by the Purchaser,
other than in each case, items of the Supplier's design or selection or
the same as any of the Supplier's commercial merchandise or in
processes or machines of the Supplier's
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 42
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
design or selection used in the manufacture of such standard products
or parts thereof; or
(c) use of the equipment other than for the purposes indicated in, or
reasonably to be inferred from, this Contract.
25.5 The Purchaser will, at their own expense, defend all suits against the
Supplier for such excepted infringement and save the Supplier harmless from
all expense of defending any such suit and from all payments by final
judgment therein assessed against the Supplier on account of such excepted
infringement.
25.6 The Supplier and the Purchaser agree to give each other prompt written
notice of claims and suits for infringement for which the other assumes
responsibility hereunder and full opportunity and authority to assume the
sole defense thereof, including appeals, and, upon such other's request and
at its expense, to furnish all information and assistance available to it
for such defense.
ARTICLE 26. SOFTWARE
- --------------------
26.1 The Supplier grants to the Purchaser a personal, non-transferable (except
that the Purchaser may transfer this right to affiliates, subsidiaries, or
successors) and non-exclusive right to use, in object code form, all
Software and related documentation furnished to the Purchaser under this
Contract. This grant shall be limited to use with equipment for operation
and maintenance of the Cable System, for which the Software was provided.
If the license is transferred in accordance with this Article, then the
transferee shall comply with the conditions stated herein.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 43
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
26.2 The Purchaser agrees to use all reasonable efforts to see that all users of
the Software licensed hereunder, including the employees of Purchaser,
comply with the terms and conditions set out in this Article.
26.3 The Purchaser also agrees to refrain from taking any steps, such as reverse
assembly or reverse compilation to derive a source code equivalent of the
Software.
26.4 The Purchaser is permitted to make and retain two archive copies of the
Software. Any copy must contain the same copyright notice and proprietary
marking as are on the original Software.
26.5 Use of Software on any equipment other than that for which it was licensed
or any material breach of this license shall enable the Supplier, at its
option, to terminate this license.
26.6 At the Purchaser's request, the Supplier agrees to make modifications to
the Software developed for the Cable System at a reasonable price to be
paid by Purchaser. The Supplier shall thereafter extend this license to
the Purchaser to cover the use of the modified Software. Any such
modifications shall be for the exclusive use of the BUS-1 Purchaser, if
modifications are made solely for the BUS-1 Purchaser.
ARTICLE 27. SAFEGUARDING OF INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY
- ------------------------------------------------------
27.1 Any specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools, technical
information, Software, or data, in written, graphic, or other tangible form
(all hereinafter designated "Information") furnished by the Supplier to the
Purchaser and any Information furnished by the Purchaser to the Supplier
hereunder, including any Information supplied in
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 44
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
contemplation hereof prior to execution shall remain the property of the
Party so furnishing and shall be kept confidential by the receiving Party.
All copies of such Information in written, graphic, or other tangible form
shall be returned to the Party which provided the Information at the
Party's request. Unless such Information was previously known to the Party
receiving such Information free of any obligation to keep it confidential,
or such Information has been or is subsequently made public through other
than unauthorized disclosure by the receiving Party or is independently
developed by the receiving Party (as documented by the records of the
receiving Party), it shall be kept confidential by the Party receiving such
Information, shall be used only in the construction, maintenance, operation
or repair of the Cable System or for the performance of this Contract, and
may not be used for any other purposes except upon such terms as may be
agreed upon in writing by the Party owning such Information.
27.2 All intellectual property generated by the Supplier in the performance of
this Contract shall belong to the Supplier and if furnished by the Supplier
to the Purchaser, such intellectual property shall be treated as
Information subject to this Article.
27.3 The Purchaser represents and warrants that it will comply fully with all
applicable export control and other laws to which the Supplier is subject.
27.4 The Purchaser has the right to reproduce the documents for its use in the
Cable System.
27.5 All drawings and documents necessary for the Supplier to meet its technical
support should be retained for the design life of the Cable System.
ARTICLE 28. VESTING AND TRANSFER OF TITLE
- -----------------------------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 45
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
28.1 Title to the Cable System, Supplies provided by the Supplier, and the
absolute and exclusive right to and interest therein shall pass to and vest
in the Purchaser upon issuance of a Certificate of Provisional Acceptance
or Commercial Acceptance, as the case may be. Upon issuance of a
Certificate of Provisional Acceptance or Commercial Acceptance for the
Cable System, the Supplier warrants that the Purchaser shall acquire good
and clear title thereto, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and
other encumbrances.
28.2 Upon termination of this Contract, the Purchaser may require, pursuant to
Articles 22, Termination For Default, or 23, Termination By Notice,
absolute and exclusive title to the Cable System and the Supplies therein,
which has not previously passed to the Purchaser shall thereupon pass to
the Purchaser, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and other
encumbrances.
ARTICLE 29. RIGHTS OF ACCESS
- ----------------------------
The Supplier shall upon reasonable notice, but not less than two weeks, permit
access by the Purchaser, or its Quality Assurance (QA) Representative, to the
Supplier's premises where the Work will be performed, and will secure rights of
access to the premise, of its subcontractors where the Work will be performed
having major subcontractions or orders of US $125,000 or more, in accordance
with the Supplier's usual procedures associated with its subcontractors, and
allow Purchaser or their QA Representative to witness the inspection and testing
procedures, and to examine and review testing and inspection records relating to
the manufacture, inspection and testing of equipment, materials and Supplies
provided hereunder. The right of access shall also allow for the Purchaser
and/or its representative to be aboard the cable laying vessel(s) during
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 46
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
installation, at the Supplier's expense. Any such right of access shall not be
construed as creating an obligation for the Supplier or its subcontractors to
disclose trade secrets or proprietary information, and Purchaser understands and
agrees that its representatives may be required to sign a Non-Disclosure
Agreement prior to being given any such access.
ARTICLE 30. QUALITY ASSURANCE
- -----------------------------
The Supplier will conduct the inspection and testing of all Supplies in
accordance with the quality assurance requirements in the Technical
Documentation. The Purchaser or its QA representative will be permitted to
witness the inspection and testing of all Supplies.
ARTICLE 31. WAIVER AND INDEMNIFICATION
- --------------------------------------
The Supplier shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Purchaser and its officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates,
agents, successors, and/or assigns against all claims, demands, judgments made
or recovered against them for damage to any property and/or injury or death to
any person to the extent it arises out of acts or omissions of the indemnifying
party, its subcontractors, agents or employees. Each Party's obligation to
indemnify hereunder is contingent on its receipt of prompt written notice of all
such claims and full opportunity and authority to assume the sole defense of and
settlement of such claims. The Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate with such
defense and to provide all information necessary for such defense.
ARTICLE 32. RISK AND INSURANCE
- ------------------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 47
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Upon request, the Supplier shall furnish the Purchaser certificates, or other
satisfactory evidence, that all of the responsibilities and risks of the
Supplier herein are covered by insurance policies or by self-insurance and that
such insurance is being maintained, including, but not limited to, general
liability insurance sufficient to cover Supplier's liabilities under this
Contract which shall include the provision for insurance for workers, until the
end of the Supplier's Warranty Period, and the relevant insurance to cover the
plant, equipment and Supplies to be installed by the Supplier in the Cable
System until the date of Provisional Acceptance. The Supplier may organize such
levels of deductibles, excesses and self-insurance as it considers appropriate.
ARTICLE 33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING
- ------------------------------------------
33.1 Supplier shall not, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser,
assign this Contract or sub-contract any significant part of the Work,
except that the Supplier may assign, without prior written consent of the
Purchaser, its right to receive payment to any third party. In any event,
the Supplier shall not relieved of responsibility under this Contract for
such parts of the Work as are subcontracted.
33.2 Notwithstanding Subarticle 33.1 above, the Supplier shall not be precluded
from assigning the Contract or subcontracting to a subsidiary or an entity
controlled by or under the same control as the Supplier. In the event of
such assignment or subcontracting, the Supplier shall guarantee the
performance of such subsidiary or entity.
33.3 In the event of Termination, the Supplier shall assign to the Purchaser at
the Purchaser's option, any agreements with the Supplier's subcontractors.
Upon exercise of such option, the Purchaser shall acquire any benefits of
such subcontractors, including prices and
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 48
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
delivery dates, any applicable discounts, rebates and refunds not already
accrued at the time of such exercise.
33.4 Except as provided for in Subarticle 33.5, the Purchaser shall not assign
to others this Contract, without prior written consent of the Supplier.
Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
33.5 Notwithstanding Subarticle 33.4 above, the Purchaser shall not be precluded
from assigning the Contract or subcontracting to a subsidiary or an entity
controlled by or under the same control as the Purchaser or to a related
company, provided that the assignee is (1) able to obtain permission from
the Purchaser's lending institution to assume the Purchaser's existing
financial package or (2) is able to secure financing acceptable to the
Supplier. In the event of such assignment or subcontracting, the Purchaser
shall guarantee the performance of such subsidiary or entity.
In the event that the Purchaser does assign this Contract to a related
company, written consent from the Supplier is needed for the guarantee of
financing.
ARTICLE 34. PURCHASER'S STAFF PARTICIPATION
- -------------------------------------------
34.1 Where the Technical Documentation provides for stipulated Work to be
carried out by the Purchaser, such Work shall be carried out in the manner
and with the responsibilities as defined therein. Such participation by
any Purchaser's staff in the Work shall not be construed as relieving the
Supplier of its responsibility for the design, quality and performance of
the Cable System.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 49
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
34.2 Even if Purchaser's staff participates in the Work, they shall remain the
officers, directors, employees or agents and under the administrative
control of the Purchaser. The Supplier shall not be liable for any act or
omission of such staff.
34.3 Information or services under the Purchaser's control that are to be
provided by the Purchaser and that are necessary for execution of the Work
by the Supplier shall be supplied with reasonable promptness upon request
by the Supplier. In the event the Purchaser does not supply any of the
information or services by the date specified in the Plan of Work
(including, but not limited to, Contract signing, Coming Into Force, U.S.
landing location decision, permits/licenses, and cable stations available
for equipment installation by February 21, 1997) the remaining dates shall
be extended to the extent that the Plan of Work has been affected. With
respect to all other activities of the Purchaser necessary for the Supplier
to perform its obligations hereunder, the Supplier may be granted an
extension of time to comply with any of the dates related thereto in an
amount to meet the Purchaser's obligations hereunder unless the Parties
agree to accelerate work activities to maintain Work on schedule and the
Purchaser agrees to reimburse the Supplier for any reasonable additional
cost incurred thereby.
ARTICLE 35. KEEPING OF BOOKS
- ----------------------------
35.1 For those amounts due and payable by the Purchaser to the Supplier under
this Contract, the Supplier shall keep and maintain records of their
billing of those items to the Purchaser, for a period starting on the date
of Provisional Acceptance as shown in the Certificate of Provisional
Acceptance issued pursuant to Article 14, Acceptance
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 50
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Procedures, and continuing until five (5) years after the date of
Provisional Acceptance of the Cable System.
35.2 The Supplier shall afford the Purchaser or its designated representative
the right to review the books, records, vouchers and accounts required to
be kept, maintained and obtained pursuant to his Article. The Supplier
shall not be required to afford access to books or records related to the
costs of items or to the Supplier cost mark-ups on individual items, except
for those items billed on a cost-incurred basis. Cost-incurred items
include Supplier engineering support for those related items billed at the
Supplier's Loaded Labor Rate.
ARTICLE 36. APPLICABLE LAW
- --------------------------
This Contract and all disputes, differences, or questions arising with respect
to any rights, duties, or obligations under this Contract shall be controlled by
the laws of New York.
ARTICLE 37. APPLICABLE LAW
- --------------------------
37.1 The parties agree that they will resolve any dispute, controversy or claim
arising out of or relating to this Contract by mutual discussions and will
endeavor at their utmost to reach an amicable settlement.
37.2 In the event that any dispute or difference whatsoever shall arise from the
performance or as to the meaning of this Contract, or as to any matter of
thing or whatsoever nature however arising out of or in connection with
this Contract, such dispute or difference shall be finally resolved by
arbitration in accordance with and subject to the United
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 51
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
Nations Commission on International Trade Law ("UNCITRAL") Arbitration
Rules in effect on the date of this Agreement. The case shall be
administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its
"Procedures for Cases Under the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules."
Notwithstanding any provision of the UNCITRAL Rules to the contrary, the
Parties hereby agree that the arbitrator shall be a national of such
neutral state as the Parties agree. The place of arbitration shall be such
location as the parties may mutually designate in writing. All proceedings
shall be conducted in the English language.
37.3 Pending the determination as aforesaid of such dispute or difference, the
Supplier shall, unless directed otherwise by the Purchaser in writing,
fulfill all of its obligations under this Contract, including the
obligation to take steps necessary during the arbitration proceedings to
ensure that the Work will be completed within the time stipulated or within
such extended time as may be allowed under this Contract.
37.4 Any decision or award of the arbitrage tribunal shall be final and binding
upon the Parties to the arbitration proceedings.
ARTICLE 38. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PURCHASERS
- ------------------------------------------
The relationship between or among the Parties shall not be that of partners and
nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among them
and neither Party shall have authority or power to act unilaterally as agent for
the other.
ARTICLE 39. PUBLICITY
- ---------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 52
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
No publicity relating to this Contract shall be published in any newspaper,
magazine, journal, or any other written, oral or visual medium without prior
written approval by both parties, however, the Parties agree that the Contract
may be publicized in general terms and mutual consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
ARTICLE 40. CORRUPT GIFTS AND THE PAYMENT OF COMMISSION
- -------------------------------------------------------
40.1 The Supplier shall not offer or give or agree to give to any person
employed by the Purchaser any gift, commission, rebate or consideration of
any kind as an inducement or reward for doing, influencing, or carrying out
any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this Contract or for
showing any favor or disfavor to any person or persons in relation to such
Contract.
40.2 Breach of this Article may render the Supplier, its subcontractors and
agents liable to punishment by law and any such breach shall be deemed
material.
ARTICLE 41. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND AMENDMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------
This Contract shall be executed in two (2) counterparts in English, and each
such counterpart when so executed and delivered shall be an original; and such
counterparts shall together (as well as separately) constitute one and the
same instrument. This Contract and any of its provision may only be altered or
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 53
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
added to by another agreement in writing signed by a duly authorized
representative of each Party to this Contract.
ARTICLE 42. HEADINGS
- --------------------
42. The headings of the Articles do not form part of this Contract and shall
not have any effect on the interpretation thereof.
42.2 Words implying the singular only shall also include the plural
and vice versa where the context requires.
ARTICLE 43. SUCCESSORS BOUND
- ----------------------------
This Contract shall be binding on the Supplier and the Purchaser and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.
ARTICLE 44. SEVERABILITY
- ------------------------
If any of the provisions of this Contract shall be invalid or unenforceable,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
the entire Contract, but rather the entire Contract shall be construed as if not
containing the particular invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions, and
the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Purchaser shall be construed
and enforced accordingly.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 54
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
ARTICLE 45. NO WAIVER OF REMEDIES
- ---------------------------------
45.1 The failure of the Purchaser in any one or more instances to insist on
strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Contract or to
exercise any right or option herein conferred shall not be construed as a
waiver or relinquishment, to any extent, of the Purchaser's right to rely
upon any such terms or provision or option on any future occasion.
45.2 No delay or failure of the Purchaser to exercise any right or remedy under
this Contract will operate as a waiver thereof. No right or remedy
conferred upon or reserved to the Purchaser under this Contract is
exclusive of any other right or remedy under this Contract or any right or
remedy provided or permitted by law.
ARTICLE 46. LIABILITY OF PURCHASERS
- -----------------------------------
Does not apply to this Contract.
ARTICLE 47. NOTICES
- -------------------
47.1 Any notices, consent, approval or other communication pursuant to this
Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or
served by or on behalf of the Purchaser or by or on behalf of the Supplier
if sent by hand, facsimile with confirmation by the receiving party or by
registered or certified mail addressed to the Party at its business
address, as stipulated below in Subarticle 47.2:
(a) if sent by hand, such communication shall be deemed to have been
received on the day of delivery, provided receipt for delivery is
obtained;
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 55
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
(b) if sent by facsimile under normal service conditions, such
communication shall be deemed to have been received twenty-four (24)
hours following the time of dispatch or on confirmation by the
receiving Party;
(c) if sent by registered or certified mail, under normal service
conditions, such communication shall be deemed to have been received on
the day it was received or on the tenth day after it was dispatched,
whichever is earlier.
47.2 Unless otherwise notified in writing, by giving the other Party thirty (30)
days prior written notice, for the purpose of this Article, the addresses
of the Parties are:
Purchaser:
---------
Michael Kedar, Chairman and CEO
TeleBermuda International Ltd.
10 Queen Street, Suite 101
Hamilton, HM 11
Bermuda
Tel: 441-296-1838
Fax: 441-292-0829
Supplier:
--------
Neil Habig, Project Manager
AT&T-Submarine Systems Inc.
340 Mt. Kemble Ave.
Room S120
Morristown, New Jersey 07960
USA
Tel: 201-326-1777
Fax: 201-326-1221
47.3 Except as otherwise provided, all documents relating to this Contract and
all communications between the Parties shall be in the English language.
ARTICLE 48. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
- -----------------------------------
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 56
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
The Parties' rights and obligations which, by their nature, would continue
beyond the termination, cancellation or expiration of this Contract, including,
but not limited to those contained in Article 25, Patent Rights and Royalties,
Article 26, Software, and Article 27, Safeguarding of Information and
Technology, shall survive termination, cancellation or expiration thereof.
ARTICLE 49. EXPERT CONTROL
- --------------------------
The parties acknowledge that any products, software and technical information
(including, but not limited to, services and training) provided under this
agreement are subject to U.S. export laws and regulations and any use or
transfer of such products, software, or technical information must be authorized
under those regulations. The Purchaser agrees that they will not use,
distribute, transfer or transmit products, software or technical information
(even if incorporated into other products) except in compliance with U.S. export
regulations. If requested by AT&T-SSI, the Purchaser also agrees to sign written
assurances and other export-related documents as may be required for AT&T-SSI to
comply with U.S. export regulations.
ARTICLE 50. LETTER OF CREDIT PROVIDED BY THE PURCHASER
- ------------------------------------------------------
50.1 In order to accommodate the Purchaser's financing arrangement, the Supplier
understands that the Purchaser may not be able to make payment to the
Supplier until September 10, 1996. In consideration thereof, Purchaser
agrees to guarantee payment for Work performed by the Supplier between the
date of signing of the Supply Contract and September 10, 1996. The
Purchaser agrees to provide, upon Contract signature, an irrevocable Letter
of Credit in favor of the Supplier, to the value of * .
50.2 The terms of such Letter of Credit shall be satisfactory to the Supplier to
ensure payment if the Purchaser cannot secure satisfactory financing or
landing licenses, and does not have the option to purchase capacity at
market prices by September 30, 1996. If the Purchaser does not secure
satisfactory financing or does not have the option to purchase capacity at
market prices by September 30, 1996, then the Contract shall be terminated
in
* MATERIAL OMITTED AND SEPARATELY FILED UNDER AN APPLICATION FOR CONFIDENTIAL
TREATMENT.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 57
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
accordance with Article 23, Termination by Notice, unless the Parties
agree by mutual consent on a different course of action.
50.3 Upon payment of the September 30, 1996, payment by the Purchaser in
accordance with the Billing Schedule, the Supplier shall agree to allow the
Purchaser to terminate the Letter of Credit.
ARTICLE 51. SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS
- -----------------------------------
The Parties agree to use reasonable efforts to discuss and execute agreements
concerning the following issues on or before May 30, 1996:
(1) Access to the Tuckerton, NJ Cable Station or an alternative landing
point or solution.
(2) A cable system maintenance agreement that covers those issues set forth
in Appendix 1.
Notwithstanding any language in Appendix 1, Appendix 1 does not constitute an
agreement regarding the issues addressed in it.
In the event the Parties cannot agree on the issue of cable station access at
Tuckerton, NJ, AT&T-SSI agrees to offer the Purchaser the option to land the
cable system at another site in the same New York/New Jersey region without
change to the Terms and Conditions, Price, or schedule contained herein. The
landing site may not necessarily be another cable station.
AT&T-SSI recognizes that any other landing site must provide the same level of
connectivity to the local and international networks as is available at the
Tuckerton location.
ARTICLE 52. COMING INTO FORCE
- -----------------------------
52.1 This Contract will Come into Force on or before May 30, 1996, provided
that:
(1) AT&T-SSI has posted a Letter of Credit as required under Article 15.
(2) TBI has posted a Letter of Credit satisfactory to AT&T-SSI in
accordance with
(3) TBI has received its International Facilities and Services License
under the Bermuda Telecommunications Act, 1986.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 58
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
(4) TBI has access to the Tuckerton, NJ Cable Station or an alternative
landing point or solution.
52.2 If the Contract does not Come into Force on or before May 30, 1996, then
the Parties shall mutually agree to an extension or the Parties may
terminate the Contract in accordance with Article 23, Termination by
Notice.
52.3 If submarine cable capacity is not available between Bermuda and United
Kingdom to TBI to purchase at market prices by September 30, 1996, then TBI
shall have the option to terminate this Contract in accordance with Article
50. AT&T-SSI will provided TBI with reasonable support to assist TBI in
its endeavors to obtain submarine cable capacity between Bermuda and the
United Kingdom prior to Provisional System Acceptance. This provision is
not a guarantee on behalf of AT&T-SSI to provide capacity to TBI.
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 59
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto affix the signatures of their authorized
representative:
/s/ MICHAEL KEDAR
TeleBermuda International Ltd. Date May 16, 1996
/s/ RHODES LAWTON
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc. Date 5/16/96
END OF DOCUMENT
Commercial Terms and Conditions May 1996 60
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.-Proprietary
Use Pursuant to Non-Disclosure Agreement
<PAGE>
BERMUDA - US NO. 1 SUBMARINE CABLE SYSTEM
Amendment No. 1
between
AT&T-SSI (AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc.)
and
TBI (TeleBermuda International Ltd.)
================================================================================
Amendment No. 1 dated July 9, 1996 represents an agreement between:
AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc., AT&T-SSI, (hereinafter referred to as the
"Supplier") a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of
New York, of the United States America, and having its principle office at 340
Mt. Kemble Ave. Morristown, NJ 07960 of the United States Of America; and
TeleBermuda International Ltd., TBI, (hereinafter referred to as the
"Purchaser") a Bermuda corporation having its principal office at 10 Queen
Street, Suite 101, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda. TBI and AT&T-SSI hereinafter will be
collectively referred to as the "Parties".
Reference is made to the BUS-1 Cable System Commercial Terms and Conditions,
Article 52, Coming Into Force.
The Parties hereby amend Article 52.1, Coming Into Force, as follows:
Delete Article 52.1 in its entirety and replace it with the following:
52.1 This Contract has Come Into Force on June 25, 1996.
Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the Contract shall remain in full
force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused Amendment No. 1 to be
executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written
above.
AT&T SUBMARINE SYSTEMS, INC.
By: /s/ RHODES LAWTON
__________________
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL LTD.
By: /s/ MICHAEL KEDAR
__________________
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.21
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Jerry A. DeMartino)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into effective as of October 1, 1999, by and between GlobeNet Communications
Group Limited, a Bermuda company (together with its successors and assigns, the
"Company"), and Jerry A. DeMartino (the "Executive").
------- ---------
WHEREAS, the Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and
expertise with respect to the business of the Company; and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of October 1, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on September 30, 2002 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on October 1, 2002 and on each anniversary of such date occurring
thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one
additional year unless at least three months prior to the ensuing anniversary
date, but no more than 12 months prior to such anniversary date, the Company or
the Executive shall have given written notice that it or he, as applicable, does
not wish to extend this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term
------------------
"Employment Period", as utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the
- ------------------
Employment Period as so automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall
serve as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company and, in so
doing, shall report to the Company's board of directors (the "Board") or any
-----
committee thereof as may be designated from time to time by the Board. The
Executive shall have supervision and control over, and responsibility for, such
management and operational functions of the Company currently assigned to such
position, and shall have such other powers and duties (including holding officer
positions with the Company and one or more subsidiaries of the Company) as may
from time to time be prescribed by the Board, so long as such powers and duties
are reasonable and customary for the chief executive officer of an enterprise
comparable to the Company.
1
<PAGE>
(ii) The Company shall, during the term of the Executive's employment,
use all reasonable efforts to cause the Executive to be elected or appointed to
the Board to the extent the Company has the right to so cause the Executive to
be elected or appointed. The Executive agrees to serve on the Board if elected
or appointed.
(iii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding any
periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9, except
as otherwise provided in this Section 2(a)(iii), during the term of the
Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as a member of the
Board and as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement;
provided, however, the right to serve on corporate boards or committees and
-------- -------
the right to manage personal investments is subject to Section 9.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
------------------
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive shall
-------
be awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in
-----
accordance with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term
---------------------------------------
of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other senior executives of the Company ("Investment
----------
Plans").
- -----
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment,the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be,
shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under
welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans")
-------------
provided by the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability,
salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to
other senior executives of the Company.
2
<PAGE>
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment,
-----------
the Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits
described above) such perquisites and fringe benefits appertaining to the level
of his position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its senior executives.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of
-------------
this Agreement, the parties hereto have executed two certain Executive Stock
Option Agreements (the "Option Agreements"), pursuant to which the Company
-----------------
grants to the Executive stock options (the "Executive Options") exercisable for
-----------------
shares of capital stock of the Company subject to and in accordance with the
terms and provisions of the Option Agreements.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform his duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the
--------------------------
Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive
of the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(iii) (other than as a result
of physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of his obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which is not remedied within 30 days
after receipt of written notice from the Company
3
<PAGE>
specifying such breach, (ii) commission by the Executive of an act of fraud
upon, or willful misconduct toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined
below in this Section 3(b)), as reasonably determined by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board (neither the Executive nor members of his
family being deemed disinterested for this purpose) after a hearing by the Board
following ten days' notice to the Executive of such hearing, (iii) a material
breach by the Executive of Section 6 or Section 9, (iv) the conviction of the
Executive of any felony or crime of moral turpitude (or a plea of nolo
----
contendere thereto) or (v) the failure of the Executive to carry out, or comply
- ----------
with, in any material respect any lawful directive of the Board consistent with
the terms of this Agreement, which is not remedied within 30 days after receipt
of written notice from the Company specifying such failure. As used in this
Agreement, "Affiliate" means, with respect to a Person, any other Person
---------
controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first Person; the
term "control," and correlative terms, means the power, whether by contract,
-------
equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person;
and "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability
------
company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or
political subdivision thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during
-----------
the Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for
- -------- -------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Good Reason" shall mean:
-----------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent
in any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles
and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding
for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in
bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
-------- -------
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's
compensation or benefits;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
provisions of Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and
inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the
Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
Section 8(c);
4
<PAGE>
(v) the Company requiring the Executive to be based at any office
or location other than in Westchester County, New York or New York, New York;
(vi) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
---------------------
or without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason,
shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given
in accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
------------------- -------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability. If,
------------------------------------------------------
during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's
employment other than for either Cause or Disability or the Executive shall
terminate his employment for Good Reason, and the termination of the Executive's
employment in any case is not due to his death or Disability:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided)
pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the Date of
Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the portion of the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination
to the extent not theretofore paid and any
5
<PAGE>
compensation previously deferred by the Executive and any accrued vacation
pay ("Accrued Obligations");
-------------------
(2) the portion of the Executive's then current Annual Base Salary for
the then-remaining term of the Employment Period;
(3) a pro rata portion of the projected Bonus (based upon the Company's
actual performance for the calendar year in which such termination occurs
through the Date of Termination that would have been payable to the Executive
pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) hereof for such calendar year if such Executive had
remained in the employ of the Company through the end of such calendar year,
based upon the number of days during such calendar year prior to the Date of
Termination (the "Accrued Bonus"); and
-------------
(4) any amount arising from Executive's participation in, or benefits
under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued Investments"), which amounts shall be
payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Investment Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive (and
members of his family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreements.
(b) Death or Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by
-------------------
reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period, the
Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided) pay to his legal
representatives in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the Date of
Termination the aggregate of the following amounts: (i) the Accrued Obligations;
(ii) the Accrued Bonus; and (iii) the Accrued Investments, which shall be
payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreements. The Company shall have no further
payment obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives under this
Agreement.
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment shall
---------------------------------
be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason
during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further
6
<PAGE>
payment obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued
Obligations, Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits
under the Welfare Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested
rights under or in respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock
appreciation right or similar agreement (including the Option Agreements) that
would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no
further force or effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options
which have already vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreements.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare Plans,
the Executive (or members of his family) are not eligible to participate in the
Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of the
Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii) or
Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or his legal
representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or his legal representatives)
for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the benefits provided by the
Company to its senior management under its Welfare Plans as such may from time
to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement; Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be
---------------------------
obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation
of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this
Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive
obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the Company shall be liable
to the other party for any damages in addition to the amounts payable under
Section 4 arising out of the termination of the Executive's employment prior to
the end of the Employment Period; provided, however, that the Company shall be
-------- -------
entitled to seek damages for any breach by the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates have
trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and proprietary
information (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). Confidential
------------------------
Information shall not include (i) information that is generally known to other
Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and (ii)
information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a subpoena or
court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency or law of the
United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or political
subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall (at the
-------- -------
Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to
7
<PAGE>
disclose such information and then only to the extent that such Company
employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for such
knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential Information
for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect to
any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from his
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any termination of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately return to the Company
all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential Information and other
properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in the Executive's
possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right to
assign this Agreement.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform
this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in
this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any
successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to
perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.
8
<PAGE>
9. Non-Competition.
---------------
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while he is
an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and thereafter, (1) during
the applicable Non-Compete Period with respect to the matters referred to in
clause (i) below, (2) for a period of two years after termination of employment
with respect to the matters referred to in clause (ii) below and (3) for a
period of one year after termination of employment with respect to the matters
referred to in (iii) below, he will not, without the prior written consent of
the Company, either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company or
any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate thereof any
person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, either directly
or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the employer/employee relations
between any such employee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the Company or
any Affiliate thereof at any time within the 12-month period preceding the date
upon which the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof (but the Executive may offer employment to any such person
whose employment with the Company or any Affiliate thereof was terminated by the
Company or any Affiliate thereof without cause (with "cause" having the meaning
similar to Cause) or by such person for good reason (with good reason having the
meaning similar to Good Reason)).
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each Affiliate
thereof that:
(i) while he is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, he shall
not directly or indirectly compete in any manner against the Company or any
of its Affiliates; and
(ii) during the applicable Non-Compete Period, he will not, directly or
indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either individually or in
partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other Person, as
principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner whatsoever,
carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend money
to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) (i) For the purposes of this Section 9, a "Competitive Business"
shall mean any business relating to or involving (A) the ownership (as a
9
<PAGE>
principal business) and/or the construction and/or operation of any submarine
cable system which is located or is to be located between (1) Bermuda and the
United States of America, (2) Bermuda and South America, (3) the United States
of America and South America or (4) any two or more countries or continents if
the Company or any Affiliate thereof is constructing, owning and/or operating or
is to construct, own and/or operate any submarine cable system between any such
countries or continents during the Executive's employment hereunder or
(B) telecommunication services (including electronic commerce) in Bermuda.
(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Non-Compete Period" shall
mean, in the case of:
(1) termination of employment by the Company for Cause, two years following
such termination;
(2) termination of employment by the Company due to the Executive's Disability
or without Cause, (A) the period of time following such termination and
continuing until the expiration of the Employment Period plus (B) such
additional period of time (if any) that the Company continues (in its sole
discretion) to pay the Executive the Annual Base Salary in accordance with
its customary practices for paying executive salary (but the aggregate time
under (A) and (B) of this clause (2) shall not exceed two years);
(3) termination of employment by the Company as a result of it providing a Non-
Renewal Notice under Section 1, that period of time (if any) following
termination and continuing for as long as the Company continues (in its
sole discretion) to pay the Executive the Annual Base Salary in accordance
with its customary practices for paying executive salary (not to exceed two
years);
(4) termination of employment by the Executive for Good Reason, the period of
time following such termination and continuing until the expiration of the
Employment Period (but in no event to exceed two years);
(5) termination of employment by the Executive without Good Reason, two years
following such termination; and
(6) termination of employment by the Executive as a result of the Executive
providing a Non-Renewal Notice under Section 1, one year from the date of
termination plus such additional period (which additional period may not
exceed one year) for as long as the Company in its sole discretion pays,
during any such additional period, the Executive the Annual Base Salary
10
<PAGE>
in accordance with its customary practices for paying executive salary,
provided that the Company shall notify the Executive of the Company's
intention not later than 60 days prior to the expiration of the Employment
Period if the Company intends to pay the Executive as aforesaid during such
additional period.
(d) The Executive covenants and agrees that until the expiration of
his covenants set out in Sections 9(a) and (b), he shall use his reasonable best
efforts to ensure that any and all current and future opportunities relating to
the telecommunications businesses and electronic commerce business of the
Company and its Affiliates and any businesses ancillary thereto shall be carried
out through the Company and its Affiliates.
(e) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that he has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its Affiliates.
(f) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which he will have access during his employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for him to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if he were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that he would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(g) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 or 9 will cause immediate and irreparable harm to the Company,
entitling the Company to an injunction in or by a court of competent
jurisdiction or arbitration in addition to any other remedies the Company may
have at law or in equity, including recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the provisions of Section 6 or 9. In
the event that any covenant contained in Section 9 or portion of any such
covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants and such
unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of this
Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all restrictions
contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived by him.
(h) Nothing in Section 9 shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit the
Executive from making investments in his personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
his duties or with any of his obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's
11
<PAGE>
holdings therein do not exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding
capital of the Person in question.
(i) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for his covenants and obligations under
this Agreement.
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of this
-------------------------------------
Agreement shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to full
participation in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other plans or
programs in which senior executives of the Company are eligible to participate.
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall
have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof", "hereby", "herein", or
------ ------ ------
words of similar import are used in this Agreement they shall be construed as
referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to a particular section
or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to the contrary. Any
reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be construed as
------- ---------
referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement unless the
context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including" herein shall
---------
be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This Agreement may not
----------------------------
be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the
parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Mr. Jerry A. DeMartino
-------------------
P.O. Box 518
7 Benjamin Green Lane
Lincolndale, NY 10540
If to the Company: GlobeNet Communications
-----------------
Group Limited
2 Carter's Bay Road, Southside
St. David's DD BX
Bermuda
Attn: Office of General Counsel
12
<PAGE>
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a
provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company shall obtain and maintain a director's and officer's
liability insurance policy during the term of the Executive's employment
covering the Executive on commercially reasonable terms, and the amount of
coverage shall be reasonable in relation to the Executive's position and
responsibilities hereunder; provided, however, that such coverage may be reduced
-------- -------
or eliminated to the extent that the Company reduces or eliminates coverage for
its directors and executives generally.
(e) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement
such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant
to any applicable law or regulation.
(f) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(g) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(h) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete
understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof.
13
<PAGE>
(i) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
(j) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(j).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through negotiation as
set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration administered
by the American Arbitration Association under its Commercial Arbitration Rules
then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. If the
parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a single arbitrator to conduct
the arbitration within 20 days after the claimant has filed its demand for
arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three
arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the Executive each shall
appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the
third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No arbitrator may be affiliated,
associated, or related to the Company, any Affiliate, employee or executive of
the Company, or the Executive in any manner whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding, and
judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in
excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any
right to recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages,
treble damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect
to any Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own
expenses related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the
expenses of the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(k) This Section 11 and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(l) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the
best of his personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, his commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance
of his duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on his part
owed to any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third
party.
(m) The Company shall have the right to secure, in its own name or
otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability, accident or other insurance
covering the Executive and the Executive shall have no right, title or interest
in or to such
14
<PAGE>
insurance. The Executive shall assist the Company in procuring such insurance by
submitting to reasonable examinations and signing such applications and other
instruments as may be required by the insurance carriers to which applications
is made for any such insurance.
(n) At the request of the Company, the Executive shall execute the
necessary documents to become a party to (i) the Amended and Restated
Securityholders' Agreement dated July 14, 1999, by and among the Company and
various other parties including various shareholders of the Company (the "SHA")
---
and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement referred to therein.
(o) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he does
not hold any interest in any of the following New Investors (as that term is
defined in the Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement referred to in
the SHA): Boston Ventures Limited Partnership V, L.P., Kelso Investment
Associates VI, L.P., KEP VI, L.L.C., Providence Equity Partners III L.P.,
Providence Equity Operating Partners III L.P., Spectrum Equity Investor III,
L.P., SEI III Entrepreneurs' Fund, L.P., Spectrum III Investment Managers' Fund,
L.P., Sandler Capital Partners IV, L.P., or Sandler Capital Partners IV FTE,
L.P., and covenants that he will not acquire an interest in the foregoing New
Investors during the Employment Period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused this
Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year
first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Jerry A. DeMartino
---------------------------------
Jerry A. DeMartino
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS
GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
---------------------------
Name: Michael Kedar
Title: Executive Chairman
15
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated effective as of October 1, 1999, between GlobeNet Communications Group
Limited and Jerry A. DeMartino
1. Annual Base Salary: $600,000 per calendar year (to be prorated in respect
------------------
of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: $150,000 per calendar year (to be prorated in respect
-----
of calendar year 1999) based on the Company achieving
the Company's base case business plan (which plan
shall be subject to the approval by the Board) for the
calendar year in question.
16
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.22
STOCK OPTION AND COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made effective as of the 7th day of October, 1999 ("Effective
Date") between GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda company (the
"Company") and Jerry A. DeMartino ("Executive").
In consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth
herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Executive the
---------------
right and option ("Option") to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
200,000 shares of authorized but unissued common shares of the Company, par
value U.S. $1.50 ("Shares"), on the terms and conditions set forth herein. This
Option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of
section 422(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
2. Option Price. The purchase price of Shares purchased pursuant to the
------------
exercise of this Option shall be U.S. $20.40 per share ("Option Price").
3. Vesting. Subject to the other provisions set forth herein, this Option
-------
shall vest and be exercisable for the percentage of the aggregate number of
Shares offered by this Option determined by the period of time from the
Effective Date to the date of such exercise, in accordance with the following
vesting schedule:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Percentage of Shares
Period of Time That are Vested
-------------- --------------------
<S> <C>
Less than 1 year 0%
1 year 33%
1 year and 3 months 42%
1 year and 6 months 50%
1 year and 9 months 58%
2 years 67%
2 years and 3 months 75%
2 years and 6 months 83%
2 years and 9 months 91%
3 years or more 100%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the above vesting schedule, Executive shall be 100% vested
in this Option upon an Evaluation Event (as defined in Section 7 hereof).
4. Exercise of Option. Subject to the earlier expiration of this Option as
------------------
herein provided, this Option may be exercised in whole or part with respect to
the portion of this Option
1
<PAGE>
that has vested under Section 3 hereof, by written notice to the Company at its
principal executive office addressed to the attention of its General Counsel, at
any time and from time to time after the first anniversary of the Effective
Date.
This Option may be exercised only while Executive remains an employee of
the Company and will terminate and cease to be exercisable upon Executive's
termination of employment with the Company, except that:
(a) If Executive's employment with the Company terminates by reason of
Disability (as defined in the Executive Employment Agreement effective as
of October 1, 1999, by and between Executive and Company (the "Employment
Agreement")), this Option shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable
at any time until the completion of one year after an Evaluation Event (as
defined in Section 7 hereof).
(b) If Executive dies while in the employ of the Company, Executive
shall be fully vested in this Option and Executive's estate, or the person
who acquires this Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
otherwise by reason of the death of Executive, may exercise this Option in
full at any time until the completion of one year after an Evaluation Event
(as defined in Section 7 hereof).
(c) If the Company terminates Executive's employment with the Company
for Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or if Executive
voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company for other than Good
Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement), this Option shall
terminate and cease to be exercisable in its entirety (including with
respect to Shares that have previously vested under Section 3 hereof).
(d) If (i) Executive terminates his employment with the Company for
Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement), (ii) the Company
terminates Executive's employment with the Company for other than Cause (as
defined in the Employment Agreement), or (iii) the Company does not renew
Executive's Employment Agreement at the termination thereof, this Option
shall become 100% vested and shall be exercisable at any time until the
completion of one year after an Evaluation Event (as defined in Section 7
hereof).
Notwithstanding the above, this Option shall not be exercisable in any
event after the expiration of ten years from the Effective Date. The purchase
price of Shares as to which this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at
the time of exercise in cash (including check, bank draft or money order payable
to the order of the Company). No fraction of a Share shall be issued by the
Company upon exercise of this Option; rather, Executive shall provide a cash
payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of
only whole Shares. Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing
such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to Executive, Executive (or
the person permitted to exercise this Option in the event of Executive's death)
shall not be or have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the
Company with respect to Shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.
5. Administration. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
--------------
shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of this
Agreement as are consistent with
2
<PAGE>
the Company's memorandum of association and bye-laws and applicable law. The
Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all
determinations required or provided for under this Agreement, and shall have
full power and authority to take all such other actions and determinations not
inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of this Agreement that the
Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of this
Agreement. All such actions and determinations shall be by an affirmative
majority vote of the Board or by unanimous consent of the Board executed in
writing in accordance with the Company's memorandum of association and bye-laws
and applicable law. The interpretation and construction by the Board of any
provision of this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.
The Board from time to time may appoint a Committee (the "Committee"). The
Board, in its sole discretion, may provide that the role of the Committee shall
be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning any determinations
to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to or with respect to
this Agreement, or the Board may delegate to the Committee such powers and
authorities related to the administration and implementation of this Agreement,
as set forth in the preceding paragraph and in other applicable provisions, as
the Board shall determine, consistent with the Company's memorandum of
association and bye-laws and applicable law. In the event that this Agreement
provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board,
such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the Committee
if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the
Board as provided for in this Section. Unless otherwise expressly determined by
the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final,
binding and conclusive.
6. Status of Shares. Executive understands that at the time of the
----------------
execution of this Agreement the Shares to be issued upon exercise of this Option
have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any
Canadian securities laws, or other applicable securities laws ("Securities
Laws"). Until the Shares acquirable upon the exercise of this Option have been
registered for issuance under Securities Laws, the Company will not issue such
Shares unless the holder of this Option provides the Company, at its request,
with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the
Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the
Company's counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such Shares to
such Option holder may be made without registration under Securities Laws. In
the event exemption from registration under Securities Laws is available upon an
exercise of this Option, Executive (or the person permitted to exercise this
Option in the event of Executive's death), if requested by the Company to do so,
will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such
provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with Securities Laws.
If the Executive is an employee of the Company at the time the aforesaid opinion
is provided to the Company, the Company shall bear the legal fees incurred by
the Executive in connection with the preparation of said opinion.
Executive agrees that the Shares which Executive may acquire by exercising
this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution,
within the meaning of Securities Laws, and shall not be sold, transferred,
assigned, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration
statement for the Shares under Securities Laws or an applicable exemption from
the registration requirements of Securities Laws. Executive also agrees that
the Shares which
3
<PAGE>
Executive may acquire by exercising this Option will not be sold or otherwise
disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation of any Securities
Laws.
In addition, Executive agrees (i) that the certificates representing the
Shares purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Board
deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with Securities Laws and (ii)
that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Shares purchased
under this Option in the register of members of the Company if such proposed
transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute
a violation of any Securities Law and that the Company may give related
instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer
of such Shares.
7. Additional Compensation. If an Evaluation Event (as defined below)
-----------------------
occurs anytime within ten years after the Effective Date and, at the time of the
Evaluation Event, (1) the Executive is an employee of the Company or (2) the
Executive is no longer employed by the Company and the employment relationship
was terminated under Section 3(a) (due to death or Disability of the Executive)
or 3(c) (due to Good Reason) of the Employment Agreement or by the Company
without Cause pursuant to Section 3(b) of the Employment Agreement; (ii) the
Investors (as defined below) have attained a Return (as defined below) on their
equity investment 9made from and after July 14, 1999) in the Company equal to
the greater of an annual compounded Return of twenty percent (20%) per year or a
total Return of seventy-two and eight-tenths percent (72-8/10%); and (iii) the
Total Value (as defined below) as of the Evaluation Event is less than
$10,000,000 (the amount by which $10,000,000 exceeds the Total Value is
hereinafter referred to as the "Shortfall Amount", then, within thirty (30) days
after Evaluation event, the Company at its discretion (but after consultation
with the Executive) shall:
(a) pay Executive the Shortfall Amount in cash;
(b) grant additional fully-vested options to Executive to purchase
Shares, which Shares shall have a Fair Market Value (as of the Evaluation
Event) equal to the sum of the Shortfall Amount and the aggregate option
price of such Shares;
(c) grant additional fully-vested options to Executive to purchase
Shares, which options shall have a Black-Scholes value (as of the
Evaluation Event) equal to the Shortfall Amount;
(d) award additional Shares to Executive (which Shares may be subject
to restrictions as reasonably required by the Company) which have a Fair
Market Value (as of the Evaluation Event) equal to the Shortfall Amount; or
(e) compensate Executive through a combination of the alternatives set
forth in (a), (b), (c) and (d) above, such that the aggregate compensation
amount equals the Shortfall Amount.
For purposes of this Section 7:
"Evaluation Event" shall be defined as the consummation of (i) an
----------------
underwritten public offering of the Company's common shares or (ii) a private
sale (or series of related private
4
<PAGE>
sales) of 50% or more of the common shares of the Company (or merger or other
business combination having the same effect).
"Fair Market Value" means the value of a Share as determined by the Board
-----------------
in its discretion, as either: (a) the closing price of the Share on the Bermuda
Stock Exchange or other established national or regional stock exchange on which
the Shares are listed or established securities market in which the Shares are
publicly traded (the highest such closing price if there is more than one such
exchange or market) on the determination date (or if there is no such reported
closing price, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid
and lowest asked prices or between the high and low sale prices on such trading
day) or, if no sale of Shares is reported for such trading day, on the next
preceding day on which any sale shall have been reported; or (b) the value of a
Share as determined by the Board in good faith applying appropriate valuation
principles.
"Investors" shall be defined as the shareholders of the Company who
---------
invested in the Company's private placement of its common stock on July 14,
1999.
"Return" shall be defined as the percentage increase in the implicit value
------
of the Investors' investment (made from and after July 14, 1999) in the Company
from July 14, 1999 to the Evaluation Event. The implicit value of such
investment shall be calculated using the percentage of the common shares in the
Company held by the Investors (without giving affect to any shares acquired
prior to the closing of the Company's private placement of shares on July 14,
1999) times the implicit value of the Company determined by reference to the
Evaluation Event. In making such calculation, there shall be no adjustment for
any control premium, overhang, lack of liquidity, taxes, transactions costs or
similar factors. The implicit value of the Investors' interest in the Company
shall, however, be increased by dividends, if any, that have been paid on the
shares acquired by the Investors on or after July 14, 1999.
"Total Value" means the sum of: (i) the greater of (A) the gross proceeds
-----------
(and the fair market value of all other consideration) received (on or prior to,
or in respect of, the Evaluation Event) by the Executive from the Executive's
disposition of (1) any portion of this Option and (2) Shares acquired pursuant
to any exercise of this Option or (B) the Fair Market Value (as of the
Evaluation Event) of the Shares subject to this Option as referred to in (A)(1)
and the Shares as referred to in (A)(2); (ii) the Fair Market Value (as of the
Evaluation Event) of the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option
and held by the Executive immediately after giving effect to the Evaluation
Event (but determined without giving affect to any grant or award referred to in
7(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above); (iii) the Fair Market Value (as of the
Evaluation Event) of the Shares previously disposed of by the Executive by way
of gift and/or charitable contribution; (iv) the Fair Market Value (as of the
Evaluation Event) of the Shares subject to this Option (but determined without
giving effect to any grant or award referred to in 7(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)
above); and (v) the amount (or fair market value) of dividends received by the
Executive (in respect of this Option or Shares acquired in connection therewith)
prior to or on, or in connection with, any Evaluation Event, less the sum of (i)
----
the aggregate Option Price paid for the Shares acquired pursuant to this Option
on or prior to the Evaluation Event; and (ii) the aggregate Option Price for the
Shares referred to in (iv) above of this definition of Total Value.
5
<PAGE>
For the avoidance of doubt, after the first (if any) Evaluation Event
occurs, there shall be no further adjustment to compensation under this
Section 7.
8. Employment Relationship. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive
-----------------------
shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Executive
remains an employee of either the Company, a parent or subsidiary corporation of
the Company, or a company or a parent or subsidiary of such company assuming or
substituting a new option for this Option. Any question as to whether and when
there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such
termination, shall be determined pursuant to the Employment Agreement.
9. Transferability of Options. This Option shall, during an Executive's
--------------------------
lifetime, be exercisable only by the Executive, and neither this Option nor any
right hereunder shall be transferable by the Executive, by operation of law or
otherwise, other than as may be provided in this Agreement or as may be provided
by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Except as may be provided in
this Agreement, this Option shall not be charged, mortgaged, pledged or
hypothecated (by operation of law or otherwise) or subject to execution,
attachment or similar processes.
10. Effect of Changes in Capitalization.
-----------------------------------
(a) Changes in Shares. If the number of outstanding Shares is increased
or decreased or the Shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number
or kind of shares or other securities of the Company as a result of any
recapitalization, reclassification, share split, reverse split, combination of
Shares, exchange of Shares, Share dividend or other distribution payable in
share capital, or other increase or decrease in such Shares effected without
receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date, the
number and kinds of Shares for which this Option is outstanding shall be
adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of
the Executive immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable,
be the same as immediately before such event. Any such adjustment in this Option
shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to Shares that
are subject to the unexercised portion of this Option outstanding but shall
include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per Share.
(b) Reorganization in which the Company is the Surviving or Continuing
Entity and in which no Change of Control Occurs. Subject to the following
paragraph hereof, if the Company shall be the surviving or continuing entity in
any reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or consolidation of the Company with
one or more other entities, this Option shall pertain to and apply to the
securities to which a holder of the number of Shares subject to such Option
would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger,
amalgamation, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of
the Option Price per Share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall
be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the Shares remaining subject to the
Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or
consolidation.
(c) Adjustments. Adjustments under this Section 10 related to Shares
or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in
that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares or
other securities shall be issued pursuant to
6
<PAGE>
any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall
be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole Share.
(d) No Limitations on Company. The granting of this Option shall not
affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make
adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or
business structure or to merge, amalgamate, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate,
or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
11. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the exercise of this Option
------------------
or the disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of this Option results in
compensation income to Executive for tax purposes, Executive shall deliver to
the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money as
the Company may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or
regulations, and, if Executive fails to do so, the Company is authorized to
withhold from any cash or Shares remuneration then or thereafter payable to
Executive any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting
compensation income. Upon an exercise of this Option, the Company is further
authorized in its discretion to satisfy any such withholding requirement out of
any cash or Shares distributable to Executive upon such exercise.
12. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
--------------
benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under
Executive.
13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
-------------
accordance with, the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Executive has executed
this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ MICHAEL KEDAR
----------------------------------
/s/ Jerry A. DeMartino
----------------------
Jerry A. DeMartino
7
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.23
SUPPLEMENTAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made effective as of the 7th day of October, 1999 ("Effective
Date") between GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda company (the
"Company") and Jerry A. DeMartino ("Executive").
In consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth
herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Executive
---------------
the right and option ("Option") to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
49,019 shares of authorized but unissued common shares of the Company, par value
U.S. $1.50 ("Shares"), on the terms and conditions set forth herein. This
Option shall not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of
section 422(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
2. Option Price. The purchase price of Shares purchased pursuant to the
------------
exercise of this Option shall be U.S. $20.40 per share ("Option Price").
3. Exercise of Option. This Option may be exercised in whole or in part,
------------------
by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office addressed to
the attention of its General Counsel, at any time after the date of grant
hereof, but it must be exercised within three months of the Effective Date.
This Option shall not be exercisable in any event after the expiration of
three months from the Effective Date. The purchase price of shares as to which
this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in cash
(including check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the
Company). No fraction of a Share shall be issued by the Company upon exercise
of this Option; rather, Executive shall provide a cash payment for such amount
as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole Shares.
Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall
have been issued by the Company to Executive, Executive shall not be or have any
of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to
shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.
4. Administration. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
--------------
shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of this
Agreement as are consistent with the Company's memorandum of association and
bye-laws and applicable law. The Board shall have full power and authority to
take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under
this Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other
actions and determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and
provisions of this Agreement that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate
to the administration of this Agreement. All such actions and determinations
shall be by an affirmative majority vote of the Board or by unanimous consent of
the Board executed in writing in accordance with the Company's memorandum of
1
<PAGE>
association and bye-laws and applicable law. The interpretation and construction
by the Board of any provision of this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.
The Board from time to time may appoint a Committee (the "Committee"). The
Board, in its sole discretion, may provide that the role of the Committee shall
be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning any determinations
to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to or with respect to
this Agreement, or the Board may delegate to the Committee such powers and
authorities related to the administration and implementation of this Agreement,
as set forth in the preceding paragraph and in other applicable provisions, as
the Board shall determine, consistent with the Company's memorandum of
association and bye-laws and applicable law. In the event that this Agreement
provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board,
such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the Committee
if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the
Board as provided for in this Section. Unless otherwise expressly determined by
the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final,
binding and conclusive.
5. Status of Shares. Executive understands that at the time of the
----------------
execution of this Agreement the Shares to be issued upon exercise of this Option
have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any
Canadian securities laws, or other applicable securities laws ("Securities
Laws"). Until the Shares acquirable upon the exercise of this Option have been
registered for issuance under Securities Laws, the Company will not issue such
Shares unless the holder of this Option provides the Company, at its request,
with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the
Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the
Company's counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such Shares to
such Option holder may be made without registration under Securities Laws. In
the event exemption from registration under Securities Laws is available upon an
exercise of this Option, Executive (or the person permitted to exercise this
Option in the event of Executive's death), if requested by the Company to do so,
will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such
provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with Securities Laws.
If the Executive is an employee of the Company at the time the aforesaid opinion
is provided to the Company, the Company shall bear the legal fees incurred by
the Executive in connection with the preparation of said opinion.
Executive agrees that the Shares which Executive may acquire by exercising
this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution,
within the meaning of Securities Laws, and shall not be sold, transferred,
assigned, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration
statement for the Shares under Securities Laws or an applicable exemption from
the registration requirements of Securities Laws. Executive also agrees that
the Shares which Executive may acquire by exercising this Option will not be
sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation
of any Securities Laws.
In addition, Executive agrees (i) that the certificates representing the
Shares purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Board
deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with Securities Laws and (ii)
that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Shares purchased
under this Option in the register of members of the Company if such proposed
transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute
a
2
<PAGE>
violation of any Securities Law and that the Company may give related
instructions to its transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer
of such Shares.
6. Employment Relationship. For purposes of this Agreement, Executive
-----------------------
shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Executive
remains an employee of either the Company, a parent or subsidiary corporation of
the Company, or a company or a parent or subsidiary of such company assuming or
substituting a new option for this Option. Any question as to whether and when
there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such
termination, shall be determined pursuant to the Employment Agreement effective
as of October 1, 1999 by and between Executive and Company.
7. Transferability of Options. This Option shall, during an Executive's
--------------------------
lifetime, be exercisable only by the Executive, and neither this Option nor any
right hereunder shall be transferable by the Executive, by operation of law or
otherwise. Except as may be provided in this Agreement, this Option shall not
be charged, mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated (by operation of law or
otherwise) or subject to execution, attachment or similar processes.
8. Effect of Changes in Capitalization.
(a) Changes in Shares. If the number of outstanding Shares is
increased or decreased or the Shares are changed into or exchanged for a
different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company as a
result of any recapitalization, reclassification, share split, reverse
split, combination of Shares, exchange of Shares, Share dividend or other
distribution payable in share capital, or other increase or decrease in
such Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company
occurring after the Effective Date, the number and kinds of Shares for
which this Option is outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and
accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Executive immediately
following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as
immediately before such event. Any such adjustment in this Option shall not
change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect to Shares that are
subject to this Option but shall include a corresponding proportionate
adjustment in the Option Price per Share.
(b) Reorganization in which the Company is the Surviving or
Continuing Entity and in which no Change of Control Occurs. Subject to the
following paragraph hereof, if the Company shall be the surviving or
continuing entity in any reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or
consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities, this Option
shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the
number of Shares subject to such Option would have been entitled
immediately following such reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or
consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option
Price per Share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be the
same as the aggregate Option Price of the Shares remaining subject to the
Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or
consolidation.
(c) Adjustments. Adjustments under this Section 8 related to
Shares or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No
fractional Shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to
3
<PAGE>
any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment
shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole
Share.
(d) No Limitations on Company. The granting of this Option
shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to
make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its
capital or business structure or to merge, amalgamate, consolidate,
dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its
business or assets.
9. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the exercise of this Option or
------------------
the disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of this Option results in
compensation income to Executive for tax purposes, Executive shall deliver to
the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money as
the Company may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or
regulations, and, if Executive fails to do so, the Company is authorized to
withhold from any cash or Shares remuneration then or thereafter payable to
Executive any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting
compensation income. Upon an exercise of this Option, the Company is further
authorized in its discretion to satisfy any such withholding requirement out of
any cash or Shares distributable to Executive upon such exercise.
10. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
--------------
benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under
Executive.
11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
-------------
accordance with, the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Executive has executed
this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
----------------------------------
/s/ Jerry A. DeMartino
--------------------------------
Jerry A. DeMartino
4
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.24
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Michael Kedar)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into as of October 7, 1999, by and between TeleBermuda International (Canada)
Limited, an Ontario company (together with its successors and assigns, the
"Company"), and Michael Kedar (the "Executive").
- -------- ---------
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company and the
Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and expertise with respect
to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below) and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be
employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of July 15, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on July 15, 2001 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on July 15, 2001 and on the first day of each two-year period
thereafter (i.e., any such first day being July 15, 2003, July 15, 2005, July
----
15, 2007 and so forth, as applicable), the Employment Period shall automatically
be extended for two additional years unless at least three months prior to the
expiration of the applicable two-year period, but no more than 12 months prior
to the expiration of such two-year period, the Company or the Executive shall
have given written notice that it or he, as applicable, does not wish to extend
this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term "Employment Period", as
------------------ -----------------
utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the Employment Period as so
automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall
report to the Company's board of directors (the "Board") and such other persons
-----
as the Board may designate from time to time. The Executive shall have such
responsibilities as determined by the Board from time to time (including holding
officer positions with the Company and one or more Affiliates of the Company,
including serving as an officer of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
("GlobeNet"), which officer position shall be referred to as "Executive
- ---------- ---------
Chairman").
<PAGE>
(ii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding any
periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9, except
as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 2(a) (ii), during the term of
the Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as a member of the
board of directors of GlobeNet (the "GlobeNet Board") and an employee of the
--------------
Company in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the right to serve
-------- -------
on corporate boards or committees and the right to manage personal investments
are each subject to Section 9.
(iii) The Company shall, during the term of the Executive's employment,
use all reasonable efforts to cause the Executive to be elected or appointed as
the Chairman of the GlobeNet Board. The Executive agrees to serve on the
GlobeNet Board if elected.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
------------------
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive may be
-------
awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in accordance
-----
with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all
incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other executives of the Company of a comparable status
("Investment Plans").
----------------
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's employment,
---------------------
the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be
eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans") provided by
-------------
the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident
insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other
executives of the Company of a comparable status.
2
<PAGE>
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits described
above) such perquisites and fringe benefits appertaining to the level of his
position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its executives of a comparable status.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
-------------
Agreement, the Executive and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited ("GlobeNet")
--------
have executed that certain Executive Stock Option Agreement (the "Option
------
Agreement"), pursuant to which GlobeNet grants to the Executive stock options
- ---------
(the "Executive Options") exercisable for shares of capital stock of GlobeNet
-----------------
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Option
Agreement.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform his duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the Executive's
--------------------------
employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For
purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive of
-----
the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(ii) (other than as a result of
physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of his obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which
3
<PAGE>
is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Company
specifying such breach, (ii) commission by the Executive of an act of fraud
upon, or willful misconduct toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined
below in this Section 3(b)), as reasonably determined by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board (neither the Executive nor members of his
family being deemed disinterested for this purpose) after a hearing by the Board
following ten days' notice to the Executive of such hearing, (iii) a material
breach by the Executive of Section 6 or Section 9, (iv) the conviction of the
Executive of any felony or crime of moral turpitude (or a plea of nolo
----
contendere thereto) or (v) the failure of the Executive to carry out, or comply
- ----------
with, in any material respect any lawful directive of the Chief Executive
Officer or President of the Company or the Board consistent with the terms of
this Agreement, which is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of written
notice from the Company specifying such failure. As used in this Agreement,
"Affiliate" means, with respect to a Person, any other Person controlling,
---------
controlled by or under common control with the first Person; the term "control,"
-------
and correlative terms, means the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or
otherwise, to direct the policies or management of a Person; and "Person" means
------
an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or
unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision
thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during the
-----------
Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for
- -------- -------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
----
Reason" shall mean:
- ------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any
respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and
reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's compensation
or benefits set forth in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of
Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not
occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
4
<PAGE>
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
Section 8(c); or
(v) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
---------------------
or without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason,
shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given
in accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
------------------- -------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Death or Disability. If, during the Employment
--------------------------------
Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or
due to the Executive's Disability or the Executive shall terminate his
employment for Good Reason, or the Executive's employment is terminated due to
the Executive's death:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided) pay
to the Executive (or the Executive's legal representatives in the case of death
or Disability of the Executive) in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the
Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts: (1) the portion of
the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not
theretofore paid and any compensation previously deferred by the Executive and
any accrued vacation pay ("Accrued Obligations"); (2) 200% of the Executive's
-------------------
then current Annual Base Salary ; provided, however, that in the case of
termination of employment due to death or
5
<PAGE>
Disability, (A) the aforesaid 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base
Salary shall not be paid or owed and (B) the Company shall pay an amount equal
to the portion of the Annual Base Salary that otherwise would have been paid had
the Executive remained an employee hereunder from the day after the Date of
Termination through the expiration of the Employment Period; (3) a pro rata
portion of the Bonus that has been awarded (if any) to the Executive for the
calendar year in which such termination occurs that would have been payable to
the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) hereof for such calendar year if such
Executive had remained in the employ of the Company through the end of such
calendar year, based upon the number of days during such calendar year prior to
the Date of Termination (the "Accrued Bonus"); and (4) any amount arising from
-------------
Executive's participation in, or benefits under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued
-------
Investments"), which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
- -----------
conditions of such Investment Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive (and
members of his family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement.
(iv) The Company shall have no further payment obligations to the
Executive or his legal representatives under this Agreement.
(b) Non-Renewal Notice. Except as provided in Sections 4(a) and (c),
-------------------
if the Company provides the Executive with a Non-Renewal Notice, the Company
shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b)) pay to the
Executive in a lump sum in cash, within ten days after the date of termination
of employment hereunder an amount equal to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii)
200% of the Annual Base Salary immediately prior to such termination; (iii) any
Bonus that may be owed; and (iv) the Accrued Investments, which shall be payable
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement. The Company shall have no further
payment obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives under this
Agreement.
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good
Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further payment
obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations,
Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits under the
Welfare
6
<PAGE>
Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested rights under or in
respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock appreciation right
or similar agreement (including the Option Agreement) that would otherwise vest
after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no further force or
effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options which have already
vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreement.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare
Plans, the Executive (or members of his family) are not eligible to participate
in the Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of
the Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii)
or Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or his
legal representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or his legal
representatives) for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the
benefits provided by the Company to its management under its Welfare Plans as
such may from time to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement; Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be
---------------------------
obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of
mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the
provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or
not the Executive obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the
Company shall be liable to the other party for any damages or other amounts in
addition to the amounts payable under Section 4 arising out of the termination
or non-renewal of the Executive's employment prior to the end of the Employment
Period; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek damages
-------- -------
for any breach by the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates
have trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and
proprietary information (collectively, the "Confidential Information").
------------------------
Confidential Information shall not include (i) information that is generally
known to other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use
and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a
subpoena or court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency
or law of the United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or
political subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall (at
-------- -------
the Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to disclose such information and then only to the extent that such
Company employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for
such knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
7
<PAGE>
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential
Information for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its
Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect
to any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from his
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any termination of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately
return to the Company all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential
Information and other properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in
the Executive's possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right
to assign this Agreement.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
8
<PAGE>
9. Non-Competition. The Executive covenants and agrees to comply with
---------------
Article 7 of that certain Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement
dated July 14, 1999, by and among GlobeNet, the Executive and certain
other parties, including various shareholders of GlobeNet; provided, however, if
such Article 7 shall terminate for any reason and cease to be in force and
effect, the Executive covenants and agrees to comply with the terms set forth in
Exhibit B attached hereto.
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of this
-------------------------------------
Agreement shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to
full participation in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other
plans or programs in which executives of the Company are eligible to
participate.
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICT OF LAWS. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions
hereof and shall have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof",
------
"hereby", "herein", or words of similar import are used in this Agreement they
------ ------
shall be construed as referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to
a particular section or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be
------- ---------
construed as referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement
unless the context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including"
---------
herein shall be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This
----------------------------
Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Michael Kedar
-------------------
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
If to the Company: TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
-----------------
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
9
<PAGE>
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a
provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(g) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete
understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof,
including, but not limited to, that certain Executive Employment Agreement Term
Sheet between the Company and the Executive dated the 14th day of July, 1999;
provided, however, the parties hereto shall expeditiously and in good faith
- -------- -------
negotiate a definitive agreement relating to the option by the Executive to
purchase shares of GlobeNet equal to 1% of new issuances as referred to in
footnote 1 of Schedule 1 to such term sheet and the Company shall use all
reasonable efforts to obtain necessary GlobeNet Board and applicable shareholder
approvals with respect to such option to purchase.
(h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
10
<PAGE>
(i) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(i).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through
negotiation as set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration
administered by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") under its
---
Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be
New York, New York. If the parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a
single arbitrator to conduct the arbitration within 20 days after the claimant
has filed its demand for arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by
a panel of three arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the
Executive each shall appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so
appointed shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No
arbitrator may be affiliated, associated, or related to the Company, any
Affiliate, employee or executive of the Company, or the Executive in any manner
whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding,
and judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in excess
of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to
recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages, treble
damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect to any
Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own expenses
related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the expenses of
the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(j) This Section 11(j) and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(k) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the
best of his personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, his commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance
of his duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on his part
owed to any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third
party.
(l) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to
secure, in its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability,
accident or other insurance covering the Executive and the Executive shall have
no right, title or interest in or to such insurance. The Executive shall assist
the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to reasonable examinations
and signing such applications and other
11
<PAGE>
instruments as may be required by the insurance carriers to which applications
is made for any such insurance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused
this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and
year first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Michael Kedar
--------------------------
Michael Kedar
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL
(CANADA) LIMITED
By: /s/ Greg Belbeck
-------------------------------
Name: Greg Belbeck
-----------------------------
Title: Vice President, Finance
----------------------------
12
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October ___, 1999, between Michael Kedar and TeleBermuda
International (Canada) Limited.
1. Annual Base Salary: $250,000 U.S. per calendar year
------------------
(to be prorated in respect of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: up to $250,000 U.S. (to be prorated in respect of
-----
calendar year 1999), as determined by the Board in its
sole discretion.
13
<PAGE>
Exhibit B
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October 7, 1999 between Michael Kedar and TeleBermuda International
(Canada) Limited to become effective as provided in Article 9 hereof.
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while he
is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and for a period of two
years thereafter he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company,
either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company
or any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate thereof
any person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, either
directly or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the employer/employee
relations between any such employee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the Company
or any Affiliate at the date upon which the Executive ceases to be an employee
of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each
Affiliate thereof that (i) while he is an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof he shall not directly or indirectly compete in any manner
against the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) and for a period of two
years following the date he ceases such employment for whatever reason, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either
individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other
Person, as principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner
whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend
money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) For the purposes of this Exhibit B, a "Competitive Business" shall
--------------------
mean any business relating to or involving (A) the construction, ownership
and/or operation of any submarine cable system which is located or is to be
located between (1) Bermuda and the United States of America, (2) Bermuda and
South America, (3) the United States of America and South America or (4) any two
or more countries or continents if the Company or any Affiliate thereof is
constructing, owning and/or operating or is to construct, own and/or operate any
submarine cable system between any such countries or continents during the
Executive's employment hereunder or (B) telecommunication services (including
electronic commerce) in Bermuda.
14
<PAGE>
(d) The Executive covenants and agrees that until the expiration of
his covenants set out in Sections (a) and (b) of this Exhibit B, he shall use
his reasonable best efforts to ensure that any and all current and future
opportunities relating to the telecommunications businesses and electronic
commerce business of the Company and its Affiliates and any businesses ancillary
thereto shall be carried out through the Company and its Affiliates.
(e) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that he has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its Affiliates.
(f) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which he will have access during his employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for him to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if he were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that he would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(g) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 of the Agreement or the provisions of this Exhibit B will cause
immediate and irreparable harm to the Company, entitling the Company to an
injunction in or by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitration in addition
to any other remedies the Company may have at law or in equity, including
recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred by the Company in
enforcing the provisions of Section 6 of the Agreement or the provisions of this
Exhibit B. In the event that any covenant contained in the provisions of this
Exhibit B or portion of any such covenant should be unenforceable or be declared
invalid for any reason whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not
affect the enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants
and such unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder
of this Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all
restrictions contained in this Exhibit B are reasonable and valid and all
defenses to the strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived
by him.
(h) Nothing in this Exhibit B shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit
the Executive from making investments in his personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
his duties or with any of his obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's holdings therein do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital of the Person in
question.
15
<PAGE>
(i) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for his covenants and obligations under
the Agreement and this Exhibit B.
16
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.25
SUPPLEMENTAL STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made effective as of the 7th day of October, 1999 ("Effective
Date") between GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda company (the
"Company") and Michael Kedar ("Executive").
In consideration of the mutual agreements and other matters set forth
herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:
1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby irrevocably grants to Executive
---------------
the right and option ("Option") to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
80,000 shares of authorized but unissued common shares of the Company, par value
U.S. $1.50 ("Shares"), on the terms and conditions set forth herein. This Option
shall not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section
422(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
2. Option Price. The purchase price of Shares purchased pursuant to the
------------
exercise of this Option shall be U.S. $20.40 per share ("Option Price").
3. Exercise of Option. This Option may be exercised in whole or in part,
------------------
by written notice to the Company at its principal executive office addressed to
the attention of its General Counsel, at any time after the date of grant
hereof.
This Option shall not be exercisable in any event after the expiration of
ten years from the Effective Date. The purchase price of shares as to which
this Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise in cash
(including check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the
Company). No fraction of a Share shall be issued by the Company upon exercise
of this Option; rather, Executive shall provide a cash payment for such amount
as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole Shares.
Unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall
have been issued by the Company to Executive, Executive shall not be or have any
of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to
shares acquirable upon an exercise of this Option.
4. Administration. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
--------------
shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of this
Agreement as are consistent with the Company's memorandum of association and
bye-laws and applicable law. The Board shall have full power and authority to
take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under
this Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other
actions and determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and
provisions of this Agreement that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate
to the administration of this Agreement. All such actions and determinations
shall be by an affirmative majority vote of the Board or by unanimous consent of
the Board executed in writing in accordance with the Company's memorandum of
1
<PAGE>
association and bye-laws and applicable law. The interpretation and construction
by the Board of any provision of this Agreement shall be final and conclusive.
The Board from time to time may appoint a Committee (the "Committee"). The
Board, in its sole discretion, may provide that the role of the Committee shall
be limited to making recommendations to the Board concerning any determinations
to be made and actions to be taken by the Board pursuant to or with respect to
this Agreement, or the Board may delegate to the Committee such powers and
authorities related to the administration and implementation of this Agreement,
as set forth in the preceding paragraph and in other applicable provisions, as
the Board shall determine, consistent with the Company's memorandum of
association and bye-laws and applicable law. In the event that this Agreement
provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board,
such action may be taken by or such determination may be made by the Committee
if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to the Committee by the
Board as provided for in this Section. Unless otherwise expressly determined by
the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final,
binding and conclusive.
5. Status of Shares. Executive understands that at the time of the
----------------
execution of this Agreement the Shares to be issued upon exercise of this Option
have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any
Canadian securities laws, or other applicable securities laws ("Securities
Laws"). Until the Shares acquirable upon the exercise of this Option have been
registered for issuance under Securities Laws, the Company will not issue such
Shares unless the holder of this Option provides the Company, at its request,
with a written opinion of legal counsel, who shall be satisfactory to the
Company, addressed to the Company and satisfactory in form and substance to the
Company's counsel, to the effect that the proposed issuance of such Shares to
such Option holder may be made without registration under Securities Laws. In
the event exemption from registration under Securities Laws is available upon an
exercise of this Option, Executive (or the person permitted to exercise this
Option in the event of Executive's death), if requested by the Company to do so,
will execute and deliver to the Company in writing an agreement containing such
provisions as the Company may require to assure compliance with Securities Laws.
If the Executive is an employee of the Company at the time the aforesaid opinion
is provided to the Company, the Company shall bear the legal fees incurred by
the Executive in connection with the preparation of said opinion.
Executive agrees that the Shares which Executive may acquire by exercising
this Option shall be acquired for investment without a view to distribution,
within the meaning of Securities Laws, and shall not be sold, transferred,
assigned, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration
statement for the Shares under Securities Laws or an applicable exemption from
the registration requirements of Securities Laws. Executive also agrees that
the Shares which Executive may acquire by exercising this Option will not be
sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation
of any Securities Laws.
In addition, Executive agrees (i) that the certificates representing the
Shares purchased under this Option may bear such legend or legends as the Board
deems appropriate in order to assure compliance with Securities Laws and (ii)
that the Company may refuse to register the transfer of the Shares purchased
under this Option in the register of members of the Company if such proposed
transfer would in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company constitute
a violation of any
2
<PAGE>
Securities Law and that the Company may give related instructions to its
transfer agent, if any, to stop registration of the transfer of such Shares.
6. Transferability of Options. This Option shall, during an Executive's
--------------------------
lifetime, be exercisable only by the Executive, and neither this Option nor any
right hereunder shall be transferable by the Executive, by operation of law or
otherwise. Except as may be provided in this Agreement, this Option shall not
be charged, mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated (by operation of law or
otherwise) or subject to execution, attachment or similar processes.
7. Effect of Changes in Capitalization.
(a) Changes in Shares. If the number of outstanding Shares is
increased or decreased or the Shares are changed into or exchanged for a
different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company as a
result of any recapitalization, reclassification, share split, reverse split,
combination of Shares, exchange of Shares, Share dividend or other distribution
payable in share capital, or other increase or decrease in such Shares effected
without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective
Date, the number and kinds of Shares for which this Option is outstanding shall
be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest
of the Executive immediately following such event shall, to the extent
practicable, be the same as immediately before such event. Any such adjustment
in this Option shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect
to Shares that are subject to this Option but shall include a corresponding
proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per Share.
(b) Reorganization in which the Company is the Surviving or
Continuing Entity and in which no Change of Control Occurs. Subject to the
following paragraph hereof, if the Company shall be the surviving or continuing
entity in any reorganization, merger, amalgamation, or consolidation of the
Company with one or more other entities, this Option shall pertain to and apply
to the securities to which a holder of the number of Shares subject to such
Option would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization,
merger, amalgamation, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate
adjustment of the Option Price per Share so that the aggregate Option Price
thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price of the Shares
remaining subject to the Option immediately prior to such reorganization,
merger, amalgamation, or consolidation.
(c) Adjustments. Adjustments under this Section 7 related to
Shares or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. No
fractional Shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such
adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be
eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole Share.
(d) No Limitations on Company. The granting of this Option shall
not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make
adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or
business structure or to merge, amalgamate, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate,
or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
3
<PAGE>
8. Withholding of Tax. To the extent that the exercise of this Option or
------------------
the disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of this Option results in
compensation income to Executive for tax purposes, Executive shall deliver to
the Company at the time of such exercise or disposition such amount of money as
the Company may require to meet its obligation under applicable tax laws or
regulations, and, if Executive fails to do so, the Company is authorized to
withhold from any cash or Shares remuneration then or thereafter payable to
Executive any tax required to be withheld by reason of such resulting
compensation income. Upon an exercise of this Option, the Company is further
authorized in its discretion to satisfy any such withholding requirement out of
any cash or Shares distributable to Executive upon such exercise.
9. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
--------------
benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under
Executive.
10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in
-------------
accordance with, the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, and Executive has executed
this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.
GLOBENET COMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIMITED
By: /s/ Lin Gentemann
------------------------------------------
/s/ Michael Kedar
------------------------------------------
Michael Kedar
4
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.26
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Lin Gentemann)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into as of October 1, 1999, by and between TeleBermuda International Limited, a
Bermuda company (together with its successors and assigns, the "Company"), and
-------
Lin Gentemann (the "Executive").
---------
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company and the
Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and expertise with respect
to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be
employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of July 15, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on July 15, 2001 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on July 15, 2001 and on the first day of each two-year period
thereafter (i.e., any such first day being July 15, 2003, July 15, 2005, July
----
15, 2007 and so forth, as applicable), the Employment Period shall automatically
be extended for two additional years unless at least three months prior to the
expiration of the applicable two-year period, but no more than 12 months prior
to the expiration of such two-year period, the Company or the Executive shall
have given written notice that it or she, as applicable, does not wish to extend
this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term "Employment Period", as
------------------ -----------------
utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the Employment Period as so
automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and/or
such other persons as the Company's board of directors (the "Board") may
-----
designate from time to time. The Executive shall have such responsibilities as
determined by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or the
Board from time to time (including holding officer positions with the Company
and one or more Affiliates of the
<PAGE>
Company, including serving as General Counsel and Executive Vice President and
Secretary of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited).
(ii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding any
periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of her business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9 except
as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 2(a) (ii), during the term of
the Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the
Company in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the right to serve
-------- -------
on corporate boards or committees and the right to manage personal investments
are each subject to Section 9.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
------------------
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive
may be awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in
-----
accordance with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term of
---------------------------------------
the Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other executives of the Company of a comparable status
("Investment Plans").
---------- -----
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be,
shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under
welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans")
-------------
provided by the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability,
salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to
other executives of the Company of a comparable status.
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits
2
<PAGE>
described above) such perquisites and fringe benefitsappertaining to the level
of her position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its executives of a comparable status.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
-------------
Agreement, the Executive and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited ("GlobeNet")
--------
have executed that certain Executive Stock Option Agreement (the "Option
------
Agreement"), pursuant to which GlobeNet grants to the Executive stock options
- ---------
(the "Executive Options") exercisable for shares of capital stock of GlobeNet
-----------------
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Option
Agreement.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform her duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the
--------------------------
Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive
-----
of the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(ii) (other than as a result of
physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of her obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which is not remedied within 30 days
after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach, (ii)
commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon, or willful misconduct
toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined below in this
3
<PAGE>
Section 3(b)), as reasonably determined by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board (neither the Executive nor members of her family being
deemed disinterested for this purpose) after a hearing by the Board following
ten days' notice to the Executive of such hearing, (iii) a material breach by
the Executive of Section 6 or Section 9, (iv) the conviction of the Executive of
any felony or crime of moral turpitude (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto) or
---- ----------
(v) the failure of the Executive to carry out, or comply with, in any material
respect any lawful directive of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the
Company or the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement, which is not
remedied within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Company
specifying such failure. As used in this Agreement, "Affiliate" means, with
---------
respect to a Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common
control with the first Person; the term "control," and correlative terms, means
the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the
policies or management of a Person; and "Person" means an individual,
------
partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during
-----------
the Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate her employment for
- -----------------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of her intent to terminate her employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
----
Reason" shall mean:
- ------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any
respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and
reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's
compensation or benefits set forth in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions
of Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure
not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
Section 8(c); or
4
<PAGE>
(v) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
---------------------
or without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason,
shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given
in accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
------------------- -------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Death or Disability. If, during the Employment
--------------------------------
Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or
due to the Executive's Disability or the Executive shall terminate her
employment for Good Reason, or the Executive's employment is terminated due to
the Executive's death:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided) pay
to the Executive (or the Executive's legal representatives in the case of death
or Disability of the Executive) in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the
Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the portion of the Annual Base Salary through the Date
of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid and any
compensation previously deferred by the Executive and any accrued
vacation pay ("Accrued Obligations");
-------------------
5
<PAGE>
(2) 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base Salary;
provided, however, that in the case of termination of employment due
to death or Disability, (A) the aforesaid 200% of the Executive's
then current Annual Base Salary shall not be paid or owed and (B) the
Company shall pay an amount equal to the portion of the Annual Base
Salary that otherwise would have been paid had the Executive remained
an employee hereunder from the day after the Date of Termination
through the expiration of the Employment Period;
(3) a pro rata portion of the Bonus that has been awarded
(if any) to the Executive for the calendar year in which such
termination occurs that would have been payable to the Executive
pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) hereof for such calendar year if such
Executive had remained in the employ of the Company through the end
of such calendar year, based upon the number of days during such
calendar year prior to the Date of Termination (the "Accrued Bonus");
-------------
and
(4) any amount arising from Executive's participation in, or
benefits under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued Investments"), which
amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions
of such Investment Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive (and
members of her family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of
Termination, in the Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date
of Termination to the extent provided in the Option Agreement.
(iv) The Company shall have no further payment obligations to the
Executive or her legal representatives under this Agreement.
(b) Non-Renewal Notice. Except as provided in Sections 4(a) and (c),
------------------
if the Company provides the Executive with a Non-Renewal Notice, the Company
shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b)) pay to the
Executive in a lump sum in cash, within ten days after the date of termination
of employment hereunder an amount equal to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii)
200% of the Annual Base Salary immediately prior to such termination; (iii) any
Bonus that may be owed; and (iv) the Accrued Investments, which shall be payable
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options
6
<PAGE>
that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the extent provided
in the Option Agreement. The Company shall have no further payment obligations
to the Executive or her legal representatives under this Agreement.
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good
Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further payment
obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations,
Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits under the
Welfare Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested rights
under or in respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock
appreciation right or similar agreement (including the Option Agreement) that
would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no
further force or effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options
which have already vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreement.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare
Plans, the Executive (or members of her family) are not eligible to participate
in the Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of
the Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii)
or Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or her
legal representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or her legal
representatives) for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the
benefits provided by the Company to its management under its Welfare Plans as
such may from time to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement; Mitigation. In no event shall the
---------------------------
Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way
of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the
provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or
not the Executive obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the
Company shall be liable to the other party for any damages or other amounts in
addition to the amounts payable under Section 4 arising out of the termination
or non-renewal of the Executive's employment prior to the end of the Employment
Period; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek damages
-------- -------
for any breach by the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates
have trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and
proprietary information (collectively, the "Confidential Information").
------------------------
Confidential Information shall not include (i) information that is generally
known to other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use
and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a
subpoena or court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency
or law of the United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or
political subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall
-------- -------
7
<PAGE>
(at the Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to disclose such information and then only to the extent that such
Company employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for
such knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential
Information for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its
Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect
to any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from her
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any
---------------------------------------
termination of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately
return to the Company all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential
Information and other properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in
the Executive's possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right
to assign this Agreement.
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement,
8
<PAGE>
"Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to
its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.
9. Non-Competition.
---------------
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while
she is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and for a period of
two years thereafter she will not, without the prior written consent of the
Company, either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company
or any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate
thereof any person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof,
either directly or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the
employer/employee relations between any such employee and the Company or any
Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the
Company or any Affiliate thereof at the date upon which the Executive ceases to
be an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each
Affiliate thereof that (i) while she is an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof she shall not directly or indirectly compete in any manner
against the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) and for a period of two
years following the date she ceases such employment for whatever reason, she
will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either
individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other
Person, as principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner
whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend
money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit her name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) For the purposes of this Section 9, a "Competitive Business" shall
--------------------
mean any business relating to or involving (A) the ownership (as a principal
business, and/or the construction and/or operation of any submarine cable system
which is located or is to be located between (1) Bermuda and the United States
of America, (2) Bermuda and South America, (3) the United States of America and
South America or (4) any two or more countries or continents if the Company or
any Affiliate thereof is constructing, owning and/or operating or is to
construct, own and/or operate any submarine cable system between any such
countries or continents during the Executive's employment
9
<PAGE>
hereunder or (B) telecommunication services (including electronic commerce) in
Bermuda.
(d) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that she has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its
Affiliates.
(e) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which she will have access during her employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for her to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if she were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that she would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 or 9 will cause immediate and irreparable harm to the Company,
entitling the Company to an injunction in or by a court of competent
jurisdiction or arbitration in addition to any other remedies the Company may
have at law or in equity, including recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the provisions of Section 6 or 9. In
the event that any covenant contained in Section 9 or portion of any such
covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants and such
unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of this
Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all restrictions
contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived by her.
(g) Nothing in Section 9 shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit the
Executive from making investments in her personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
her duties or with any of her obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's holdings therein do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital of the Person in
question.
(h) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that she has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for her covenants and obligations under
this Agreement.
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of
-------------------------------------
this Agreement shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to
full participation in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other
plans or programs in which executives of the Company are eligible to
participate.
10
<PAGE>
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.
The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall
have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof", "hereby", "herein", or
------ ------ ------
words of similar import are used in this Agreement they shall be construed as
referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to a particular section
or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to the contrary. Any
reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be construed as
------- ---------
referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement unless the
context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including" herein shall
---------
be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This Agreement may not
----------------------------
be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the
parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Lin Gentemann
-------------------
TeleBermuda International Limited
2 Carter's Bay Road
Southside, St. David's
Bermuda
If to the Company: TeleBermuda International Limited
-----------------
2 Carter's Bay Road
Southside, St. David's
Bermuda
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a
11
<PAGE>
provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(g) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete
understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof,
including, but not limited to, that certain Executive Employment Agreement Term
Sheet between the Company and the Executive dated July 14, 1999.
(h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
(i) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(i).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through
negotiation as set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration
administered by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") under its
---
Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be
New York, New York. If the parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a
single arbitrator to conduct the
12
<PAGE>
arbitration within 20 days after the claimant has filed its demand for
arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three
arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the Executive each shall
appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the
third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No arbitrator may be affiliated,
associated, or related to the Company, any Affiliate, employee or executive of
the Company, or the Executive in any manner whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding, and
judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in
excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any
right to recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages,
treble damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect
to any Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own
expenses related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the
expenses of the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(j) This Section 11(j) and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(k) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the
best of her personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, her commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance
of her duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on her part
owed to any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third
party.
(l) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to
secure, in its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability,
accident or other insurance covering the Executive and the Executive shall have
no right, title or interest in or to such insurance. The Executive shall assist
the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to reasonable examinations
and signing such applications and other instruments as may be required by the
insurance carriers to which applications is made for any such insurance.
(m) At the request of the Company, the Executive shall (unless the
Executive has already done so) execute the necessary documents to become a party
to (i) the Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement dated July 14, 1999,
by and among GlobeNet and various other parties including various shareholders
of GlobeNet and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement referred to therein.
13
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused
this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and
year first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Lin Gentemann
------------------------------
Lin Gentemann
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
---------------------------
Name: Michael Kedar
-------------------------
Title: Chairman
-------------------------
14
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1999, between Lin Gentemann and TeleBermuda International
Limited.
1. Annual Base Salary: $205,000 (U.S.) per calendar year
------------------
(to be prorated in respect of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: up to $102,500 (U.S.) (to be prorated in respect of
-----
calendar year 1999), as determined by the Board in its sole
discretion.
15
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.27
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Scott Socol)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into as of October 7, 1999, by and between TeleBermuda International (Canada)
Limited, an Ontario company (together with its successors and assigns, the
"Company"), and Scott Socol (the "Executive").
- -------- ---------
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company and the
Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and expertise with respect
to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be
employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of July 15, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on July 15, 2001 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on July 15, 2001 and on the first day of each two-year period
thereafter (i.e., any such first day being July 15, 2003, July 15, 2005, July
----
15, 2007 and so forth, as applicable), the Employment Period shall automatically
be extended for two additional years unless at least three months prior to the
expiration of the applicable two-year period, but no more than 12 months prior
to the expiration of such two-year period, the Company or the Executive shall
have given written notice that it or he, as applicable, does not wish to extend
this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term "Employment Period", as
------------------ -----------------
utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the Employment Period as so
automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive
shall report to the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and/or
such other persons as the Company's board of directors (the "Board") may
-----
designate from time to time. The Executive shall have such responsibilities as
determined by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or the
Board from time to time (including holding officer positions with the Company
and one or more Affiliates of the
<PAGE>
Company, including serving as Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice
President of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited).
(ii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding any
periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9, except
as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 2(a) (ii), during the term of
the Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the
Company in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the right to serve
-------- -------
on corporate boards or committees and the right to manage personal investments
is subject to Section 9.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
------------------
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive may be
-------
awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in accordance
-----
with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all
incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other executives of the Company of a comparable status
("Investment Plans").
----------------
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's employment,
---------------------
the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be
eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans") provided by
-------------
the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident
insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other
executives of the Company of a comparable status.
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits
2
<PAGE>
described above) such perquisites and fringe benefits appertaining to the level
of his position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its executives of a comparable status.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
-------------
Agreement, the Executive and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited ("GlobeNet")
--------
have executed that certain Executive Stock Option Agreement (the "Option
------
Agreement"), pursuant to which GlobeNet grants to the Executive stock options
- ---------
(the "Executive Options") exercisable for shares of capital stock of GlobeNet
-----------------
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Option
Agreement.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform his duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the Executive's
--------------------------
employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For
purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive of
-----
the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(ii) (other than as a result of
physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of his obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which is not remedied within 30 days
after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach, (ii)
commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon, or willful misconduct
toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined below in this
3
<PAGE>
Section 3(b)), as reasonably determined by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board (neither the Executive nor members of his family being
deemed disinterested for this purpose) after a hearing by the Board following
ten days' notice to the Executive of such hearing, (iii) a material breach by
the Executive of Section 6 or Section 9, (iv) the conviction of the Executive of
any felony or crime of moral turpitude (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto) or
---- ----------
(v) the failure of the Executive to carry out, or comply with, in any material
respect any lawful directive of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the
Company or the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement, which is not
remedied within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Company
specifying such failure. As used in this Agreement, "Affiliate" means, with
- ---------
respect to a Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common
control with the first Person; the term "control," and correlative terms, means
-------
the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the
policies or management of a Person; and "Person" means an individual,
------
partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during the
-----------
Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for
- -------- -------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
----
Reason" shall mean:
- ------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any
respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and
reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's
compensation or benefits set forth in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions
of Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure
not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section
8(c); or
4
<PAGE>
(v) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
---------------------
or without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason,
shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given
in accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
------------------- -------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Death or Disability. If, during the Employment
--------------------------------
Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or
due to the Executive's Disability or the Executive shall terminate his
employment for Good Reason, or the Executive's employment is terminated due to
the Executive's death:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided) pay
to the Executive (or the Executive's legal representatives in the case of death
or Disability of the Executive) in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the
Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the portion of the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination
to the extent not theretofore paid and any compensation previously
deferred by the Executive and any accrued vacation pay ("Accrued
-------
Obligations");
-----------
(2) 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base Salary; provided,
--------
however, that in the case of termination of employment due to death or
-------
5
<PAGE>
Disability, (A) the aforesaid 200% of the Executive's then current
Annual Base Salary shall not be paid or owed and (B) the Company shall
pay an amount equal to the portion of the Annual Base Salary that
otherwise would have been paid had the Executive remained an employee
hereunder from the day after the Date of Termination through the
expiration of the Employment Period;
(3) a pro rata portion of the Bonus that has been awarded (if any) to the
Executive for the calendar year in which such termination occurs that
would have been payable to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii)
hereof for such calendar year if such Executive had remained in the
employ of the Company through the end of such calendar year, based
upon the number of days during such calendar year prior to the Date of
Termination (the "Accrued Bonus"); and
-------------
(4) any amount arising from Executive's participation in, or benefits
under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued Investments"), which amounts
-------------------
shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such
Investment Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive (and
members of his family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement.
(iv) The Company shall have no further payment obligations to the
Executive or his legal representatives under this Agreement.
(b) Non-Renewal Notice. Except as provided in Sections 4(a) and (c),
------------------
if the Company provides the Executive with a Non-Renewal Notice, the Company
shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b)) pay to the
Executive in a lump sum in cash, within ten days after the date of termination
of employment hereunder an amount equal to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii)
200% of the Annual Base Salary immediately prior to such termination; (iii) any
Bonus that may be owed; and (iv) the Accrued Investments, which shall be payable
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement. The Company shall have no further
payment obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives under this
Agreement.
6
<PAGE>
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good
Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further payment
obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations,
Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits under the
Welfare Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested rights
under or in respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock
appreciation right or similar agreement (including the Option Agreement) that
would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no
further force or effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options
which have already vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreement.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare
Plans, the Executive (or members of his family) are not eligible to participate
in the Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of
the Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii)
or Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or his
legal representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or his legal
representatives) for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the
benefits provided by the Company to its management under its Welfare Plans as
such may from time to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement; Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be
---------------------------
obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation
of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this
Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive
obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the Company shall be liable
to the other party for any damages or other amounts in addition to the amounts
payable under Section 4 arising out of the termination or non-renewal of the
Executive's employment prior to the end of the Employment Period; provided,
--------
however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek damages for any breach by
- -------
the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates
have trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and
proprietary information (collectively, the "Confidential Information").
------------------------
Confidential Information shall not include (i) information that is generally
known to other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use
and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a
subpoena or court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency
or law of the United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or
political subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall (at
-------- -------
the Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
7
<PAGE>
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to disclose such information and then only to the extent that such
Company employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for
such knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential
Information for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its
Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect
to any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from his
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any termination of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately return to the Company
all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential Information and other
properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in the Executive's
possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right
to assign this Agreement.
8
<PAGE>
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
9. Non-Competition.
---------------
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while he
is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and for a period of two
years thereafter he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company,
either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company
or any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate thereof
any person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, either
directly or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the employer/employee
relations between any such employee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the Company
or any Affiliate thereof at the date upon which the Executive ceases to be an
employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each
Affiliate thereof that (i) while he is an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof he shall not directly or indirectly compete in any manner
against the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) and for a period of two
years following the date he ceases such employment for whatever reason, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either
individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other
Person, as principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner
whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend
money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) For the purposes of this Section 9, a "Competitive Business" shall
--------------------
mean any business relating to or involving (A) the ownership (as a principal
business) and/or the construction and/or operation of any submarine cable system
which is located or is to be located between (1) Bermuda and the United States
of America, (2) Bermuda
9
<PAGE>
and South America, (3) the United States of America and South America or (4) any
two or more countries or continents if the Company or any Affiliate thereof is
constructing, owning and/or operating or is to construct, own and/or operate any
submarine cable system between any such countries or continents during the
Executive's employment hereunder or (B) telecommunication services (including
electronic commerce) in Bermuda.
(d) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that he has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its Affiliates.
(e) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which he will have access during his employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for him to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if he were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that he would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 or 9 will cause immediate and irreparable harm to the Company,
entitling the Company to an injunction in or by a court of competent
jurisdiction or arbitration in addition to any other remedies the Company may
have at law or in equity, including recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the provisions of Section 6 or 9. In
the event that any covenant contained in Section 9 or portion of any such
covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants and such
unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of this
Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all restrictions
contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived by him.
(g) Nothing in Section 9 shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit the
Executive from making investments in his personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
his duties or with any of his obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's holdings therein do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital of the Person in
question.
(h) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for his covenants and obligations under
this Agreement.
10
<PAGE>
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of this
-------------------------------------
Agreement shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to full
participation in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other plans or
programs in which executives of the Company are eligible to participate.
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICT OF LAWS. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions
hereof and shall have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof",
------
"hereby", "herein", or words of similar import are used in this Agreement they
------ ------
shall be construed as referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to
a particular section or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be
------- ---------
construed as referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement
unless the context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including"
---------
herein shall be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This
----------------------------
Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Scott Socol
-------------------
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
If to the Company: TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
-----------------
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a
11
<PAGE>
provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(g) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete
understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and this Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof,
including, but not limited to, that certain Executive Employment Agreement Term
Sheet between the Company and the Executive dated July 14, 1999.
(h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
(i) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(i).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through
negotiation as set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration
administered by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") under its
---
Commercial Arbitration Rules then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be
New York, New York. If the parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a
single arbitrator to conduct the
12
<PAGE>
arbitration within 20 days after the claimant has filed its demand for
arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three
arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the Executive each shall
appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the
third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No arbitrator may be affiliated,
associated, or related to the Company, any Affiliate, employee or executive of
the Company, or the Executive in any manner whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding,
and judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in excess
of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to
recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages, treble
damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect to any
Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own expenses
related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the expenses of
the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(j) This Section 11(j) and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(k) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the
best of his personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery of
this Agreement, his commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance of
his duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on his part owed
to any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third party.
(l) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to
secure, in its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability,
accident or other insurance covering the Executive and the Executive shall have
no right, title or interest in or to such insurance. The Executive shall assist
the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to reasonable examinations
and signing such applications and other instruments as may be required by the
insurance carriers to which applications is made for any such insurance.
(m) At the request of the Company, the Executive shall (unless the
Executive has already done so) execute the necessary documents to become a party
to (i) the Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement dated July 14, 1999,
by and among GlobeNet and various other parties including various shareholders
of GlobeNet and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement referred to therein.
13
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand
and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused this
Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year
first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Scott Socol
------------------------------
Scott Socol
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL
(CANADA) LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
---------------------------
Name: Michael Kedar
-------------------------
Title: President
------------------------
14
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1999, between Scott Socol and TeleBermuda International
(Canada) Limited.
1. Annual Base Salary: $225,000 (U.S.) per calendar year
------------------
(to be prorated in respect of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: up to $112,500 (U.S.) (to be prorated in respect of
-----
calendar year 1999), as determined by the Board in its
sole discretion.
15
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.28
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Laurent Duplantie)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into as of October 1, 1999, by and between TeleBermuda International (Canada)
Limited, an Ontario company (together with its successors and assigns, the
"Company"), and Laurent Duplantie (the "Executive").
- -------- ---------
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company and the
Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and expertise with respect
to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be
employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of July 15, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on July 15, 2001 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on July 15, 2001 and on the first day of each two-year period
thereafter (i.e., any such first day being July 15, 2003, July 15, 2005, July
----
15, 2007 and so forth, as applicable), the Employment Period shall automatically
be extended for two additional years unless at least three months prior to the
expiration of the applicable two-year period, but no more than 12 months prior
to the expiration of such two-year period, the Company or the Executive shall
have given written notice that it or he, as applicable, does not wish to extend
this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term "Employment Period", as
------------------ -----------------
utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the Employment Period as so
automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall
report to the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and/or such
other persons as the Company's board of directors (the "Board") may designate
-----
from time to time. The Executive shall have such responsibilities as determined
by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or the Board from
time to time (including holding officer positions with the Company and one or
more Affiliates of the
<PAGE>
Company, including serving as Executive Vice President, Engineering and
Operations of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited).
(ii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding any
periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9 except
as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 2(a) (ii), during the term of
the Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the
Company in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the right to serve
-------- -------
on corporate boards or committees and the right to manage personal investments
are each subject to Section 9.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
------------------
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive may be
-------
awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in accordance
-----
with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all
incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other executives of the Company of a comparable status
("Investment Plans").
----------------
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's employment,
---------------------
the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be
eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans") provided by
-------------
the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary
continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident
insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other
executives of the Company of a comparable status.
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
-----------
Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits
2
<PAGE>
described above) such perquisites and fringe benefits appertaining to the level
of his position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its executives of a comparable status.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
-------------
Agreement, the Executive and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited ("GlobeNet")
--------
have executed that certain Executive Stock Option Agreement (the "Option
------
Agreement"), pursuant to which GlobeNet grants to the Executive stock options
- ---------
(the "Executive Options") exercisable for shares of capital stock of GlobeNet
-----------------
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Option
Agreement.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform his duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the Executive's
--------------------------
employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For
purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive of
-----
the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(ii) (other than as a result of
physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of his obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which is not remedied within 30 days
after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach,
(ii) commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon, or willful misconduct
toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined below in this
3
<PAGE>
Section 3(b)), as reasonably determined by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board (neither the Executive nor members of his family being
deemed disinterested for this purpose) after a hearing by the Board following
ten days' notice to the Executive of such hearing, (iii) a material breach by
the Executive of Section 6 or Section 9, (iv) the conviction of the Executive of
any felony or crime of moral turpitude (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto) or
---- ----------
(v) the failure of the Executive to carry out, or comply with, in any material
respect any lawful directive of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the
Company or the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement, which is not
remedied within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Company
specifying such failure. As used in this Agreement, "Affiliate" means, with
---------
respect to a Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common
control with the first Person; the term "control," and correlative terms, means
-------
the power, whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the
policies or management of a Person; and "Person" means an individual,
------
partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during the
-----------
Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for
- -------- -------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
----
Reason" shall mean:
- ------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any
respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and
reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's compensation
or benefits set forth in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of
Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not
occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 8(c); or
4
<PAGE>
(v) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
---------------------
or without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason,
shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given
in accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
------------------- -------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Death or Disability. If, during the Employment
--------------------------------
Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or
due to the Executive's Disability or the Executive shall terminate his
employment for Good Reason, or the Executive's employment is terminated due to
the Executive's death:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided) pay
to the Executive (or the Executive's legal representatives in the case of death
or Disability of the Executive) in a lump sum in cash within ten days after the
Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the portion of the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination
to the extent not theretofore paid and any compensation previously deferred by
the Executive and any accrued vacation pay ("Accrued Obligations");
------- -----------
5
<PAGE>
(2) 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base Salary; provided,
however, that in the case of termination of employment due to death or
Disability, (A) the aforesaid 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base
Salary shall not be paid or owed and (B) the Company shall pay an amount equal
to the portion of the Annual Base Salary that otherwise would have been paid had
the Executive remained an employee hereunder from the day after the Date of
Termination through the expiration of the Employment Period;
(3) a pro rata portion of the Bonus that has been awarded (if any) to the
Executive for the calendar year in which such termination occurs that would have
been payable to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) hereof for such
calendar year if such Executive had remained in the employ of the Company
through the end of such calendar year, based upon the number of days during such
calendar year prior to the Date of Termination (the "Accrued Bonus"); and
-------------
(4) any amount arising from Executive's participation in, or
benefits under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued Investments"), which amounts
-------------------
shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Investment
Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive (and
members of his family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement.
(iv) The Company shall have no further payment obligations to the
Executive or his legal representatives under this Agreement.
(b) Non-Renewal Notice. Except as provided in Sections 4(a) and (c),
-------------------
if the Company provides the Executive with a Non-Renewal Notice, the Company
shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b)) pay to the
Executive in a lump sum in cash, within ten days after the date of termination
of employment hereunder an amount equal to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii)
200% of the Annual Base Salary immediately prior to such termination; (iii) any
Bonus that may be owed; and (iv) the Accrued Investments, which shall be payable
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement. The Company shall have no further
payment obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives under this
Agreement.
6
<PAGE>
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good
Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further payment
obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations,
Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits under the
Welfare Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested rights
under or in respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock
appreciation right or similar agreement (including the Option Agreement) that
would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no
further force or effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options
which have already vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreement.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare
Plans, the Executive (or members of his family) are not eligible to participate
in the Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of
the Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii)
or Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or his
legal representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or his legal
representatives) for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the
benefits provided by the Company to its management under its Welfare Plans as
such may from time to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement, Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be
---------------------------
obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation
of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this
Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive
obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the Company shall be liable
to the other party for any damages or other amounts in addition to the amounts
payable under Section 4 arising out of the termination or non-renewal of the
Executive's employment prior to the end of the Employment Period; provided,
however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek damages for any breach by
the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates
have trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and
proprietary information (collectively, the "Confidential Information").
------------------------
Confidential Information shall not include (i) information that is generally
known to other Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use
and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a
subpoena or court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency
or law of the United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or
political subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall (at
-------- -------
the Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
7
<PAGE>
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to disclose such information and then only to the extent that such
Company employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for
such knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential Information
for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect
to any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from his
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any termination of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately return to the Company
all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential Information and other
properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in the Executive's
possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right
to assign this Agreement.
8
<PAGE>
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
9. Non-Competition.
---------------
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while he
is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and for a period of two
years thereafter he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company,
either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company
or any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate thereof
any person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, either
directly or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the employer/employee
relations between any such employee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the Company or
any Affiliate thereof at the date upon which the Executive ceases to be an
employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each
Affiliate thereof that (i) while he is an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof he shall not directly or indirectly compete in any manner
against the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) and for a period of two
years following the date he ceases such employment for whatever reason, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either
individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other
Person, as principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner
whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend
money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) For the purposes of this Section 9, a "Competitive Business" shall
--------------------
mean any business relating to or involving (A) the ownership (as a principal
business) and/or the construction and/or operation of any submarine cable system
which is located or is to be located between (1) Bermuda and the United States
of America, (2) Bermuda
9
<PAGE>
and South America, (3) the United States of America and South America or (4) any
two or more countries or continents if the Company or any Affiliate thereof is
constructing, owning and/or operating or is to construct, own and/or operate any
submarine cable system between any such countries or continents during the
Executive's employment hereunder or (B) telecommunication services (including
electronic commerce) in Bermuda.
(d) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that he has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its Affiliates.
(e) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which he will have access during his employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for him to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if he were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that he would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 or 9 will cause immediate and irreparable harm to the Company,
entitling the Company to an injunction in or by a court of competent
jurisdiction or arbitration in addition to any other remedies the Company may
have at law or in equity, including recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the provisions of Section 6 or 9. In
the event that any covenant contained in Section 9 or portion of any such
covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants and such
unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of this
Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all restrictions
contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived by him.
(g) Nothing in Section 9 shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit the
Executive from making investments in his personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
his duties or with any of his obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's holdings therein do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital of the Person in
question.
(h) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for his covenants and obligations under
this Agreement.
10
<PAGE>
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of this Agreement
-------------------------------------
shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to full participation
in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other plans or programs in
which executives of the Company are eligible to participate.
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICT OF LAWS. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions
hereof and shall have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof",
------
"hereby", "herein", or words of similar import are used in this Agreement they
------ ------
shall be construed as referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to
a particular section or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be
------- ---------
construed as referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement
unless the context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including"
---------
herein shall be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This
----------------------------
Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Laurent Duplantie
-------------------
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
If to the Company: TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
-----------------
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or
11
<PAGE>
unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this
Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(g) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete understanding
and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
this Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings,
oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, including, but not
limited to, that certain Executive Employment Agreement Term Sheet between the
Company and the Executive dated July 14, 1999 and that certain Employment
Contract between the Company and the Executive dated October 7, 1996.
(h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
(i) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(i).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through negotiation as
set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration administered
by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") under its Commercial
---
Arbitration
12
<PAGE>
Rules then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be New York, New York. If
the parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a single arbitrator to
conduct the arbitration within 20 days after the claimant has filed its demand
for arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three
arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the Executive each shall
appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the
third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No arbitrator may be affiliated,
associated, or related to the Company, any Affiliate, employee or executive of
the Company, or the Executive in any manner whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding, and
judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in
excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any
right to recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages,
treble damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect
to any Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own
expenses related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the
expenses of the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(j) This Section 11(j) and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(k) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the
best of his personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, his commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance
of his duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on his part
owed to any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third
party.
(l) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to
secure, in its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability,
accident or other insurance covering the Executive and the Executive shall have
no right, title or interest in or to such insurance. The Executive shall assist
the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to reasonable examinations
and signing such applications and other instruments as may be required by the
insurance carriers to which applications is made for any such insurance.
(m) At the request of the Company, the Executive shall (unless the
Executive has already done so) execute the necessary documents to become a party
to (i) the Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement dated July 14, 1999,
by and among GlobeNet and various other parties including various shareholders
of GlobeNet and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement referred to therein.
13
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused
this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and
year first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Laurent Duplantie
---------------------------------
Laurent Duplantie
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL
(CANADA) LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
----------------------------
Name: Michael Kedar
---------------------------
Title: President
---------------------------
14
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1999, between Laurent Duplantie and TeleBermuda
International (Canada) Limited.
1. Annual Base Salary: $200,000 (U.S.) per calendar year (to be prorated in
------------------
respect of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: up to $100,000 (U.S.) (to be prorated in respect of
-----
calendar year 1999), as determined by the Board in its
sole discretion.
15
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.29
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
(Greg Belbeck)
THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered
---------
into as of October 1, 1999, by and between TeleBermuda International (Canada)
Limited, an Ontario company (together with its successors and assigns, the
"Company"), and Greg Belbeck (the "Executive").
- -------- ---------
WHEREAS, the Executive is currently an employee of the Company and the
Executive has special and unique knowledge, abilities and expertise with respect
to the business of the Company and its Affiliates (as defined below); and
WHEREAS, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company desires
to continue to employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue to be
employed by the Company.
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Employment Period. Subject to Section 3, the Company hereby agrees to
-----------------
employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the
Company, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, for the
period commencing effective as of July 15, 1999 (the "Effective Date") and
--------------
ending on July 15, 2001 (the "Employment Period"); provided, however, that
----------------- -------- -------
commencing on July 15, 2001 and on the first day of each two-year period
thereafter (i.e., any such first day being July 15, 2003, July 15, 2005, July
----
15, 2007 and so forth, as applicable), the Employment Period shall automatically
be extended for two additional years unless at least three months prior to the
expiration of the applicable two-year period, but no more than 12 months prior
to the expiration of such two-year period, the Company or the Executive shall
have given written notice that it or he, as applicable, does not wish to extend
this Agreement (a "Non-Renewal Notice"). The term "Employment Period", as
------------------ -----------------
utilized in this Agreement, shall refer to the Employment Period as so
automatically extended.
2. Terms of Employment.
-------------------
(a) Position and Duties.
-------------------
(i) During the term of the Executive's employment, the Executive shall
report to the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and/or such
other persons as the Company's board of directors (the "Board") may designate
-----
from time to time. The Executive shall have such responsibilities as determined
by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or the Board from
time to time (including holding officer positions with the Company and one or
more Affiliates of the Company, including serving as Chief Financial Officer and
Executive Vice President of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited).
<PAGE>
(ii) During the term of the Executive's employment, and excluding
any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the
business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge
the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's
reasonable efforts to perform faithfully, effectively and efficiently such
responsibilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9 except
as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 2(a) (ii), during the term of
the Executive's employment and thereafter, it shall not be a violation of this
Agreement for the Executive to (1) serve on corporate, civic or charitable
boards or committees, (2) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements and
(3) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere
with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the
Company in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the right to serve
-----------------
on corporate boards or committees and the right to manage personal investments
are each subject to Section 9.
(b) Compensation.
------------
(i) Base Salary. During the term of the Executive's employment,
-----------
the Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which
shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company,
at least equal to the amount specified on Exhibit A attached hereto.
(ii) Bonuses. For each calendar year of the Company, the Executive
-------
may be awarded an annual performance bonus (the "Bonus") subject to and in
accordance with the terms and provisions of Exhibit A attached hereto.
(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the term of
---------------------------------------
the Executive's employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in
all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to other executives of the Company of a comparable status
("Investment Plans").
----------------
(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be,
shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under
welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs ("Welfare Plans")
-------------
provided by the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability,
salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel
accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to
other executives of the Company of a comparable status.
(v) Perquisites. During the term of the Executive's employment,
the Executive shall be entitled to receive (in addition to the benefits
described above) such perquisites and fringe benefits appertaining to the level
of his position in accordance with any practice established by the Board.
2
<PAGE>
(vi) Expenses. During the term of the Executive's employment, the
--------
Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
employment expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies,
practices and procedures of the Company.
(vii) Vacation and Holidays. During the term of the Executive's
---------------------
employment, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and paid holidays
in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company
for its executives of a comparable status.
(viii) Stock Options. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
-------------
Agreement, the Executive and GlobeNet Communications Group Limited ("GlobeNet")
--------
have executed that certain Executive Stock Option Agreement (the "Option
------
Agreement"), pursuant to which GlobeNet grants to the Executive stock options
- ---------
(the "Executive Options") exercisable for shares of capital stock of GlobeNet
-----------------
subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Option
Agreement.
3. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate
-------------------
automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the
Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant
to the definition of Disability set forth below), the Company may give to the
Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of its intention to
terminate the Executive's employment. In such event, the Executive's employment
with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such
notice by the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
-------------------------
the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-
time performance of the Executive's duties. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" shall mean the Executive's inability to perform his duties and
- -----------
obligations hereunder for a period of 180 consecutive days due to mental or
physical incapacity as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its
insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative
(such agreement as to acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).
(b) Cause or Board Termination. The Company may terminate the
--------------------------
Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause.
For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) a breach by the Executive
-----
of the Executive's obligations under Section 2(a)(ii) (other than as a result of
physical or mental incapacity) which constitutes a continued material
nonperformance by the Executive of his obligations and duties thereunder, as
reasonably determined by the Board, and which is not remedied within 30 days
after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach, (ii)
commission by the Executive of an act of fraud upon, or willful misconduct
toward, the Company or any Affiliate (as defined below in this Section 3(b)), as
reasonably determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board
(neither the Executive nor members of his family being deemed disinterested for
this purpose) after a hearing by the Board following ten days' notice to the
Executive of
3
<PAGE>
such hearing, (iii) a material breach by the Executive of Section 6 or Section
9, (iv) the conviction of the Executive of any felony or crime of moral
turpitude (or a plea of nolo contendere thereto) or (v) the failure of the
---------------
Executive to carry out, or comply with, in any material respect any lawful
directive of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company or the
Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement, which is not remedied within
30 days after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such
failure. As used in this Agreement, "Affiliate" means, with respect to a Person,
---------
any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the
first Person; the term "control," and correlative terms, means the power,
-------
whether by contract, equity ownership or otherwise, to direct the policies or
management of a Person; and "Person" means an individual, partnership,
------
corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or
a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated during
-----------
the Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason;
provided, however, that the Executive agrees not to terminate his employment for
- -----------------
Good Reason unless (i) the Executive has given the Company at least 30 days'
prior written notice of his intent to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
which notice shall specify the facts and circumstances constituting Good Reason
and (ii) the Company has not remedied such facts and circumstances constituting
Good Reason within such 30-day period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
----
Reason" shall mean:
- ------
(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any
respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and
reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive; provided, however, that Good Reason may not be
asserted by the Executive under this clause (i) of Section 3(c) after a Non-
Renewal Notice has been given by either the Company or the Executive;
(ii) any termination or material reduction of the Executive's
compensation or benefits set forth in this Agreement;
(iii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
provisions of Section 2(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and
inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the
Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(iv) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 8(c); or
(v) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any material
breach by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other Affiliates of this
Agreement.
4
<PAGE>
(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or
---------------------
without Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, shall
be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in
accordance with Section 11(b). For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of
---------
Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination
- -----------
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than
the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
shall not be more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by
the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact
or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not
waive any right of the Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude the
Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.
(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
-------------------
Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or without Cause,
or by the Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt
of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein pursuant to
Section 3(d), as the case may be and (ii) if the Executive's employment is
terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive
or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.
4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.
-------------------------------------------
(a) Good Reason; Death or Disability. If, during the Employment
Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or
due to the Executive's Disability or the Executive shall terminate his
employment for Good Reason, or the Executive's employment is terminated due to
the Executive's death:
(i) The Company shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided)
pay to the Executive (or the Executive's legal representatives in the case of
death or Disability of the Executive) in a lump sum in cash within ten days
after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts:
(1) the portion of the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination
to the extent not theretofore paid and any compensation previously deferred by
the Executive and any accrued vacation pay ("Accrued Obligations");
-------------------
(2) 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base Salary; provided,
however, that in the case of termination of employment due to death or
Disability, (A) the aforesaid 200% of the Executive's then current Annual Base
Salary shall not be paid or owed and (B) the Company shall pay an amount equal
to the
5
<PAGE>
portion of the Annual Base Salary that otherwise would have been paid had the
Executive remained an employee hereunder from the day after the Date of
Termination through the expiration of the Employment Period;
(3) a pro rata portion of the Bonus that has been awarded (if any) to the
Executive for the calendar year in which such termination occurs that would have
been payable to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) hereof for such
calendar year if such Executive had remained in the employ of the Company
through the end of such calendar year, based upon the number of days during such
calendar year prior to the Date of Termination (the "Accrued Bonus"); and
-------------
(4) any amount arising from Executive's participation in, or benefits
under, any Investment Plans ("Accrued Investments"), which amounts shall be
-------------------
payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Investment Plans.
(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the Executive
(and members of his family) shall be entitled to continue their participation in
the Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months from the Date of
Termination.
(iii) The Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in
the Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to
the extent provided in the Option Agreement.
(iv) The Company shall have no further payment obligations to the
Executive or his legal representatives under this Agreement.
(b) Non-Renewal Notice. Except as provided in Sections 4(a) and (c),
------------------
if the Company provides the Executive with a Non-Renewal Notice, the Company
shall (except as otherwise hereinafter provided in this Section 4(b)) pay to the
Executive in a lump sum in cash, within ten days after the date of termination
of employment hereunder an amount equal to (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii)
200% of the Annual Base Salary immediately prior to such termination; (iii) any
Bonus that may be owed; and (iv) the Accrued Investments, which shall be payable
in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Plans. In
addition, except as otherwise provided in Section 4(d), the members of the
Executive's family shall be entitled to continue their participation in the
Company's Welfare Plans for a period of 12 months after the Date of Termination.
Further, the Executive shall vest, as of the Date of Termination, in the
Executive Options that would otherwise vest after the Date of Termination to the
extent provided in the Option Agreement. The Company shall have no further
payment obligations to the Executive or his legal representatives under this
Agreement.
6
<PAGE>
(c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If the Executive's employment
---------------------------------
shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good
Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further payment
obligations to the Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations,
Accrued Investments (which shall be payable in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the Investment Plans), and the continuance of benefits under the
Welfare Plans to the Date of Termination. Further, (i) all unvested rights under
or in respect of the Executive Options or any stock option, stock appreciation
right or similar agreement (including the Option Agreement) that would otherwise
vest after the Date of Termination shall be canceled and of no further force or
effect and (ii) the expiration date of any Executive Options which have already
vested shall be as provided in the Option Agreement.
(d) If pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Company's Welfare
Plans, the Executive (or members of his family) are not eligible to participate
in the Company's Welfare Plans because the Executive is no longer an employee of
the Company, then the Company may fulfill its obligations under Section 4(a)(ii)
or Section 4(b), as applicable, by either providing to the Executive (or his
legal representatives), or reimbursing the Executive (or his legal
representatives) for the costs of, benefits substantially similar to the
benefits provided by the Company to its management under its Welfare Plans as
such may from time to time exist after the Date of Termination.
5. Full Settlement, Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be
---------------------------
obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation
of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this
Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive
obtains other employment. Neither the Executive nor the Company shall be liable
to the other party for any damages or other amounts in addition to the amounts
payable under Section 4 arising out of the termination or non-renewal of the
Executive's employment prior to the end of the Employment Period; provided,
--------
however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek damages for any breach by
- -------
the Executive of Section 6, 7 or 9.
6. Confidential Information and Intellectual Property.
--------------------------------------------------
(a) The Executive acknowledges that the Company and its Affiliates have
trade, business and financial secrets and other confidential and proprietary
information (collectively, the "Confidential Information"). Confidential
------------------------
Information shall not include (i) information that is generally known to other
Persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and (ii)
information required to be disclosed by the Executive pursuant to a subpoena or
court order, or pursuant to a requirement of a governmental agency or law of the
United States of America or a state thereof or any governmental or political
subdivision thereof; provided, however, that the Executive shall (at the
-----------------
Company's sole cost and expense) take all reasonable steps to prohibit
disclosure pursuant to subsection (ii) above.
7
<PAGE>
(b) The Executive agrees (i) to hold the Confidential Information in
confidence and (ii) not to release such information to any Person (other than
Company employees and other Persons to whom the Company has authorized the
Executive to disclose such information and then only to the extent that such
Company employees and other Persons authorized by the Company have a need for
such knowledge) or as required pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii) above.
(c) The Executive further agrees not to use any Confidential
Information for the benefit of any Person other than the Company and its
Affiliates.
(d) To the extent permitted by law, all rights worldwide with respect
to any and all intellectual or other property of any nature produced, created or
suggested by the Executive during the Employment Period or resulting from his
service shall be deemed to be a work for hire and shall be the sole and
exclusive property of the Company. The Executive agrees to execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company, at the Company's request, such further documents as
the Company finds appropriate to evidence the Company's rights in such property.
(e) The Executive agrees to sign the Company's standard form of
confidentiality agreement at the request of the Company.
7. Surrender of Materials Upon Termination. Upon any termination of the
---------------------------------------
Executive's employment, the Executive shall immediately return to the Company
all copies, in whatever form, of any and all Confidential Information and other
properties of the Company and its Affiliates which are in the Executive's
possession, custody or control.
8. Successors and Assigns.
----------------------
(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive
otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal
representatives.
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the Company and its successors and assigns and the Company shall have the right
to assign this Agreement.
8
<PAGE>
(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume
expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same
extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession
had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as
aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law, or otherwise.
9. Non-Competition.
---------------
(a) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that, while he
is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate thereof and for a period of two
years thereafter he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company,
either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit any contractors, customers or distributors of the Company or
any Affiliate thereof or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any
Affiliate thereof any such Person or otherwise interfere with the relationship
between such Person and the Company or any Affiliate thereof for the purposes of
competing with the Company or any Affiliate thereof;
(ii) endeavor to entice away from the Company or any Affiliate thereof any
person who is employed by the Company or any Affiliate thereof, either directly
or indirectly, or interfere in any way with the employer/employee relations
between any such employee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof; or
(iii) offer employment to any person who was employed by the Company or any
Affiliate thereof at the date upon which the Executive ceases to be an employee
of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.
(b) The Executive covenants and agrees with the Company and each
Affiliate thereof that (i) while he is an employee of the Company or any
Affiliate thereof he shall not directly or indirectly compete in any manner
against the Company or any of its Affiliates and (ii) and for a period of two
years following the date he ceases such employment for whatever reason, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, including either
individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any other
Person, as principal, agent, shareholder, employee or in any other manner
whatsoever, carry on or be engaged in or concerned with or interested in or lend
money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name to be used by
a Competitive Business (as defined below).
(c) For the purposes of this Section 9, a "Competitive Business" shall
mean any business relating to or involving (A) the ownership (as a principal
business) and/or the construction and/or operation of any submarine cable system
which is located or is to be located between (1) Bermuda and the United States
of America, (2) Bermuda
9
<PAGE>
and South America, (3) the United States of America and South America or (4) any
two or more countries or continents if the Company or any Affiliate thereof is
constructing, owning and/or operating or is to construct, own and/or operate any
submarine cable system between any such countries or continents during the
Executive's employment hereunder or (B) telecommunication services (including
electronic commerce) in Bermuda.
(d) The foregoing covenants are given by the Executive acknowledging
that he has specific knowledge of the affairs of the Company and its Affiliates.
(e) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the nature of the
Confidential Information to which he will have access during his employment by
the Company or any Affiliate thereof would make it difficult, if not impossible,
for him to perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business without
disclosing or utilizing the Confidential Information and that if he were to
perform in a similar capacity for a Competitive Business it would be inevitable
that he would disclose and/or use Confidential Information.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that violations of the provisions of
Section 6 or 9 will cause immediate and irreparable harm to the Company,
entitling the Company to an injunction in or by a court of competent
jurisdiction or arbitration in addition to any other remedies the Company may
have at law or in equity, including recovery of reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs incurred by the Company in enforcing the provisions of Section 6 or 9. In
the event that any covenant contained in Section 9 or portion of any such
covenant should be unenforceable or be declared invalid for any reason
whatsoever, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not affect the
enforceability or validity of the remaining portions of the covenants and such
unenforceable or invalid portions shall be severable from the remainder of this
Agreement. The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all restrictions
contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and valid and all defenses to the
strict enforcement thereof by the Company and are hereby waived by him.
(g) Nothing in Section 9 shall be deemed to prevent or prohibit the
Executive from making investments in his personal capacity unless such
investments are of a type that may conflict with the efficient performance of
his duties or with any of his obligations to the Company or any Affiliate
thereof; provided further that nothing contained herein shall preclude the
--------
Executive from purchasing or owning equity interests in any Person engaged in a
Competitive Business whose shares are traded on a recognized stock exchange or
over-the-counter market, so long as the Executive's holdings therein do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding capital of the Person in
question.
(h) The Executive acknowledges and agrees that he has received good
and valuable consideration in exchange for his covenants and obligations under
this Agreement.
10
<PAGE>
10. Effect of Agreement on Other Benefits. The existence of this Agreement
-------------------------------------
shall not prohibit or restrict the Executive's entitlement to full participation
in the executive compensation, employee benefit and other plans or programs in
which executives of the Company are eligible to participate.
11. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICT OF LAWS. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions
hereof and shall have no force or effect. Whenever the terms "hereof", "hereby",
------ ------
"herein", or words of similar import are used in this Agreement they shall be
------
construed as referring to this Agreement in its entirety rather than to a
particular section or provision, unless the context specifically indicates to
the contrary. Any reference to a particular "Section" or "paragraph" shall be
------- ---------
construed as referring to the indicated section or paragraph of this Agreement
unless the context indicates to the contrary. The use of the term "including"
---------
herein shall be construed as meaning "including without limitation." This
----------------------------
Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement
executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal
representatives.
(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:
If to the Executive: Greg Belbeck
-------------------
TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
If to the Company: TeleBermuda International (Canada) Limited
-----------------
3100 Steeles Avenue East, Suite 805
Markham, Ontario L3R 8T3
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid
or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this
Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this
Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or
11
<PAGE>
unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this
Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld
pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
(e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any
right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be
a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this
Agreement.
(f) The Executive acknowledges that money damages would be both
incalculable and an insufficient remedy for a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the
Executive and that any such breach would cause the Company irreparable harm.
Accordingly, the Company, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity
it may have, and shall be entitled, without the requirement of posting of bond
or other security, to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific
performance, in connection with a breach of Section 6 or 9 by the Executive.
The Company shall be entitled to obtain such remedies from any court of
competent jurisdiction on a provisional basis pending the resolution of a
Dispute involving an alleged breach of Section 6 or 9, and without first
obtaining a provisional award authorizing such remedies from an arbitral panel.
(g) The provisions of this Agreement constitute the complete
understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof,
including, but not limited to, that certain Executive Employment Agreement Term
Sheet between the Company and the Executive dated July 14, 1999.
(h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.
(i) (i) The Executive and the Company shall endeavor initially to
resolve amicably any dispute, difference, claim, or controversy arising out of
or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof (a "Dispute") first by
-------
negotiation. The party claiming the existence of a Dispute shall provide
written notice to the other party specifying the nature and basis of the
Dispute. In the event that no agreement is reached within 30 days after notice
of the existence of a Dispute has been provided, either party shall have the
right to have such Dispute determined by arbitration as provided in this Section
11(i).
(ii) Any and all Disputes that are not resolved through negotiation as
set forth above shall be finally settled in a binding arbitration administered
by the American Arbitration Association (the "AAA") under its Commercial
---
Arbitration Rules then in effect. The place of arbitration shall be New York,
New York. If the
12
<PAGE>
parties are unable to agree on the appointment of a single arbitrator to conduct
the arbitration within 20 days after the claimant has filed its demand for
arbitration, then the arbitration shall be conducted by a panel of three
arbitrators, appointed as follows: The Company and the Executive each shall
appoint one arbitrator, and the two arbitrators so appointed shall appoint the
third arbitrator, who shall chair the panel. No arbitrator may be affiliated,
associated, or related to the Company, any Affiliate, employee or executive of
the Company, or the Executive in any manner whatsoever.
(iii) The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding, and
judgment upon any such award may be entered by any court of competent
jurisdiction. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages in excess
of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to
recover such non-compensatory damages (including exemplary damages, treble
damages, and any other penalty or type of punitive damages) with respect to any
Dispute arising hereunder. Each party shall bear such party's own expenses
related to any arbitration, but the parties shall share equally the expenses of
the arbitration tribunal and the AAA.
(j) This Section 11(j) and Sections 4, 5, 6, 7 and 9 of this Agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and termination of this
Agreement shall not release any party hereto from any liability arising out of
its breach of this Agreement prior to termination.
(k) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that, to the best
of his personal knowledge and belief, neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, his commencement of employment hereunder nor the performance of his
duties hereunder conflicts with any contractual commitment on his part owed to
any third party or violates or interferes with any rights of any third party.
(l) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to secure, in
its own name or otherwise, and at its own expense, life, disability, accident or
other insurance covering the Executive and the Executive shall have no right,
title or interest in or to such insurance. The Executive shall assist the
Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to reasonable examinations and
signing such applications and other instruments as may be required by the
insurance carriers to which applications is made for any such insurance.
(m) At the request of the Company, the Executive shall (unless the
Executive has already done so) execute the necessary documents to become a party
to (i) the Amended and Restated Securityholders' Agreement dated July 14, 1999,
by and among GlobeNet and various other parties including various shareholders
of GlobeNet and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement referred to therein.
13
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's
hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused
this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and
year first above written.
EXECUTIVE
/s/ Greg Belbeck
------------------------------
Greg Belbeck
TELEBERMUDA INTERNATIONAL
(CANADA) LIMITED
By: /s/ Michael Kedar
---------------------------
Name: Michael Kedar
-------------------------
Title: President
------------------------
14
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Attached to and made a part of that certain Executive Employment Agreement
dated as of October 1, 1999, between Greg Belbeck and TeleBermuda International
(Canada) Limited.
1. Annual Base Salary: $175,000 (U.S.) per calendar year
------------------
(to be prorated in respect of calendar year 1999)
2. Bonus: up to $87,500 (U.S.) (to be prorated in respect of
-----
calendar year 1999), as determined by the Board in its sole
discretion.
15
<PAGE>
Exhibit 12.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GlobeNet Communications Group Limited
Deficiency of Earnings Available to Cover Fixed Charges
(in thousands of Dollars)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ten months For the year For the year Six months Six months
ended ended ended ended ended
December 31, 1996 December 31, 1997 December 31, 1998 June 30, 1998 June 30, 1999
$ $ $ $ $
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings
Loss before
income taxes, minority
interest, and equity
accounted
for investment (3,246) (5,492) (5,378) (3,757) (1,037)
Fixed charges 43 1,519 4,937 2,271 2,281
Minority interest - 249 204 204 -
Earnings (loss) from equity
accounted for investment - - 266 (209) -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3,203) (3,724) 29 (1,491) 1,244
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed charges
Interest component of rent
expense 43 82 114 54 49
Interest on long-term debt - 750 3,542 1,585 1,577
Amortization of deferred
financing costs - 305 321 160 160
Accrued contingent interest - 382 960 472 495
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 1,519 4,937 2,271 2,281
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deficiency of earnings
available to cover fixed
charges (3,246) (5,243) (4,908) (3,762) (1,037)
===================================================================================
<CAPTION>
Pro-forma
---------------------------
For the year Six months
ended ended June 30,
December 31, 1998 1999
$ $
-------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Earnings
Loss before income taxes,
minority interest, and equity
accounted for investment (43,057) (19,994)
Fixed charges 42,616 21,238
Minority interest 204 -
Earnings from equity accounted
for investment 266 -
---------------------------
29 1,244
---------------------------
Fixed charges
Interest component of rent
expense 114 49
Interest on long-term debt 39,155 19,516
Amortization of deferred
financing costs 3,347 1,673
Accrued contingent interest - -
---------------------------
42,616 21,238
---------------------------
Deficiency of earnings
available to cover fixed
charges (42,587) (19,994)
===========================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Exhibit 24.4
Power of Attorney
I, Jeffrey G. Conyers, being a director of GlobeNet Communications Group
Limited, a Bermuda company (the "Company"), hereby constitute and appoint Lin
Gentemann, or any of the directors for the time being of the Company, and each
of them, my true and lawful attorney and agent, to sign, in the capacity
indicated below, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and with the Registrar of
Companies of Bermuda one or more registration statement(s) on Form S-4 relating
to the registration of the offering for exchange of the 13% Senior Notes due
2007 of the Company (the "Registration Statement"), with any and all amendments,
supplements and exhibits thereto, including pre-effective and post-effective
amendments or supplements or any additional registration statement filed
pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act, with full power and
authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever that such
attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable, in his or her sole
discretion, with any such act or thing being hereby ratified and approved in all
respects.
Any person acting on the strength of this Power of Attorney shall be
entitled to assume that approval as aforesaid has been validly obtained.
I declare that this Power of Attorney shall be governed by and construed in
all respects in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have this 3rd day of September 1999 set my hand and
seal.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
by the said /s/ Jeffrey G. Conyers )
in the presence of Michael Schroder )
<PAGE>
Power of Attorney
I, Jerry A. DeMartino, being a director, President and Chief Executive
Officer of GlobeNet Communications Group Limited, a Bermuda company (the
"Company"), hereby constitute and appoint Lin Gentemann, or any of the directors
for the time being of the Company, and each of them, my true and lawful attorney
and agent, to sign, in the capacity indicated below, and file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act") and with the Registrar of Companies of Bermuda one or more
registration statement(s) on Form S-4, or any other applicable form, relating to
the registration of the offering for exchange of the 13% Senior Notes due 2007
of the Company (the "Registration Statement"), with any and all amendments,
supplements and exhibits thereto, including pre-effective and post-effective
amendments or supplements or any additional registration statement filed
pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act, with full power and
authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever that such
attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable, in his or her sole
discretion, with any such act or thing being hereby ratified and approved in all
respects.
Any person acting on the strength of this Power of Attorney shall be
entitled to assume that approval as aforesaid has been validly obtained.
I declare that this Power of Attorney shall be governed by and construed in
all respects in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have this ____ day of October 1999 set my hand and
seal.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
by the said Jerry A. DeMartino )
in the presence of _________________ )
______________________________
Jerry A. DeMartino
<PAGE>
Exhibit 24.10
Power of Attorney
I, Mark A. Pelson, being a director of GlobeNet Communications Group
Limited, a Bermuda company (the "Company"), hereby constitute and appoint Lin
Gentemann, or any of the directors for the time being of the Company, and each
of them, my true and lawful attorney and agent, to sign, in the capacity
indicated below, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and with the Registrar of
Companies of Bermuda one or more registration statement(s) on Form S-4 relating
to the registration of the offering for exchange of the 13% Senior Notes due
2007 of the Company (the "Registration Statement"), with any and all amendments,
supplements and exhibits thereto, including pre-effective and post-effective
amendments or supplements or any additional registration statement filed
pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act, with full power and
authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever that such
attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable, in his or her sole
discretion, with any such act or thing being hereby ratified and approved in all
respects.
Any person acting on the strength of this Power of Attorney shall be
entitled to assume that approval as aforesaid has been validly obtained.
I declare that this Power of Attorney shall be governed by and construed in
all respects in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have this 17th day of September 1999 set my hand and
seal.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
by the said Mark A. Pelson )
in the presence of Sharon M. Staeger )
/s/ MARK A. PELSON
------------------
/s/ Sharon M. Staeger Mark A. Pelson
My commission expires 11/4/01
